The AMERICANIZATION

of NARCISSISM

The

AMERICANIZATION of NARCISSISM

Elizabeth Lunbeck

Harvard University Press Cambridge, London, England 2014 Copyright © 2014 by Elizabeth Lunbeck All rights reserved Printed in the of America

Library of Congress Cataloging- in- Publication Data

Lunbeck, Elizabeth. The Americanization of narcissism / Elizabeth Lunbeck. pages cm Includes bibliographical references and index.

ISBN 978- 0- 674- 72486- 0

1. Narcissism—United States. 2. United States— Social conditions. 3. United States—Social life and customs. 4. Social values—United States. I. Title.

BF575.N35L86 2014 158.2—dc23 2013034742 To the memory of John W. Cell

1935–2001

First and best teacher

CONTENTS

Introduction 1

I. Narcissism in the Me De cade 9 1. The Culture of Narcissism 11 2. ’s American Freud 37 3. Otto Kernberg’s Narcissistic Dystopia 59

II. Dimensions of Narcissism from Freud to the Me Decade and Beyond 81 4. Self-Love 83 5. In de pen dence 113 6. Vanity 138 7. Gratifi cation 165 8. Inaccessibility 202 9. Identity 224

Conclusion: Narcissism Today 252

Abbreviations 273 Notes 276 Ac know ledg ments 352 Index 355

The AMERICANIZATION

of NARCISSISM

INTRODUCTION

It is a commonplace of social criticism that Amer- ica has become, over the past half century or so, a nation of narcis- sists. Greedy, selfi sh, and self- absorbed, we narcissists are thriving, the critics tell us, in the culture of abundance that is modern, late- capitalist America. The disciplined, patriarchal Victorianism under which our stalwart forebears were raised has purportedly given way to a culture that asks nothing of us while at the same time promising to satisfy our every desire. Plentitude reigns where privation was once the norm, and self-indulgence has displaced self-control. Reck- less Wall Street bankers, philandering politicians, charismatic CEOs, talentless celebrity wannabes, shopaholic women and abs- obsessed men, the vacuous young and the Botox- dependent old: in this regu- larly invoked gallery of narcissists in our midst— spanning the spec- trum from ruthless to pathetic— we can see the seeds of too much self- esteem and too little self- discipline come to warped fruition. Narcissism has proven the pundits’ favorite diagnosis, a morally freighted term with appealing classical resonances, a highfalutin name for the old- fashioned complaint that modernity means a loos- ening of restraint and that modern satisfaction is to be found in, as Philip Rieff put it nearly fi fty years ago, nothing so much as a “plen- titude of option.” Narcissism has fi gured importantly in psychoana- lytic thinking from the appearance of Freud’s landmark essay, “On Narcissism: An Introduction,” in 1914, but it did not enter the pop- u lar lexicon until the 1970s. Then, as a shorthand for Me De cade 2 Introduction excess, it was quickly grafted onto a narrative of decline that saw Americans as a people shifting from sturdy production to meaning- less consumption, from small-town gemeinschaft to anonymous ge- sellschaft, from David Riesman’s introspective bourgeois to his su- perfi cial glad-hander, and from the self- denying hysteric of Freud’s day to the pampered and indulged narcissist of our own. This powerful narrative has informed a major tradition of Ameri- can social criticism, from Riesman’s The Lonely Crowd and William H. Whyte Jr.’s The Orga ni za tion Man in the 1950s, through Daniel Bell’s The Cultural Contradictions of Capitalism and Christopher Lasch’s The Culture of Narcissism in the 1970s, to Robert Putnam’s Bowling Alone, published in 2000. Collectively, the critics have painted a portrait of a culture in characterological freefall that valorizes mindless consumption and promotes the indulging, rather than the harnessing, of all sorts of impulses. Once they adopted the concept of narcissism, this portrayal coalesced around the fi gure of the nar- cissist, whose impoverished moral sensibility serves to vividly illus- trate the depths to which we have fallen. It was the Age of Narcissism, the New York Times proclaimed in the early 1970s, and the term was suddenly everywhere, offering a beguiling new language in which to voice these venerable complaints. Cassandras of cultural decline, from both left and right, contended that a “new narcissism” was ascendant. Too many Americans, they charged, were bristling at tradition, seeking fulfi llment at the feet of New Age gurus while spurning engagement with the common good. Among the Cassandras, no one was more infl uential than Christopher Lasch, a gifted polemicist who, throughout the de cade, issued dire assessments of the nation’s fall in tandem with narcissism’s rise, cul- minating in the publication of his wildly popu lar 1978 jeremiad, The Culture of Narcissism. In the hands of Lasch and other critics, nar- cissism was both cause and effect of the rampant individualism, the spiritual questing, the preoccupation with self, and the fl ight from commitment that they argued were newly prevalent in American life. Lasch and other public intellectuals took stock of the social and po litical ferment of the Vietnam- era—assassinations, urban riots, Black power, student protests, nascent second-wave feminist agita- Introduction 3 tion, and claims for gay liberation—to collectively warn of the un- raveling of Western society and the undermining of its most cher- ished ideals. The countercultural young came under especially sharp scrutiny, cast by their elders as hedonists questing for self-realization and reveling in an Elysium of instantly gratifi ed desires. What might be seen as their more ascetic impulses—their rejection of the house in the suburbs, the cars in the garage, and (for men) the secure niche in the corporate hierarchy— were altogether missing from this por- trait of the American character gone amok. Also missing was that the capitalist system, aligned in the minds of the critics with the values of hard work, individual initiative, and entrepreneurial bra- vado, depended for its vitality on the ever- expanding consumer de- mand that these same critics deplored.

The critics’ turn to narcissism was not simply a reaction to changes they perceived in American society, nor did it merely refl ect the ever- increasing prevalence, noted by clinicians, of character dis- ordered individuals. Critics might never have latched on to the term and its meanings if not for the appearance of pathbreaking works on narcissism, in the late 1960s and early 1970s, by the Viennese émigré analysts Heinz Kohut and Otto Kernberg, which generated both excitement and fi erce controversy among psychoanalysts. Cel- ebrating what others condemned, Kohut boldly reframed narcissism as a desirable, even healthy, dimension of mature selfhood. He con- sistently underscored narcissism’s positive aspects, arguing that it fueled individuals’ ambitions, creativity, and fellow- feeling. He re- jected the pejorative attitude toward narcissism he saw both in his disciplinary colleagues and in the culture more generally, going so far as to suggest that the emptiness and fragmentation critics saw as characteristic of modernity resulted not from too much narcissism but from too little. Kernberg’s stance could not have been more differ- ent. He focused on narcissism’s darker side, in precise and vivid prose describing narcissists’ destructiveness, rage, and aggression as well as the masterful ways in which they exploited and enslaved their hapless victims. Kernberg’s narcissists were charming and seductive, expert at eliciting admiration and tribute from those they would invariably 4 Introduction devalue and discard. The most creative and intelligent of them en- joyed a level of worldly success that fueled the critics’ complaint that the culture not only tolerated but rewarded narcissistic traits, enabling those skilled at manipulating interpersonal relations and deft in sustaining the illusion of their own limitless possibilities to prevail within the drab conformism that was the bureaucratic world of business, politics, and government. Narcissism was thus both normalized and pathologized at the mo- ment of its Americanization. Analysts had wrestled long and hard with the concept’s doubleness. Glancing back to Freud in the 1970s and beyond, they could argue that from the start he had conceived of narcissism as both normal (present in everyone and necessary to sus- tain life) and pathological (a state of self-love to be overcome in the course of development). In the half-century-long unfolding of narcis- sism’s post-Freudian history, however, it was narcissism’s pathologies that for the most part drew analysts’ attention, even as some of them made stabs at conceptualizing it more neutrally as a repository of self- feeling and others proposed that an infl ated sense of self was inescapably part of the human condition. Kohut and Kernberg to- gether broadened narcissism’s remit— in their wake it could refer to both destructiveness and self- preservation, and could be seen as ex- pressive of both selfi sh entitlement and patently selfl ess altruism— and brought some clarity to a concept that analysts complained was ambiguous, baffl ing, and elusive. Delineating healthy narcissism, Kohut brought clearly into view a thread of analytic thinking that cast narcissism as a form of self- esteem. And, although analysts had long used narcissism and narcissistic in reference to feelings, traits, and behaviors someone might experience or display, the narcissist as a specifi c character type eluded their conceptual grasp. Pressing the newly coined diagnostic term “narcissistic personality disorder” into service, Kohut and Kernberg were able to provide a description of the narcissist as a type of person that was at once bracingly new and in- stantly recognizable. This move marked narcissism’s psychoanalytic coming of age and, beyond the discipline, endowed it with a concrete- ness and specifi city appealing to critics. The narcissist was now an identifi able character open to attack. Introduction 5

Social critics took note as narcissism assumed center stage within . Discussing modernity’s deceitful and manipulative selves, they seized on Kernberg’s narcissists and got them right: gran- diose, entitled, ruthless, fi lled with rage and lacking in empathy, be- neath the seductive surface these narcissists were satisfyingly miser- able. At the same time, Kohut’s healthy narcissism almost entirely escaped the critics’ notice. Kohut spoke to strivings for self- realization, legitimized worldly ambition, and supported the pursuit of values, goals, and ideals expressive of the highest in human na- ture. The commitments of the critics were, in contrast, to asceticism and scarcity, and they disdained the language of possibility and self- discovery. None of this stopped them from invoking Kohut as an authority on cultural decline, unaware that he was not critiquing but, rather, endorsing narcissism. They turned him inside-out: the narcis- sism they mobilized to denounce their follow citizens resulted from precisely the sort of aspirations to self-fulfi llment that he celebrated as healthy. Me Decade social critics made narcissism their own, Americanizing it as they shaped it into a distinctively American malady associated with affl uence and abundance. The popu lar con- versation about narcissism in the years since Kohut and Kernberg burst on the scene has been impoverished by this slighting of healthy narcissism, relentlessly focused on its Kernbergian malignancies or on the excesses that were the target of Me Decade critics: self- esteem, self- absorption, vanity, gratifi cation, and bottomless need.

Appreciating Kohut’s and Kernberg’s achievements and understanding their galvanizing effect on psychoanalysis means reconstructing the story of narcissism from the moment of its analytic origins. The two analysts, outlining the new narcissism that captured the public’s at- tention, offered solutions to a range of issues with which their ana- lytic forebears had grappled. What was the relationship between love of self and love of the other? Was inde pen dence the aim of development and the mark of maturity? Should analysts frustrate or gratify the needs of their severely disturbed patients? Were those patients even suitable subjects for the analyst’s couch? Were women 6 Introduction fated to narcissism by virtue of anatomical lack? Practicing analysts today are aware, in differing degrees, of how divisive and fraught these issues have been in their discipline’s history. When they think, write, and talk about narcissism, analysts summon up in one form or another the rich cast of historical characters associated with nar- cissism, whether it is their contributions to the literature or the dif- ferent perspectives and even animosities that divided them: the ca- nonical fi gures of Freud, , Sándor Ferenczi, , D. W. Winnicott, , Kohut, Kernberg, and many others continue to shape narcissism and to control its meanings. Likewise, Freud’s personality and his personal passions, long the focus of in- tense interest and speculation within the discipline, are not adjuncts to the analytic theoretical armamentarium but part and parcel of it, enshrined in print and passed down through highly personalized practices of apprenticeship, most notably the . Thus only by understanding the controversies around narcissism’s orga niz- ing concepts—self-love, in de pendence, vanity, gratifi cation, identity— that punctuated its century-long evolution, and only by appreciating how resonant with their own concerns social critics found these con- troversies can we account for how eagerly narcissism was embraced and how readily it found a home in a nation that Freud thought so inhospitable to his science of psychoanalysis. Generations of commentators, lamenting narcissism’s paradoxes and capaciousness, have tried to narrow its referents and settle, once and for all, its meaning. Narcissism’s protean nature, however, has proven as much a resource as a liability, and the concept has become too ubiquitous, and culturally and clinically useful, to submit to as- siduous boundary policing. From the beginning, analysts used nar- cissism to account for the best and worst in us, to explain our ca- pacities for creativity and idealism as well as for rage and cruelty, our strivings for perfection and our delight in destructiveness. They have turned to narcissism to characterize intimate relations, to theo- rize the workings of po liti cal power, and to make clear how our fantasies and illusions shape our ways of being in the day-to- day world. Narcissism has offered analysts a framework for understand- ing our experiences of ourselves and of all the others in our lives, Introduction 7 and it has offered a way to bring needs and wants not rooted in bi- ology into the analytic conversation. Within psychoanalysis, in the 1970s, narcissism was the occasion for full-scale revisionism if not revolution in its name. Beyond psychoanalysis, from the 1970s on it has offered a conceptual space in which irresolvable tensions in the human condition have been identifi ed and negotiated: between love of self and love of others, between in de pen dence and dependence, between renunciation and gratifi cation, and between asceticism and abundance. Narcissism has always been simultaneously pathologi- cal and normal, and debates over selfi shness, hedonism, and vanity have not arisen out of the idea of narcissism but, rather, are among the oldest questions we have asked ourselves. Indeed, however vari- ous its meanings and applications, narcissism allows us to enter into a discussion of who we are and what we value both collectively and as individuals.

Part i

Narcissism in the Me De cade

One

THE CULTURE OF NARCISSISM

Narcissism, so apparently apt a diagnosis of the modern nation’s collective ills, fi rst coalesced as a clinical phenome- non not in the relative abundance of Me De cade America but in the straitened circumstances of World War I– era and Budapest and of interwar London. The psychoanalyst’s narcissism, rooted in deprivation and unmet need, was a complex amalgam of grandios- ity and fragile self- esteem, of fantasized omnipotence coupled with feelings of inferiority, of emotional self- suffi ciency yoked to raging hunger for acclaim, admiration, and what were called “narcissistic supplies.” The narcissist’s interpersonal economy was characterized as much by renunciation as by gratifi cation, as much by privation as plenty. The exemplary narcissists of the consulting room were not the hedonists of the social critics’ collective imagining but, rather, closet ascetics, glorying in their in de pendence of everyone and everything. Freud had written in his essay “On Narcissism” of the blissfully self- contented, psychologically inaccessible female narcissist, enigmatic in her self- suffi ciency; what was at issue in clinical construals of narcis- sism was more the female narcissist’s self-possession than her worldly possessions. Yet in the 1970s narcissism was transformed from a clinical concept signaling emotional impoverishment to a very differ- ent cultural indictment of an unseemly material plentitude. 12 Narcissism in the Me De cade

Cultural commentators, foremost among them Christopher Lasch in his Culture of Narcissism, effected this transformation skillfully enough to obscure the conceptual shift it represented, a shift premised in large part on a slippage between inner experience, the analysts’ métier, and the social world, with which critics were concerned. Conscripted into a debate about the nation’s fate in the 1970s, narcis- sism was cast as a pathology associated with worldly affl uence and abundance, and remained so for thirty years, obscuring its roots in deprivation and slighting the asceticism of need and the emotional impoverishment analysts saw in it. Critics traced a trajectory around narcissism that saw the country moving from scarcity to abundance, from restraint to release, and from renunciation to gratifi cation. Their reading of narcissism was premised on the unstated assumption that middle-class affl uence was as pressing a problem as poverty in the postwar United States. Psychoanalysis, from the critics’ perspective, offered not an account of the individual’s inevitable discomfort in civi- lization but, rather, a program promising gratifi cation and release— with the narcissist an avatar of both. Narcissism, as both term and concept, became by any measure ubiquitous in the 1970s. Long of interest within psychoanalysis, it moved for the fi rst time to the center of creative and contentious ana- lytic debate. The critics, meanwhile, eagerly incorporated the term into their already refi ned critiques of American affl uence and abun- dance. And a public, possessed of what one British critic noted was a puzzling “appetite for self-excoriating self-examination,” made best- sellers of the very books that condemned them as empty selves and mindless consumers. Narcissism was plastic enough to encompass the spectrum of usages from the most narrowly professional through the middle-brow social- scientifi c to the most expansively popu lar. In the orthodox Freudian’s idiom, it could serve as a technical term to characterize the distribution of in the subject. To the social critic, it denoted a lamentable excess of individualism at the expense of the imagined collective. Finally, in the popu lar press the term served as shorthand for an unseemly attention to the self—as in, for instance, solipsistically “getting your head together,” as a 1976 article in Newsweek was titled, in any of the literally thousands of ways to The Culture of Narcissism 13 deepen one’s consciousness that the magazine claimed were currently on offer. In 1979, in a fi tting capstone to the de cade, President Jimmy Carter, following a crash course in sociology— ranging from selec- tions on “the problems of affl uence” drawn from Alexis de Toc- queville’s Democracy in America, fi rst published in 1835, to Lasch’s just published jeremiad— took to the airwaves lamenting that the wor- ship of “self- indulgence and consumption” had displaced Americans’ once-strong commitment to hard work, close-knit communities, and faith in God. “Owning things and consuming things,” Carter said, was inadequate to “fi ll the emptiness of lives” devoid of meaning. America was in the throes of a full-bore spiritual and cultural crisis. Iden- tity, as Carter put it, “is no longer defi ned by what one does, but by what one owns.” Part cultural critic, part preacher-in- chief, Carter in this speech—dubbed the “malaise” speech—channeled an old charge with a new twist, placing narcissism front and center on the national agenda.1

The Culture of Narcissism Although journalists, cultural critics, and sociologists writing in the de cade before Lasch published his landmark book had argued that American culture was becoming increasingly narcissistic, it was The Culture of Narcissism that made the concept a staple of popu lar de- bate. The term narcissism is now common coin, but until around 1970 it appeared only rarely in popu lar venues, at its simplest as a freighted synonym for self- love or self-absorption. The journalist Tom Wolfe, for instance, famously skewered what he saw as a newly emergent penchant for unceasing “analysis of the self” in an essay prophesying that the 1970s would “come to be known as the Me Decade.” Wolfe’s targets were new consciousness movements animated by the “new alchemical dream” of transforming one’s personality—“remaking, remodeling, elevating, and polishing one’s very self . . . and observ- ing, studying, and doting on it.” Wolfe sent up the incessant “dwell- ing upon Me” that Americans were fi nding so irresistible, labeling it narcissistic and linking it to postwar prosperity. His indictment was echoed in Peter Marin’s widely cited analysis, published in 1975, of 14 Narcissism in the Me De cade the solipsistic retreat into the self promoted by a new breed of pop- ular therapeutic masters— Werner Erhard of EST, L. Ron Hubbard of Scientology, Reverend Sun Myung Moon of the Unifi cation Church, among others—promising a “transformation of humanity” and por- tending the rise of a “new narcissism.”2 Others joined Wolfe and Marin. Articles in Time magazine chroni- cled the “collective narcissism” of the pot-smoking, self- absorbed young, of newly minted Californians in search of themselves, and of a generation of aging women—“in the golden twilight of their 30s”— inexplicably still attractive to men, “smarter, funnier, sexier, and more self-suffi cient than before.” A popularizing sociologist saw in- vitations to self-absorption springing up all over, in courses such as “Understanding the Struggle to be ‘ME,’ ” in workshops on achiev- ing self- realization, and in industries peddling various “awareness schemes.” Philip Slater, in his best-selling The Pursuit of Loneliness, a paean to the pleasures of gratifi cation, celebrated the turn to the self and the satisfaction of its needs that others condemned, his argument documenting the cultural schism afoot. Lasch gathered all of this under the rubric of narcissism, arguing that the concept “holds the key to the consciousness movement” and, more expansively, “to the moral climate of contemporary society.” Along with his Culture of Narcissism, a host of books with titles such as Generation of Narcis- sus, The Narcissistic Condition: A Fact of Our Lives and Times, ME: The Narcissistic American, and The Self Seekers collectively made the case that narcissism was becoming endemic in the population— while at the same time their popularity testifi ed to the allure of the obsessive self- scrutiny they patently condemned.3 In pop u lar usage, narcissism often referred simply to selfi shness. Wolfe and Marin used it in this way, describing a late 1960s and early 1970s therapeutic landscape awash in charlatans and poseurs appealing to people’s appetite for self- transformation. But the nar- cissism of pop u lar parlance also referred to dimensions beyond the straightforwardly selfi sh and self- absorbed, over the course of the two de cades becoming ever more closely intertwined with a critique of American consumerism. Prior to the 1970s, there had been scat- tered references to narcissism as signaling an indulgent, sensuous, The Culture of Narcissism 15 and feminized consumption. Thus, for example, in 1948 a New York Times writer invoked narcissism to characterize the unseemly self- regard of American women, whipped into a frenzy of consuming greed by advertisers appealing to their vanity. And twenty years later another Times reporter bemoaned the “sensual self-absorption” ad- vertisers promoted, which he found expressive of an ever-increasing “national narcissism.”4 Lasch wove together a critique of this sort of feminized, consum- erist gratifi cation and the idea of narcissism as selfi shness. His exem- plary narcissists want everything that the culture, with its sanctioning of “impulse gratifi cation,” has on offer. Plagued by bottomless cravings and tormented by “perpetually unsatisfi ed desire,” they demand the immediate gratifi cation of their wishes. Anxious consumers of capital- ism’s goods, they live restlessly in the thrall of pseudoneeds stimulated by “the propaganda of commodities.” Their inner lives are impover- ished and empty. The analyst’s understanding of the narcissist’s many refusals in the name of self-suffi ciency is nowhere to be found. Lasch’s narcissists are bundles of outsized worldly wants— anxious, depressed, and discontented.5 The depth, power, and distinctiveness of Lasch’s vision were the result of his serious engagement with psychoanalysis. Exploiting the cultural cachet the discipline still enjoyed in the 1970s, he cloaked his own preoccupations in its idiom to deliver an account more con- vincing than those of Wolfe, Marin, and others. A layman, he none- theless assumed the analyst’s mantle to sketch a clinical portrait of the new narcissist, highlighting the mix of grandiosity, rage, vacillat- ing self-esteem, devaluing of others, seductiveness, and manipula- tiveness that analysts took note of, and asserted his own clinical bona fi des in footnotes referencing the latest analytic journal litera- ture. Lasch reproved his fellow critics for deploying narcissism pre- scriptively instead of clinically, for dressing up “moralistic platitudes in psychiatric garb,” and for interpreting narcissism in existential terms as “the meta phor of the human condition.” He intimated that he alone would attend to “clinical fact,” invoking in passing such arcane analytic terms as “normal primitive narcissism,” “parental introjects,” and “grandiose object images.”6 That his account drew 16 Narcissism in the Me De cade promiscuously from papers not only on narcissism but also on bor- derline personality and schizo phrenia in support of his cultural analy- ses and that it glossed over important debates among the authorities on whom he relied did nothing to diminish its rhetorical persuasive- ness. To the contrary: he was giving his audience what it wanted. Today, when psychoanalysis can be casually dismissed as an out- dated or even fraudulent practice, it is perhaps hard to appreciate how central it was to mid- twentieth-century intellectual and cultural life. Analysis was the lingua franca of the educated middle class. Ego and id, instinct and drive, libido and repression, neurosis and the Oe- dipus complex appeared regularly in magazine and newspaper discus- sions of personal pathology and social relations. To be educated in the 1950s and 1960s was to bandy about Freudian terms and ideas, and to be understood in doing so. In 1955, Newsweek featured a Los Angelean saying that “everyone talks about his analysis or analyst” and that “conversation is pervaded by psychoanalytic jargon.” Lio- nel Trilling noted the same year that “there is scarcely a play on Broadway that does not make use of some version of some Freudian idea, which the audience can be counted on to comprehend.”7 The appeal of The Culture of Narcissism thus was based in part on readers’ aspirations to fl uency in this most beguiling of idioms. The book was an immediate sensation, and talk of narcissism was suddenly everywhere. It cast a spell over the chattering classes and would soon stand alongside classics, like David Riesman’s Lonely Crowd, that were widely thought “to have captured the spirit of the age.” Readers today continue to be convinced of Lasch’s brilliance and prescience, pointing to the current signs of cultural disaster he prophesied more than thirty years ago and lauding him for his pro- found, penetrating, and “defi nitive indictment of American society.”8 Few books have enjoyed this sort of staying power, yet even when it appeared it seemed to certain readers outdated. The commentator who noted of Lasch, immediately following the book’s publication, that “he has preached back to us precisely what we already believed” and the one who maintained twenty years later that Lasch “says nothing that others haven’t said a million times” were ungenerous but surely on to something. “This is hardly original stuff,” sniffed The Culture of Narcissism 17

Newsweek in 1979. Lasch imagined himself close kin to Richard Hofstadter, explaining that the latter’s work, in summing up “a way of looking at history that was already familiar,” enjoyed “some kind of mythic resonance.”9 Lasch was a more adept mythographer than his mentor Hofstadter, though, a gloomy, curmudgeonly Jeremiah delivering what one critic called “a civilized hellfi re sermon” that defi ned a de cade. As such, Lasch drew commentary more cutting than substantive about the newsworthiness of his argument. Critics complained, for instance, of his “penchant for sweeping generalizations,” of his relentlessly aggrieved tone, and of the many absurdities in the book. Psychoana- lysts, meanwhile, faulted his “warmed-over Marxism and warmed- up Freudianism,” his nostalgic and sentimental view of the past, and his treatment of narcissism as an “explanatory portmanteau,” the source of every conceivable ill. More than a few observers pointed to the irony of Lasch conscripting for his own rhetorical purposes the psy- choanalytic perspective he so roundly condemned in the book as evi- dence of the nation’s decline. The dour critic of celebrity culture, Lasch was, just as ironically, celebrated in the pages of People.10 None of this detracted from the book’s impact. It had, after all, struck familiar chords in the annals of American social criticism: the decline of the work ethic and the rise of the psychology of adjustment, the decline of patriarchy and the rise of matriarchy, parental permissive- ness and the abdication of authority, and rampant consumerism replacing sturdy production. The Culture of Narcissism owes its enduring appeal in part to Lasch’s adroit summoning up of well- established and resonant critiques of American society. This is not to say the book offered nothing new. Contrary to the critics who saw nothing new in Lasch, his seamless combination of psychoanalysis and social criticism resulted in a highly distinctive argument that could not have appeared in any previous era of Ameri- can history. His target was the exuberant self and his ideal was what he called “the imperial self of yesteryear,” the autonomous, in de pen- dent Freudian self without needs. Lasch confi dently linked the indi- vidual and the social in his contention that each epoch’s signal pathologies expressed “in exaggerated form its underlying character 18 Narcissism in the Me De cade structure.” Immediately forgetting his qualifying “exaggerated,” he went on to argue that the modal American personality was basically narcissistic, a fi gure whose worldly success and manifest charm shielded an emotionally shallow and intensely needy inner core. Lasch’s narcissists are grandiose and manipulative. Their inner lives are utterly empty. They deploy their considerable charm in parasitical relation to others, whom they can experience only as sources of “ap- proval and admiration.” Consumed with rage and envy, they entertain fantasies of “wealth, beauty, and omnipotence.” These narcissists are, Lasch argued, perfectly suited for success in the late-capitalist United States, whether in the corporate world, in politics, or in government bureaucracies, all of which reward their seductive superfi ciality and feed their defi cient self- esteem.11

The Affl uent Society The Culture of Narcissism joined a discussion of affl uence, needs and wants, persons and possessions, and production and consump- tion at a particularly vexed point in the history of intellectuals’ en- gagement with modern consumer culture. This robust tradition was inaugurated by Thorstein Veblen’s The Theory of the Leisure Class (published in 1899) and reached its twentieth-century apogee in two critiques, one from the right and one from the left: Daniel Bell’s The Cultural Contradictions of Capitalism (1976) and Richard Sennett’s The Fall of Public Man (1977), respectively. Lasch’s book was pub- lished at a time when the proposition that abundance results in the impoverishment of the self achieved near-axiomatic standing in pop u- lar commentary and professional social science. David Potter, in his 1954 People of Plenty: Economic Abundance and the American Char- acter, held that from the start America was uniquely endowed with abundance. What it bequeathed to the world in its revolutionary mo- ment was not democracy but the promise that man could “free him- self of poverty” and “actually enjoy his existence.” To the rest of the world, Potter wrote, “America has symbolized plenty.” John Kenneth Galbraith’s The Affl uent Society, published in 1958 and appearing soon thereafter as a mass- market paperback, documented the persis- The Culture of Narcissism 19 tence of poverty and ine qual ity in the midst of newfound plenty.12 It was, however, the book’s title more than its subtle analysis of needs and wants that proved memorable, sketching an image of American prosperity in a world still characterized by grim scarcity. Similarly, the skepticism toward abundance running through Potter’s work was overshadowed by his book’s celebration of the distinctively American democratic ethos with which it was intertwined. That Americans were an affl uent people was the rarely disputed foundation of social criti- cism from the 1950s through the 1970s. In this literature, the bounties of the present were sharply divided from the scarcities of the past. Critics explained that an older social order premised on rationality, science, technological benefi cence, and civilized restraint of impulse and need was now under assault. Scar- city of resources was this social order’s inescapable fact, self-denying striving for achievement its ethos, delay of gratifi cations its ruling imperative—in all, the Protestant ethic of thrift, in de pendence, and competitive struggle that had long underwritten the American dream. David Riesman in The Lonely Crowd and William H. Whyte Jr. in The Or gani za tion Man argued in the 1950s that this ethic was already more historical artifact than socio log i cal truth. Whyte, reported Time magazine, saw a new generation of whom more than half were without real ambition, “in love with the easeful life.”13 Postwar abun- dance, the consolidation of corporate and politi cal power in large, centralized bureaucracies, and the simultaneous coalescence of a new social ethic that exalted the group over the individual were evidence of its unraveling. Comfortably ensconced in the corporate hierarchy, cheerfully submerging his individualism in the group, Riesman’s empty yet sociable other-directed fi gure and Whyte’s newly delin- eated “or gani za tion man” aspired to little more than a regular pro- motion, a house in the suburbs, a car in the garage, and a wife and children dependent upon him for material support. With heightened urgency in the 1960s and 1970s, popu lar com- mentators, sociologists, and journalists described a monumental con- fl ict between the old social order and the new, amorphous, and still emerging “counterculture,” a term coined by Theodore Roszak in his best-selling 1969 book, The Making of a Counter Culture. Celebrants 20 Narcissism in the Me De cade of this new order made for a motley crowd, ranging from beatniks and hippies to student radicals to black militants and New Age self-seekers. Like Riesman’s and Whyte’s exemplary fi gures, their immediate forebears, they championed release instead of the Protestant ethic’s restraint and immediate gratifi cation instead of self-. Their en- thusiastic embrace of hedonism and gratifi cation was variously cast in accounts of the new culture as an addictive force, an inherent hu- man passion, and a natural inclination offering impossible- to- resist instant gratifi cation of every type and variety of passion.14 Gratifi cation marked the divide between the old and new, with the old enjoining its postponement and the new its immediate fulfi ll- ment. Philip Slater saw the old order clamping down on gratifi cation in every sense—sexual, emotional, material. He argued that in an age of abundance gratifi cation was only artifi cially beyond reach, thwarted by an outdated ideology of scarcity. Lasch’s argument was the mirror image to Slater’s, a diatribe against the fraudulent promises of imme- diate gratifi cation and an extended lament for lost virtues of self- restraint. Lasch argued that the “whole cultural revolution” was a failure. He reduced it to hedonism and caustically remarked that the revolution was “a terrifi c thing for American capitalism,” which needed hedonists—consumers of culture, sex, and enjoyment— to sustain its new markets. And he moved easily from this “mass culture of hedo- nism” to the development of pathological narcissism.15 Where Slater attacked a lost individualism as but a fantasy covering a basic human interdependence, Lasch mourned its passing as cultural ideal. Their differences notwithstanding, on the sharp distinction between old and new they agreed. Arguing that the nation’s decline was linked to narcissism’s rise, Lasch cast narcissism’s threat to the body politic as external, a series of affronts to enduring American values of asceticism, restraint, and “serene self- possession.” Riesman, Whyte, and later Bell, in contrast, suggested that it was as much the erosion of the old order from within as it was assaults from without that could explain the dis- placement of repression by gratifi cation. In 1960, Riesman was al- ready seeing hedonism on the rise among precisely those who in an earlier age, enacting the prudential asceticism of the Protestant ethic, The Culture of Narcissism 21 had marshaled their resources in pursuit of distant goals. It was not the hippie of the 1960s but the glad-handing, interpersonally adept conformist of the 1950s who was the original hedonist, the business- man trading the bank account for the expense account that must be regularly depleted— in lunches, golf, and conferences— as performa- tive testimony to his hard work. And, as Whyte pointed out in The Orga ni zation Man, advertisers had long realized that capitalism’s vitality depended on promoting luxury over ideals of restraint. Busi- nessmen who might invoke Benjamin Franklin on thriftiness knew they had to uncouple hedonism from the taint of immorality and re- frame it as virtuous de cades before the fi rst hippie proclaimed the joys of ecstatic release. Whyte cited Ernest Dichter, the Freudian-infl uenced found er of motivational research, advising his business clients that prosperity depended on “permitting the average American to feel moral even when he is fl irting, even when he spending.” Envisioning the gratifi cations women might derive in housewifery performed with an array of consumer products sold as “symbols of personal growth and creative self-expression,” Dichter offered puritanical Americans li- cense to engage in the “animalistic, undesirable, dirty emotional busi- ness” of consumption. The goal of life was more enjoyment, he wrote in his brief for a new hedonism, The Strategy of Desire, published in 1960.16 The academic-turned- cultural-commentator Jules Henry came at the same issue from the opposite direction in his popu lar 1963 book, Culture against Man. Henry lamented that the “fi rst commandment of the new era” was to stimulate consumer appetite and “CREATE MORE DESIRE,” as an advertisement in the New York Times put it, marking “the fi rst phase of the psychic revolution of contemporary life.” Invoking the advertisers’ deliberate undermining of consumers’ “re sistance to inner cravings” and consequent “unhinging the old im- pulse controls,” as well as their stimulating of their audience’s “ ‘urge’ to enjoyment,” Henry highlighted the slippage between the sexual and the pecuniary that advertisers exploited. Their deployment of female ecstasy to sell everything from men’s shavers to sanitary napkins— their “imaginative monetization of woman”— was to him a mea sure of how fraught and empty of meaning were contemporary relations 22 Narcissism in the Me De cade between the sexes. Surveying the erosion of renunciation as both cul- tural ideal and practice, Henry, like Bell, lamented what Dichter pro- moted, the almost total “seduction of the consumer” by the adman pedaling a hedonistic morality of plea sure, play, and easy credit. Critics delighted in describing what were to their minds egregiously sexualized advertisements culled from newspapers and mass- market magazines to underscore just how far from Puritanism the country had strayed.17 To Riesman, Whyte, and Bell, capitalism itself, not a new, postwar hedonism, was the root cause of the displacement of renunciation by gratifi cation. As framed by Bell, capitalism’s distinctive, originary dynamic was its “boundlessness,” its “restless Faustian drive” that aspired to nothing less than “the complete transformation of nature.” Bell’s capitalism had at one point had a moral component as well. It had historically counseled “self- control and delayed gratifi cation” while at the same time enabling the individual’s self-realization in releasing him from the ties of family and birth “so that he could ‘make’ of himself what he willed.” The restraining balance between capitalism’s two impulses had in times past limited individuals’ consumption while enabling the accumulation of capital. But the balance was fated to be undermined, Bell noted, because “any ten- sion creates its own dialectic.” In the twentieth century, the radical individualism at the heart of capitalist economic relations and the destruction of all inherited social forms in the name of a profi t- seeking freedom for capital and its masters transformed the realm of culture. The ascetic dimension of the bourgeois social compact faded in the face of a culturally celebrated, rampant individualism that enshrined self- realization and self- fulfi llment as its guiding precepts.18 Bell was disdainful of the instant gratifi cation championed every- where in the 1970s. He was as caustic as Lasch on the counterculture, in his view an ephemeral if noisy movement that “produced little cul- ture and countered nothing.” Yet he was consistent enough in his argument to allow that “bourgeois culture vanished long ago,” blaming its demise not on the counterculture or on psychoanalysis but on the free market that, in the eighteenth century, had fi rst allowed its The Culture of Narcissism 23 fl owering. Bell more systematically and relentlessly than his fellow critics excavated the ideological, material, economic, and emotional dimensions of the defi ning paradox of his age—that, in his words, “the breakup of the traditional bourgeois value system, in fact, was brought about by the bourgeois economic system.” Or, alternately, that capitalism was propelled as much by the hedonistic acquisitive- ness his contemporaries disdained as it was by the asceticism of which they approved. His history traced a familiar arc from scarcity to abundance, restraint to release, renunciation to gratifi cation. And he, like others, mourned the demise of asceticism. But Bell realized that a purely ascetic capitalism could not have sustained itself and that the incitement to boundless accumulation was not a postwar phe- nomenon but had been associated with capitalism at least since the middle of the nineteenth century.19

Needs and Wants Although Freud, like the pioneering Austrian marginal economists of his day, spoke the language of needs and their satisfaction, and although psychoanalysis entertained a so- called economic hypothe- sis or ga nized around the distribution of energy, its excitation and discharge, analysts were largely focused on the internal emotional economy, not the economist’s world of goods and the ways individ- uals chose among them to maximize their incremental satisfaction. Analysts were concerned with what were often called basic human needs: for food and sex; for security, nurturance, relationship, and love; and for autonomy, individuality, and transcendence. The needs of interest to the analyst were conceived of as satisfi able by the self or in relation to other persons, not in relation to things— with the gratifi ed infant at the breast seen as the prototype of all need.20 The social critic’s needs, in contrast, were material, satisfi able only in the marketplace. Critics who mined psychoanalysis largely missed the asceticism underlying what they interpreted as Freud’s libera- tionist vision of the modern self. There are two notable exceptions. Riesman has given us an ascetic Freud whose economics of emotions is governed by the laws of a scarcity outdated even in his own time, a 24 Narcissism in the Me De cade

Freud who imposed “on a later generation a mortgage of reactionary and constricting ideas.” And Philip Rieff likewise could discern a genuine affi nity between Freud’s psychology and that of the ancient Stoics.21 But theirs were singular, glancing dissents from an argu- ment developing within American social criticism that focused pri- marily on the ways in which psychoanalysis loosened the restraints imposed on individuals by the Victorian social and sexual order. Even Rieff, his allegiance to the straitened Freud so manifestly clear, could not help but align Freud with the release he himself dis- dained. In his 1959 Freud: The Mind of the Moralist and then in his enormously infl uential 1966 polemic, TheTriumph of the Therapeu- tic, Rieff spelled out his vision of culture as a moral demand system or ga nized to balance controls and release. The old culture imposed demands, while the emergent culture preached liberation, offering “an endless ambiance of fun and boredom.” The new culture had no theory, offering only opportunities. What concerned him in the ascendant therapeutic culture was the promise of plentitude without a corresponding constraint. In life and art, infi nite abundance was everywhere supplanting scarcity, and demands for quantity were drowning out “more substantial doctrines of quality.” Nothing was prohibited anymore, and even the churches were embarrassed by the naive asceticism they had once preached. So impoverished was the reforming imagination that it could only parrot the vacuous “more is better” ethos of the postascetic moment, demanding “more goods, more housing, more leisure; in short, more life.” Rieff lamented the rise of a dominion of desire, characterized by “the mass produc- tion of endless ‘needs’ ” and the “gorgeous variety of satisfactions” on offer.22 The specter of insatiability—of wants without limit— haunted Rieff, Lasch, and like- minded critics, a number of whom worked with a model of economic behavior that sharply and confi dently dis- tinguished between needs and wants. Needs were straightforward, rooted in and supportive of individuals’ physicality—adequate food, shelter, clothing. John Kenneth Galbraith, harshly criticizing classical economics for its indifference to the distinction between needs and wants, set satiable needs against insatiable desires, the former rooted The Culture of Narcissism 25 in the body and the latter in psychology. “When man has satisfi ed his physical needs, then psychologically grounded desires take over,” he wrote, adding that “these can never be satisfi ed.”23 Bell invoked Aristotle in support of his characterization of the ancient Greek household—the word economics, he explained, derived from oikos, the household—as a self-regulating and self- suffi cient en- tity geared to meeting the biologically derived, “limited and satiable” needs of its inhabitants. Production was directed not at the market but at these inhabitants. Simple sharing ruled in this exemplary household, a veritable socialist paradise in which “each is given in ac- cordance with his needs.” Bourgeois society, by contrast, entertained wants, which Bell explained, similarly to Galbraith, were psychologi- cal, not biological, by their nature unlimited and insatiable. Critics looked with nostalgia to the sumptuary laws, dating to medieval Europe, that had regulated the consuming habits of the poor and the rising bourgeoisie, restricting “vain and idle” expenditures on food, clothing, and luxury items to favored classes of aristocrats. The com- mercial revolution of the eighteenth century had rendered these laws obsolete, unleashing—as Bell saw it—the menace of insatiability that was part and parcel of the utilitarian, hedonistic calculus characteris- tic of bourgeois societies.24 Both Galbraith and Bell cast needs as absolute, knowable, and integral to the self while characterizing wants as exogamous, not natural but in the nature of a contrivance imposed on individuals from without. Wants were open to manipulation, to the psychological persuasion of advertisers eager to expand the market for the goods they hawked. Galbraith saw the postwar individual, awash in goods in the unpre cedentedly affl uent postwar United States, as putty in the adman’s hands, a stranger to his own desires. Lasch concurred, seeing the expansion of consumer desire abetted by “a vast effort of reeduca- tion,” dating to the 1920s, that instilled in once- satisfi ed individuals a taste for the frivolous. Both envisioned a subject unconfl icted by un- met need and free of superfl uous wants, grinding poverty having become less an issue in the midst of postwar plenty. Wants— false, beguiling, sensuous, insatiable—assumed a feminine cast in this litera- ture, aligned with elegance, eroticism, extravagance, and ostentatious 26 Narcissism in the Me De cade aristocratic display against the sobriety of Galbraith’s “useful citi- zen” and “average guy.”25 We can see in these midcentury critiques of consumer culture a profound distrust of desire and fantasy, as well as of the capacity of the average guy to resist the blandishments of both. But, we may ask, were needs ever so readily separated from wants, limits so faithfully honored, and reason so reliably hegemonic in the realm of economic behavior as the critics imagined? Galbraith’s complaint was pre- cisely that conventional economic wisdom, fi xed as it was on pro- duction and output, failed to partition consumer demand between needs and wants, treating the sum of such demand— whether sated on necessary or frivolous goods— agnostically. Indeed, he argued that among economists this refusal to assess the legitimacy of one desire as opposed to another was considered a mark of scientifi c virtue. But with the increasing ubiquity of frivolous consumption, which he defi ned as that consumption propelled by individuals’ quest for psychic satisfactions, he argued, it was all the more imperative that economic theory be able to distinguish between what was nec- essary and what was not. Galbraith pointed to John Maynard Keynes, who in an essay from 1930 had bucked disciplinary norms in dividing needs between the absolute and the relative, the former capable of being met within a century and the latter possibly insa- tiable, in that “their satisfaction lifts us above, makes us feel superior to, our fellows.” Keynes’s position was echoed by the London- based analyst Ian Suttie, who, writing in 1935, characterized all needs as relative and potentially insatiable. Suttie faulted Freud for failing to recognize social need, “over and above the sum of material, senso- rial cravings and satisfaction,” in considerations of possessiveness, the wanting and having of property. It was not enough “to have what one needs,” Suttie explained, only “to have more than one needs whereas others have less than they need.”26 That is, needs were not readily quantifi ed and absolute but nonrational and plastic, shaped by— here the analyst weighs in—the inevitable anxieties and scar- cities of childhood and negotiated in the social competition of adulthood. The Culture of Narcissism 27

Objects and Things The straightforward relationship between people and possessions that is at the center of Lasch’s “culture of narcissism” argument has never been so simple in psychoanalysis. From its founding, psycho- analysis was more focused on pathologies of restraint and renuncia- tion than on those of indulgence and gratifi cation. Many of us are familiar with the notion that in Freud’s time neuroses were rooted in the culture of inhibited sexual expression that was the analyst’s Vienna and Berlin. Lives crabbed by restraint were the early ana- lyst’s stock in trade, and among the aims of psychoanalytic treat- ment was the loosening of the inner bonds that inhibition imposed, in par tic u lar on hysterical women. Freud and his colleagues paid relatively little attention to what are now considered pathologies of excess and greed, and they wrote little that was directly concerned with monetary wealth and poverty.27 Yet psychoanalysts did produce a voluminous literature on the deformations that followed from the child’s failed negotiation of the early, developmentally mandated oral and anal stages in which, they proposed, individuals established patterns of relationships with possessions that would characterize them as adults. The oral stage was defi ned around incorporation (of the breast and its supplies), the anal stage around withholding and expelling (of feces, which Freud— to critics, notoriously—equated with money). Deformations of development at either stage were evident in the character disor- dered adult’s exaggerated avarice, acquisitiveness, and aggression, with the sense of deprivation and a craving for possession oftentimes especially strong in such persons. So-called oral characters might display excessive covetousness as well as persis tent, unfulfi lled long- ings, and anal characters could be miserly, parsimonious, and reten- tive, fi nding it hard to separate themselves from what they owned. Analysts were less interested in the “objects of all kinds” through which individuals expressed their inner oral and anal confl icts than they were in the symbolic value those objects carried. They were less interested in money as a medium of exchange than in the ways it 28 Narcissism in the Me De cade served as a vehicle for hostile, sadistic, greedy, parsimonious, and erotic impulses.28 Early psychoanalysts effectively relegated the deformations of wealth and possession to the realm of developmental failure. They offered little on the ways individuals interacted day in and day out, nonpathologically, with the things they desired, procured, owned, used, and gave away and with the money that made ownership possible. Several of Freud’s Viennese colleagues attempted to shift the discussion of money from pathology to normality, from develop- mental stages to narcissistic needs, and from the realm of the symbolic to what called “social facts.” Fenichel maintained that of all the needs money could be deployed to satisfy, the narcissistic needs for power and self-esteem were the most conspicuous. Writing in 1938, he observed that his analytic peers were only beginning to explore the nature of people’s strivings to recapture their lost infan- tile omnipotence, seeing them engaged in a continuous, lifelong proj- ect of self- esteem regulation, a project to which the possession of money was central. Of course people wanted money, Fenichel wrote, for “the more money one possesses, the better one can satisfy one’s needs”— needs not only biological but also those having to do with attaining power, recognition, and high self- regard.29 Notably, Fenichel did not draw a sharp distinction between bio- logical and narcissistic needs, casting the latter as essential to life as was mother’s milk— the prototype of what analysts were starting to call “narcissistic supplies.” The “narcissistic requirement” to main- tain one’s positive self-feeling “plays a part in everything,” as he saw it, and shaped individuals as powerfully as did the better recognized drives of sexuality and aggression. In a social system in which wealth brought honor and respect, it was only natural that people would strive to amass it. Fenichel took aim at those analysts who could see only money’s symbolic meanings, not its “real signifi cance” in enabling commerce and individuals’ comfort. One of his colleagues wrote along similar lines that anyone surveying the analytic conversation “would not conceive the idea that one eats because one is hungry and wants food for sustaining one’s life. But one would rather suppose that eat- ing is a sly way of satisfying oral libido.” Psychoanalysts on the whole, The Culture of Narcissism 29

Fenichel argued, had little to say about money, work, and the basics of existence: “eating, housing, clothing.”30 Fenichel’s call for a normalized analytic perspective on people and their possessions went largely unheeded within the discipline. He saw needs he called narcissistic as expected and unexceptionable in everyone, but the few analysts who wrote about individuals’ needs for things tended to conceptualize those needs in terms of psychic weakness and pathology. They refl exively saw acts of consumption as expressive of inner emotional states, most often as displaced expres- sions of hard- to-tolerate feelings that in their estimation brought only temporary relief. Analysts told of adults whose bids for feeling alive took the form of cravings for things that they mistakenly believed would bring them security and fulfi llment, arguing that such per- sons were misrecognizing their desires and dooming themselves to loneliness and hopelessness. Exemplary of this line of argument is one analyst’s contrasting of medieval societies, in which “the produc- tion of goods met real needs,” with our own, in which attachments to possessions have become “more important than recognizing and ful- fi lling inner emotional and authentic needs and deeper longings.”31 The analytic literature documents a range of sometimes astonish- ingly freighted spending behaviors—stingy, punitive, guilty, compul- sive, destructive, childish— and offers a gallery of types in whom the relationship to money is disturbed. Yet it was the upbeat advice to spend sensibly, fl exibly, and even sometimes frivolously, to enjoy money while not exaggerating its signifi cance, offered by the aptly named American analyst Smiley Blanton, that elicited visions of psy- choanalysis at its nadir, an unwitting captive of “the consumer soci- ety” and its ideology. “To convert money into usefulness or plea sure, it is almost always necessary to spend it,” Blanton matter- of- factly wrote, with his observation that Americans were “good at making money, and there’s nothing wrong with that” drawing a fellow ana- lyst’s opprobrium.32 The analytic tradition almost by default cast individuals’ desires for things as but paltry compensation for unmet, less objectionable, and more authentic emotional needs. This left analysts little concep- tual space in which to consider ordinary, run-of- the- mill, and 30 Narcissism in the Me De cade nonpathological relations between people and things. And by pathologizing all acts of consumption, they drained their critique of the excesses of consumption of much of its potential force.

Me and Mine Like Bell in the 1970s, Fenichel in the 1930s arrived at a sophisti- cated understanding of capitalism, writing that the “capitalist, under penalty of his own destruction,” had to accumulate.33 Among other analytic commentators there was some gesturing toward the no- tion that greed could be, if not good, conceived of as necessary when directed at the productive growth that sustained the economy, but Fenichel was the prime mover behind this idea in the discipline. Fenichel proposed an alternative to the straitened, censorious view of the relationship between persons and things espoused by many analysts of his time and that would be taken up by social critics in the coming decades. “Possessions are an expanded portion of the ego,” he wrote, explaining that the “psychic feeling of self” could en- compass not only the body but also clothing and other like prop- erty, all of which could enhance one’s ego- feeling and contribute to the narcissistic plea sure of an enlarged self-compass. Fenichel was here— likely unwittingly— echoing William James, as well as prefi g- uring the postwar American adman. “It is clear that between what a man calls me and what he simply calls mine the line is diffi cult to draw,” wrote James in his monumental work, The Principles of Psy- chology, published in 1890. The boundaries of the self fl uctuated, James suggested, with “the same object being sometimes treated as a part of me, at other times as simply mine, and then again as if I had nothing to do with it at all.” A man’s self was the sum not only of his body and psychic powers but also of “his clothes and his house, his wife and children, his ancestors and friends, his reputation and works, his land and horses, his yacht and bank-account. All these things give him the same emotions.” Blind, instinctive impulse fueled the drive to possess, as James saw it, with a sense of nothingness, “a shrinkage of our personality,” following from the loss of things that had become part of ourselves. James had little truck with the stoicism that would The Culture of Narcissism 31 be championed by Rieff as a solution to the problem of distinguish- ing between legitimate and illegitimate needs, seeing it as a recipe for a preemptively diminished, “narrow and unsympathetic,” even hateful self. To James, the expansive individuals who could be char- acterized by their positive outlook, magnanimity toward others, and enthusiastic embrace of life’s offerings were far more attractive and proved far more resourceful in the face of life’s many demands than the crabbed and disdainful stoic.34 Neither critics nor psychoanalysts showed much interest theoriz- ing a fl uid relationship between the self and its possessions. In the 1950s, the British analyst D. W. Winnicott explored the infant’s use of its fi rst possession (for example, a blanket or teddy bear), arguing it did so in a transitional space between the me and the not-me. Winnicott observed that babies displayed “very rich patterns” in re- lating to such objects, over which they assumed the right of possession and through which they expressed creativity and developed capacities for symbolic thinking. The object was neither inside nor outside the infant, and pleasur able for being at once illusionary and real. Win- nicott’s paper, subtitled “The First Not-Me Possession,” consistently ranks among the most pop u lar of psychoanalytic journal articles and has been widely discussed and cited, and the object relations school of analysis of which he was a central fi gure was more focused than classical analysis on individuals’ materiality. However, psycho- analysts on the whole shied from what to the student of consumer behavior was abundantly clear— that “we regard our possessions as parts of ourselves” or, what to the critic might appear more crassly stated, “that we are what we have.” Research conducted by leading psychologists in the 1950s on the ways that people related to objects in their environment supported James’s contentions. Psychologists’ subjects readily and without diffi culty ranked everything from parts of the body (skin, fi ngers, genitals) to abstract ideas (morals, democ- racy, the law) to other people (father, workmates, neighbors) to be- longings (clothing, tools, cars) on hierarchical scales mea sur ing “selfness” and located them on continuums ranging from “not-self to self.” Possessions were uniformly categorized within the border- line of the self, and in one study, subjects placed “my belongings” 32 Narcissism in the Me De cade closer to the core of the self than “my friends.” In this and subse- quent research, the line between what is me and what is mine is as porous as James asserted it was over a century ago.35 Research psychologists tell us, then, that not only do we assemble our identities in a Jamesian or Winnicottian in- between space, but we also confer identities on the objects with which we surround ourselves. Noting that psychology had largely overlooked “the real expressive powers objects have,” Dichter proclaimed in his 1960s treatise that “objects have a soul.” The materialism that critics de- cried was to Dichter simply a fact of life and the goods with which we surrounded ourselves were but the expression of an “only too human desire.” The problem to him was that we “steadfastly refuse to accept ourselves the way we actually are,” hypocritically condemning our desires as immoral while living day-to- day amid the very goods and possessions we profess to disdain. Both the fi ndings of research psychologists and Dichter’s perspective—still roundly condemned by critics of advertising and its creation of frivolous wants— fi nd updated expression in the writings of Bruno Latour, so cio log i cal provocateur par excellence, who turns the critics’ usual critique on its head, asserting that “things do not exist without being full of people.”36 Thus, the psychologist argues that “in claiming that something is ‘mine,’ we also come to believe that the object is ‘me.’ ” The adman’s focus groups demonstrate that the moment products appear in our lives, they—“furniture, houses, bread, cars, bicycles”—“are related to us, they are human.” And the contemporary theorist of things re- jects the strict subject/object divide between the human and the in- animate, instead seeing the world “full of ‘quasi-objects’ and ‘quasi- subjects.’ ” Persuasive or not, that these diverse outlooks converge on a century-old Jamesian perspective that sees our possessions, in varying “degrees of intimacy,” becoming “parts of our empirical selves,” suggests how impoverished the prevailing pop u lar and ana- lytic conversation centered on people and things has been.37 Lasch voiced analysts’ objects- as- compensatory line of argument, maintaining that consumption, sold as the antidote to the “age- old The Culture of Narcissism 33 discontents of loneliness, sickness, weariness, [and] lack of sexual satisfaction,” offers the false hope it will “fi ll the aching void.” But like his critical brethren, Lasch found himself boxed in by the logic of his own argument. He could acknowledge that in the nineteenth century most people had been condemned to lives “of drudgery and mere subsistence,” but he could only censure the advent of mass production in the twentieth century, on the grounds that it extended “aristocratic habits to the masses” and undermined the work ethic. There was little room in the critics’ imaginatively impoverished world for consumption to express anything other than synthetic desire and execrable narcissistic need.38 Disdainful of needs and rejecting any- thing close to a Jamesian perspective that located subjectivity in objects, at their most outlandish such critics could only propose its reverse, that individuals in the grip of a consumer- driven narcissism understand themselves not as humans but as things. In their dysto- pian vision, relations among humans assume the tenor of market relations, with everyone defi ned by his or her utility value—what can you do for me?—and, as such, akin to commodities exchanged in the marketplace.

Narcissism in Freud denoted pathology and perversion. Yet at the same time it also referred to normality. In his developmental scheme, the sovereign infant was cast as the original narcissist, prompting one 1970s observer to remind readers that “we all began as narcis- sists.” And, in a short essay delineating normal personality types, Freud listed the narcissistic alongside the erotic and obsessive, de- scribing the contours of a character fueled by ambition to make his mark on the world. Through the twentieth century, analysts fl eshed out dimensions of narcissism Freud had mentioned but not explored, and they added new aspects of it to the mix. Freud had invoked gran- diosity and omnipotence in his landmark 1914 essay, and analysts in the 1970s and beyond would theorize grandiosity and worldly effi - cacy under the rubric of narcissism, seeing both as critical to the healthy person’s functioning. But the critics took little note of this 34 Narcissism in the Me De cade positively tinged narcissism; there was no gratifying and indulging of grandiose wishes in the Freud that Rieff valiantly tried to rescue for cultural criticism.39 The commonality of concern in analysts’ and critics’ parallel con- versations about the modern self smoothed the way for easy ac cep- tance of the latter’s seamless linking of social and individual pathology in the person of the narcissist. But the commonality obscured as much as it enabled, in par tic u lar that the emotional economy of the critic’s modal American and the analyst’s narcissist were not the same but, rather, mirror images of one another. Thus, Rieff’s hero was the van- ished ascetic, the “enemy of his own needs, which is about as concise a characterization of the analyst’s narcissist as one might hope to fi nd. Along similar lines, one might propose that there is no better carrier of the renunciatory symbolic that Rieff argued therapeutic culture had defi nitively stamped out than the narcissist, the figure who claims, like Rieff’s ascetic, to need nothing.40 The fi gure of the narcissist, in whom a largely hidden inner asceticism and a patent outer abandon are continually in tension, is as paradoxical as is Bell’s capitalism. The dialectic of renunciation and desire that analysts see in the inner world of the narcissist, with renunciation triumphant, the critic of consumer culture sees upside- down in the outer world of the marketplace, where desire has won out. The reproving critic readily construed narcissism as a tribute to the excesses of the time in its bringing together of gratifi cation, hedonism, and selfi shness. If critics got much about the analysts’ narcissist wrong, they also overstated the American tradition of self- restraint. Critics asserted that the ethos of self-realization was antithetical to the nation’s history of sturdy self-reliance, the sorry excrescence of a therapeutic ethos gone amok, but no less an authority than the historian of Puritanism Perry Miller located the quest for self- realization at the very heart of the American character. Miller saw the country engaged in a two- hundred- plus-year history of remodeling its defi ning character, chid- ing those who would shoehorn the “personality of America in one eternal, unchangeable pattern.” It was the anxious and highly con- scious questing itself that was descriptive of the national character, he argued in 1955: “Being an American is not something inherited The Culture of Narcissism 35 but something to be achieved.” To be sure, Miller was writing at the moment when the modernist project of remaking the self in the in- terest of its actualization and fulfi llment was shifting into high gear. The psychiatrist’s contemporaneous dictum that “the striving for self- realization is a fundamental human endeavor” may have been unwarrantedly universalizing. And the analyst’s precept that the problem was not “too much concern with self- actualization” but too little was perhaps too easily caricatured. But even Bell, who cast the freedom promised by modernity as the ransacking and engorg- ing of the world’s storehouse of accumulated culture in the ser vice of the self-realization, had to allow that the hedonic calculus to which critics objected originated within, not beyond, capitalism— in which, he explained, the self free of the inherited constraints of fam- ily and poised for growth and possibility was a central fi gure. Bell’s contemporary, the popularizing psychologist Abraham Maslow, held that “individuation, autonomy, self- development, productive- ness, self-realization” were the achievements of the healthy person- ality.41 These were values to which no capitalist would have taken exception. By the end of the Me Decade, narcissism was a fact of social life and the focus of widespread concern. As was the case throughout the twentieth century, cultural crisis was afoot, this time captured un- der Lasch’s deft— if inherently problematic— rubric. Critics redefi ned old ills under its sign. “Narcissism: An Old Habit Comes Back,” read the headline of one newspaper article sounding the alarm. “I see a lot of the new narcissism,” said Riesman in 1978 of the college students he was studying, adding, “We used to call these children spoiled, but that no longer strictly applies.” Lacking “the internalized parental values of the inner- directed types,” these students were also “not as sensitive to peers as were the other-directed people.” Their self- images infl ated, they were “afraid to do badly because everything they write has to be absolutely great.” Riesman prescribed a mix of compassion and toughness to deal with these young people and their grandiose expectations of themselves.42 Social commentators like Rieff, Lasch, and Bell disdained need, dependence, and gratifi cation as vehemently as the most orthodox 36 Narcissism in the Me De cade of mid-twentieth- century American Freudians—and, as we have seen, as much as did the most ascetic of the analyst’s modern narcissists. Lasch’s imperial self of yesteryear was not mere fantasy but a clini- cal description of the analyst’s narcissist. Critics collapsed two op- posed analytic traditions, or ga nized respectively around privation and gratifi cation, into one that celebrated release and abundance, miscasting Freud as an antagonist rather than the ally he might have been. Freud was no more a partisan of the expressive self that acknowledges the pleasures of gratifi cation, dependence, and mutu- ality than were the critics who condemned him. On the contrary: one could plausibly argue that Freud and his severe vision under- wrote the so-called autonomous self of Western culture, the self that celebrates renunciation, inde pen dence, and sovereign self- mastery. Two

HEINZ KOHUT’S AMERICAN FREUD

The debut of the Americanized Freud of the Viennese- born, Chicago- based psychoanalyst Heinz Kohut, who burst onto the American analytic and cultural scene in the 1970s brandishing a positively tinged and appealingly normalized narcis- sism, captured the attention of social critics and sparked what many agreed was a revolution in the fi eld. Kohut took on the straitened Freud he had been taught, proclaiming his death and fashioning himself midwife to the rebirth of analysis. He brilliantly situated his interventions at the crossroads where simmering dissatisfaction with foundational Freudian precepts, fortifi ed at the hands of a clutch of prewar and wartime émigré Euro pe an analysts, met long- standing cultural concerns about the shape of the modal American self. Kohut challenged the primacy Freud had assigned to the drives in under- standing human behavior, brought provision and gratifi cation back into discussions of analytic technique, and outlined a normal narcis- sism that was the wellspring of human ambition and creativity, val- ues and ideals, empathy and fellow feeling. Social critics conscripted him into their condemnations of the American character, altogether oblivious to the fact that his narcissism was not theirs. Kohut’s was descriptive not only of pathology but also of normality: positively tinged, replete with possibility, and necessary to sustain life. 38 Narcissism in the Me De cade

In psychoanalysis, as in cultural criticism, the 1970s were the de- cade of the new narcissism. Over the decades since Freud had put narcissism on the analytic map, psychoanalysts and psychiatrists had noted a precipitous rise in the number of patients complaining of vaguely defi ned discontents—loneliness, emptiness, boredom—in place of the dramatic paralyses, anesthesias, and phobias exhibited by Freud’s hysterics. The number of papers and books on narcissism by psychoanalysts, psychiatrists, and psychologists rose just as quickly. By the 1970s, public interest in narcissism was running high. Kohut was regularly featured in newspaper and pop u lar magazine articles. Dubbed the “modern day Freud” and “the Freud of today,” Kohut was putting “the world on the couch.” His followers hailed him as a charismatic genius, “the fi rst truly American analyst,” while detrac- tors derided him as a self-styled messiah, a guru at the center of a cult. Many of Kohut’s colleagues objected to his departures from the Freudian mainstream, even as they acknowledged the electrifying ef- fect of his work. Some, surveying the analytic fi eld, sensed revolution was in the air; others demurred, maintaining nothing had fundamen- tally changed since Freud’s time.1 Yet, even the most skeptical could see that the intellectual ferment around narcissism was reviving their discipline’s fortunes and ensuring its continuing cultural relevance. If, as many worried, psychoanalysis thirty years after Freud’s death was languishing, its creativity spent, then narcissism—for or against, it mattered little— was just what the doctor ordered.2

Narcissism Americanized In a series of analytic papers published in the 1960s and in two landmark books published in the 1970s, Heinz Kohut reframed nar- cissism as a desirable rather than pathological dimension of mature selfhood, establishing it in analytic and pop u lar discussions as, in his words, “a very broad kind of concept” with a positive not pejorative valence “that deals with preoccupation with ourselves.” Alert to pop u lar opportunities for psychoanalysis, especially for his version of it, Kohut joined the discussion of whether the American people Heinz Kohut’s American Freud 39

were becoming more narcissistic. In a widely syndicated 1978 news- paper article, he adduced as evidence of narcissism’s rise one “Fred,” exemplary of a growing population of sufferers, a lonely man, plagued by feelings of abandonment and worthlessness, a man who felt his self was crumbling and falling apart. The “drugs, alcohol, and wild sexual fl ings” to which the Freds of the world typically resorted were no match for their despair, Kohut argued. “The emptiness of life troubles people,” he told People magazine the next year. Parental distraction or, worse, emotional rejection produced children fated to lifetimes of fruitless searching for the approval of which they would never get enough. To this point, Kohut and the critics were on the same page. But then he added, “Some say these people are narcissis- tic . . . but actually they are not narcissistic enough. They need food for their self-esteem all the time.”3 Not narcissistic enough? So single- minded were the critics that they barely registered that Kohut was not in fact their ally but, rather, an antagonist, as apt to champion narcissism as he was to worry about its prevalence. Kohut consistently sided with gratifi cation over renunciation, emo- tional satisfaction over frustration. He decried the culturally man- dated altruism that disparaged “concern for one’s self” and, through the 1960s and 1970s, amid the tumult convulsing Chicago, he sounded themes associated more with the young than with his own genera- tion. He championed the potential of the self and the liberation of its energies in the ser vice of the common good, and he celebrated the preoccupation with the self that social critics found intellectually bankrupt and morally suspect. He defended interiority against critics who lamented it as so much navel gazing, arguing that such “inward- looking contemplation” could be the source of fulfi lling gratifi cation. And he applauded the rising generation’s search for intense inner experience, whether abetted by surrender to the intoxications of drugs and music or by immersion in the teachings of Eastern philoso- phy, maintaining that the countercultural young grasped better than their parents that the path to psychic health lay in responding “with a full range of emotions” to the challenges presented by a rapidly changing world.4 Kohut chose to celebrate the younger generation’s 40 Narcissism in the Me De cade restless searching, showing little interest in the critic’s nostalgia for a lost American Eden. He traded in joy, gratifi cation, liberation, and exhilaration, in aspirations rather than in Freud’s limitations. As an immigrant, Kohut was perhaps the unlikeliest of spokes- men for an Americanized narcissism. Steeped from an early age in the high culture of the Viennese bourgeoisie, he was nevertheless, like so many newcomers before him, an ardent student of American mores. He saw himself split, both irredeemably Eu rope an and “a complete and true American,” but consistently narrated his life as a quintessentially American story of reinvention and limitless possibil- ity. Born in 1913—the year that Freud drafted “On Narcissism”—to an assimilated Jewish family, he fl ed Vienna alone in March 1939, a mere fi ve months before the outbreak of war, settling temporarily in a refugee camp in rural England before moving to London. Within a year, he landed on American shores, “a nobody” with barely twenty- fi ve dollars to his name. He made his way to Chicago, where a child- hood friend was living, and, a medical degree from the University of Vienna in hand, quickly secured an internship and then a prestigious residency in neurology there. Advancing to the rank of instructor, he switched his appointment to psychiatry and, in 1946, began to train as a psychoanalyst at the Chicago Institute. In analysis with Ruth Eissler, an exemplar of orthodox technique, and methodically plowing through Freud’s works, Kohut was very much in the analytic main- stream. He would brook no criticism of Freud, whom he idealized. By the 1950s, he was recognized as a brilliant and creative analyst, as well as an adept psychoanalytic politician, friend and correspondent to the stars in the analytic fi rmament, among them. He was, he explained, “beloved by everybody and on the right kind of handshak- ing terms. In every room I entered there were smiles.”5 Soon enough, everybody would be looking away. Kohut secured a position at the pinnacle of the analytic world through his fi erce guardianship of orthodoxy, a latter-day psychoanalytic paladin who would— in the words of one he viciously attacked— wipe the fl oor with anyone daring to dishonor Freud’s genius. But he went on to launch a successful assault on the very foundations of Freudianism. Echoing themes of growth and possibility behind earlier attempts at Heinz Kohut’s American Freud 41 analytic revisionism in America, he formulated an optimistic alter- native to Freudianism’s bleak pessimism in language his detractors dismissed as sentimental and mawkish. Kohut understood what he called “the basic cultural value systems” that supported American psychoanalysis, with its ties to psychiatry and its distinctive if diluted “emphasis on interpersonal healing, helping, and reforming,” which he found utterly foreign to the weltanschauung of the refugee Euro- pe an analysts. Adapting psychoanalysis to American culture, he re- invented himself as a trailblazing analytic pioneer, inhabiting one of the most venerable of his adopted nation’s archetypical personas. Bold where others had proven timid and self-satisfi ed, he would chart “daring new paths into new territories.”6 In the space of three de cades, then, Kohut—known by many as “Mr. Psychoanalysis”— moved from high priest to excommunicated heretic to founder of the new church of “”; from president of the resolutely orthodox American Psychoanalytic Asso- ciation in the 1960s to banished deviant to widely celebrated spokes- man for what many deemed the fi eld’s new scientifi c paradigm in the 1970s. The precise moment when Kohut’s apostasy became evident is a matter of some dispute. Some see it as early as his 1959 paper on introspection and empathy as modes of observation in psychoanaly- sis, which, in proposing that the Freudian’s “drive” was not an ob- servable entity but an abstraction derived from introspection, occa- sioned more than a few angry responses from analytic colleagues. Others see him struggling, with varying degrees of success, to nego- tiate between Freud and his own evolving new perspective through the period that eventuated in The Analysis of the Self, published in 1971. Most agree that with the 1977 appearance of The Restoration of the Self, the rupture with Freud’s drive-based metapsychology was complete and irreparable. In making his journey, Kohut broke not only with the American keepers of the Freudian faith, among them his training analyst and important mentors, but also with what he argued was the Freud living on in the analyst’s breast as a constraining and curbing force. The death of this archaic and ideal- ized Freud—and, more important, the deaths of those analysts who were charismatically tied to him by virtue of having known him 42 Narcissism in the Me De cade personally— was to Kohut an opportunity, an open door portending “a surge of in de pen dent initiative.” Admitting that his need of the Freud within had lessened over the years, Kohut gradually con- signed his Freud to the status of admired historical fi gure, respected but no longer idealized. Where Freud was in Kohut’s estimation clearly a man of the nineteenth century, Kohut fashioned himself a child of the twentieth, looking to the future rather than fi xated on the past, however comfortable and familiar it might have been.7 Kohut never actually met Freud, yet he yoked his destiny to Freud’s in a story that he was known for telling old friends and new acquain- tances alike. The year was 1938 and Vienna was crumbling; the an- schluss had just occurred, and the city was no longer safe for Jews. Freud, persuaded by Ernest Jones’s entreaties and more so by the Gestapo’s seizure and day long interrogation of his daughter Anna, was in the process of leaving the city with his family for London. Kohut, a twenty- fi ve- year- old medical student, told in confi dence by his analyst August Aichorn the day and time Freud’s train would be leaving, arranged to be at the station with a friend to see Freud off. “It was a beautiful, sunshiny day,” Kohut would later tell it. A woman whom they assumed was the family maid was crying on the platform, but otherwise there were few people to be seen. Walking alongside the train, Kohut and his companion spotted Freud sitting calmly in his compartment. As the train pulled away, they caught Freud’s eye and tipped their hats to him. He returned the gesture, and a psychoanalytic genealogy was forged.8 Or retrospectively constructed: By 1975, Kohut was referring to this story as a “personal myth,” characterizing it variously as a sym- bolic event, a pivotal moment, and “the wellspring of the most impor- tant commitments of my future”— a heavy burden for a mere tip of the hat. Having earlier narrated the encounter in fi ne detail as a con- tribution to the Freud Archives, Kohut was now hedging, maintain- ing he could not tell the story, “because there is no story to be told.” Memory or myth, Kohut’s story of the encounter, which implied the psychoanalytic torch had been passed, achieved iconic status. It was commented upon by his colleagues, repeated in appraisals of his Heinz Kohut’s American Freud 43 work, and showcased in the obituary that ran in the New York Times upon his death in 1981.9 More signifi cant than Freud’s departure from Kohut on that day in 1938, however, was Kohut’s monumental departure several de- cades later from Freud and Freudian psychoanalytic orthodoxy. Freed of his inner need for Freud as a father fi gure on whom he could lean for “self-confi rmation or support,” Kohut spelled out what was at stake in his abandonment of classicism. In papers published and in interviews granted before his death, he spiritedly took on, among other targets, orthodoxy’s closed system thinking, its covert moral- ism, and its developmental telos. Kohut proclaimed that the ortho- dox’s vaunted inde pen dence was chimerical and that becoming an in de pen dent self was a wrong-headed, impossible aim. He dismis- sively referred to the unconscious, a centerpiece of Freudianism, as a “fancy idea.” He questioned the centrality of the Oedipus complex, that other analytic mainstay, reminding his colleagues that Oedipus was in the fi rst instance a “rejected child” who “was abandoned in the wilderness to die.” And he combatively suggested that psychoanalysis— still “in its childhood”—needed to grow up, to internalize Freud in the way a growing child would internalize a parent, and to “turn from the study of Freud to the study of man.”10 Kohut, explaining that Freud was not “exuberant enough” for his tastes, crafted a psychoanalysis that was orga nized around the de- velopment of a cohesive self capable of articulating its ideals, pursu- ing its ambitions, and relating to others around it. A good part of his achievement consisted in recasting narcissism as a desirable, even necessary, dimension of personhood. The Freud who had conceived of narcissism as in part normal was quickly overshadowed by the Freud who had conceived of it as an early stage in a developmental sequence that began in infantile solipsism and culminated, ideally, in the sovereign self. Within this framework, narcissism, once abandoned, was a fallback position to which one might revert under threat. Freud and his followers generally argued that the infant’s narcissism was optimally displaced by object- love, setting up an opposition between immature love of oneself and mature love of another. Freud held 44 Narcissism in the Me De cade that individuals were endowed with fi xed quantities of psychic en- ergy that they distributed between self and other, such that love of oneself precluded love of the other and, conversely, love of another depleted the capacity for self- love. This is exemplary of what Kohut deemed Freud’s closed system thinking; Kohut objected not only to it but also more generally to analysts’ preference for object- love over self-love. However much analysts might maintain their stance on narcissism was morally neutral, “psychoanalytic locker-room chit- chat” assigned it a negative valence. To brand someone a narcissist was, he argued, to say “down with him”; to envision someone capa- ble of object- love meant “up with him.”11 Against Freudian orthodoxy, Kohut argued that object- love, as well as “any other intense experience,” strengthened the self, which in turn could then experience love more intensely. Kohut maintained that Freud’s model could not account for the fact that reciprocated passionate love did not diminish but, rather, enhanced self- esteem. Where Freud had seen childish narcissism superseded by mature object- love, Kohut argued it was instead transformed—that archaic forms of it, such as grandiosity, were “remobilized and reintegrated” in the service of ideals, self-esteem, creativity, and other useful attri- butes of a healthy personality. Object- love did not replace narcis- sism, as Freud had argued; rather, narcissism followed its own “line of development, from the primitive to the most mature, adaptive, and culturally valuable,” assuming different forms at different points in the curve of life. Complex forms of it provided the very basis for civilized life.12 To start with the most primitive, infantile forms: Kohut admired Freud’s analytic colleague Sándor Ferenczi’s portrayal of infantile grandiosity, and his infant was as much a fantasist as was Ferenczi’s. Both were cared for, in ideal circumstances, by an empathic maternal fi gure who accepted the child’s idealization of her as perfect and all- powerful while mirroring the child’s grandiosity, enabling the child to delight in his own feelings of omnipotence and to revel in his exhi- bitionism. This empathic fi gure smoothed the child’s confrontation with the inevitable frustrations of reality, allowing him to maintain pleas urably narcissistic feelings of power and fullness where he might Heinz Kohut’s American Freud 45 otherwise, absent her actual and internalized presence, feel powerless and empty. Kohut maintained that the child experienced this fi gure as part of itself, as a sustaining “selfobject”—part self, part internalized other. As the child grew, he gradually took on more of the self-esteem– regulating and tension-reducing functions that the internalized selfob- ject had performed, and a sense of self, cohesive and not fragmented, was achieved. The child’s grandiosity— its “grandiose self”—was gradually tamed but not wholly expunged, transformed and available to the adult, acting as “instinctual fuel” for ambitions and self- esteem.13 The point was not to deny or to eradicate the child’s narcis- sistic grandiosity and pleasur able exhibitionism but, rather, to see the child at once frustrated and lovingly supported. Kohut’s mature, trans- formed narcissism provided critical support to the adult personality, to its creative capacities, its wisdom, and even its humor. It was when the child’s strivings were not supported that the feel- ings of emptiness, aimlessness, and fragmentation symptomatic of pathological narcissism arose. Almost from the start of his musings on narcissism and a full de cade before social commentators made it their favored diagnosis, Kohut characterized it as “the social pathol- ogy of our age.” Disorders of the self were not new but newly preva- lent, he argued, explaining that the bustling Victorian house holds in which Freud’s patients had been raised offered children too much sexual and other stimulation, whether from servants or from mem- bers of extended families living under the same roof, and that by contrast the modern house hold offered them too little. In Freud’s time, children had been overinvolved with their parents. Now, iso- lated in homes with but one or two parents and no other adults to take on the parental role, children were far too underinvolved. Chil- dren needed warmth, ac cep tance, and affection from their parents. They needed to see “the gleam in the mother’s eye,” he explained. “Someone has to say, ‘Bravo, you are here and it is worthwhile that you are!’ ”14 Children raised by loving parents, empathically attuned to their needs, grew into adults secure in their self- worth and capa- ble of mobilizing their narcissism to embrace life exuberantly, to love themselves and others too. Those raised by preoccupied or cold and unempathic parents could grow up to be pathological narcissists, 46 Narcissism in the Me De cade fated to desperately seek from others the admiration— the mirroring and feeding of their grandiosity— that their upbringing had failed to provide. Narcissism for Kohut was rooted in emotional deprivation, largely unrelated to material circumstances. In proposing that healthy societies were premised on the capaci- ties of parents to nurture children’s grandiosity and feed their self- esteem, Kohut challenged the dogma not only of analysts but also of social critics. Arguing that what could easily be construed as solip- sistic self-absorption would enhance rather than imperil the public good, Kohut was scrambling the critics’ categories. If they would mourn the demise of the nineteenth century’s purportedly unifi ed cul- ture, in which disciplined restraint governed society and shaped so- cial character, he would contend that the social environment had changed since then, calling forth new characterological constella- tions more suited to today than to “the world of yesterday.” If they would condemn the newly ubiquitous narcissism of the present as pathological, he would contend that, in “his groping toward the en- largement and intensifi cation of his inner life,” the narcissist might be seen as responding more creatively and courageously to the possi- bilities offered by the world around him than the purportedly healthy person. The new psychic forms that drew the censure of professionals and laity alike were best conceptualized not within the framework of disease and illness but, rather, “as a way station on the road of man’s search for a new psychological equilibrium.” Narcissism was “just as necessary for the upkeep of life, for happiness, for living with other people, for being successful and appropriate in the world” as was altruism; self-love was as critical as was love of others. New times called for a new psychology. Kohut charged the cultural arbi- ters who would wish narcissism out of existence with hypocrisy akin to that of the Victorians who had wished the same for sex—they were all denying the existence of what was everywhere evident. Moreover, history, and in partic ular two thousand years of Christian- ity, had shown that suppression of human drives, “the meek ac cep- tance of an ascetic existence,” was neither possible nor advisable.15 Kohut’s brief for the prerogatives of the newly expansive self smacked of what Daniel Bell would call “the debasement of Heinz Kohut’s American Freud 47

modernity,” and it might easily be construed as exemplary of what Christopher Lasch saw as contemporary culture’s defi ning self- absorption. But Kohut was no simple-minded prophet of liberation. To the end, he was enough the Freudian to hold that humanity’s aban- doning itself to lust and aggression would lead only to disaster. Fur- ther, the untrammeled self that was to Bell a specter of modernity at its worst was to Kohut an impossibility, so ubiquitous were the forces of cultural control that tempered this self’s yearnings at every turn. The point for Kohut was to acknowledge what lay within, not to deny it in the name of an impossible- to- honor ascetic ideal. Like Bell and other critics, Kohut saw humanity at a critical cultural turning point, in Bell’s words “a watershed in Western society” that would herald the end of the bourgeois character type. Yet where Bell saw the end of creativity, Kohut saw its re nais sance, and while Bell denounced modernism’s “idolatry of the self,” Kohut embraced it.16 Kohut conceived of narcissism as a necessary component of a self robustly engaged with its environment, holding it was to be not sup- pressed but transformed into something culturally useful. In his hands narcissism was not the antithesis of ambition but the condition of its fl ourishing. Lasch marshaled the Kohut who was theorist of the empty self’s fragmentation in support of his own dour prophecies of imminent cultural disaster while all but ignoring the Kohut who was celebrant of the self’s rich potentialities. It is not clear that Lasch even realized that Kohut was ideologically opposed to his own stance. Harkening back to an imagined past of fullness and plentitude, Lasch bemoaned the displacement of “the imperial self” by the minimal self that, he argued from the vantage point of 1984, was decreed viable by the austerity that followed on the excesses of the 1970s.17 Kohut, by contrast, welcomed the debut of the imperial self, and he celebrated the expressiveness and liveliness Lasch condemned. Kohut identifi ed himself as a modern, striving against all manner of obstacles to plumb what lay within. His prose could be dense and ponderous. It was pep- pered with neologisms and awkward phrases—selfobject, transmut- ing internalization—that some critics found objectionable. All this notwithstanding, there is no underestimating the extent to which Kohut’s writings, with their invocations of joy, creativity, affection, 48 Narcissism in the Me De cade growth, and adjustment, and their focus on the self’s potentials in- stead of its pathologies, marked a break with the austerity of ana- lytic orthodoxy and a re orientation of the analytic fi eld. The “cult of personal relations” and “the ideology of personal growth” that drew the withering criticism of Lasch and his confreres were the stuff and substance of Kohut’s self psychology. Kohut’s ques- tioning of whether the world of the present was really worse than the one in which he’d grown up set him apart from the critics who were disposed to see decline everywhere. He historicized the confl icts be- tween man and civilization that Freud had cast as timeless. For all their professed disdain for the therapeutic ethos and psychological man, social critics were insistently drawn to the Freudian notion that civilization was built on the repression of human drives and was, as such, antithetical to the fulfi llment of human desire. InDas Unbeha- gen in der Kultur, which was translated by Freud himself as “Man’s Discomfort in Civilization” but famously rendered in En glish as Civilization and Its Discontents, Freud argued that the demands of society were antagonistic to the individual’s claim to personal gratifi - cations, in partic ular to sexuality but also to the expression of aggres- sion. Civilization imposed sacrifi ces on man such that it was diffi cult for him to fi nd happiness in it. In fact, Freud suggested, though “primitive man” enjoyed little security, he “was better off in knowing no restrictions of instinct.” Adopting Freud’s rough economic calcu- lus, critics would follow him in arguing that civilization rested on renunciation and inhibition, an imperative that in Philip Rieff’s words was “the price of entry into every real satisfaction”—“real” here re- ferring to the Freudian dialectic that held there were no “pleasures unpaid for in parallel pains.” Culture ruled over man not by subli- mation but by a more draconian repression. If Western civilization was premised on what Philip Slater called the “control release dialec- tic,” then liberation was at best only apparent, at worst a means to more effi cient manipulation of the populace. This line of argument was developed by Frankfurt school theorists and adopted by Herbert Marcuse and Lasch, among others.18 From this perspective, increased liberties in the sexual and other spheres were procured at the price of intensifi ed societal domination and bureaucratic control. Heinz Kohut’s American Freud 49

Social critics brandished the so cio log i cal Freud to excoriate stu- dent radicals for their utopianism, holding that to bridle against limits was to protest the very essence of humanity. Kohut would have none of this. “Where is the Unbehagen?” he asked. Maintaining that cul- ture had to be thought of as more than drive taming, he argued that discomfort resulted not from civilization itself but from situations in which people were not supported in civilization— for example, when they were bereft of the sustaining comforts provided by language, music, and art or by familiar voices and the endearing habits of friends. Freud’s model of homo natura at war with his surround- ings, if marvelously consistent—“lovely to behold . . . an esthetic pleasure”—was at bottom mechanistic: “There is a certain tension, and when the tension rises you put the lid on.” Kohut argued that the murderous, drive-fueled man of Freud’s theorizing—“man wants to kill, man wants to fuck, man wants to eat ravenously,” and then he has restrictions slapped on him— was not the norm but the excep- tion, explaining as perhaps only a lapsed Freudian could that Freud had seen the essence of man in what was in fact the breakdown of civilized relations. Only when the self was not supported did the lust and hate that Freud took as foundational come to the fore. Oedipal confl icts were not universal but arose only when the child’s caretakers failed to meet his exhibitionism and assertiveness with pride and joyful ac cep tance and responded to his gropings for affec- tion with sexual stimulation. The “intergenerational strife, mutual killing wishes” of Freud’s theorizing represented, to Kohut, a defor- mation of a normality that in idealized form was characterized by parental pride in their offsprings’ growth and development as well as joyous mirroring of their ambitions and grandiosity.19

Revolution in Chicago Throughout the 1970s, Kohut was widely celebrated as a luminary purveyor of an optimistic creed that would humanize Freud’s severe science of man. Kohut relished his status as public psychoanalyst, regularly granting interviews to major publications while at the same time complaining that his work was sensationalized and 50 Narcissism in the Me De cade distorted— turned “topsy-turvy”—by the mass media and misun- derstood by a public that thought of narcissism as synonymous with selfi shness. Kohut could be at once annoyed and pleased by the popularity of psychoanalysis. Though “every Tom, Dick, and Harry” was tossing around psychoanalytic terminology and, playing “ana- lytic parlor games,” subjecting friends to ill- informed and often ma- licious interpretations of their behavior, this was nonetheless evident to Kohut that psychoanalysis would prove more than a “passing fashion,” more even than the “persisting cultural style” he thought it already was. Kohut’s aims for psychoanalysis were ambitious. He wanted to establish it as nothing less than a new investigative sci- ence of subjective experience, a science in the ser vice of expanding “man’s consciousness” and nurturing human creativity.20 Kohut had the po liti cal skills to do so. By the mid- 1970s, he had established a thoroughgoing alternative to Freud’s drive- based the- ory. Called “self psychology,” it had a new toolkit in introspective empathy and a new metapsychology orga nized around developmen- tal defi cits. It had an institutional apparatus to rival orthodoxy’s, with journals, regular meetings and conferences as well as foundational texts. It had a charismatic leader in Kohut and an entourage of fol- lowers to spread the word. Kohut by his own telling shook up the American analytic establishment, advancing what was widely hailed as a new psychoanalysis powerful enough to rival that of Freud and his acolytes.21 One of the most striking aspects of Kohut’s analytic career is that he managed to attack the fundamentals of Freudianism while escap- ing both the banishment from the analytic mainstream and the mar- ginalization that was the fate of so many of his dissenting forebears, among them , , and Sándor Ferenczi. Despite the audacity and fi erceness of his attacks on Freud and Freudian analysis, Kohut and self psychology are very much part of a plural- istic analytic mainstream today. Kohut in fact ensured the survival of “Freud” both externally, in making psychoanalysis newly relevant to the culture at large, and internally, nourishing, even healing, the analytic fi eld as he laid the groundwork for the reincorporation in Heinz Kohut’s American Freud 51 the 1980s and 1990s of once- vilifi ed analytic forebears and margin- alized perspectives. He fashioned himself a revolutionary while at the same time channeling spectral presences that had long haunted the discipline of psychoanalysis. Kohut only gradually warmed to the role of revolutionary leader. He made his theoretical moves deliberately, always attentive to what was at stake in his dissensions. Aware of his outsider status as a cul- turally advantaged and educated Eu ro pe an analyst, he felt that un- derstanding America was central to his vision. He thought it signifi - cant that, as he saw it, the country had but little past, that it had “no mythology, hardly any fairytales.” Surveying the American analytic scene in the 1960s, he concluded that its animating values were a distinctive mix of the psychiatric and the social reformist: the former the province of the East Eu ro pean Jews only recently arrived from the ghetto, who found in medicine “a whole new world of freedom,” and the latter the contribution of progressively minded Protestants, with their emphasis on “healing through love” and interpersonal support. In that de cade, he was little inclined to rock the American boat, content to busy himself performing “non-revolutionary daily spade work.”22 Within the space of a few years, however, rebellion, if not revolution, was afoot. The analytic orthodoxy that serves as foil to Kohut’s heresy was itself a moving target in these years. Although the notion of ortho- doxy was bandied about in the early days of psychoanalysis, ana- lysts only began to talk about “classical” analysis and technique in the 1950s and, with even greater frequency, the 1960s. Freud and his colleagues had invoked orthodoxy to police the boundaries of their discipline, but it was in reaction to the revisionism of the mid- century period that the twin concepts of classicism and orthodoxy gained in urgency, with the publication of the twenty- four volume Standard Edition of Freud’s works from 1953 through 1974. The translation, undertaken in 1946, under the direction of the En glish analyst , is a monument to the positivist orientation of postwar Anglo-American psychoanalysis. Strachey and his team jargonized Freud’s fl uid Viennese- German prose with the coining of 52 Narcissism in the Me De cade such neologisms as “cathexis” and “parapraxis” and fl attened out his meta phorical and philosophically resonant everyday usages and colloquialisms in the ser vice of systemization. A number of émigré Viennese analysts closely tied to Freud, among them Heinz Hartmann, Kurt and Ruth Eissler, , and Robert Waelder, also contributed to the consolidation of the classi- cal viewpoint in the United States. Through the 1940s and 1950s, American theoretical eclecticism squared off against the reinvigo- rated Euro pe an doctrinal orthodoxy of these émigrés, so-called ego- psychologists who rose quickly to leadership positions with the American analytic establishment. They aspired to transform psycho- analysis into a general psychology, envisioning it as a “modern natural science”— as Kohut would as well— useful to the larger world of medicine and psychiatry. And they treated Freud’s inheritance, as one trained in the orthodox tradition put it, as “a precious gift, handed down to be preserved and protected from dilution” by other ana- lytic schools, among them the “superfi cial” British object relations school and the “speculative” Kleinians.23 Psychoanalysts refl exively characterized Freud as a creature of the nineteenth century. Yet the authoritative “Freud” whose presence animated the discipline was every bit a mid- twentieth- century creation. “I don’t want to use the word ‘paradigm,’ particularly in analy- sis,” Kohut told an interviewer shortly before he died, distancing himself from the term’s associations with what he called “genius- hood.” A new vantage point, yes, a new set of ideas, even one— the charge of heresy on the table—akin to “the reformation in Christi- anity, as it were,” but not a new paradigm. Kohut’s demurrals not- withstanding, in any discussion of his place in the development of psychoanalysis there is no avoiding the term, which in the literature is associated more frequently with his name than with any other except Freud’s. By the 1970s, Kohut was no longer shying away from emphasizing the differences between his outlook and classicism. He did just that in a speech, delivered in 1973 at a sixtieth-birthday celebration. Abjuring what he called the cheap pessimism of the aged Jeremiahs who proclaim “the decline and fall of everything,” he argued that analysis, soon to be freed from its obeisance to an Heinz Kohut’s American Freud 53 idealized Freud, was at a crossroads. It could either continue “its careful codifi cation and systemization of the already explored”— which to Kohut led to disciplinary death— or it could thrive by ques- tioning its past and exploring new territories. “Status- preserving professionalism” was a precursor to extinction. “The liberators of yesterday,” Kohut argued, had become the “oppressors of tomor- row,” their once revolutionary values “the rationalizations of a new tyranny.”24 If Kohut appears to have been reading from the Kuhnian play- book here, that may not have been altogether fortuitous. Kohut was familiar with Thomas Kuhn’s landmark work, The Structure of Sci- entifi c Revolutions, published in 1962. So too were many of his col- leagues, who were quick to see the heuristic and rhetorical utility of Kuhn’s signature concept of the paradigm. Kuhn challenged conven- tional accounts of scientifi c progress that were orga nized around the gradual stockpiling of new and better knowledge. He argued instead that the history of science was episodic. Periods when practitioners worked within paradigms that defi ned their discipline’s legitimate fi eld of inquiry and problems and contained their disagreements were punctuated by crises, dramatic reshuffl ings that saw the adop- tion of new paradigms. Thus, “normal science” was disrupted by sci- entifi c revolution. By the 1970s, Kuhn was psychoanalysts’ favorite modern philos o pher, his signature concept regularly invoked as a litmus test of the discipline’s scientifi city: sciences had paradigms; psychoanalysis had paradigms; therefore, psychoanalysis was a sci- ence, or so the argument often went. Kohut himself was fond of pointing to the parallel trajectories of Kuhn’s discipline of physics and psychoanalysis, suggesting that just as quantum theory had dis- placed Newtonian theory, self psychology had displaced Freudian .25 Less tendentiously, analysts invoked the paradigm to or ga nize and interpret their discipline’s confusing array of perspec- tives, especially as they incorporated Kohut’s innovative work into day- to-day clinical practice and or gan i za tion al life. Analysts were in agreement that Kohut had reoriented psycho- analysis, but many also agreed that he borrowed and appropriated without acknowledgment from his disciplinary forebears. A reviewer 54 Narcissism in the Me De cade of his fi rst book backhandedly mentioned the “welcome absence of obsessive attribution” characterizing it, minimizing its originality in claiming Kohut’s material was “already public knowledge.” Ko- hut was charged on the appearance of his second book with being “strangely unable to acknowledge” his debts and with failing to situ- ate his fi ndings in the discipline’s rich heritage. Attempts to account for Kohut’s failures to properly credit his analytic forebears con- demn either the purportedly lax disciplinary norms that underwrote promiscuous borrowing (e.g., “plagiarism is endemic in psychoanaly- sis”) or Kohut’s propensity to embellish and conceal. Friends recall that even as a gymnasium student he was accused of plagiarizing his honors thesis. Kohut was certainly well aware of what was consid- ered plagiarism. With the German edition of Analysis of the Self in press, he frantically attempted to locate the German-language source from which he might have fi rst derived the concept of “optimal frus- tration,” convinced that he had come across it somewhere in his readings and eager, now, to acknowledge his debt in print. And he vigorously defended himself whenever the charge arose, even pointing out that a similar charge of borrowing from forebears had been lev- eled against Freud. He argued that none of his analytic prede ces sors had, as had he, developed their ideas into a systematic and compre- hensive whole and, more to the point, that once he had brought their isolated observations together, he had made it easy for critics retro- spectively to locate his ideas in others.26 Still, the charge that Kohut’s self psychology bears an uncanny resemblance to the work of earlier dissident analytic thinkers stuck. From a Kuhnian perspective, the fact that the insights of Kohut’s dissident forebears were deemed retrospectively visible once self psychology had taken shape serves only to underscore how anoma- lous they had been within the classical paradigm. Kuhn’s observa- tion that, historically, research outcomes outside the narrow range of what can be assimilated are deemed failures that refl ect “not on nature but on the scientist” is particularly apt in the case of Ferenczi, who, in questioning Freudian fundamentals, was castigated as psy- chotic, his work censored and suppressed by Ernest Jones and others who felt he posed too great a danger to the psychoanalytic move- Heinz Kohut’s American Freud 55 ment. Kohut, writing to a younger Ferenczi enthusiast in 1966, al- lowed that Ferenczi’s “gifts were second only to Freud.” This young analyst’s “retrospective discovery of hints (and more than hints) in Ferenczi’s work of what later came to fruition in the development of analysis” was valuable, Kohut wrote, a perspective that resonates with Kuhn’s statement that “only in retrospect,” with a new para- digm in place, can scientists appreciate and interpret the importance of the anomalous results. Here the forgiving stance of Heinz Hart- mann backs up Kohut with a commonsense position on the issue. Defending the work of a popularizing historian of psychoanalysis to whom Jones had objected, Hartmann maintained that what hap- pened to the historian “has happened to other historians before: looking at even the greatest work from the angle of ‘precursors’ only, one cannot help fi nding similar ideas in the history of human thought.”27 New Freudian or post-Freudian, dangerous apostate or brilliant visionary, destructive radical or deliberate meliorist: contempora- neous appraisals of Kohut run the gamut. Half a century later, the passions of that moment having cooled, the magnitude of Kohut’s achievement can be assessed. Without attempting to settle the once- charged question of whether his work constituted a new paradigm, we can appreciate the many ways in which he expanded the disci- pline’s scope and shifted its emphases. His conviction that self psy- chology’s overthrow of classicism was necessitated “not primarily in order to explain this or that clinical observation” but by the ambi- tion to encompass “a whole dimension of man” that psychoanalysis had yet to address captured something of the grandiosity fueling his vision. In his hands, narcissism referred not only to pathology but to ambition, creativity, and, most expansively, one’s feelings about one- self as a person. It provided a framework within which subjective inner experience could be described at a deep “gut level,” for example in reference to the sense of emptiness and fragmentation of which some patients complained.28 Analysts in Kohut’s wake increasingly used narcissism to discuss salutary aspects of individuals’ capacities and their relationships with others, issues slighted in the orthodox tradition. 56 Narcissism in the Me De cade

Just as signifi cant was that through narcissism Kohut offered so- lutions to a range of problems internal to psychoanalysis. He pro- vided a resolution to the contentious issue of the relationship be- tween narcissistic love of self and love of others that had occasioned dispute within psychoanalysis since the publication of Freud’s essay on Leonardo da Vinci in 1910. He pulled together the strands of an alternate tradition within the discipline that had long questioned the valorization of in de pen dence as the aim of development, proposing instead that depen den cy was neither necessarily infantile nor shame- ful but a natural fact of life. He revived and expanded upon Fe- renczi’s explorations of empathy, bringing the banished analyst back into the analytic fold while at the same time taking on the asceticism of the orthodox analytic setting, imbuing once- suspect gratifi cation with a positive valance.29 Together with Otto Kernberg, he delin- eated the narcissist as a type of person who was not hopelessly de- fective but, rather, who could be helped. A theorist of internal plen- titude and abundance, he brought into view positive, life-sustaining, and even enjoyable aspects of narcissism, knitting together a range of disparate analytic threads supportive of its delights. And, while objecting to his fellow immigrant analyst Erik Erikson’s notion of “identity,” Kohut incorporated something of the exuberance and vital- ity that Erikson associated with it—so at odds with — into his own conceptualization of the positive dimensions of narcis- sism. Some of his solutions have proven provisional and, to be sure, not all were accepted. Yet, that the analyst’s narcissism at the end of the Me De cade was a different entity than it had been a mere twenty years earlier was due in large part to him. By the end of the Me Decade, social critics were united in con- tending that narcissism as they defi ned it was dangerously on the increase. Some analysts—Kohut most vocally among them—joined the popu lar conversation, appearing as authorities in newspaper and magazine articles chronicling the rise of narcissism apparent in ev- erything from disco dancing—“a singularly narcissistic activity”—to women’s enjoyment of fashion. Newspaper headlines across the country at once exploited and editorialized against narcissism’s as- cent, their warnings—“Narcissism on Upswing, According to Ex- Heinz Kohut’s American Freud 57 perts,” “ ‘Me First’— It’s the Rule More People Are Living By,” and “Too Many of Us Are Looking Out for No. 1”—supported by ana- lysts’ quotable but often more tempered appraisals of the issue. Kohut’s statement that narcissism “is the leading illness of our times” was widely cited. But few social critics recognized that his remedies differed from theirs, entailing positive support of individu- als’ strivings for specialness and of their shaky self- esteem. And few realized he was as apt to argue for more narcissism as he was to condemn the defi ciencies of the modern self. Further, for his profes- sional colleagues, Kohut hedged his pronouncements, cautioning in his Restoration of the Self that what appeared to be an increase in narcissistic disorders, in absolute numbers or proportional to the growing population, might be an artifact of clinicians’ shifting inter- ests. It was possible, he allowed, that the narcissists of Freud’s day were now visible, either having declined to seek treatment or having sought it from clinicians who did not recognize their pathology as narcissistic, so focused were the early analysts on the neuroses. Ko- hut was adamant, however, that it was ludicrous to assume that the narcissistic disorders had “arisen de novo since Freud formulated the basic theories of psychoanalysis”— which is precisely what the overheated headlines were suggesting.30 It is hardly surprising that Kohut’s fragmented, malaise- ridden narcissists and Kernberg’s destructive, malignant narcissists were fea- tured in the pop u lar media as exemplary of the defi ciencies of the present while Kohut’s healthy narcissist was completely ignored. To journalists, decline- and-fall jeremiads made for good copy. They made for good books, too. But there is a more basic reason the critics did not see normal narcissism: they simply did not want to. Kohut— consistently making the case for vitality, hopefulness, and buoyancy— celebrated precisely what they condemned. Here we might turn once again to Kuhn. Kohut was able to effect a paradigm shift within psychoanalysis but not within the social criticism of his time. Philip Rieff, Daniel Bell, and Christopher Lasch were, it might be said, members of a discipline. Kohut’s ideas could not be squared with their orthodoxy—an orthodoxy that refl exively considered the past a purer, more moral time than the present. Policing the boundaries 58 Narcissism in the Me De cade of American social criticism just as Ernest Jones had once policed the boundaries of psychoanalysis, the critics invoked Kohut’s name but ignored his message, making him, within their discipline at least, the same kind of forgotten innovator who had proved so infl uential in his life’s work. Three

OTTO KERNBERG’S NARCISSISTIC DYSTOPIA

Heinz Kohut and Otto Kernberg defined the fi eld of analytic debate about narcissism in the 1970s. The work of both was critical to establishing the concept’s newfound visibility, within and beyond psychoanalysis. While Kohut focused for the most part on the positive, generative dimensions of narcissism, Kernberg brought its malignant dimensions into clear view. Like Sándor Fe- renczi, Kohut was committed to a model that stressed the depriva- tions narcissistic patients had experienced, and he advocated em- pathically meeting their needs and supporting their strivings, how- ever grandiose, in the analytic encounter. Kernberg, criticizing Kohut for abandoning drive theory and for downplaying the centrality of oedipal confl ict, advocated not empathy but confrontation in deal- ing with the narcissist in treatment. Kernberg precisely mapped the malignant narcissist’s inner landscape, arguing it was not character- ized by lack and a literal emptiness but, rather, was a terrifying space through which coursed intense emotions. Kernberg appeared to be the natural ally of the social critics, as stern and reproving with re- spect to narcissistic pathology as the most censorious among them. Christopher Lasch cited him repeatedly, especially in his own por- trayal of the narcissist’s disturbed inner self and toxic relations with 60 Narcissism in the Me De cade others. And the pop u lar press turned to him for pithy quotes that, set beside Kohut’s optimism, could appear judgmental and reprov- ing. Yet Kernberg would not be so easily conscripted into the cultur- alist critique around narcissism. He hedged on the relationship be- tween narcissism and the “culture of our time” and, while allowing that there might be interesting correlations between narcissistic pathologies and social trends, declined to offer any explanations for them.1 Critics may have imagined themselves channeling the rigor- ous spirit of Kernberg as they condemned their fellow citizens and slighted narcissism’s positive aspects, but it was often more on their own predispositions than his on which they drew.

Hell Is Other People The world Kohut envisioned was in its ideal form a utopia of ambi- tions realized, of individual destinies fulfi lled, of creativity expressed, of sustaining wholeness and serenity in the face of society’s demands, and of narcissism supporting the sovereign self. Kernberg’s narcis- sistic world, by contrast, was shot through with aggression and rage, characterized by scarcity, and riven by confl ict over the most basic human needs— hunger perhaps foremost among them. Kohut’s healthy narcissists were a satisfi ed, creative lot. Kernberg’s malig- nant narcissists were unsatisfi ed and unsatisfi able, a contradictory mix of superfi cial but seductive sociability, glittery fascination, and high self-regard on the one hand and of restless emptiness, unem- pathic ruthlessness, and fragile self- esteem on the other. Beneath their smooth, effective, and engaging surface— which enabled them to enlist others, who were idealized as long as they could supply the narcissist a steady stream of adulation— was an impoverished inner world roiled by anger, resentment, and envy, and animated by gran- diose fantasies of triumph and revenge. Kernberg’s clinical writing chronicles the deformations of human relatedness, presenting readers with an astonishing range of ways we as humans have devised to mistreat, exploit, and destroy one another—and ourselves. Kernberg’s narcissists are existentially alone. They are manifestly dependent on others for tribute but they cannot Otto Kernberg’s Narcissistic Dystopia 61 in fact depend on anyone, experiencing others as utterly unreliable. Their emotional lives are shallow. They contemptuously devalue everyone and everything and are incapable of treating others as indi- viduals in their own right. They see themselves as entitled to misuse others and delight in exercising control over them, making them suffer, and abusing their “trust and confi dence and love to exploit them and destroy them.” Exceptionally self- centered and grandiose, Kernberg’s narcissists entice others into relationships, extracting ev- erything of worth from them before brutally turning on them, as if, in one patient’s vivid imagery, “squeezing a lemon and then dropping the remains.”2 Kernberg’s narcissists routinely enact the strife and mur- derousness that Kohut argued represented a deviation from the es- sence of man, which he saw expressed in the self’s joyful unfolding. Kernberg’s interest from the start was in what he began to call internalized object relations, the ways in which individuals experi- enced other persons—and repre senta tions of others—in their own inner lives. In narcissistic personalities, Kernberg argued, both these inner relations and the ways in which such persons interacted with others were deeply disturbed. His portrait of the narcissistic person- ality, which appeared in print for the fi rst time in 1970, was vivid and concise, bringing within one compass a medley of observations from all corners of the analytic fi eld and his own clinical work. This portrait has endured, evidenced by the many websites offering the solace of Kernbergian clinical understanding to those left devastated in the narcissist’s wake. Kernberg’s pathological narcissists inhabit a landscape without laws, in which brutality, aggression, and predation reign. By his tell- ing, envy, sadism, and corruption, all forms of “rationalized aggres- sion,” course through social and organ i za tional life. Relations among individuals constitute an unending contest for supremacy; better to sadistically exploit, the narcissist thinks, than to risk exploitation and the humiliation of defeat. Most other people are but “lifeless shadows,” unreliable and crooked, ready at all times to attack and enforce submission. Those few whom narcissists admire are but ideal- ized extensions of themselves, devalued and “dethroned” if they dis- appoint in any way. Those whom narcissists enlist to admire them are 62 Narcissism in the Me De cade but “slaves” to be casually tossed aside and mercilessly mistreated but not freed. Weakness—fi nancial, social, sexual—is to be callously ex- ploited. The narcissist hungers for tribute and, more elementally, for narcissistic supplies that can literally take the form of “food.” Other people are envisioned as having food inside that the narcissist can devour. Analysts worked this theme of desperate omnivorousness in explaining narcissism to the public. One suggested that for nar- cissists, other people “exist only ‘the way a hamburger exists for them—to make them feel good,’ ” and another maintained along sim- ilar lines that other people were so many candy machines to nar- cissists: “If there’s no candy left, the narcissist starts kicking the machine.”3 Nothing about the high- functioning narcissist is quite what it seems. Beneath the enticing self- confi dence, in de pendence, and apparent plentitude that enable this narcissist’s worldly success is, in Kern- berg’s words, “a hungry, enraged, empty self, full of impotent anger at being frustrated, and fearful of a world which seems as hateful and revengeful as the patient himself.” High self- esteem may be a cover for low self- esteem and a desperate need for admiration. Om- nipotence may turn to “feelings of insecurity and inadequacy.” Be- neath the surface charm one fi nds “coldness and ruthlessness.” The most successful of Kernberg’s narcissists are characterized not by the levels of this or that trait they display but by the paradoxical relationship between what is visible and what is not.4 Kernberg’s gallery of pathologically narcissistic types and his cata- log of the ways that we as humans make one another miserable reso- nate powerfully with Jean- Paul Sartre’s well-known dictum that “hell is other people.” The anthropologist Ernest Gellner, who opti- mistically saw nature tamed by growing affl uence and good govern- ment, suggested in his 1985 book The Psychoanalytic Movement that the wars, famine, hunger, and plagues that were the stuff of in- explicable but expectable human misfortune for our premodern coun- terparts had been supplanted for us moderns by the miseries of deal- ing with other people. Whereas formerly “nature contributed to our hell,” now, he wrote, we are “alone with each other. People, unaided by nature, suffi ce to make a hell.” In Gellner’s view, people’s chances Otto Kernberg’s Narcissistic Dystopia 63 for fulfi llment in life turned not on their intelligence or accomplish- ments but, rather, on their relations with their fellow humans—how they managed to get along with others at home, at work, and in so- ciety. Gellner maintained that in his time relations with other people stimulated anxieties akin to those that nature had visited on our ancestors. Over the long sweep of history, our natural environment had been proven “subject to intelligible and impersonal laws” while our social environment seemed ever more precarious and uncontrol- lable, due to incomprehensibility of other people’s attitudes, feel- ings, and actions.5 In Civilization and Its Discontents, Freud characterized these re- lations as shot through with aggression and hostility that were of necessity disavowed, posing as they did a constant threat to civilized life. Freud’s human beings were not, in his words, “gentle creatures who want to be loved” but savage beasts easily tempted to sate their aggression in exploiting another’s “capacity for work without com- pensation” and prepared “to use him sexually without his consent, to seize his possessions, to humiliate him, to cause him pain, to tor- ture and to kill him.” Strife, competition, and enmity were to be ex- pected among men, Freud believed, and civilization relied on laws to temper “the crudest excesses of brutal violence” of which humans were capable. What he called “the more cautious and refi ned mani- festations of human aggressiveness” were lamentably beyond the law’s reach. As Freud saw it, each of us, in the course of our lives, had to abandon youthful optimism about our fellows and confront “how much diffi culty and pain” the ill will of others caused us.6 Freud argued that unleashing aggression brought individuals sat- isfaction but was at odds with civilization’s demands for stability and security. Humans had long ago traded the anarchy of unchecked aggression for the stability of authoritarian rule, and Freud proposed that in submitting to a charismatic leader offering to love and rule them, harmonious relations—love, even—among men and women would supervene. In this Freudian historical fantasy, mutual enmity was at a stroke displaced by mutual love, competition among indi- viduals by cohesion. At the same time, Freud envisioned humans constrained from within, their drives for plea sure and destruction 64 Narcissism in the Me De cade ideally held in check by a reasonable and moderate ego but more often, in actuality, curtailed by the harsh demands of the superego, which harasses, abuses, threatens, and humiliates them into submis- sion to society’s moral demands. In effect, Freud theorized domina- tion and tyranny, whether external in the person of the leader or internal in the guise of the superego, as the solution to the problem of what he called “the primary mutual hostility of human beings.” But he had little interest in theorizing the nature and tenor of rela- tions among the masses of men and women who constituted society beyond his broad-stroke invocation of hate turned to love with sub- mission to the leader. The “cautious and refi ned manifestations of human aggressiveness” that he saw beyond the law’s ken were equally beyond his.7 These were the stuff and substance of Kernberg’s narcis- sistic dystopia.

The Façade of Normality Otto Kernberg was born in Vienna in 1928, fl eeing with his family in 1939, in the wake of the anschluss and “at the last moment”— much like Kohut but fi fteen years younger than him. Kernberg’s fam- ily went to Italy and then Chile, where he trained as a psychiatrist, fi rst learning a mix of “classic descriptive German psychiatry” and psychoanalytic and psychodynamic perspectives, and later, post- Freudian ego psychology and the work of . A fellowship at Rockefel ler University, followed by work at Johns Hopkins and a long stint at the Menninger Foundation in Topeka, Kansas, exposed him to other corners of the analytic universe, from the American cul- turalists and Sullivanians, on the one hand, to the British object rela- tions and “middle group” theorists, on the other. As he saw it, his wide and eclectic exposure to the discipline nurtured his attempt to synthesize ego psychological and object relational approaches in his own developing theoretical stance.8 Kernberg accounts for his interest in personality disorders by point- ing to his fortuitous encounters with severe personality pathology early in his career, crediting luck and chance with introducing him to his life’s work. At Menninger, he was part of a large-scale psycho- Otto Kernberg’s Narcissistic Dystopia 65 therapy research project in which fully half of the patient- subjects were eventually diagnosed as suffering from borderline personality disorder. He had access not only to the patients themselves but also to the “big fat books” in which the typed- up details of their treat- ments were recorded—“a gold mine!” as he put it. There he also saw patients similar to a Chilean he had been unable to help while in ana- lytic training. Memories of his failure tortured him. Told by an espe- cially insightful colleague that “these are narcissistic personalities,” Kernberg began working with another patient of this sort, this time successfully developing a way of diagnosing and treating the pathol- ogy that had earlier resisted his efforts.9 Kernberg’s favoring of rapprochement over revolution has to some extent obscured the magnitude of his theoretical achievement. While Kohut broke defi nitively and noisily with Freud and Freudian drive theory, Kernberg continued to maintain that the drives—both libido, or the sexual drive, and aggression, cornerstones of Freudianism— were fundamental to analytic theory and understanding of human motivation. In the estimation of two prominent colleagues, Kernberg’s professions of fealty to Freudian theory were largely politi cal, defl ect- ing attention from his own break, more muted than Kohut’s, with clas- sicism. That Kernberg starts from the premise of human sociability and connectedness, critiquing Freud for assuming a “primary autism” or self- suffi cient lack of relatedness in the infant, supports their contention.10 Kernberg is an object relations theorist, focused on the ways patients experience the internalized others they carry around in their heads. He was drawn early on to the pathologies his disturbed pa- tients displayed on this score, the ways that their explosively unstable relationships to him as analyst—rapidly cycling between idealization and contempt—replicated their early experience of their parents and offered a window into their inner lives. For example, Kernberg told of one patient’s violent verbal attacks on him that gave way several weeks later in the treatment to expressions of intense admi- ration and longing, only to be displaced once again by angry, sadis- tic, and hateful outbursts. Socially and at work this patient’s behavior was appropriate, emotionally controlled, and stable. To Kernberg, the 66 Narcissism in the Me De cade patient manifested a “lack of impulse control” derived not only from a weakness of the ego, as a classical Freudian might have seen it, but also from a splitting between two irreconcilable inner states.11 In Kernberg’s understanding, the patient’s construal of him as the harsh and haughty analyst was an expression of the mental image the man had of the rejecting mother within and of himself as an at- tacked child, while the patient’s construal of him as the loving and understanding analyst corresponded to the man’s internal image of his own weak but protective father. The pathology of the patient’s early object relations were thus made accessible to Kernberg through the and the , the feelings stirred in the analyst in his dealings with the patient. This patient’s early ob- ject relations—his experiences of his parents as they were internal- ized and held in mind— were deeply pathological. In normal or less disturbed individuals, “loved and admired” inner objects brought emotional fullness and satisfaction. The internal world of psychi- cally healthy people, Kernberg explained, was one in which “we feel surrounded by our friends and the people whom we love and who love us,” images and repre sen tations of important others well inte- grated into our sense of self. Patients displaying character pathology by contrast were plagued by the persis tence of objects not well inte- grated into their self- image. The ways that such patients, who “al- ways seem to have to bite the hand that feeds them,” undermine and devalue the analytic pro cess served as a critical diagnostic tool in classifying them as narcissistic.12 The façade of normality that narcissists can maintain in superfi cial relations with others socially and at work—where they are charac- teristically “in the center of things”—thus crumbles in the analytic setting. Kernberg’s precise accounts of the texture of his subjects’ characteristic modes of relating to others is premised on his use of himself in the countertransference— asking, for example, do I feel devalued and impotent in the presence of this patient—as well as on his sharp, unforgiving observations of patients’ behaviors. He will have nothing of narcissists’ deceptive normality. Nor will he be fl at- tered by the adulation and fl attery they direct at him, for he knows that rage and devaluation are the other side of the coin of narcissis- Otto Kernberg’s Narcissistic Dystopia 67 tic idealization. Alert to the tragedy of such patients’ lives, the emp- tiness and loneliness they experience as a consequence of their inca- pacity for relationships, he will refrain from moral exhortation and offer instead sustained, neutral interpretation. What he called “the transitory nature of human life” was in his clinical experience an affront to narcissists. As he saw it, the limitations and loss that ac- companied normal aging forced narcissists into catastrophic con- frontations with their lonely, empty inner selves. They are empty because, caught in binds of their own making, they are plagued by their immense needs but devalue as worthless what ever they receive from others to avoid feeling envious of what others had to give; in consequence, Kernberg wrote, “they always wind up empty.”13 The tyranny to which they subject others is replicated within, as they experience themselves as subject to the control of frightening, torment- ing internalized others and, in the analytic setting, of the tormenting analyst.

Narcissists All? Arguing there was “real evil” in the world, Kernberg insisted on dis- tinguishing between narcissism—which in his mind the critics wrongly condemned— and abnormal, pathological, or, in his terminology, malignant narcissism. He objected to construals of narcissism as a “phony pathology for wealthy patients that have nothing to do but to go to a psychoanalyst.” Kernberg’s malignant narcissists were se- verely impaired, unable to maintain both professional and intimate relations. Their pathology ruined their own lives and wreaked havoc on those around them. They were not everywhere, as Lasch claimed, but rather formed a discrete group. Kernberg thus resisted easy an- swers to questions such as the one put to him in 1978 by an inter- viewer: “Aren’t we all narcissists? Don’t we all, secretly or not so secretly, love ourselves, take our own lives more seriously than the lives of those around us, enjoy feeding and grooming ourselves, and spend a great deal of effort at soliciting the admiration and approval of others?” We do, Kernberg replied, but only if one’s self-esteem needed constant feeding in the form of tributes from others is there 68 Narcissism in the Me De cade a problem. When your internal mental structures tell you that “you are doing all right” and that “you deserve to think well about your- self, you can be proud of yourself,” when you in consequence are able to operate effectively in the world, pursuing your “tasks, ambi- tions and ideals,” you are displaying normal narcissism— everything is in order.14 Seeming to echo Kohut, Kernberg argued that it was normal through the course of life to experience plea sure in “self-fulfi llment and creativity” as well as in dedicating oneself to loved ones and “to the ideals for which one stands.” The issue as Kernberg saw it was not whether individuals appeared self-absorbed or felt inordi- nately good about themselves. Rather, it was the nature of their in- ternal object relations and the ways these found expression in the interpersonal realm that mattered. “Normal narcissism and normal object relations tend to go hand in hand,” he argued. To assert that contemporary culture was narcissistic— however tempting it might be to declaim and condemn— was to simplify a relationship between the individual and society that he believed was “indirect and com- plex.” Were the roots of the narcissist’s subjective experience of “fu- tility and emptiness” to be found in the widely decried breakdown of cultural values and changing sexual mores? Were contemporary Americans really less capable than their forebears of establishing and maintaining deep, intimate relationships with others? Or were the perennial deformations of early childhood development to blame, then as now?15 Lasch invoked Kernberg’s skepticism as typical of the clinician’s objections to the notion that changes in cultural patterns could af- fect individuals’ internal object relations. Yet this proved no impedi- ment to his instrumental marshaling of Kernberg’s clinical portrait of the pathological narcissist—grandiose, exploitative, parasitic, shal- low, empty—to support the framing premise of The Culture of Nar- cissism: that individual pathology was an exaggerated expression of the “underlying character structure” of the age. Lasch explained that psychoanalysis “tells us most about society when it is least determined to do so”—an intriguing if debatable proposition that underwrote his book’s argument. Where Lasch was confi dent and Otto Kernberg’s Narcissistic Dystopia 69 polemical in his social diagnoses, Kernberg was cautious, arguing that the term “narcissistic” was “both abused and overused” while allowing, from the vantage of 2001, that Lasch’s work had “contrib- uted enormously” to popularizing the concept. To grasp the differ- ences in their approaches, consider consumption. Lasch claimed that the narcissist was the “quintessential consumer” and that “by his na- ture the narcissist has an insatiable craving for consumption.” There- fore, Lasch concluded, “in a real sense, the narcissist is what he buys.” Kernberg, meanwhile, proposed that contemporary culture might stimulate individuals’ “narcissistic needs” in the same manner it fos- tered “superfi cial ways of being accepted and admired.” It would do so by “emphasizing the accumulation of material goods” that would visibly testify to individuals’ “personal value” while at the same time stimulating envy and greed—core symptoms of narcissism. And he was willing to hazard that societies less competitive than his own, orga nized to support individuals’ mutuality and shared responsi- bilities, might conversely foster the altruism associated with normal narcissism.16 But Kernberg rejected the Laschian notion that society could pro- duce narcissism either normal or pathological. A society in which mutuality was valued might force the already pathologically narcis- sistic “to go underground,” and a society that celebrated selfi shness might “smoke out” the same characters. Kernberg’s position was that narcissistic predispositions were nurtured early in life, at the hands of cold, callous, and indifferent parents, an etiology upon which he and Kohut agreed. Estimating that perhaps 30 percent of those with serious character disorders were pathological narcissists, Kernberg was not persuaded by the sociologists’ argument that narcissism’s prevalence was attributable to permissive culture, to “a social go- ahead” conferred after the earliest years of childhood. One of Ko- hut’s closest associates agreed, explaining that material abundance and other of the critics’ bogeymen—“the self- help ethic, disco- theques or fashion”— provided an outlet for narcissism but did not foster it, just “like brothels” did not create the needs they satisfi ed but simply allowed for some “to indulge freely.” According to Kern- berg, narcissism in childhood was normal; adults who “feel good if 70 Narcissism in the Me De cade they are beautiful, admired, have shining clothes, bright cars” and not “because they live up to adult values of maturity, intelligence, depth, compassion, friendliness, tact, and concern invested in oth- ers” have not outgrown their “normal infantile narcissism.” Their ideals are those of the child. Consumer culture may exploit their “narcissistic needs” but it did not follow from this that the culture was necessarily narcissistic. The most Kernberg was willing to grant was that social norms could render serious pathology “superfi cially appropriate” and provide “cultural rationalizations” for the narcis- sist’s experience of emptiness and dissatisfaction. But social patterns would inevitably change and narcissists, unhappy and unfulfi lled, would remain.17 The Kernbergian subject ideally sought satisfaction, even tran- scendence, through deep relationships with others. It mattered little what society prescribed— humans would seek connection and fi nd fulfi llment in “the sense of extending beyond oneself and feeling a sense of unity with all others who lived and loved and suffered be- fore.” The socially sanctioned sexual permissiveness that was among Lasch’s bêtes noires, in offering “a cultural rationalization” for sex- ual freedom over lifelong monogamy, might shield pathological nar- cissists unable to form relationships with others from “the emptiness and meaningless of their lives,” but not indefi nitely. Social mores would eventually change, and a human nature seeking satisfaction in deep relatedness to others would assert itself. The danger of which Lasch and other critics warned—that narcissists would overwhelm society—was to Kernberg’s mind overblown; whatever society man- dated, he wrote, “individuals will simply continue to choose the pat- terns that fulfi ll them.” Like Kohut, he saw normal narcissism as es- sential to the self’s functioning and defended the love of self and self- esteem with which it was popularly identifi ed as consonant with psychic health and social citizenship. And, like Kohut, at times he could sound every bit the countercultural mystic— for example, in his invocations of a human striving toward union “with people throughout history”— and appear to invoke cultural values, condemned by Lasch, as exemplary of the narcissistic mo- ment. Lasch faulted Americans for the superfi ciality of their desires, Otto Kernberg’s Narcissistic Dystopia 71 for wanting “to get in touch with their feelings” and for wanting to “learn how to relate.”18 This, however, was but psychoanalysis 101— and Kernberg, known as among the sternest, the least indul- gent, and the most exacting when it came to handling narcissists in the analytic setting, would not have done other than to have assented to the validity, even the necessity, of the quest for self-knowledge Lasch censured.

Histories of Sex and Violence Kohut’s world was suffused with optimism, where in ideal cases in- dividuals’ ambitions and creativity found both internal—in the form of healthy narcissism— and external support. It was a world popu- lated by idealized others, absent the hateful, devaluing, aggressive, and simply “bad” internal objects of Kernberg’s theorizing and clini- cal experience. Children in this world were better overindulged than understimulated; better to feed their self- esteem than to starve it. The Kohutian self had a destiny, “a program in it that it wants to fulfi ll, a life curve, a destiny”; youthful narcissism transformed over the course of life into ideals and ambitions endowed individuals with a “sense of supraindividual participation in the world.” The nar- cissist in analytic treatment needed not analytic aloofness but, rather, “to feel appreciated, admired and understood.”19 Kohut and Kernberg were in agreement on more aspects of narcis- sism and the narcissist than has generally been assumed. Kernberg could sound every bit the Kohutian when discussing what he called “normal narcissism,” maintaining like his colleague that the ana- lyst’s “narcissism” referred to “normal self-esteem or self- regard.” There was nothing objectionable about this normal narcissism; it was, he argued, “a source of pleasure in living, of enjoyment of self, enjoyment of healthy self-affi rmation, healthy aggression, enjoyment of sexuality, eroticism, love, intimacy.” Creativity, dedication to one’s ideals, and self-fulfi llment were premised on individuals’ narcissism. It was not narcissism but pathological narcissism in its most severe form that was the problem. And Kohut could sound Kernbergian in characterizing the tyranny and oppression to which “narcissistic 72 Narcissism in the Me De cade individuals” could subject others, treating them as extensions of themselves and demanding submission. “They basically expect,” Kohut said, “that you will do what they say.” Kernberg and Kohut agreed that psychoanalysis was best suited among the mental thera- pies to treating narcissistic personalities. But, sparring throughout the 1970s, they differed on the shape of the narcissist’s internal worlds and on the mix of support and confrontation the analyst should deploy in the treatment setting. The most signifi cant of Kern- berg’s specifi c charges against Kohut were that his approach ended up supporting rather than undermining patients’ grandiosity and that he downplayed aggression.20 Kernberg objected to Kohut’s notion that the narcissist’s grandi- ose self, rooted in infancy, represented an arrest in development and that it could be transformed into the higher, more socially useful form of adult ambition and strivings. Instead, he argued that grandiosity was pathological and had to be confronted in the course of analysis. Kohut’s patient is far more the victim than is Kernberg’s. Kohut’s aim was to allow patients’ grandiose self to fl ower in the treatment setting, where, treated empathically, it would serve as a window into their younger, damaged selves. Eventually, he explained, patients would abandon their grandiose illusions and, putting past disap- pointments behind them, “thus move on to a fuller life.” If in the process they idealized the analyst that was an expected part of the treatment. Kernberg, by contrast, wanted patients to recognize their grandiosity and to own up to the contemptuous, devaluing treat- ment of the analyst that resulted from it. It was only when grandios- ity’s comforting illusions—of “eternal youth, beauty, power, wealth and the unending availability of supplies of confi rmation, admira- tion, and security”— were shattered that patients would come face- to-face with the empty, lonely self within. Kohut blamed modern parents more interested in “doing their own thing” than in being responsive to their children’s needs for producing narcissists, in 1979 going so far as to partially fault the women’s movement. While Kernberg saw narcissists more actively determining their own fate, he too saw cold and indifferent parents—and in many cases superfi - Otto Kernberg’s Narcissistic Dystopia 73 cially well-functioning but callous, “spitefully aggressive” mothers or mother surrogates— in their histories.21 Kohut was by his own telling more focused on the self’s “inner program” than on the resentments and frustrations everyone experi- enced in having to abandon hopes of fulfi lling their prohibited wishes and in having to tame their aggression. Kernberg, however, homed right in on these sorts of confl icts, seeing individuals’ emo- tional health and depth dependent on successful and ongoing nego- tiation of them. A person’s sense of aliveness was dependent in his estimation on the capacity to love but just as much “to hate well,” and to negotiate strongly felt commitments and convictions while tolerating “varying combinations of loving and hateful feelings.” It was normal to enjoy one’s healthy aggression, sometimes manifest as assertiveness. Confusingly to untrained observers, narcissistic pa- tients, while roiled by aggression within, could appear bland and uninvolved in social and work settings, terrifi ed of their own rageful feelings.22 It was not only aggression but its apparent lack, then, that could be symptomatic of narcissism. Kernberg was known in the analytic world, as one colleague jok- ingly put it to him, as “concerned only with aggression,” yet his view of human nature is not nearly as dark as was Lasch’s. What Lasch called “the trivialization of personal relations” fi gured centrally in his condemnation of his fellow citizens as narcissists, especially as those relations took shape around sex.23 Next to Lasch, Kernberg appears the sunny optimist on this score, unperturbed by what he observed and refusing to join Lasch’s indictment. Perhaps sparked by his colleague’s remark, Kernberg made him- self into a theorist of love in the 1980s and beyond. Notably, in his conception, aggression is not opposed to love and eroticism but folded into both. Aggression against the other was part of what made sex gratifying, Kernberg explained, describing the scene of sex in terms of transgression, appropriation, penetration or being penetrated, inva- sion or being invaded, and in terms of forcefully overcoming barriers between self and other and violating social prohibitions—all this be- tween loving, committed partners. Kernberg located sexual outlawry 74 Narcissism in the Me De cade in the committed couple, not in the promiscuous or rebellious, tell- ing, for example, of his hospitalized adolescent patients’ puzzlement at his failure to condemn “sexual behavior they had expected to be forbidden.” Indeed, defi ant but discreet seeking of sexual intimacy among such patients was a sign of health to Kernberg. It was the mature, loving couple that was at odds with society, a “combat zone” marking the divide between the sides. Kernberg described con- ventional morality’s constant pressure on the couple, its “ritualiza- tion of love, commitment, marriage, and family tradition,” as so much “static warfare” against them. The richness of their private ex- perience was, to him, a rebuke to the “fl atness of all conventionally tolerable sexuality.”24 Lasch, too, saw sex as a battlefi eld, but where Kernberg saw the committed couple at war with society and barely affected by shifts in sexual mores, Lasch saw, variously, “all- out war,” “escalating war,” and intensifying “sexual combat” newly prevalent between men and women. Lasch argued that the comity between the sexes that “courtly convention” had ensured in times past had been crumbling since the 1920s in the face of women’s “increasingly insistent demand for sex- ual fulfi llment” and their brandishing of “sexual ‘perfor mance’ ” as a weapon of warfare—a war in which women, endowed with what the sex researchers William H. Masters and Virginia E. Johnson had shown in the 1960s was an inexhaustible capacity for orgasm, were destined to prevail. As Lasch told it, chivalry’s vaunted but long dead male gallantry traded in illusions, promising women protec- tion against men’s “wildness and savagery” while at the same time tolerating and even institutionalizing brutally predatory treatment of them, evidenced by the ubiquity of rape and seduction and by the exploitative custom of droit du seigneur. A façade of mutual obliga- tion, institutionalized in rituals of gender deference and conventions of politesse, usefully obscured men’s monopolistic and orga nized po litical, economic, and sexual oppression of women, which, Lasch offered consolingly, “if nothing else made exploitation easier to bear.” Patriarchy lived on even as the “last foundations of feudal- ism” that supported this sexual regime were ultimately destroyed by the democratic revolutions that swept Eu rope in the eigh teenth and Otto Kernberg’s Narcissistic Dystopia 75 nineteenth centuries, during which women fi nally rejected their senti- mental but confi ning exaltation “on the pedestal of masculine ado- ration” and noisily demanded that female sexuality be demystifi ed. Sexual antagonism sharpened once the veil of courtly comity was stripped from women’s subordination. It was now “more diffi cult than before” for men and women “to confront each other as friends and lovers, let alone as equals,” Lasch proclaimed, adding that men were now free to assert “their domination more directly, in fantasies and occasionally in acts of raw violence”—a history of violence that strangely construes the chivalrous sexual order whose ruling con- ventions he has just eviscerated as a prelapsarian Elysium of gender harmony and female dominion. The gist of the problem, Lasch— ever the gallant—proclaimed, was that “men no longer treat women as ladies.”25 Lasch was most of the time adamant about the necessity of distin- guishing between illusion and reality, seeing the inability to do so symptomatic of narcissism. But, given the choice, he strongly pre- ferred the illusions of gallantry— which in his own telling barely contain men’s “animal strength” and barely disguise brutality, sav- agery, and rape—to those of the present. He dismissed as illusory the “new intimacy” between the sexes registered by sociologists and feminists alike and, if the experts’ “strenuous propaganda” was to be believed, fervently desired by his contemporaries. This inti- macy was premised, in short, on the reconceptualization over the course of the twentieth century of marriage as more an emotional than legal bond, as well as on the severing of sex from procreation— unexceptionable enough in light of the deceptions and miseries of the past. Yet the possibilities this intimacy opened for couples’ mu- tual emotional exploration, as well as for valuing the erotic “for its own sake,” for conceiving of “sexual plea sure as an end in itself,” drew from Lasch only withering scorn.26 His argument here is worth spelling out, in part because it cap- tures something of the confusions of the moment when second- wave feminism began to call into question the many dimensions of what he called “masculine ascendancy.” Faced with women tactically ad- vantaged by their orgasmic capacities, women who would lay claim 76 Narcissism in the Me De cade to—or, as he put it, exploit— their sexuality, Lasch retreated to illusion and fantasy. At the same time, he took up the cudgel of world-weary cynicism to attack women and men for imagining they might escape what he saw as the trivialization, the solipsism, and the manipula- tion of the other that the new “cult of personal relations” offered them. Lasch’s reporting from the front lines of the 1970s sexual “revolution”—the scare quotes are his— is incisive, nimbly captur- ing the zeitgeist in highlighting the experts’ advocacy of sex for its own sake; “a ‘total experience’ instead of a mechanical perfor mance”; “a ‘healthy,’ ‘normal’ part of life”; a fl eeting but deep expression of needs shorn of “romantic illusions.” There is no denying the appeal— that Lasch fi nds so objectionable— to legions of countercultural young of sex free of binding commitments and “emotional entangle- ments,” nor is there any minimizing the cultural ferment it sparked. Mass market paperbacks with provocative titles like Group Sex, Combat in the Erogenous Zone, Open Marriage: A New Lifestyle for Couples, Thy Neighbor’s Wife, Beyond Monogamy, and Hot and Cool Sex, as well as Dr. Alex Comfort’s wildly pop u lar, illustrated sex manual The Joy of Sex: A Gourmet Guide to Lovemaking, of- fered the curious a titillating anthropology of free love as practiced by hippie youth and suburban swingers and the adventuresome a lively chronicle of their own experimentation.27 Lasch’s account of the moment of the fi nal repeal of the reticence that had long surrounded sex is keen if hostile to feminism and its achievements. Everywhere he looks he sees his contemporaries in despair. In fl ight, escape, and withdrawal from emotional entangle- ments, they repudiate relationship and are revolted by closeness— a tendentious but not necessarily unfair reading of the literature of sexual revolution. But in suggesting this massive “fl ight from feel- ing” is defensive, that experts’ extolling of the imperative to “get in touch with” one’s feelings is fatally at odds with intimacy, and that interpersonal relations are in consequence at once irredeemably triv- ial, and, lacking the “assurance of permanence,” embittered and “increasingly risky,” Lasch fi nds himself boxed in by his own his- torical narrative. His are beguiling propositions. But they rely for their rhetorical force on a summoning up of an imagined past of Otto Kernberg’s Narcissistic Dystopia 77 reciprocity, romance, passion, tenderness, and sexual fulfi llment be- tween men and women for which not only does he lack evidence but which is also utterly at odds with the scripted emptiness, even the brutality, of the sexual arrangements—again, by his own telling— against which they were a reaction.28 The Laschian sexual landscape looked in some ways like a Kern- bergian nightmare, an ungovernable dystopia of emotional manipu- lation, bottomless need, intense hunger, feral calculation, “intolera- bly menacing” desire, and the “blind and impotent rage” of one sex against the other. Women, no longer averse to sex and tactically ad- vantaged in intimate combat by their orgasmic capacities, taunt and intimidate men. Men, while in actuality still on top, irrationally fear the castrating, sexually voracious women who, modeled on the over- whelming preoedipal mother, would “eat them alive.” Narcissists— here fi gured as male—traverse this landscape patently free of needs and connection, their cynical detachment and indifference linked paradoxically to an inordinate demandingness. Such were the wages of freeing sex from its moorings in patriarchy.29 Kernberg, by contrast, was unperturbed in surveying the same landscape of sexual revolution. His own readings in history con- vinced him there was little if anything novel in the “new lifestyles” that so unsettled Lasch, lifestyles that to his mind bore “a striking resemblance to the sexual mores of the past.” Eighteenth- century aristocratic and bourgeois cultures cast marital fi delity as outdated and sexual jealousy as an awkward complication, considered “the search for permanence” a spoiler of erotic passion, and supported the mutually agreed upon sharing of partners as a “graceful” enact- ment of modernity. The “so- called sexual revolution” of the present represented but one oscillation in a long saga of shifts in sexual re- gimes between the puritanical and the libertine, in Kernberg’s words “a mere swing of the pendulum.” Kernberg was as skeptical as was Lasch of the “how- to” genre of sexual enlightenment and the sexual utopianism of “new lifestyles,” but not like Lasch because they drained sex of emotion and meaning. Rather, the problem was that emotional and sexual intimacy was fatefully at odds with conventionality of any sort, including the militantly nonconventional. For example, 78 Narcissism in the Me De cade

Kernberg argued that the sexual experimentation of countercultural adolescents in fact represented adherence to conventional values, in this case the values of their peer group, and that severe psychopa- thology—“hysterical, masochistic, and narcissistic”—was often to be found beneath their “apparent freedom and casual sexual behav- ior.” Kernberg counterposed the poverty of socially sanctioned sex- uality against the gratifi cations couples privately achieved, the lat- ter immune to the dictums of moralists who attempted to “manipulate sexual customs”—deploying “rules and regulations” and partition- ing out “the forbidden but thrilling” from the “reluctantly tolerated” and acceptable. Aggression, even hate, necessarily infi ltrated mature love. A loving sexual partner at times used the other “as a ‘pure sex- ual object,’ ” and sexual excitement might be enhanced in doing so— a far cry from Lasch’s vision of tenderness yoked to emotional complexity.30 “Instinctual desires” were in Lasch’s view dangerous, inalterably at odds with individuals’ “psychic equilibrium.” In times past, he held, repressive authorities in alliance with robust superegos use- fully kept these destabilizing impulses under control. Now unleashed at a time of weakened external and internal prohibitions, they were wreaking havoc in intimate relations. From the psychoanalyst’s point of view, however, psychic equilibrium was not opposed to but, rather, dependent upon the opportunity to fully experience love and hate, tenderness and aggression.31 Kernberg, secure in his belief that there was nothing new in human nature, was largely inattentive to the ways that feminism changed the balance of intimate power be- tween men and women, and the menacing female voraciousness that so vexed Lasch was absent from his work. The animality that Lasch’s women must constantly endure and may occasionally domesticate in their men is, in Kernberg’s vision, a given in both sexes, at the core of what makes us human. Kernberg’s portrayal of the conditions under which mature love might be achieved can appear normative and prescriptive, the words normal and normality appearing regu- larly in his writings on intimacy. Yet his tone is optimistic, not em- bittered, celebratory of the transcendence that a sexuality expressive Otto Kernberg’s Narcissistic Dystopia 79 of the full range of emotions offers those able to risk it, a transcen- dence Lasch yearns for but can locate only in some unspecifi ed, mythical past.

It seemed to many who refl ected on the passing of the 1970s that the word narcissism best captured the decade’s confusions and para- doxes. Writing its epitaph, the noted Time magazine journalist Lance Morrow pointed to the “cold Splenglerian apprehension” that had enveloped the nation between the 1973 Arab oil boycott and the dawn of the 1980s. Dark prophecies of decline, diminution, deterio- ration, and limits imposed by vanishing resources had challenged Americans’ traditional optimism. One could, he wrote, “construct a kind of ‘worst-case scenario’ to prove that the U.S., along with the rest of the West, has fallen into dangerous decline.” The work ethic dead and hedonism ascendant, religion having ceded its customary ground to “narcissistic self-improvement cults,” American society— or so the pundits claimed—had lost it moral compass. Yet from the vantage of the de cade’s end Morrow could suggest the indictment had been overblown. A mere ten years earlier things had looked much worse, with “the Viet Nam War, the ghetto riots, the assassina- tions, the orgasmic romanticism of the counterculture” fueling a palpable national rage. The country and its institutions were now healing, and many of its citizens had never been as well off as they were at the moment. The country was still wealthy, the economy was booming, and incomes were rising at a rapid clip. Still, the na- tional mood was suffused with an unsettling contradictoriness.32 To Morrow, it was the widespread preoccupation with the self and its fulfi llment, evident in self- awareness movements that coun- seled “fumigating, refurnishing and redecorating the inner space of the American psyche,” that defi ned the de cade more than anything else. The narcissism of popu lar commentary refl exively conjured up this landscape of “dreamily obsessive self- regard,” in the words of Tom Wolfe. And yet, after what critics decried as a decade-long orgy of self-indulgence, abetted by therapists promoting self- realization 80 Narcissism in the Me De cade and human potentials, only 17 percent of Americans told pollsters in 1980 that they considered self-fulfi llment their principal life goal— with 20 percent still subscribing to “traditional values of hard work, family loyalty and sacrifi ce.”33 Looking at Kohut and Kernberg together, we can better appreci- ate why the concept of narcissism has proven so confusing in the pop u lar and professional realms since the 1970s. Their writings on narcissism encompass a broad swath of the human experience, with the term used to refer to capacities both generative, such as creativ- ity and ambition, and destructive, such as aggression and hate. Both clinicians, for all of their differences, are less interested in the big questions that drove the public discussion of narcissism than in the texture of relationships among individuals, in the ways that indi- viduals experienced others internally, and in ways that inner expe- riences limited or enhanced persons’ capacities to get along with others. Both were concerned less with the widely registered decline of paternal authority or, in analytic terms, the waning of the Oedi- pus complex, than with the quality and closeness of relationships individuals could sustain with one another— less with the grand historical narratives of decline than with the day- to- day issue of get- ting along with our fellows. One analyst has noted of Kohut’s work that it directs attention to the “general import people have for each other,” and the same might be said of Kernberg, though in Kohut’s work the focus is on what people want from one another, and in Kernberg’s on what they cannot abide.34 Narcissism offered critics a frame within which to declaim on the big issues of the day, but they missed the opportunities it offered for enriching their thinking on the more prosaic concerns that these two groundbreaking analysts explored. Part ii

Dimensions of Narcissism from Freud to the Me Decade and Beyond

Four

SELF- LOVE

Among the many characterological traits associated with narcissism, none has proven more central and en- during than self- love. The Narcissus of classical mythology, whose name the fi rst psychoanalysts appropriated, died of what the English phi loso pher Francis Bacon called “rapturous admiration of him- self.” Fatally transfi xed by his own image, Narcissus had long served in the Western tradition as an object lesson in the dangers of exces- sive love of self, and it is thus not surprising that analysts’ narcissism connoted an all- enveloping vanity and admiration of self. The sex- ologist Havelock Ellis, who is usually credited with having coined the term in 1898, used it in reference to a state of absorbed contem- plation and sometimes-erotic self- admiration, invoking as exem- plary of this “exquisite” mental state the words of two nineteenth- century women, narcissists avant la lettre: “I love myself; I am my God” and “this unique and marvelous me, by which I am enchanted, and which I adore like Narcissus.” Other nineteenth-century observ- ers described similar states of erotic reverie in men, involving mir- rors, masturbation, and “voluptuous emotions.” Freud, in perhaps the fi rst recorded analytic discussion of narcissism, in 1909 ex- plained to his Viennese colleagues that “being enamoured of one- self,” and, he added parenthetically, “of one’s own genitals,” was “not an isolated phenomenon.” Narcissism was “a necessary devel- opmental stage in the transition from autoerotism to object love,” he added, part of “the regular constitution of all men.”1 84 Dimensions of Narcissism

In his 1914 essay “On Narcissism,” Freud maintained that narcis- sism was not a perversion but normal, a form of self- interested ego- ism found in “every living creature.” Some early analysts wrestled with this and followed suit. Freud’s colleague empha- sized that self-love was at work in all love, proposing that everyone, both homosexual and heterosexual, sought aspects of themselves in others “in addition to the characteristics of the individuals who are loved.” As he explained, “everyone is in some degree in love with himself.” Early analysts also linked narcissism in men to homosexu- ality, which they considered a sexual deviation. As one of them proclaimed to his assenting colleagues, everyone knew “that inten- sive autoerotism must lead to homosexuality.”2 Freud, discussing narcissism in print for the fi rst time, in his 1910 bookLeonardo da Vinci and a Memory of His Childhood, argued that Leonardo’s ho- mosexuality was rooted in a narcissistic love of self and that a dis- abling incapacity for relationship followed from this. Leonardo sealed the deal. Narcissism and homosexuality were fatefully inter- twined. Not all of the narcissistically inclined were homosexual, but it quickly became an analytic commonplace that all homosexuals were narcissistic. Analysts labored for decades to free narcissism from the develop- mental telos that cast it as a stage to be transcended and, in cases of developmental arrest, as an impediment to mature object love. That Freud himself never resolved the tension between his contradictory understandings of narcissism as both normal and pathological, as a disposition both found in everyone and seen only in developmen- tally arrested homosexuals, made this all the more diffi cult. A number of analysts working in Freud’s wake pointed to the unsettled nature of his legacy around narcissism to authorize their theoretical forays beyond the bounds of orthodoxy; some conceptualized narcissism in terms of normal self-esteem regulation. Heinz Kohut’s reorientation of the analytic fi eld in the 1960s and 1970s brought their efforts into focus and eventually into the mainstream of psychoanalysis. He at- tacked the Freudian developmental model that saw narcissism super- seded by object-love, arguing instead that narcissism followed its own developmental course from the primitive to the adaptive and mature. Self-Love 85

The classicists’ vaunted object love could be seen in narcissists and nonnarcissistic persons alike; narcissism, he proposed, “can lead to very strong interpersonal relationships.”3 Kohut’s normalization of self- love under the rubric of “healthy narcissism” undermined the axiomatic association of narcissism and homosexuality: it was only when narcissism became healthy that homosexuals were no longer considered de facto narcissists. And he contributed to the transfor- mation of the heavily freighted self-love into the more neutral self- esteem, setting the stage for a spirited and sometimes fractious public debate about the point at which positive self feeling shaded into pathology.

All Leonardo Freud fi rst described the opposition between love of self and love of the other in Leonardo. In Freud’s account, which fi gured centrally in analytic discussions of male homosexuality for more than half a century following its publication, homosexuals were characterized by a preference for sameness over difference in their choice of love object. Freud located the psychic roots of this preference in a surfeit of maternal attention combined with a defi cient paternal presence. The growing boy’s “very intense erotic attachment” to his mother, fi rst nurtured by too much tenderness and then of necessity re- pressed, survived in his identifi cation with her. Putting “himself in her place,” he was fated to seek love objects modeled on himself, whom he could love as his mother had once loved him. Unable to make the “correct decision,” to love “someone of the opposite sex,” the boy, Freud wrote, “has become a homosexual.” Choosing auto- eroticism over object- love, from that point on he traveled “the path of narcissism.”4 Freud had long been interested in Leonardo and, notably, in Leon- ardo’s homosexuality. He read widely in the Leonardo literature, poring over biographies; the Russian novelist Dmitry Merezh- kovsky’s biographical study appeared in 1907 on a list of books he had most enjoyed reading. By the autumn of 1909, the subject was by his own telling an obsession, and soon after he embarked on his 86 Dimensions of Narcissism study with an intensity that Ernest Jones thought exceptional. A lecture on the topic in December to his Viennese colleagues left him exasperated and dissatisfi ed, unhappy with his grasp of the issues despite the fulsome praise it elicited. Dry spells alternating with frenzied bouts of productivity ensued. There were patients to see and professional disputes to manage, but, Freud wrote to Carl Jung in early March, “otherwise I am all Leonardo.” Within several more weeks, it was in press, published in May 1910. The fi rst “psychoana- lytic pathography”—the encomium is Sándor Ferenczi’s, who pre- dicted in an idealizing fl ourish that it would “serve as a model for all time”— the work would prove Freud’s favorite, in his words “the only truly beautiful thing I have ever written.”5 It was also, in Jones’s estimation, in many respects an autobiogra- phy, informed by issues that had arisen in Freud’s self-analysis and, as such, offering a window onto his personality. Jones found it sugges- tive that Freud’s Leonardo exhibited a “passion for natural knowl- edge” and even more so that his essay “illuminated the inner nature of that great man” by tracing the source of Leonardo’s confl icts, which Jones framed as between a passion for artistic creation and a passion for science, to “the events of his earliest childhood.” Missing from Jones’s construal of Leonardo as thinly veiled autobiography, however, is any account of Freud’s contemporaneous struggles with, and panicked disavowal of, his own homosexual currents. As Freud stressed in the book, infantile sexuality held the key to the artist’s character; the “riddle” of it identifi ed, its constitutive threads—the child’s stymied quest for knowledge, homosexuality, mother love, and artistic creation—were opened to analysis. Leonardo, Freud wrote to Jung as he embarked on his study, was a man who “converted his sexuality into an urge for knowledge” and was from that point on never able to bring any project to completion. He was, Freud ar- gued, “sexually inactive or homosexual.”6 Freud’s simmering confl ict over what he called “my homo- sexuality”— and over mutuality and dependence, which he consis- tently cast as feminine—would reach a crisis after the publication of Leonardo, in a dramatic confrontation with Ferenczi that oc- curred while the two were on holiday together in Palermo, on the Self-Love 87 island of Sicily. Freud interpreted his own psychology at this point in terms of triumph and mastery of the homosexual feelings he had struggled with since the end of his relationship with Wilhelm Fliess, the Berlin ear, nose, and throat physician with whom he had carried on an intensely intimate correspondence in the 1890s. Analysts and historians have seen aspects of Freud’s self- understanding mirrored in his pre sen ta tion of Leonardo, but they have for the most part fo- cused on his identifi cation with the artist as scientifi c genius. Peter Gay, characterizing Freud as “always prepared to translate private turmoil into analytic theory,” focused attention elsewhere, arguing that the “secret energy” animating Freud’s obsession with Leonardo lay in his “unconscious homoerotic feelings” toward Fliess.7 In this respect, too, Leonardo was autobiography. What little was known to Freud of the historical Leonardo’s child- hood may be briefl y stated. The artist was born the illegitimate son of a notary and a poor peasant girl, Caterina, in the town of Vinci, near Florence in 1452. The same year, his father married Donna Albieri, “a lady of good birth” who would bear no children of her own. Sometime before the age of fi ve, the boy was moved to his father’s household, remaining there until he was apprenticed to the painter Andrea del Verrocchio. Caterina would marry a local man, and all traces of her would vanish from the record of Leonardo’s life; his father would twice again marry. Most tantalizing to Freud, Leonardo would later note that one of his earliest memories was of being in his cradle when a kite— mistakenly rendered as a vulture in the transla- tion Freud consulted— swooped down on him and, he wrote, “opened my mouth with its tail, and struck me many times with its tail against my lips.” Admitting this was meager evidence, Freud nevertheless con- structed an imaginative and, in the estimation of many, persuasive account of Leonardo’s perplexing personality—chiefl y, of his homo- sexuality, which in the days of his apprenticeship had been the grounds for a charge of forbidden practices brought against him, of which he was acquitted, and which was later evident in his surrounding himself “with handsome boys and youths whom he took as pupils.” Inhibited and repressed, Leonardo never enjoyed what Freud called “a real sexual life.” He was, rather, “emotionally homosexual.”8 88 Dimensions of Narcissism

Freud explained why this was so in a virtuosic if highly specula- tive reading of the childhood memory of the vulture— a memory he saw as a passive homosexual fantasy of taking the penis in the mouth and sucking on it— that took readers on a wild ride from Richard Krafft- Ebing’s Psychopathia Sexualis to a discussion of the vulture- headed Mother Goddess in Egyptian mythology. Of every- thing Freud gathered from his varied sources, the most signifi cant as he saw it was that in ancient natural histories the vulture was a fe- male creature, impregnated only by the wind. Freud confi dently con- cluded that Leonardo, taken from his mother to join his father and Donna Albieri, had transformed pleas ur able memories of being nursed by his mother into the unmistakably homosexual fantasy of taking the vulture’s penis-tail in his mouth and sucking on it—in this reminiscence substituting the vulture for the mother who had suckled him. Writing that he was “completely ignorant” of the age at which Leonardo actually exchanged “his poor, forsaken, real mother” for life with “a parental couple,” Freud argued that “it fi ts in best with the interpretation of the vulture phantasy” if that age were to be set at three at the least, at fi ve at most. That early experiences were determinative of lifelong patterns underwrote Freud’s favoring the later age, which rendered Leonardo fatherless longer; paternal absence fi gured centrally in the histories of his and his colleagues’ homosexual patients. Further, contended Freud, surely only “years of disappointment” would have persuaded the barren Donna Albieri to accept the illegitimately born boy into her house hold as her own; it would have been highly unusual for her to have adopted him ear- lier. To put Freud’s account in its simplest terms: Leonardo was raised by his “real” mother, and— like legions of homosexuals sub- jected to analytic scrutiny—deformed by her attentions, in Freud’s words robbed “of a part of his masculinity.”9 In Freud’s theorizing, the “bliss and rapture” enjoyed mutually by mother and infant was “in the nature of a completely satisfying love-relation,” fulfi lling at once a mental wish and physical need. So satisfying is this love that even in happy families fathers see their sons as rivals for womanly attentions, calling forth a deep- rooted antago- nism against their male offspring and suggesting it was not only the Self-Love 89 boy who had to master his oedipal feelings. The suckling child at the maternal breast, Freud had written fi ve years before Leonardo ap- peared, was “the prototype of every relation of love.” The mutually enjoyed “erotic bliss” on display in this “fi rst and most signifi cant of all sexual relations” between mother and son was, in the normal developmental sequence, inevitably succeeded by loss in the pro cess of weaning and separation, culminating in the oedipal moment of renunciation of childish things.10 It was a species of satisfaction that in Freud’s view would never again be attained. Freud held that men, both those who would turn out homosexual and their heterosexual brethren, eventually repressed their mother attachments. The latter, subjected to paternal authority and oedipal terror, identifi ed with their fathers and entered the company of civi- lized men. The former, prompted by motive forces Freud argued were not yet understood, narcissistically identifi ed with their mothers and put themselves in her place, fated forever to love boys as their mothers had loved them, forever faithful to their mothers in running away from erotic engagements with other women. Maternal attention, in the Freud of these years, was a double- edged sword. He conceived of it in his other writings as blissfully erotic and completely satisfying, a foundation for worldly success in later life. Those fortunate enough to grow up as their mother’s favor- ites, he wrote, often exhibited an enviable if “peculiar self-reliance and an unshakeable optimism” that could appear as indubitably masculinist “heroic attributes.” But in Leonardo he focused on the “violence” of the maternal caress, the menace of the single mother’s “tender seductions,” the “excessive tenderness” visited on the hap- less son by the unsatisfi ed mother- without- a-mate. Starved for a husband’s caresses, the “poor forsaken” Caterina, “like all unsatis- fi ed mothers, . . . took her little son in place of her husband,” with this move determining “his destiny and the privations that were in store for him.”11 Attempting to satisfy her own unmet longings, she awakened Leonardo’s eroticism too early. Freud’s construal of mother love as menace here is striking, espe- cially because it coincided with his normalization of paternal ag- gression in the Oedipus complex. In Leonardo Freud cast the mother, 90 Dimensions of Narcissism not the father, as the real threat to the boy. Freud positioned Woman in opposition to civilization, a masculine enterprise held together by “social feelings . . . of a homosexual nature,” arguing in a pre sen tation to his colleagues in 1912 that she rendered man asocial, representing both unbridled nature and what he later specifi ed as the “retarding and restraining” interests of the family and sexual life. The menacing, seductive, and unsatisfi ed mother of Leonardo—a masculine woman, “able to push the father out of his proper place”— stands here in sharp contrast to the pure and tender mother found elsewhere in Freud’s writings.12 The germ of the overbearing Mom of midcentury American analysis and pop u lar criticism, who in her ministrations spawned a generation of homosexual sissies, can be glimpsed in the predatory preoedipal Caterina.

Sitting Pretty Concurrent with the writing of Leonardo, the seeds were being sown of a fateful confrontation between Freud and his epistolary intimate Ferenczi, a confrontation in which self-sovereignty and mastery, de- pen dency and homosexuality fi gured centrally. Freud would emerge from the clash proclaiming his inde pendence and mastery, while Fe- renczi would agonize over the rupture that followed until the day he died. By the time the two embarked on their Italian journey at the end of the summer of 1910, the dynamic that would characterize their relationship for the next twenty years had already been estab- lished. Freud would repeatedly offer himself up as the plenitudinous father to Ferenczi’s needy baby, exacting from Ferenczi a constant stream of idealizations, and would then castigate him for the same, claiming to have no need of them. “Let’s go to Sicily together, then,” Freud wrote to Ferenczi in the spring of 1910, fi nding himself “correcting Leonardo and otherwise doing nothing.” They had met two years earlier when Ferenczi trav- eled to Freud’s consulting room in Vienna from his home in Budapest, where he had been lecturing on psychoanalytic topics and treating patients for years. They immediately entered into an easy and increas- Self-Love 91 ingly intimate correspondence—playful, engaged, and, for a pen- and- ink age, remarkably contemporary in its urgent, rapid- fi re feel. Freud was fi fty-two, Ferenczi thirty-fi ve. By the time Freud proposed the Si- cilian trip, 150 letters had passed between the two, and Ferenczi had sailed with Freud and Jung to the United States— the occasion of Freud’s lectures at Clark University— in September 1909. As was so often the case in Freud’s life, however, with intimacy came confl ict, notwithstanding his expressed desire on the eve of their travels for a companion “between whom and myself not a hint of discord is possible.”13 The month before the trip to Sicily, Freud and Ferenczi wrote each other almost daily in excited anticipation of camaraderie and friendship. The holiday loomed importantly in Freud’s mind, he wrote, especially in its promise of “the fairy-tale feeling of living in freedom and beauty.” Ferenczi, for his part, was counting the days, daydreaming about the trip “during some of the more monotonous analyses.”14 Talk of anticipation, yearning, and longing to be together on the beautiful island is scattered through the letters Freud and Fe- renczi exchanged. The men were together four weeks, setting out from Leyden, where Freud’s family was on holiday, stopping fi rst in Paris for a “minute examination” of the Leonardos in the Louvre, and then in Florence, Rome, and Naples before sailing on to Palermo. The city is “an in- credible feast,” Freud wrote to his wife, Martha: “Such a wealth of color, such views, such fragrant smells, and such a sensation of well- being I have never experienced all at once.” They spent two weeks in Sicily, by day visiting ruins and exulting in the beauty of the surround- ings. The evenings were another matter. Ferenczi expected they would continue discussing the matters of mutual concern that had fi lled their letters, but Freud acted otherwise. He had brought along Dan- iel Paul Schreber’s Memoirs of My Nervous Illness, a book Jung had recommended, which provided ample material to fuel Freud’s devel- oping speculations on the connections between homosexuality and paranoia. He and Ferenczi had apparently talked about the book at some length while traveling. One eve ning in Palermo, Freud invited 92 Dimensions of Narcissism

Ferenczi to serve as his amanuensis and lashed out angrily when Ferenczi declined to play the part. Ferenczi recounted the incident in a letter to the psychoanalyst Georg Groddeck in 1921, explaining that Freud had expected too much “deferential respect” from him. He “was too big for me, there was too much of the father”: “On our fi rst working evening together in Palermo, when he wanted to work with me on the famous paranoia text (Schreber), and started to dic- tate something, I jumped up in a sudden rebellious outburst, exclaim- ing that this was no working together, dictating to me. ‘So this is what you are like?’ he said, taken aback. ‘You obviously want to do the whole thing yourself.’ ” Ferenczi, hoping for a mutuality that from his perspective was repeatedly promised but never realized, was “left out in the cold” for the rest of the holiday while Freud spent the eve- nings working by himself. From Rome, where they stopped for a day on their return journey, Freud wrote to Jung complaining of Ferenczi’s infantile attitude and dreamy disposition. “He never stops admiring me, which I don’t like,” he added.15 Freud quickly put the incident behind him, returning to Vienna satisfi ed with the progress he had made in penetrating what he called “the riddle of paranoia.” He would spend the autumn following their travels writing up the case of Schreber, which he fi nished mid- December and saw published the next year. Ferenczi, by contrast, was haunted by the confrontation. Twenty years later, he wrote Freud reminding him how severe his punishment “in the matter of the Schreber book” had been, asking “would not leniency and con- sideration on the part of the bearer of authority have been more correct?” Shortly before dying, Ferenczi ruefully invoked the inci- dent as exemplary of their relationship, castigating himself for having been “a blindly dependent son” and observing that in any case Freud had tolerated him as such “only until the moment when I contra- dicted him for the fi rst time. (Palermo.)”16 In a fl urry of letters following the Sicilian journey, Ferenczi as- sured Freud of his own “good intentions” and expressed his hope that what he referred to as “the events of our living together” would not diminish the intensity of their personal and professional rela- Self-Love 93 tionship. In reply, Freud seized on Ferenczi’s abjection, writing that he “often felt sorry for” him on account of his disappointment, link- ing it to Ferenczi’s expectation that he would, on the holiday, “wal- low in constant intellectual stimulation”—a distortion of what had been mutually expressed desires for companionship. Freud reproved Ferenczi for not tearing himself “away from the infantile role”— echoing what he had written to Jung of his travelling companion— and faulted Ferenczi for not responding to his own educational ef- forts. “So I was probably mostly quite an ordinary old gentleman, and you, in astonishment, realized the distance from your fantasy ideal,” Freud wrote, disingenuously disavowing his own role in con- structing this fantasy.17 Ferenczi replied to Freud with a long, self-lacerating letter, detail- ing his errors and admitting to his longings, which elicited from Freud the dismissive comment that nothing Ferenczi had so painfully put in writing was new to him. “I am also not that ψα [psychoana- lytic] superman whom we have constructed,” Freud added, acknowl- edging his role in Ferenczi’s idealization of him: the construction of Freud’s omnipotence was indeed a joint project. Within the month, Freud was reproving Ferenczi for his readiness to admire him and returning to the claim that he had done nothing to encourage it: “I naturally gave no cause for admiration.”18 If Ferenczi idealized Freud, Freud used Ferenczi to recuperate from his break with Fliess. Freud had tried, since the end of their re- lationship, to master his lingering homosexual feelings for the Berlin doctor, who was, in the estimation of many, the great love of Freud’s life. The two met in 1887, when Fliess, twenty-nine at the time, began attending Freud’s lectures at the University of Vienna. They quickly struck up a friendship that Freud, for his part, expected would be “mu- tually gratifying.” Regular correspondents, within several years they were arranging the fi rst of their many two- and three- day special meetings—which they called “Congresses”—in various cities and Al- pine resort towns that were to the professionally and emotionally isolated Freud, in Jones’s estimation, as so many “oases in the desert of loneliness.” Freud once wrote to Fliess that he looked forward 94 Dimensions of Narcissism to a planned meeting “as to the slaking of hunger and thirst” and promised he would bring “nothing but two open ears and one tem- poral lobe lubricated for reception”— a striking formulation that even the most dogged of Freud’s defenders might want to read in the register of homosexual desire. Following a congress in Prague, for which he had yearned for weeks, Freud was “in a continual euphoria.” Desolation followed when congresses were postponed. Following one meeting, Freud wrote Fliess that he felt “strengthened anew for weeks.” In the same letter he admitted “no one can replace for me the relationship with the friend which a special—possibly feminine— side demands.”19 Fliess’s supportive epistolary presence and receptive critical facul- ties sustained Freud as he carried out the self-analysis that Jones saw as a heroic but solitary venture. Through the 1890s, the newly mar- ried Freud was by his own account acutely lonely, even as his family grew to include six children, all born between 1887 and 1895. Freud could tell Fliess just about everything, writing to him of his fears of death by heart attack, of the sexual state of his marriage, of Mar- tha’s periods, of his own bodily symptoms and moods. Fliess was Freud’s physician and his dealer, operating on his nose and for a time in the early 1890s prescribing him cocaine. The intimacy be- tween the two was palpable; as the Freud biographer Louis Breger notes, throughout the letters one can see expressed “a caring interest in each other’s bodies” that was perhaps authorized by their both being physicians. “I cannot write entirely without an audience, but do not mind writing entirely for you,” Freud on one occasion wrote to Fliess. “Your praise is nectar and ambrosia for me,” he wrote on another.20 Freud’s love for a man roundly condemned as an inferior thinker at best, a charismatic charlatan at worst, has long caused consternation, even embarrassment, among psychoanalysts. However much Jones attempted to ascribe what he called “the undeniable personal attrac- tion” between the two men to “objective bonds of serious interest,” he could not help but portray their relationship as homoerotic. Perhaps picking up on the same, a contemporary of Jones cautioned readers Self-Love 95 that Freud’s letters to Fliess, published in bowdlerized form in 1954, constituted “a document for scientists and not a roman à clef.” An uncensored edition of the correspondence supports Freud’s character- ization of it as “the most intimate you can imagine.” Gay, portraying Freud as intellectually and emotionally isolated in the midst of a bus- tling house hold run by the domestically skilled if “slightly drab” middle-aged Martha, declared that so emotionally barren was his marriage that “his wife virtually made Fliess necessary.”21 Freud was hardly so skittish about his love for Fliess, writing him repeatedly of his need for him, whether to serve as “a new impetus” to counter “intellectual stagnation” or as a receptive, reinvigorating audience to the personal and intellectual journey that culminated in the publication of The Interpretation of Dreams. New Year’s Day 1896 saw Freud putting pen to paper to register how much he owed his dear friend, citing the “solace, understanding, stimulation in my loneliness, meaning to my life” that he had gained from him. “Your kind should not die out,” Freud added in an idealizing fl ourish; “the rest of us need people like you too much.” In a moment of unbridled enthusiasm, Freud could even declare his love of Fliess, writing in 1898 that he had long “realized that it was necessary for me to love you in order to enrich my life.” Years after the two fi nally broke, Freud was characterizing Fliess to a colleague about to meet him as “a highly remarkable, indeed fascinating man” whom he’d “once loved . . . very much.” It was a relationship to which his wife had assented, at least as Freud told it to his friend and analysand Marie Bonaparte, holding that Martha understood “very well that Fliess was able to give her husband something beyond what she could.” Fliess’s wife was by contrast jealous, a “malicious skirt” whom Freud some ten years after his fi nal break with Fliess was still castigating as “wittily stupid, malicious, a positive hysteric” who had done “every- thing possible to sow discord between the two.”22 Freud’s passion for Fliess was sustained by a side of himself he termed feminine, and one may well imagine that Ida Fliess’s objections to the relationship were fueled by her intuiting that Freud more adroitly than she occupied the position of woman in her husband’s inner life. 96 Dimensions of Narcissism

Jones assures us, however, that “in spite of all that,” self- control triumphed over desire. Freud’s thirteen- year- long relationship with Fliess came to an acrimonious end in 1904. But Freud could not claim to be free of Fliess until after his Italian journey with Ferenczi, during which he had in effect fi nished his incomplete self-analysis. He conscripted the willing Ferenczi— whose most pleasant memo- ries of the trip were the ones, he wrote to Freud, “in which you di- vulged to me something of your personality and your life”— into the role of analyst. Freud related his dreams, which were “entirely con- cerned with the Fliess matter,” to his traveling companion, adding, in a devaluing fl ourish, that “owing to the nature of the thing, it was diffi cult to get you to sympathize.” Three months after the conclusion of the trip, Freud wrote to Ferenczi, “I have now overcome Fliess.” Ferenczi readily admitted to what he termed the “homosexual drive components” in his longing for “personal, uninhibited, cheerful com- panionship” with Freud, in his “longing for absolute mutual open- ness,” but Freud no longer had the need to open his personality to the other. That need had been extinguished in him, he wrote, “since Fliess’s case,” with the remnants of which he had been struggling to overcome— successfully, he claimed to Ferenczi. “A piece of homo- sexual investment has been withdrawn and utilized for the enlarge- ment of my own ego. I have succeeded where the paranoiac fails.” Freud, that is, had overcome his homosexuality, “with the result being greater in de pen dence.”23 But Freud’s claim to mastery was premature. For at least two more years, to his dismay, traces of Fliess, repressed feelings for him—what Freud called “some piece of unruly homosexual feeling”—kept bub- bling to the surface. Freud’s proclamation to be homosex-free not- withstanding, Fliess was still everywhere in Freud’s life, “incorporated in others”— Jung, Ferenczi, and Alfred Adler, with whom he was en- gaged in battle, “a little Fliess redivivus, just as paranoid.” So, too, homosexuality, homosexual fantasy, and homosexual panic were not banished but were sites of continuing struggle. Freud interpreted what he argued were the passive Ferenczi’s exorbitant, excessive needs for intimacy as homosexual, and in the wake of the confron- tation in Palermo he was gripped by a species of homosexual panic, Self-Love 97 of horror and confusion in the face of his desires for homoerotic intimacy. As he proclaimed in the Schreber case, “a homosexual wishful phantasy of loving a man” was the core of the confl ict found in paranoid males.24 Thus, even as Freud was collapsing homosex- ual desire and paranoia, he was engaged in struggle with his own homosexual attachment to Fliess and attempting to ward off the psychosis that his developing theory told him attended it. Freud re- jected Ferenczi at the moment when he felt he had mastered his need for Fliess. Was Ferenczi’s need for Freud intolerably reminiscent of his own need for Fliess? Through the years, Freud drew one after another of his colleagues— Fliess, Jung, Ferenczi—into the blissfully exciting orbit of his person- ality, luring them with fantasies of complete emotional and intellec- tual merger. Each of these relationships followed a scenario of enchantment, mutual admiration, and depen dency followed by bru- tal disappointment, ending in mixtures of disillusionment, recrimina- tion, devaluing, murderous rage, or banishment from the analytic fold— and as such served as object lessons for generations of ana- lysts in the perils of dissent. Analysts from Jung and Ferenczi on complained bitterly of Freud’s authoritarianism even as in varying degrees they submitted to it as the price of intimacy. It would take the once-loyal and supremely idealizing Kohut to call attention to the ways in which his own contemporaries replicated this submis- sive posture vis-à-vis Freud’s life and work, overestimating the mas- ter and longing to participate in his greatness much as their analytic forebears had.

Decried as a Homosexual Accounting for the origins of homosexuality and identifying the laws that governed its emergence were major preoccupations of Freud and his colleagues. Leonardo notwithstanding, Freud was famously known to be tolerant of homosexuals, holding they were not sick persons and that homosexuality was, as he wrote in 1935 to an American mother concerned about her son’s sexuality, neither vice nor degradation. In 1921, Freud opposed Jones, backing a “manifest 98 Dimensions of Narcissism homosexual” for admittance to the British Psycho-Analytical Society, and he was throughout his career opposed to the legal prosecution of homosexuals, signing a petition in 1930 favoring the decriminalization of homosexual activity. Freud and his colleagues believed that, as one put it, “homosexual ideas are to be found in everyone,” or as Freud himself wrote in his Three Essays on the Theory of Sexuality, “all human beings are capable of making a homosexual object- choice and have in fact made one in their unconscious.” Analysts’ offhanded comments on homosexuals— noting, for example, that they could be “extremely happy”— evince a broad curiosity. Some of their comments verge on the comic, for example, the observation that homosexuality was so prevalent in Berlin “because the Prussian woman is very prudish and therefore unattractive; the men are more dashing.” And, to be sure, they could see a homosexual component in just about anything or anyone: in alcoholism and in suicide (“the last attempt to perform a masculine deed”), in philos ophers and in phi- lologists, and in a taste for all things ancient, from art to historical costumes. Homosexuals, as one analyst saw it, singly “as well as in groups . . . have accomplished great things,” a line of argument con- sonant with his colleagues’ conviction that homosexuals were to be found in the ranks of the greatest of men: “Leonardo, Michelangelo and so on.”25 Freud’s manifest statements on homosexuality were evenhanded, and his writings more than any others transformed heterosexual- ity from a given into a precarious achievement. Yet the relationship between psychoanalysis and homosexuality, until quite recently, has been characterized by acrimony and enmity, with analytic pronounce- ments regularly mobilized in support of discriminatory policies and with some analysts attacking homosexuals outright. The impact of psychoanalysis on policy and pop u lar attitudes is especially salient in the case of the homosexual narcissist. Freud’s association of ho- mosexuality and narcissism in Leonardo is premised on an ambi- guity in the text. Freud construes the homosexual-in- the- making as at once capable and incapable of object- love: capable in his choice of those other boys, “objects of his love”; utterly incapable in that his choice was but evidence of his slipping “back to auto- Self-Love 99 erotism,” which Freud explained earlier was a term he used “when there is no object.” Despite analysts’ interest in the social landscape of homosexuality, both ancient and contemporary, and despite their interest in probing the inner landscapes of historical and fi ctional homosexuals— despite, that is, their knowledge of the vast array of homosexual practices and personalities—they, like Freud, could the- orize only sameness, not difference, when it came to homosexual object choice. As Kohut later explained, classical analytic theory val- ued choosing a person different from oneself “in functions and physical equipment.” Morphological likeness trumped any possible differences among men—of personality, of appearance, of class, of upbringing—such that the improbable hypothesis that homosexual love for another was but love of self, like masturbation literally auto- erotic, found easy ac cep tance. As Freud’s American translator Abra- ham Brill summed up the association in 1913, giving voice to an emerging analytic consensus, “The road to homosexuality always passes over narcissism, that is, love for one’s self.”26 Freud had been testing variations on this theme of the homosex- ual incapacity for relationship in conversations with his colleagues for two years before he wrote Leonardo. Reporting to them on a case of latent homosexuality in 1908, Freud highlighted the boy’s suppression of mother love but did not mention the compensatory identifi cation with her that he would later hypothesize followed in its wake. Rather, his complex narrative started with the patient, who had “always preferred boys,” turning against them in “jealousy and hate” because his mother, toward whom he harbored tender feel- ings, praised the others in his presence “for their physical and men- tal superiority.” Liking boys turned to rage against them, which was then, Freud argued, transformed— apparently redundantly, given the subject’s lifelong preferences—into “a liking for them.” A year later, Freud brought identifi cation with the mother into the same scenario, which still turned on the same improbable transformation of hate into homosexual love.27 Confl ict with actual others, not retreat into solipsistic self- absorption, characterizes the mechanism of homo- sexual character formation adumbrated in these instances, in which liking— even love of— other boys or men fi gures centrally. 100 Dimensions of Narcissism

Freud’s texts and statements in fact oscillate between characteriza- tions of the homosexual as capable of— indeed, defi ned by— loving others of his sex on the one hand and on the other as utterly incapacitated for love by solipsistic devotion to the former self his mother had once loved. Freud observed homosexuals attempting to relate to others, pursuing boys and seeking to be lovers, but the logic of his argument ensured that he would theorize— and make literal— only the sameness (the qualities shared between self and other) in such relations despite his observations and his consistently allowing that there were many types of homosexuality. Freud’s argument that homosexuality consists in a relation to one- self instead of to another was at odds with the developing analytic truism that homosexuality lay at the root of social life. Psychoana- lysts spoke with one voice on this issue, with Jung, for example, see- ing tremendous advantages in homosexuality, suited as it was to “large agglomerations of males (businesses, universities, etc.),” and Ferenczi seeing it “in friendship leagues, in club life, etc.” Freud even suggested that homosexuals were perhaps better suited than hetero- sexuals to social life, for while the latter competed with their peers for women, the former had early on overcome their rivalrous impulses toward their fellows. A colleague, for example, might be thought “agreeable” on account of “his well- sublimated homosexuality.” Ex- clusive and private interests fueled heterosexuality, while public and communal interests were consonant with homosexuality. Invoking what was apparently common wisdom among his fellow analysts, Freud observed that highly developed “social instinctual impulses” were to be found in many homosexuals, characterized by “their de- votion to the interests of the community.” He later elaborated on this idea, arguing that as “love for women” disrupted the bonds of race, nationality, and social class, homosexual love was “far more compatible with group ties, even when it takes the shape of uninhib- ited sexual impulsions”—which he himself thought a “remarkable fact.” Freud’s argument was that social feeling was premised on sub- limated homosexuality, which made for good collegial relations.28 Woman, more than the homosexual, was the disruptive force in so- cial life. Self-Love 101

One year after his and Freud’s Sicilian trip, Ferenczi was theo- rizing homoerotism, a term he preferred to homosexuality in its foregrounding of the psychical over the biological, taking the mea- sure of how much had been lost in men’s avoidance of “mutual affection and amiability,” the enthusiasms of male friendship that the ancients had so unselfconsciously enjoyed. Ferenczi could see around him but slight vestigial traces of what had once been a ro- bust mode of male relations, in its positive instantiations in “club and party life” and in its negative in the “barbarous duels of the German students”—none of which could compensate men “for los- ing the love of friends.” Instead, as he saw it, men displaced their unappeased homoerotism onto women. “Obsessively heterosexual,” these men became “the slaves of women”—unnaturally chivalrous and idolatrous toward them— as the price of freeing themselves from their fellows. Ferenczi, perhaps the fi rst theorist of heteronor- mativity, argued that repression of homoerotism, of men’s natural affection for one another, produced “obsessive reinforcement of hetero- erotism.” He saw the same dynamic at work in his own per- son. Probing what he called his “homosexual fi xation,” he explained to Freud that there was in him “a woman and only behind her [is] the real man,” his own heterosexuality “a reaction formation against homosexuality.”29 The ubiquity and even the necessity of homosexuality were thus common coin among early analysts. From the perspective of the London-based analyst J. C. Flügel, who introduced the terms homo- social and heterosocial in a 1927 publication, this was common sense. “A man who falls in love” with a woman, he argued, was “ob- viously less gregarious” with his friends than was the single man. The exigencies of sexual love—characterized by “private, secretive and absorbing affection”—were at odds with society’s demands. As an analytic colleague summarized Flügel’s argument: that “sexuality and sociality are antagonistic made social relationship [sic] between members of the same sex easier than between members of the op- posite sex.” Yet homosexuality was from the start routinely cast in the analytic literature as an objectless, even autistic or masturbatory, form of sexual expression. By the middle of the twentieth century, 102 Dimensions of Narcissism the fi gure of the homosexual as linchpin of social life had been defi nitively occluded by the fi gure of the narcissistic homosexual who is altogether incapable of sustaining relationships with others—who, in technical language, is characterized by his “inability to cathect objects” and by a corresponding “hypercathexis of the self.”30 That is, homosexuality had become pure love of self. There are a few homosexual men who love others in the post- Freudian analytic literature of homosexuality. A paper by Otto Fenichel from 1933 gives us a gentle, feminine homosexual narcis- sist, who, like Leonardo, was over-identifi ed with his mother and who surrounded himself with friends who tellingly resembled him- self. And a paper by Herman Nunberg published fi ve years later features a man whose taste in lovers ran to the “tall, strong and hand- some.” But the developing consensus was that the homosexual re- lated only to partial, not true, objects; that his characteristically “passionate and evanescent” relations with others did not qualify as object relations proper; and that in any case he did not in fact exhibit object strivings. Rather, because many homosexuals could not relate to sexual partners as total personalities, such partners were not really persons to them but, rather, vehicles “for instantaneous instinctual discharge.” Their sexuality defi ned by its “strikingly compulsive” qual- ity, they pursued fl eeting gratifi cations not lasting connections. The “incredible ease” with which they substituted “one partner for another” was replicated in the analytic situation, in which they con- nected deeply to analysts before abandoning them.31 Narcissistic to the core, such men could not be induced to become fully loving persons. A fantasy of perfectly realized heterosexual object relating serves as a foil to this damning portrait of homosexual defi ciency. This fantasized heterosexuality is all the more striking in light of Freud’s consistent underscoring of the fraught nature of heterosexual attrac- tion in men, which he saw as diffi cult to achieve and maintain due to the male proclivity for dividing women into virgins and whores and civilization’s curbing of sexual satisfaction. Moreover, Freud would argue in “On Narcissism” that the “complete object-love” character- istic of men was itself premised on a “marked sexual overvaluation” Self-Love 103 of the loved one deriving from the subject’s childhood narcissism, now transferred onto the object of his love; the loved one, that is, is loved at least in part narcissistically in the register of self- love.32 Other analysts argued that homosexuals were uniquely drawn to sameness while acknowledging that heterosexual love was at base similarly narcissistic. Such testimony to the fundamentally ambig- uous nature of all love notwithstanding, in the analytic literature on male homosexuality, the impediments to love— to healthy and fully realized object relating—that in other contexts were cast as universal were seen as peculiar to homosexuals. For all of analysts’ emphasis on the narcissistic bases of all love, they were adamant in arguing that identifi cation— which has a spectral quality about it in the literature, opposed to an embrace of “real objects”— was far more important a factor in homosexual than in heterosexual attraction. We are left here with a paradox. The same analysts who argued that homosexuals were unable to establish proper relationships and that one of the defi ning disabilities of homosexuality was an inca- pacity for relating to others argued at the same time that the social relations constitutive of society were premised on homosexually- tinged relationships among men. And the same analysts who could see nothing of love in the homosexual’s objectless mode of relating could themselves trade easily— and sometimes painfully—in love among men. Was homosexuality best reserved for heterosexuals, ide- alized on the condition it would never be realized?

Healthy Narcissism That narcissistic, developmentally arrested love of self was opposed to mature love of the other quickly became analytic wisdom in the wake of Freud’s Leonardo. Yet from the start this straitened view of narcissism elicited objections— at least when love among heterosex- uals was at issue. Immediately upon reading a draft of “On Narcis- sism,” Ferenczi questioned Freud’s suggestion that self-love and object- love made competing claims on individuals. The person in love, Freud wrote in the essay, “seems to give up his own personality” in favor 104 Dimensions of Narcissism of investing his libido in the other; put more technically, the subject’s ego- libido and object- libido in Freud’s view formed a closed system, as “the more of the one is employed, the more the other becomes depleted.” Libido, that is, was allocated either to the self or to the other. It could not reside in both at once. In a letter to Freud, Ferenczi disagreed, arguing that the self in love was enhanced, bringing ob- jects into its compass and using them as sources of pleasure through the mechanism of introjection, a concept that Ferenczi had intro- duced in his 1909 paper, “Introjection and Transference.”33 Self- love and object- love were from his perspective mutually reinforcing. Other analysts went public with their challenges to Freud’s con- ception of narcissism. His Viennese colleague coined the term healthy narcissism in the 1930s to denote a range of ob- served narcissistic phenomena that the ascendant understanding of Freud’s position on narcissism could not account for. Federn’s aim was to wrest narcissism from the “realm of pathology” to which he suggested it had been unjustifi ably restricted. He pointed out that while in the rigid “dictionary sense” the term denoted pathology and could never be used to refer to any sort of object relationship, in fact even in the hands of Freud— whom he noted invoked “common everyday” senses of critical words to convey technical meanings—it referred to normalcy and to relations with objects. Federn main- tained that there were aspects of the healthy, normal self rooted in narcissism, better conveyed in “layman’s language” than in the psy- choanalyst’s idiom. General well-being, self-assurance, self- assertion, “satisfaction with one’s own personality,” the “ ‘inner resources’ and ‘equanimity’ ” that underwrote the adult’s capacity to weather the frustrations of daily life—all were sustained by pleas ur able and “narcissistically gratifying” positive investment in the self. Individu- als’ fantasies “of love, greatness, and ambition,” in which narcissism and object strivings were both visible, were often the basis of worldly accomplishment and creativity. Federn’s point was that these desires were not to be castigated but understood; progressively tempered in the course of life by the demands of reality, they took the form of “useful planning and pondering.”34 Self-Love 105

The term healthy narcissism was absent from Freud’s oeuvre. It fi t uneasily with his developmental scheme, which saw the mature self transcending its early narcissism. Healthy narcissism referred to a different dimension of personhood, whether it was an “experiential orientation” or a capacity— for exuberance, for liveliness and re- sourcefulness, for “inner freedom and vitality.” Federn and the few other analysts who invoked the concept before its popularization in the 1970s used it in reference to the self’s needs for “growth and mastery,” to its “feelings of triumph over diffi culties,” and, more ca- paciously, to the “capacity to enjoy life.” They noted variously that “mental harmony in the adult” corresponded to “adequate self- love,” that healthy narcissism was protective of the self, that “feelings of self-liking” with which healthy narcissism was associated sustained a subjective sense of well-being, and that healthy narcissism was criti- cal not only for creative work but also for “full mutuality in mature object relationships.”35 Self- esteem was central to this conversation. A venerable term, it had long appeared in the vernacular as a synonym for positive feel- ings about the self. In “On Narcissism,” Freud used the word Selbst- gefühl—self- feeling, translated by the editors of the Standard Edi- tion as “self- regard”—repeatedly, writing near the end of the essay that it “appears to us to be an expression of the size of the ego” and that it was increased by “everything a person possesses or achieves” as well as by remnants “of the primitive feeling of omnipotence” confi rmed by experience. Notably, Freud speculated that in “love- relations” one’s Selbstgefühl was raised by being loved and lowered by not—a formulation that confused his colleagues in contradicting what he had written about the more mechanistic workings of libido but that approximates the understandings of self- esteem developed from the late 1920s on. Some English- speaking analytic readers of the German Freud rendered Selbstgefühl as self- esteem; writing in 1946, Erik Erikson simply assumed that Freud was talking about self- esteem in “On Narcissism.” Other native German speakers also traded easily in self- esteem, among them Otto Fenichel and Annie Reich, endowing it with a positive valence and, taking its presence 106 Dimensions of Narcissism and importance for granted, focusing attention on its sources, regula- tion, and maintenance. The term self-esteem appeared sporadically in the English language analytic literature beginning in the 1920s. A turning point of sorts is captured in the editor’s note to a 1928 paper by Sándor Rádo explaining his decision to render Selbstgefühl, which he noted was “usually translated by the neutral word ‘self- regard,’ ” variously as “self- respect, self-esteem and self-satisfaction, as well as by self-regard” because, in his estimation, Rádo’s usage of it was more positive than could be conveyed by the word self-regard alone. In this paper, Rádo observed that the self-esteem of strong individu- als, premised realistically on their own achievements, barely fl uctu- ated in response to the “trivial offences and disappointments” of everyday life, while their weaker counterparts relied on the “appro- bation and recognition of others” for the narcissistic gratifi cations they needed to maintain their self- esteem in the face of life’s many challenges. Self- esteem was, in Rádo’s hands, a condition of healthy in de pen dence of others, its absence sparking strong cravings for love and external supports. Fenichel similarly envisioned self-esteem as a fungible quantity subject to regulation, whether internally or externally, highlighting the ways in which some regulated their self- esteem in dependence on others for “external supplies” and love. And Annie Reich saw narcissistic disturbance not in high self- esteem but only in its poor regulation, as visible in the “self-infl ation” of those who could not realistically bend to reality’s demands and ac- cept their limitations—giving voice to the analytic view that devel- opment demanded of individuals that they relinquish their infantile omnipotence, nurtured in a context of perfectly responsive maternal care that saw to their every need, for the more realistic self-appraisals of mature adulthood. From the 1920s through the 1960s, laboring at the margins of the analytic fi eld, Rádo, Fenichel, and Reich, among others, in effect recouped for analysis, in the form of self-esteem, the self-feeling that constituted the largely overlooked positive narcis- sism Freud briefl y outlined.36 It fell to Kohut to bring healthy narcissism and the self-esteem on which it was premised from the periphery of the analytic conversa- tion to the center, to celebrate what defenders of Freud’s orthodoxy, Self-Love 107 plus royaliste que le roi, imagined would have caused “theoretical embarrassment” in the master. It is noteworthy that Kohut launched his inquiry—at analytic meetings, in seminars and lectures, and in his fi rst major publication on the subject, “Forms and Transforma- tions of Narcissism,” which appeared in 1966— by stressing how problematic he found the analytic juxtaposition of self- love and object love. He argued throughout his career that the analytic maxim that, “grossly put, object love is good and self love is bad” repre- sented the intrusion of moralism into clinical practice. In his view, the analytic axiom that “narcissism disappears as object love appears” was a prejudice that stemmed from a two- thousand- year Western tradition that considered altruism—“to love one’s neighbor more than oneself, essentially not to be concerned with oneself”—an overriding value, “the height of all virtue,” exemplifi ed in the no- tion that “we start out as egotistical babies, but we end up as social workers.” Within analysis, as Kohut saw it, this took the form of an unacknowledged favoring of the patient’s capacity for fully realized object love “as the sign of emotional maturity” and excluded from the analytic fi eld a range of phenomena properly considered nar- cissistic, based as they were on positive self-esteem—achievement and ambition as well as the fantasies of greatness that support the personality.37 “That homosexuality and narcissism are closely related goes without saying,” Kohut maintained in a lecture to analytic candi- dates in 1972, a measure of how tightly the two were still inter- twined within the discipline at that point. Yet narcissism was not, to his mind, a disease, and neither was homosexuality. He invoked the achievements of the homosexually inclined Socrates as evidence that “the capacity to copulate”— heterosexually, one assumes he meant here— was not the best measure of a man. Kohut’s goal was to un- settle the antithesis between narcissism and the analyst’s vaunted object- love, as well as, secondarily, the alignment of homosexuality with the former and heterosexuality with the latter. This effort was at the center of his career- long advocacy for the virtues of a broadly construed narcissism. Like Ferenczi before him, he saw the self enhanced in loving another, adducing as an example the lovers’ 108 Dimensions of Narcissism

“narcissistic glow.” And, like Federn, he argued that narcissistic strivings could be glimpsed in love of another and might even be necessary to it: one did not have to be a psychoanalyst to recognize that those possessed of low self- esteem were hardly the world’s “greatest lovers.” Kohut also bucked analytic wisdom by pointing out that the relationships of many heterosexuals who experienced their partners not as fully differentiated and separate but as exten- sions or replicas of themselves were fundamentally narcissistic and yet enduring and considered socially valuable. Conversely, among homosexuals it was possible—if rare in analytic practice circa 1972— to fi nd partners experiencing each other as separate individuals in established lifelong relationships not so different from marriage. As Kohut liked to remind his colleagues, it was not the outward ap- pearance but the inward mode of relating that was critical in dis- criminating between object- differentiated and narcissistically fueled love. Even the most sociable heterosexual might be narcissistic in surrounding himself with those who “mean nothing to him except in terms of his self, or as a relief from loneliness, or as confi rming his presence.”38 Kohut endeavored to reconstruct in practice and convey in theory what he called “total feeling states.”39 This again situated him in the same analytic genealogy as Rádo, Federn, and others among their contemporaries, here for the reason that he, like they, chafed at the limitations of the Freudians’ drive- based, developmental model and attempted to defi ne a range of capacities and qualities of little inter- est to orthodox Freudians. Otto Kernberg, although less focused on healthy narcissism than Kohut, like his colleague conceptualized narcissism in terms of self- esteem regulation and explored the ways it fl uctuated in day-to- day gratifying or frustrating experiences with others, as well as with in- dividuals’ experience of the relation between their aspirations and achievements. Like Kohut, Kernberg argued that the self- esteem of the individual in love was enhanced, and not, as Freud had posited, diminished, and that self- love was similarly reinforced by “the im- ages in our mind of those we love and by whom we feel loved.” The Self-Love 109 problem was not that “the narcissist is too much in love with him- self,” as it was put to Kernberg in a 1978 interview, or that they “love only themselves and nobody else” but, rather, their self- hate a signifi cant factor, that “they love themselves as badly as they love others.” Envious of what they could not themselves enjoy, they had to “spoil, depreciate, and degrade” the capacity others had to fi nd emotional gratifi cation in love.40

Once narcissism became healthy, the psychoanalyst’s homosexual nar- cissist quickly and quietly dropped from view. And once self-love was recast as self-esteem, it was transformed into a popular—if almost im- mediately contested—ideal. Common wisdom circa 1970 held that it was “a simple psychological fact that you cannot love anyone unless you love yourself fi rst.” Psychotherapist Nathaniel Branden’s 1969 book, The Psychology of Self-Esteem (the latest edition’s subtitle reads A Revolutionary Approach to Self-Understanding That Launched a New Era in Modern Psychology), retrospectively credited with get- ting the self- esteem “ball rolling,” exhorted readers to love them- selves before anything else. Other books with titles like How to Be Your Own Best Friend and articles with titles like “What Makes a Woman a Good Lover” touted the virtues of self-love and self- esteem as well as the foundational role both played in the making of “remarkably productive” citizens able to value themselves and others, too. Popu lar magazines invited readers to measure their self- esteem by taking quizzes featuring statements such as “People generally ad- mire me” and “I see myself as a good-looking person,” with strong agreement indicative of an estimably high self- esteem. “Keep up the good work,” counseled one author to those who scored the highest. And Essence editorialized in the early 1980s that it was time for “we Black folk” to start celebrating the self, to experience and hold on to “the glorious feeling” of self-love. “You can have a sense of purpose if you adopt an inner attitude of personal esteem,” counseled the magazine. “No one can nurture or bolster your self- esteem better than you!” One analyst’s observation that “mental harmony in the 110 Dimensions of Narcissism adult often seems to be correlated with adequate self- love” assumed pop u lar form in Good House keeping ’s at once upbeat and subtly coercive advice: “Believe me, self-esteem leads to a better life for you and everyone with whom you come into contact.”41 The popu lar experts’ infl uence was pervasive, with a poll conducted in 1991 showing that 89 percent of respondents considered self- esteem (or “the way people feel about themselves”) very important in motivating people “to work hard and succeed,” ranking it higher than duty, honor, and responsibility to the community. Further, only 10 percent of those polled admitted to having low self-esteem themselves (notably, one-third thought at least one of their relatives was so affl icted). “America Seems to Feel Good about Self- Esteem,” Newsweek announced, even as the concept was emerging as a new cultural battlefi eld, with the imperative to love oneself considered exemplary of what came to be known— derisively by its many de- tractors— as self- esteem culture. That the state of California formed a “Task Force to Promote Self- Esteem” in 1987 to investigate the relationship between self-esteem and a range of social problems— “crime, alcoholism, drug abuse, and welfare dependency”— and to make specifi c policy recommendations to address them only fueled the skeptics’ ire. Newsweek criticized the task force as “a bit lala” even for California, while allowing that in Minnesota the idea of government promoting self- esteem had traction. Among the institu- tions getting on board were churches (substituting “low self- esteem” for “sin” was more congregant-friendly), businesses (empowering employees was less expensive than giving them raises), and schools (abolishing “F” grades, bestowing awards and gold stars on every- one). “Low self- esteem is merely the latest form of social pathology commending itself to specialists in the cure of souls,” wrote Christo- pher Lasch in the early 1990s, speaking for the skeptics.42 To Lasch, casting a backward glance, the mindless psychobabble of self-esteem culture was of a piece with Me- Decade sensibilities, centrally implicated in the epidemic of narcissism that was then fi rst visible. Self-esteem makes only a fl eeting appearance in The Culture of Narcissism, invoked in passing in portrayals of narcissistic Self-Love 111

pathology; Lasch was at the time of its publication more interested in selfi shness than in self- esteem, and he was writing before self- esteem was politicized. But self-esteem’s provenance is neither so straightforward nor so open to mockery. The cultural axiom that “you have to love yourself to be able to love someone else” cannot be so readily dismissed as an excrescence of the Me De cade. Neither is the attempt to puzzle through the pleasures and dangers sur- rounding self-esteem entirely new; one can fi nd a record of a psy- chologist bemoaning the regrettable opprobrium attached to it as early as 1909. Newsweek’s admission at the early-1990s peak of self- esteem culture that “as a general prescription for child- rearing” instilling self-esteem was unassailable is evidence of how deeply the normalization of healthy self- feeling had taken root. The profes- sional view, picked up by the popu lar media, was that it was, as de- scribed by Kohut, the cold and rejecting parents who were the prob- lem, the parents who criticized instead of praising and accepting their children.43 The renovation of self- love was also the occasion for the renova- tion of narcissism— but only within psychoanalysis. Through the 1970s, analysts could be found in the pop u lar press touting the virtues of healthy narcissism, arguing it was necessary for worldly success, “vital for satisfaction and survival,” and an ingredient of general “mental well-being.” Analytic wisdom, as articulated by a leading New York analyst in 1984, held that “you have got to have a bit of narcissism to succeed.” Narcissism was not the antithesis of success but necessary to its achievement; there was nothing wrong with pride or even “the urge to be great.” A New York therapist ar- gued in the New York Times that “there is such a thing as healthy narcissism.” She added: “Appreciate your strengths and work on the weaknesses that are changeable. If there are things that you simply can’t change, then try and accept your imperfections— lovingly.”44 Analysts’ briefs for healthy narcissism made little impact on a public disposed to think of narcissism in terms of pathology. To analysts, it was a truism that, as Freud’s colleague Isidor Sadger had long ago observed, we all to some degree love ourselves. The analyst’s 112 Dimensions of Narcissism narcissism referred to “to self- love, or self- esteem.” To a public de- bating the pros and cons of self-esteem, however, narcissism—of the decidedly pathological variety— came into play only when too much self- esteem was at issue. In the pop u lar conversation, narcissism was not normalized in the 1970s analytic revolution, only becoming healthy some thirty years on.45 Five

IN DE PEN DENCE

Many Americans like to think of in de pen dence as a quintessentially American value. Its roots are seen to stretch back to the fi rst groups of immigrants to have come to American shores in search of personal, social, and po liti cal freedom and autonomy. Since the Declaration, the idea and sentiment of inde pen dence has been located at the heart of the national enterprise, visible not only in domestic and foreign policies and culture but also in a host of re- doubtable American archetypes, from the frontiersman of the nine- teenth century to the technology entrepreneurs of the twenty- fi rst. De pen dency is, by contrast, anathema to many, associated with sub- ordination, subjection, and neediness—of the poor, for instance, and the young. In the 1970s cultural maelstrom around narcissism, these taken- for-granted verities were cast anew. Christopher Lasch argued that America’s culture of mass consumption was rendering its once- independent citizenry as dependent as the infant at the breast and he, like many other critics, lamented the passing of the sovereign self of a sturdier time. To Lasch, an ascendant therapeutic sensibility was eroding self-reliance, rendering parents dependent on the help- ing professions and prompting their children, subjected to “enlight- ened childrearing,” to embrace “dependence as a way of life.” Ram- pant narcissism was the result. Heinz Kohut provocatively argued the contrary case. It was not enlightened but emotionally distant par- ents, unresponsive to their children’s needs for affection and unable to nourish their vitality, who spawned narcissists. Children needed 114 Dimensions of Narcissism adults who could respond with delight, not condemnation, to their grandiosity and fantasies of omnipotence. The inde pendence champi- oned by social critics and orthodox analysts alike was a fi ction, Kohut argued. “There is no such thing.” From his vantage, a well-oiled inter- nal support system lay behind what passed for inde pendence. “You need other people to become yourself,” he said, and it was nonsense “to try and give up symbiosis and become an inde pen dent self.”1 Psychoanalysis at its inception had valorized inde pen dence, self-suffi ciency, and freedom from needs, the same values Lasch was promoting in the 1970s. In the same de cade, Kohut was pulling to- gether the threads of an alternative analytic perspective in which in de pen dence was not an unqualifi ed good but, rather, a sometimes- fantasized state symptomatic of a narcissistic refusal of a realistic and healthy de pen dency. Otto Kernberg, while acknowledging the pleasures associated with in de pendence, like Kohut, would interpret intolerance for depen dency as symptomatic of narcissistic pathology. To depend on anyone was anathema to the narcissist, who claimed to need nothing and no one. Kohut, Kernberg, and their like- minded pre de cessors transformed depen dency, like self-love, from a trou- bling characterological fl aw to a necessary dimension of the healthy person’s functioning. Critics for the most part overlooked the ana- lytic revaluation of in de pendence, drawn as they were to the Freud- ian vision of the exemplary self as autonomous and sovereign, a self without needs. In “On Narcissism,” Freud portrayed the infant as omnipotent in its majestic inde pendence, its narcissism expressed in its autoerotic love of self. Analysts would later see individuals’ development blighted by envy of this infantile state of needing nothing, of perfec- tion and control. Construing infancy as a state of sovereignty, they consistently blurred lines between fantasy (the infant as inde pendent) and social relations (the infant as perforce dependent) in writing about it. The analytic fantasy of needing nothing is encapsulated in the concept of “primary narcissism,” a concept introduced by Freud in 1914 meant to describe the infant’s original condition of alone- ness and love of self. The concept was contested from the start, seen In de pendence 115 by some as an impossible state and by others as an achievable ideal. Whatever its eventual analytic fate, Freud’s primary narcissism can be seen as a state of unconstrained autonomy and omnipotent sov- ereignty that he continually attempted to inhabit, even as he relied upon his many male intimates for ongoing and constant support and mirroring—to say nothing of the female fi gures in his domestic life. Once again, the nature of Freud’s personal relationships set nar- cissism’s course from the start. Lasch and his fellow social critics adopted this Freudian fantasy of the self without needs to condemn what they argued was a ubiq- uitous, feminized depen den cy threatening the body politic. The crit- ics’ indictment gained force as they joined it to a critique of con- sumer society structured around a profound distrust of desire and fantasy, wants and needs. Yet even as Lasch turned to contemporary analytic theory to bolster his claims for the rise of a “new narcis- sism,” he altogether missed that the dominant strand of it repre- sented a repudiation of the values he himself held dear.

Hallucinatory In de pen dence Freud fi rst used the termprimary narcissism in reference to a hy- pothesized early developmental state of aloneness and self-sovereignty that he argued preceded the infant’s connectedness to anyone other than itself. Babies, he held, were blissfully oblivious to reality, capa- ble of attaining satisfaction merely by hallucinating its achievement, just as one might experience pleasur able feelings in dreams. The Freud- ian infant was fundamentally invested in loving itself, autoerotic in its taking of itself and no one else as a love object. It felt itself to be omnipotent, overestimating the effi cacy of its thoughts and imagin- ing its needs might be met by so much “screaming and beating about with its arms and legs.” It was nothing short of sovereign: “His Maj- esty the Baby,” in the estimation of its besotted parents “the centre and core of creation.”2 The infant’s autarkic sovereignty was, of course, a fantasy. As any mother then or now can tell you, no one is more needy and 116 Dimensions of Narcissism dependent than an infant. Writing in 1911, shortly after the appear- ance of Leonardo da Vinci and a Memory of His Childhood, Freud conceded as much, qualifying his description of the infant’s enviable capacity to meet its own needs by adding the words “provided one includes with it the care it receives from its mother.” The mother and her ministrations quickly dropped from Freud’s view, however, and the infant of his telling emerged as increasingly sovereign— and fi c- tional. Not for another twenty years, in his essay “Female Sexual- ity,” would he theorize, let alone mention, the child’s dependence on its mother. It is worth noting that in Civilization and Its Discon- tents, published in 1930, Freud wrote that he could not “think of any need in childhood as strong as the need for a father’s protection,” a remarkable statement that was consistent with his view of the mother as a hallucinatory presence in the infant’s life.3 Sándor Ferenczi, by contrast, hypothesized that it was only the fetus that was “without wants,” bringing the mother into the infant’s ambit as a real, not hallucinatory, presence. In the womb, he wrote, when all care fell to the mother, when the human lived “as a parasite of the mother’s body,” the fetus had everything it could want. Be- yond the womb, Ferenczi consistently saw a hovering maternal pres- ence, whether of mother or nurse, that enabled the infant’s sense of omnipotence, its feeling that it had all it could want and that there was “nothing left to wish for.” As portrayed by Ferenczi, this mater- nal presence was a master illusionist, instinctively intuiting the in- fant’s wishes for return to the state of complete satisfaction it had enjoyed in utero and fulfi lling them by her swaddling, rhythmical rocking, and monotonous lullabies. That the infant had no knowl- edge of or interest in “the nurse’s existence and activity” only under- scored how perfectly calibrated her attentions were. The infant was irreducibly solipsistic in its expectation that the mother’s interests would always be the same as its own, an expectation that Ferenczi’s fellow Hungarian Alice Balint would later analyze in “On Love for the Mother and Mother-Love,” a brilliant but little noted paper. “For all of us it remains self- evident that the interests of mother and child are identical,” she wrote, adding that “the generally acknowl- edged measure of the goodness or badness of the mother is how far In de pendence 117 she really feels this identity of interests.” Notably, Balint argued that motherhood offered its own intense gratifi cations. In her hands, the relation between mother and child was characterized by a Ferenc- zian mutuality and interdependence.4 Freud acknowledged in “On Narcissism” that the child’s primary narcissism was not in fact directly observable and could only be in- ferred. He envisioned its existence in observations of the moving but childish quality of parental love, which in its overvaluation of the child’s gifts and capabilities, he argued, was but a “revival and repro- duction” of the parents’ own abandoned childhood narcissism. And he hypothesized that the megalomania of adult schizophrenics, prim- itive peoples, and children alike was not a “new creation” but a magnifi cation of a previously existing infantile condition. This meg- alomania, consisting in “an over-estimation of the power of their wishes” and a grandiose belief in the omnipotence of their thoughts, was kept under control in normal adults. Freud had already pro- posed that love of self and love of others were inversely related, arguing that as one was enhanced, the other was depleted and that the homosexual’s overweening self- love ruled out object- love. Now, in 1914, Freud was arguing that it was not only homosexuals who narcissistically sought “themselves as a love object” but, rather, every- one. “We say that a human being has originally two sexual objects,” Freud explained, “himself and the woman who nurses him.”5 Freud was now convinced that the ego was from the start self- loving, in- vested in itself and not in others, without wants and without desires, a proposition that his colleagues—then and for many years afterward— found utterly bewildering. How could the self love the self? Who or what was doing the loving in this construal? The concept of primary narcissism has proven particularly prob- lematic in the history of psychoanalysis. Critics have cast it as, at best, inconsistently used, complex, and highly theoretical and, more devastatingly, as purely hypothetical, even tautological, an unneces- sary concept descriptive of “no recognizable state.” Analysts focused on the mother, especially those analysts based in Britain and in , were among the fi rst to register objections to the concept, focusing on its occlusion of the maternal role. Arguing that the 118 Dimensions of Narcissism narcissism that was ascribed to the infant “has no real existence,” Ian Suttie charged that primary narcissism was rather a faulty way of representing the infant’s characteristic solipsism that was derived in part from Freud’s own fantasies and resentments. Other revi- sionists, especially those associated with the émigré analyst Melanie Klein, who had arrived in London from Budapest in 1926, wrote along similar lines that primary narcissism simply “did not exist.” Alice Balint’s husband, , an analysand of Ferenczi’s and, like his wife, an enthusiastic follower of the brilliant Hungar- ian, offered perhaps the most extended critique of the concept, start- ing by pointing out that while the theory behind it was neat and tidy, neither Freud nor his followers had been able to observe or adequately describe it. Balint maintained that infants were born relating intensely to their environments and that the responsive care of mothers exclusively devoted to them was a constitutive part of these environments. Assuming this care was delivered with a sensi- tivity to infantile need, that babies were, for example, not subjected to rigidly enforced nursing routines, it was as fundamental and as unnoticed and as unworthy of comment as the air that they breathed. All narcissism in Balint’s view was secondary, following from a dis- turbance of this early symbiotic state.6 In delineating primary narcissism, Freud cast the infant as not only inde pen dent but also omnipotent. He saw infants as fl ush with awareness of their own power, possessing the capacity to feel them- selves sovereign even over their parents, who, while beholden to the child’s every need, in fact occupied the position of dominance in the nursery. So strong was the siren call of this blissful state of imagined omnipotence that it could tempt even the most realistic of adults with its promise of the unbounded pleasures of self- suffi ciency and control. Freud situated the infant—His Majesty—in a fi eld of power relations vis-à-vis the mothers who nurtured them and the fathers who would soon enough demand their submission, employing the freighted language of kingship to capture their fantastic sovereignty. “Both infant and sovereign somehow exist beyond the limits imposed on adults by ‘reality,’ ” notes one theorist of monarchical power, sug- gesting that the monarch, like the infant, perforce inhabits “two In de pendence 119 worlds simultaneously, one soberly realistic and the other utterly fantastic.” The paternal idiom of kingship leaves no room for mater- nal authority and nurturance in po liti cal theory and Freudian theory alike.7 Freud’s majestic baby is in this sense not a rhetorical fl ourish but an emblematic fi gure that transforms actual, feminized infantile de pen den cy into a fantasized male omnipotence.

Freud’s Heroic Dependencies The social relations of motherhood and of paid servitude that sus- tained the Freudian infant’s pleas urable yet illusory autarky were absent from Freud’s work and fi eld of vision. While Ferenczi regis- tered and later Michael Balint theorized a morally neutral interde- pendence, Freud saw in this most helpless of states a wholly implau- sible in de pen dence that tells us as much about his own inner currents as it does about infant psychology. Freud repeatedly made clear his personal disdain for dependence. As Ernest Jones tells us, in de pen- dence was Freud’s life blood, in his own words “a lordly feeling.” Dependence, in contrast, was anathema, and to rely on others for help or support was in Freud’s construal to risk feminization. For example, writing to Carl Jung in the aftermath of the Palermo affair described in Chapter 4, Freud characterized Ferenczi as infantile and objected to his passive, receptive nature, to his “letting everything be done for him like a woman,” adding, “and I really haven’t got enough homosexuality in me to accept him as one.”8 This idea of woman as one who lets everything be done for her is especially piquant coming from a man who depended on the care and support of a bevy of women, among them his wife, his daughter Anna, and his sister- in- law Minna Bernays, as well as of a full house hold staff. Freud insisted, according to Jones, “on doing every- thing for himself,” but it was in part this supportive network of female caretakers who made his remarkable productivity possible. “Anybody who had the privilege of knowing Freud’s house hold was impressed by the loving care which made possible a tranquil life for this indefatigable intellectual laborer,” noted fellow analyst Fritz Wittels. Another, “dazzled by the beauty” of the Freud’s family life, 120 Dimensions of Narcissism credited the house hold’s harmony to his wife Martha’s gentle na- ture. Yet another, gesturing to the division of labor that worked to Freud’s advantage, lightheartedly observed that if he “had a wife like Martha he too would have written all those books.” Intelligent young men, Freud wrote from the wisdom of middle age, knew to choose a wife not for physical beauty but for cheerfulness and “the talent to make their life easier and more beautiful.” Martha Freud was abundantly endowed with that talent, completely devoted to her husband’s welfare. After his death, she would claim that in fi fty- three years of marriage the two had never exchanged an angry word and that she had done all she could “to remove from his path the misery of everyday life.”9 Managing the large house hold with me- thodical and unobtrusive effi ciency, she allowed Freud what was even by the conventions of bourgeois house holds of the time an ex- traordinary measure of freedom from domestic concerns. The care of the six children, the preparations and presen ta tion of meals, the management of the staff— all this fell to Martha. Much has been written of Martha Freud’s devoted domesticity. Her evident contentment in fulfi lling her husband’s expectation that women fashion themselves as, in Jones’s words, “ministering angels to the needs and comforts of men” has occasioned discomfort among some feminists who would prefer to discern some nobler calling or spark of rebelliousness in this exemplar—in psychoanalytic terms— of normal femininity. Indeed, the management of the house hold that Sigmund’s fellow analysts and idealizing biographers have portrayed lyrically, stressing the couple’s complementarities, takes on a darker cast in the hands of Katya Behling, a recent feminist chronicler of Mar- tha’s life. All observers are in agreement that order and punctuality— regimentation, in Behling’s characterization— were seen as special virtues in the house hold, and that the professor lived by the clock. Rising every morning at seven to dress himself in clothes Martha had laid out for him, Sigmund was “said to have been given a help- ing hand in getting washed and dressed,” Behling writes, adding that “rumor had it she would even put the toothpaste on his brush for him.” Following a quick breakfast and a glance at the day’s news, he was off to his study where, from eight o’clock until one, he saw pa- In de pendence 121 tients for sessions, each lasting fi fty- fi ve minutes. Every spare mo- ment between analyses he devoted to catching up on his voluminous correspondence. Lunch, the main meal of the day, was a precisely choreographed production during which Freud, in the company of his chatting wife and children, sat in a preoccupied silence that puzzled the occasional guest. After lunch, Freud took his near- daily constitutional through the neighborhood, stopping to visit publish- ers or to replenish his supply of cigars. Coffee was served by the house hold’s maids at four. More patients followed, often until nine at night. Finally, after relaxing a bit with his family at supper, he re- turned to solitary work in his study, writing letters and analytic pa- pers, until heading to bed at one or later. Through all this, Martha was quietly and effi ciently orga nizing, managing, coordinating, clean- ing, shopping, and entertaining, overseeing the house hold with what Behling sees as almost military rigor.10 The only unconventional aspect of the house was that it was, of course, the incubator for the new and sometimes scandalous science of psychoanalysis, from which Martha, by one account considering it “a form of pornography,” distanced herself. The production and transmission of psychoanalytic knowledge was an immensely labor- intensive undertaking. As was typical in such home- centered enter- prises, family members were pressed into service. There were manu- scripts to be written out and copied by hand. When Freud wanted to send a colleague a snippet from a published paper, someone had to laboriously transcribe the text. Packets containing unpublished man- uscript materials had to be entrusted to the post and might be lost. Possessed of what Jones termed a feminine ineptitude for making travel arrangements, Freud relied on his son Oliver to read train timetables and to book cabins with steamship companies for his frequent travels. His daughters—“now my secretary,” he remarked of Sophie in 1910, when she was fi fteen years old— helped distribute analytic publications to colleagues across Eu rope and, when he was in his seventies and not up to the physical demands of writing, Anna, “the mistress of the typewriter,” stepped in. At the center of this hive of productive activity was Freud’s sister-in- law Minna Bernays, Mar- tha’s younger sister, who moved into the Freud house hold in 1896, 122 Dimensions of Narcissism ten years after the death of her fi ancé. Bernays oversaw much of the logistics of Freud’s professional life, from mailing packages to cor- responding with hotels about lodgings for participants in analytic gatherings. “I can’t take care of anything myself,” Freud once wrote to Ferenczi when Bernays was away and unable to help— thus as- suming the feminine position that he would fi nd so distasteful in his epistolary intimate.11 Freud took for granted the dependence on women’s labors that made his immersion in productive work and enjoyment of a world of homosocial pleasures possible. Dependence on men, however, unsettled him. Jones, who could no more tolerate Freud’s dependen- cies than the master himself could, discussed the issue at length in his biography. It comes up fi rst in his account of Freud’s “passionate friendship” with Wilhelm Fliess, which traces an arc from dicey de- pendence to heroic freedom, culminating in Freud’s manful over- coming of his needs for companionship and embarking alone on the self- analysis that would prove to be the foundational moment for his new science of psychoanalysis. At the end of this chapter of his life, by Jones’s telling, Freud stands alone, his need for personal de- pendence forever vanquished.12 Jones attempted to downplay Freud’s manifest thralldom to Fliess by declaring it a sign not of inner weakness but of “a terrifying strength,” assuring the reader it was “the complete opposite of the more familiar type of dependence” of the weak on the strong before going on to disavow it altogether as the manifestation of a decade- long psychoneurosis. These assertions notwithstanding, Jones admit- ted that Freud more than Fliess had a “need of psychological depen- dence.” Jones’s account of the dynamics of the relationship, for all its insistence on the “gratifying mutual admiration” that sustained the two, insistently returned to the imbalance of need that he found so unsettling. In the end, even for Jones, there was no getting around the fact that “Freud’s need was great.”13 We can see the arc of Freud’s relationship with Fliess replicated in his relationship with Jung. The two analysts carried on an intense, tumultuous correspondence that opened in 1906 with warmth and self- revelation before descending into disillusionment, hostility, In de pendence 123 rage, and a mutually expressed, lifelong bitterness toward each other. Jones, who in writing his biography of Freud had privileged access to the more than three hundred unpublished letters that passed be- tween the two, has given us an ascetic Freud who was less deeply invested in the relationship than was Jung; according to Jones, Freud was fond of Jung but not “emotionally involved in a personal sense.” The publication of the uncensored correspondence, in 1974, pro- vided overwhelming evidence to the contrary, with several analysts commenting on the love that bound the two men. Freud’s need for the man he had quickly designated his successor—“I now realize that I am as replaceable as everyone else and that I could hope for no one better than yourself . . . to continue and complete my work”—or, as he put it, “crown prince,” is palpable in his anxious hounding of Jung when he did not immediately reply to letters. Sixteen months into their relationship, Freud admitted to Jung that his own “personality was impoverished” absent communications from him. The motif of Jung’s negligence in meeting Freud’s insistent demands runs through the correspondence to its acrimonious end.14 Even more striking a measure of Freud’s need for his colleague are the fantasies of merger, of complete identity of interest and oneness that he entertained from the start of the relationship. Freud at fi rst expressed a wish that no misunderstandings would arise between them but soon enough became controlling, demanding total submission from Jung— a demand Jung attempted for many years to meet. Thus, two years into their correspondence, Freud wrote to Jung that he was “quite certain that after having moved a few steps away from me you will fi nd your way back. . . . I am sat- isfi ed to feel at one with you and no longer fear that we may be torn apart.” As their differences become more apparent, Freud’s demands for and assertions of unity escalated. “Nothing can befall our cause as long as the understanding between you and me re- mains unclouded,” Freud wrote in 1910, the cause referred to here being psychoanalysis— this in the midst of the jealousies, dissen- sions, and apostasies chronicled in their correspondence and upon the conclusion of the disastrous Italian journey he had taken with Ferenczi. Two years later, by which time the fact that Freud and 124 Dimensions of Narcissism

Jung’s relationship was unraveling was public knowledge in the analytic community, Freud was still offering merger as the only way to save it, as well as, by extension, psychoanalysis. “Otherwise we agree about everything,” Freud wrote, when it was clear they agreed on little, expressing his hopes for “a reciprocal intimate friend- ship.” When the break fi nally did come, in 1914, Ferenczi wrote to Freud offering to sustain him in the “face of the loss” that “getting rid of Jung has meant.” Freud’s irritated, devaluing response was that Ferenczi overestimated “Jung’s signifi cance for my emotional life in much the same way he did.” Writing that “I also don’t work easily together with you in par ticu lar,” Freud added gratuitously, “you often put a strain on me.” One week later, as Ferenczi put it, Freud was fi nally “alone, at last.”15 In theory as in life, Freud pathologized de pen den cy and needs, consigning both to the feminine and homosexual. He thought of himself as without wants and needs, consistently positioning him- self, as he put it to Ferenczi in the midst of his travails with Jung, as “emotionally quite uninvolved and intellectually above it all.” Freud’s consignment of de pen den cy to the realm of the feminine was written into and lore, ensuring that he and his ana- lytic colleagues had a hand in imbuing the term with the morally freighted psychological dimension it still carries today. Since the six- teenth century, depen den cy has denoted a condition of subjection or subordination. Nancy Fraser and Linda Gordon tell us that the term was then used in reference to a subordinate’s reliance on another for subsistence or support—for example, a laborer’s reliance on a land- owner, or a wife’s on her husband. This kind of subordination was normal and routine, and for the most part morally neutral. In the course of the eigh teenth and nineteenth centuries, however, as work- ing men claimed politi cal rights for themselves and as po liti cal movements deemed de pen den cy antithetical to in de pen dent citizen- ship, the term was increasingly stigmatized. It took on a feminine cast as gendered forms of subordination considered normative for women but degrading for men became increasingly visible. Chief among these forms was that of the house wife, a fi gure whose pur- ported withdrawal from productive endeavor invited the charge of In de pendence 125 parasitism that shadowed her past the midpoint of the twentieth- century period and whose reliance on her husband’s “family wage” obscured his own economic dependence on his employer. As her de pen den cy was highlighted, his was occluded. By the end of the nineteenth century, depen den cy’s compass had shifted to refer less to an individual’s social, economic, or politi cal status than to his or her characterological disposition. It took on a psychological dimension, referring to an “excessive emotional neediness” and to a childish refusal of in de pen dence.16 Enter Freud and his colleagues, many of whom from the start linked de pen den cy with women and children, refl exively qualifying the term with “infantile” or “childish” when using it in reference to adults. When it was a man’s de pen den cy that was at issue, it was deemed girlish, morbid, or even paralyzing. The boy’s task, as Freud saw it, was to renounce infantile pleasures and join the company of men. Within the world of the analyst’s Oedipus, the boy is not de- pendent on the mother; rather, he desires her. “To be really progres- sive, free and inde pen dent, an individual must shake off his infantile attachment to, and dependence on, the parents— whether as real in- dividuals, as memories of these individuals, or as incorporations of these individuals within the self,” one analyst wrote in 1927, para- phrasing the Freudian perspective. The girl’s task, by contrast, was to accede to her biologically determined inferiority, manifest in her lack of a penis. The sovereign separateness that was the boy’s aim was an option closed to her, who in transforming her stymied wish for a penis into a wish for a child took her father in the place of the disappointing— because penisless— mother as her love object. That is, while the boy emerged from the oedipal moment without attach- ments, the girl emerged dependent on a man—her father. Freud and his colleagues proposed that woman’s dependence on man was not a social fact but, variously, biological, physiological, or natural. Jones, for example, claimed that women, for “obvious physiological rea- sons,” depended more on their partners of the opposite sex for sex- ual gratifi cation than did men. In the social sphere, it was far more common to see traits associated with in de pen dence such as “enter- prise, responsibility, initiative, and self- reliance” in men than in 126 Dimensions of Narcissism women, tethered as they were to their parents. Analysts would later develop the concepts of “morbid de pen den cy” and “extreme depen- den cy” to account for a woman’s anxiety-fueled clinging to a domi- neering man in whom she seeks the strength she does not herself have or a person’s overreliance on another to the extent of not rec- ognizing him as having a separate existence.17 But on the question of what “normal de pen den cy” might mean they were for the most part silent. In the genealogy of de pen den cy, then, early psychoanalysts gave gendered social relations the stamp of professional approval by natu- ralizing women’s dependence on men. On this issue as on many others, there were strong but marginalized dissenting voices within the discipline. Suttie, a blistering critic of Freud and classical analysis, argued in his 1935 book The Origins of Love and Hate that “psychic de pen den cy of one sort or another is a feature of everyone’s charac- ter.” As early as 1923, Suttie was attempting to challenge the primacy of the drives in Freudian theory, proposing as an alternative that the infant was object seeking— and thus not independent— from birth, but Jones, after “anxious consideration,” declined to publish his work in the fi eld’s fl agship journal, the International Journal of Psycho- Analysis, which he edited. Thus rebuffed, Suttie went on to publish in psychiatric, not psychoanalytic, journals, and he and his revolu- tionary perspective—which has only recently been given its due as pioneering and remarkably prescient— were effectively banished from psychoanalytic view until the 1970s and later. And, in the 1940s, W. R. D. Fairbairn, working in relative professional isolation in Edinburgh, would theorize a mature depen den cy that was nor- mal, neither shameful nor feminized.18 Through the 1950s, however, the analysts in the mainstream of their profession who wrote about de pen den cy underscored its feminine cast.

Self- Suffi ciency Depen den cy fi gured centrally in Lasch’s indictment of 1970s American culture. Freud and his colleagues located the origins of depen den cy in the earliest stages of human development. Lasch, In de pendence 127 in contrast, located its origins in consumer culture, arguing that narcissistic depen den cy was rooted in materialism. His argument was clear, if a bit disingenuous when it came to his fellow social commentators: moderns were narcissistic in their weakness and de- pen den cy, which was evident in their inability to see to their needs, not, as simple- minded critics would have it, in their hedonistic, self- seeking egoism— on this score critiquing his colleagues for voicing what was a major strain in his own work. Lasch adroitly managed to transmit to readers something of the Freudian horror of de pen den cy in a wholly accessible form. It was those portions of his books writ- ten in the vernacular—not in the idiom of psychoanalysis— and in- formed by a critical tradition that celebrated in de pendence and warned of its demise that accounted for the appeal of his extended polemic on the virtues of self- suffi ciency.19 Lasch took particularly sharp aim at the culture of consumption, arguing that it bore responsibility for many of the defi ciencies of the contemporary American character. In his account, capitalists had once cared only for their workers’ capacity to produce and had been indifferent to what little private life they enjoyed after twelve to four- teen hours in the factory. The advent of mass production in the early years of the twentieth century prompted capitalists to recast their employees in the mold of consumer, a civilizing mission that involved instilling in them a taste for new and better things. No longer des- tined to lives “of drudgery and mere subsistence,” the masses began to indulge in the frivolous pleasure—formerly restricted to members of the aristocracy—of discarding old possessions and buying new ones simply because they wanted to. Venerable habits of postponing gratifi cation gave way under the relentless pressure of propaganda that forcibly instilled new needs and appetites in the hapless, foster- ing new forms of discontent, anxiety, and envy in the process. Promis- ing limitless satisfactions, consumer society sided with women against oppressive men, emancipating them from patriarchal authority and mandating that they “smoke and drink in public, move about freely, and assert their right to happiness instead of living for others.”20 In Lasch’s view, these were all sham forms of liberation. He saw no genuine autonomy for women in the freedom to consume and 128 Dimensions of Narcissism skipped over the potential signifi cance of a domestic balance of power so signifi cantly altered in women’s favor to which he had him- self drawn attention. The crux of his argument was that consumer society bred narcissism by undermining in depen dence, rendering individuals weak, dependent, and unable to meet their own needs despite appearances to the contrary. Consumers’ “complete depen- dence” on the market, on vast bureaucracies, and on technological systems beyond their immediate control nurtured feelings of help- lessness akin to those experienced by infants “completely dependent on the breast,” Lasch argued, adducing as examples individuals’ blind reliance on the electrical grid to provide power or on medical technology to improve health. Life as a modern consumer, which in Lasch’s hands consisted in a reenactment of the cycles of gratifi ca- tion and frustration experienced at the breast, was nasty if not short enough— an ever- increasing population of confused and dependent el der ly in need of care and support constituting “an undesirable side- effect” of faith in the material and technological progress that undermined the autonomy of worker and consumer alike.21 Lasch often strained against his own arguments in attempting to shoehorn consumption-besotted women into a position of de pen- den cy. He maintained that the purveyors of the ethic of mass con- sumption decisively if unwittingly encouraged women’s liberation from male control and oppression, nurturing in them an appetite for personal fulfi llment and self- expression that, we might suppose, would not be so easily sated by the material goods newly on offer. But to him women’s newfound in de pen dence of the claims of family and tradition served only to feed consumerism. The contributions of new technologies to women’s independence—the sexual freedom abetted by reliable birth control or, more prosaically, the physical freedom enabled by the development of labor- saving house hold appliances— were to Lasch problematic. He objected to birth con- trol on the grounds it stripped sex, “especially for women,” of what he primly called “important ‘consequences.’ ” And he tried to transform the washing machine and dryer into oppressors of women, allow- ing that while these house hold appliances reduced the house keeper’s drudgery, they also ensured her dependence, explaining that a failure In de pendence 129 of the power grid would bring “housekeeping to a halt.” Some feminists have seen women victimized in their pursuit of the im- possible standards— of personal beauty, of domestic cleanliness— that the world holds up as normative, while others have seen in that same pursuit a freedom to fl out those norms and create them anew.22 Lasch wanted it both ways— women in his estimation were victim- ized by their liberation. Lasch’s tendentious take on consumption had roots in a critical perspective that, since at least the advent of commercial society in the West in the eighteenth century, divided economic activity be- tween a highly valued and well- disciplined sphere of productive ac- tivity and a devalued, suspect, and impossible-to- control sphere of consumption associated with women— inconstant and fi ckle, sen- sual and frivolous. Defi ned by Adam Smith in his 1776 treatise The Wealth of Nations as the natural and self-evident complement to production, its “sole end and purpose,” consumption would be largely neglected in economic thought, refl exively located in the home, until the development of theories of marginal utility in the 1870s. Classical politi cal economists, worrying the question of what endowed things with exchange- value, looked exclusively at men’s labors—which were becoming more visible as work moved from home to factory—in their calculations of the contribution of wages to the cost of goods, overlooking women’s domestic endeavors. Women’s contributions to the maintenance and reproduction of the workforce were also ignored. The home was reframed as a nonproductive pri- vate sphere of particularized consumption, in contrast to the mar- ket with its universalizing tendencies, and the house wife was ren- dered a superfl uous economic actor, a parasite on men who no longer had anything to do as the birthrate fell and as the market supplied the food, clothing, and other goods she had once produced at home.23 Parasitism, a strong charge summoning up graphic images of a leeching, exploitative de penden cy, surfaced repeatedly in both so- ber social scientifi c and pop u lar accounts of the house wife’s dimin- ished duties in the fi rst half of the twentieth century. The Norwegian- American social critic Thorstein Veblen, who coined the term 130 Dimensions of Narcissism

“conspicuous consumption,” suggested that this womanly parasitism was no mere unintended side effect of economic progress but a man- date, honored among the poor as well as the rich, that testifi ed to the standing and reputability of the master of the house hold: a wife’s idleness vouched for her husband’s success. In his The Theory of the Leisure Class, a witty send-up of the extravagances of the newly rich and those further down the pecuniary scale who would imitate them, the middle-class wife performs leisure for her husband’s vicarious enjoyment while paradoxically serving as the “chief menial in the house.” Veblen’s version of the production- to-consumption nar- rative turned on woman, with the wife who had once produced goods for her husband’s consumption now ceremonially consuming the goods he produced.24 Many commentators subsequent to Veblen transformed the wifely acts of consumption that he ironically characterized as performative into alarming social fact. They overlooked altogether the dialectic between servitude and leisure that Veblen argued was constitutive of the archaic institution of the wife, giving us instead a home alto- gether drained of productive activities. As a Professor U. G. Weatherly wrote in 1909, the eclipse of home production—“poultry- raising, gardening, weaving, soap-making”—by the modern money economy opened the possibility to women, who were no longer econom ically useful, of “frankly accepting the position of a parasite” in becoming wholly dependent on their husbands. Five years later, another social scientist reported that industrial progress had yielded “a relatively large leisure class of parasitic women” who, with nothing to do, per- sonifi ed economic dependency—a development he and Weatherly both decried. Meanwhile, feminist writers of the period also ex- ploited the specter of womanhood reduced “from partners to para- sites,” in their case to argue for women’s access to the world beyond the home. They warned that idleness bred complacency and restless- ness and questioned the normality of lives so wasted.25 A few feminist writers tried to counter the developing social- scientifi c consensus that theirs was a parasitical sex. One in par tic u- lar, Amey E. Watson, an expert on the economics of the home and professor of social work, argued in a 1932 article that the fact that In de pendence 131 so much house hold labor was performed without remuneration— “done for love”— had misled both economists and the laity into grossly undervaluing its economic worth. Making a pitch for a broad- ened conception of the home’s productive functions, she invoked her fellow home economists’ argument that “any activity that develops a utility or satisfaction” is productive, including those commonly classed under the rubric of consumption. She provided the reader with a daunting list of essentials to the operation of the house hold, ranging from the most basic tasks of food preparation and cleaning to the higher level managerial tasks related to the “psychological, emotional, and educational care” of members of the family. The home, as Watson portrayed it, was a productive unit worthy of econ- omists’ respect, a business partnership under the joint control of its husband-and- wife board of directors. But hers was a losing battle in the court of public opinion. Within the discipline of home eco- nomics, an enhanced conception of the house wife’s activities may have prevailed, but beyond it the house hold was cast as a site of wasteful consumption, a sinkhole of bottomless, unmet need superin- tended by the idle house wife. Families “buy everything— food, laun- dry, entertainment— and produce nothing,” according to an article in Life magazine in 1948. Along similar lines, a sociologist writing in 1943, barely two paragraphs after describing “the drudgery of house cleaning, diapers, and the preparation of meals,” blithely asserted that the middle-class mother “has little to do, in or out of the home.” And, in their popu lar 1947 misogynistic screed Modern Woman: The Lost Sex, Ferdinand Lundberg and Marynia F. Farn- ham advanced a version of the same argument, portraying the pre- modern home as a hub of activity, in contrast to the idle modern household. In suggesting that before the industrial revolution “women had a large and satisfying world of free activity available to them”— spinning and weaving, sewing and baking, canning and laundry— and that after it the home was an empty and eco nom ically superfl uous shell, they turned women’s preindustrial house hold labors into satis- fying avocations while at the same time proving themselves as obliv- ious as any other writers on the subject of the physical toll house work even in the most modern of houses exacted.26 132 Dimensions of Narcissism

Lasch critiqued consumer society from the perspective of the self- suffi cient subject with few needs and no superfl uous wants. He ar- gued that people would still be able “to provide for their own needs” as they had once done had they not, since the 1920s, been subjected to reeducation at the hands of advertisers intent on discouraging home production to stimulate consumer demand. Invoking handi- craft production as an ideal, without, however, specifying what goods he envisioned individuals actually crafting, he maintained that Americans—surrounded by objects they had not themselves made—were “weak and dependent” where they had once been mas- terful and inde pendent. In Haven in a Heartless World, published in 1977, Lasch called for the restoration of paternal sovereignty in the household, sovereignty that he thought had been too readily yielded to the feminizing agents of the helping professions— social workers, educational reformers, temperance advocates—promising to liber- ate women from the oppressions of the family.27 He began to round out his vision of familial autarky in The Culture of Narcissism, sup- plementing the politi cal and emotional dimensions outlined in Ha- ven in a Heartless World with a material dimension that was anach- ronistic and austere, even grandiose, in its scope. His vision would have families living on the farm and off the grid and men meeting in the town square while women cooked, cleaned, sewed, and— recall those “consequences”— reared children, all without recourse to tech- nology or the marketplace.

Phony In de pen dence Kohut’s combative claim, shortly before he died, that in de pen dence was a phony value was a frontal assault on one of the core princi- ples of Freudianism. In his view, classical analysis mistakenly took for granted that in de pendence was the goal of development, and that children naturally matured as they overcame their helplessness and dependencies. Kohut recognized throughout his writings individu- als’ strivings for in de pen dence, and he was attuned to the pleasures of experiencing oneself as an inde pendent self, assertive and “alive.”28 But he argued that Freud’s—and, by implication, Lasch’s—stress on In de pendence 133 in de pen dence was not analytically defensible. His critique centered on three points. First, Kohut insisted on distinguishing among the biological, so- cio log i cal, and psychological meanings of dependence and inde pen- dence, claiming that classical analysis misleadingly failed to do so. The infant’s helpless dependence was an undisputed biological fact, and so cio log ically it was beyond questioning that adults were de- pendent upon each other, for no one person had the skills to see to all of his or her needs. Psychology, however, properly referred to neither biology nor sociology but only to persons’ mental states, and psychoanalysts went astray in assuming that de pen den cy strivings in adults had the same quality as the child’s normal feelings. In conse- quence, he charged, analysts misguidedly cast behaviors seen in the adult analysand such as “fearful or stubborn clinging,” “holding on,” and “resis tance to letting go” of the analyst as manifestations of psychological infantilism. De pen den cy as used by analysts mislead- ingly came to refer both to the infant’s condition (a biological fact) and to the adult’s wishes to be dependent (a psychological state). Analysts who employed the concept of regression to explain what they considered infantile dependencies in adults knew little of actual infantile mental states— in infants, that is.29 Analysts might imagine adults with de pen den cy needs as but bigger- sized infants, but of the infant’s actual feelings they perforce knew nothing. Second, Kohut maintained that in healthy persons childish narcis- sism was not altogether abandoned as mature object-love was taken up, as mandated by the Freudian developmental model, but instead transformed. Early forms of it, such as grandiosity, were “remobilized and reintegrated” in the ser vice of ideals, self- esteem, creativity, and other useful attributes of a healthy personality. Narcissism followed its own line of development. To privilege inde pendence and autonomy over dependence, and to align the former with maturity and the latter with lack of the same, was to espouse a moral view in the language of science. Kohut sought to sever the connections Freud had established between in de pen dence and psychological health and maturity.30 Third, Kohut argued that what adults experienced as inde pen- dence was a feeling made possible by the lifelong presence of 134 Dimensions of Narcissism sustaining and reassuring internalized others or, in the language of self psychology, selfobjects. “An inde pen dent self is one that is clever enough to fi nd a good selfobject system,” Kohut explained. It was “nonsense” to aspire to Freudian in de pen dence, a condition of being free of all needs. Kohut conceptualized inde pen dence phenome- nologically, arguing that the term captured a state in which individ- uals felt themselves vibrantly alive, in turn with their innermost goals and ambitions. The capacity to experience pleas ur able feelings of in de pen dence as an adult was paradoxically premised on parents recognizing and gratifying their children’s depen den cy needs, not denying them in the name of a vaunted autonomy. In 1950, David Riesman had registered the strangeness of Freud’s view of the child, cast as loath to forgo “the blissful fetal state” for reality’s harsh de- mands, socialized only forcibly into adolescence and adulthood. Ko- hut likewise questioned this orthodox view of the child as unwilling to face reality and instead clinging “to the supposedly joyous state of self-overestimation,” reveling in its “omnipotence, omniscience, moral and esthetic perfection.” Inde pendence as Kohut saw it fl owed from the child’s natural, joyful strivings, provided they were mirrored and supported by attentive caregivers. Individuals did not follow a solitary path to maturity but were throughout their lives situated in sustaining matrices of relations. By the end of his career, Kohut un- derstood mature autonomy as the capacity to rely on others, to ac- cept one’s dependencies as a manifestation of human relatedness. Claiming one’s in de pen dence of the world of selfobjects was, in his view, a sign of severe psychopathology.31 Kohut, unlike many other revisionists, accepted that primary nar- cissism was a valid concept. But he did not see the point of debating its existence. He treated it not as an actual possibility or realizable state but as a heuristic, a “psychological abstraction,” useful for thinking about the quality of the self’s relationships to others. It was a clinical fact only by inference not observation, referring strictly to a prepsychological state inaccessible to even the most empathically inclined. “I will not bother you much with that concept,” he told fel- low psychotherapists at a seminar, “only mentioning that it has a certain usefulness.”32 Primary narcissism offered a conceptual space In de pendence 135 in which he would delineate the selfobject, an object experienced as part of the self, that fi gured so centrally in self psychology. And it offered therapists a conceptual tool for comprehending the other- wise inexplicably childish behavior of adults who must control ev- erything and who react with rage when thwarted. Therapists could use primary narcissism as an aid to envisioning such adults as in- fants who had not yet distinguished between themselves and the mothers who nurtured them.

“Pathological narcissists simply cannot depend upon others,” Otto Kernberg said in Newsweek in 1978, deeming this a “crucial charac- teristic.” To him, their intense denial of normal needs for depen dency is a strategy meant to protect an “infl ated self concept”—it is as if the narcissist asks, why risk rejection at the hands of another who may not see me for “the ideal person I imagine” myself to be? Pa- tients’ dependence on their analysts was problematic to Freud, but to Kohut, Kernberg, and their fellow revisionists it was the sine qua non of the analytic relationship. These analysts were in agreement that narcissists in the treatment setting deny their dependencies, their denial shielding them from their own intolerable feelings of rage and envy. Enclosed in their autarkic kingdoms, narcissists de- fend themselves against those who would tempt them out of their isolation. Their social and sexual relations may appear normal, but in fact they are unable to allow themselves to need anything or any- one because they experience such need as a humiliation. The great- est threat to the narcissist is the “object- loving” other who cannot resist the challenge of undermining the narcissist’s self- suffi ciency.33 Freud bequeathed to psychoanalysis what one analyst character- ized as “an inordinate fear” of patients’ de pen den cy needs. It may have been that his skittishness about his own dependencies shaped his construal of what many have agreed is the impossible- to- realize state of aloneness and sovereignty that he hypothesized was consti- tutive of primary narcissism. Commentary on Freud’s personality is threaded through the analytic corpus, whether it was Jones’s fervid defense of the master’s improbable in de pen dence or Suttie’s rather 136 Dimensions of Narcissism cruel ventriloquism of what he took to be Freud’s pessimistic phi- losophy, “I care for nobody and nobody cares for me.” That Freud fashioned himself fi ercely in de pendent while being unable to toler- ate the same in his followers has long been noted; the gist of Jung’s complaint that Freud kept his analytic colleagues “in a state of in- fantile de pen den cy” recurs regularly in the literature. “His Depen- dence on Men,” ’s provocatively titled chapter in his pop u lar book, ’s Mission, published in 1959, chal- lenged Freud’s self- portrayal, as well as the portrait sketched by the “idolizing” Jones. Fromm charged that Freud “was ashamed of, and hated” his dependencies on his male intimates. A reader of his volu- minous correspondence with these intimates cannot but be struck by how pressing is the issue of who can admit to needing what, and by the assiduousness with which Freud managed the closeness and intimacy of those relationships—aided, to be sure, by the fact they were epistolary, not face-to-face.34 Kohut recognized that analysts’ unexamined commitment to inde- pendence values was based not only on Freudian ideals but also on the centrality of these values to the western tradition. He objected to their distorting infl uence and “abiding primacy in the hierarchy of Man’s values.” Kohut was largely successful in his campaign to de- throne inde pendence as an unquestioned analytic ideal. Desperately committed to an illusory sovereignty and self- suffi ciency, narcissists were defi ned by Kohut and his colleagues not by their de pen dency but by their fi ercely held, fantasized inde pendence. Lasch thought of himself as a student of the new narcissism, but on the question of independence—as on others— he was more classically Freudian than he knew. He cast the narcissist as dependent and saw narcissism sus- tained by the dependent “way of life” that he argued was the new cultural ideal, and saw nothing of what analysts might have consid- ered narcissism in his own valorizations of self- suffi ciency.35 Freud’s primary narcissism corresponds to the fantasy of the free standing, sovereign male self of the social theorists, the self with- out needs and without attachment. Analysts working in the classical tradition pathologized de penden cy, gratifi cation, and satiation, contrasting them to the much vaunted in de pen dence, renunciation, In de pendence 137 and asceticism that were their own ideals. In favoring the latter over the former, mainstream analysts were arguing from the same posi- tion as were the social critics who eviscerated their contemporaries. Revisionist analysts situated the human person in a relationship of dependence from the start and, in contrast to their classical col- leagues, stressed the inevitability of dependence and the therapeutic value of gratifi cations. Advancing their critiques of the modal Ameri- can’s lack of in de pen dence, quest for instant gratifi cation, and im- mersion in the pleasures of the moment, social critics blamed psy- choanalysis for offering a vision of life without restraints. In doing so, they misread mainstream psychoanalysis, which held depen- den cy and gratifi cation in as much contempt as they themselves did, blaming it for loosening the restraints of tradition and undermining the social order. Six

VANITY

Vanity, long referring to a female taste for frivol- ity and desire for admiration, has been associated with narcissism from the start. What Freud’s colleague called “normal feminine vanity” entered the psychoanalytic conversation in 1911, making its debut linked to the narcissistically tinged love of one’s own body that Rank suggested was especially evident in women and feminized homosexuals. Maintaining that woman was more narcis- sistic than man, analysts in the next several de cades confi dently theo- rized womanly narcissism as compensatory and biologically deter- mined, derivative of the “castration” girls underwent at puberty. As one explained, a young woman’s physical beauty “makes up to her for the lost penis” she had once “virtually possessed.” Her masculine strivings renounced with the loss of the male organ, woman was fated to “prize the beauty of her fi gure and face” and was destined “to sexually and aesthestically excite the desire of men.”1 Female narcissism, whether expressive of beauty and charm or of lack and deformity, was in early analysts’ construals an acceptable if inescapable accommodation to woman’s subordination to man, an adaptive response to the cold facts of anatomical difference mobi- lized in the ser vice of heterosexual desirability. Freud, however, in his essay “On Narcissism” gives us a female narcissist—in his esti- mation “the purest and truest” type of woman— conceptualized in terms not of biological lack but of an enviable psychic plentitude. In contrast to his colleagues, Freud was focused primarily not on the Vanity 139 narcissist’s beauty, which he allowed was often considerable, but on her psychology, pointing to her self- possession as the source of her charm and attractiveness. Loving only herself, he argued, the narcis- sistic woman was not inclined to the “sexual overvaluation” of the other that he held constituted at once “an impoverishment of the ego” and “the origin of the peculiar state of being in love.” Rather, it was “only themselves that such women love with an intensity com- parable to that of the man’s love for them.” To love another fully, to be capable of complete object-love, was by Freud’s telling to give up something of oneself—object- love constituted a depletion, not an enhancement of the self and its resources. The self- contented and emotionally inaccessible narcissistic woman was critically important “for the erotic life of mankind,” Freud wrote. She had “the greatest fascination for men.”2 What so forcefully struck Freud about the female narcissist was her unwillingness to jeopardize her blissful self- suffi ciency, so remi- niscent to his mind of the child’s original state, in the name of love. The female narcissist’s refusal of attachment signaled a gender-specifi c defi ciency of development that Freud would eventually spell out in a theory or ga nized around women’s lack of the penis and envy thereof. For the moment, however, it was man who was lacking, and woman who in her enigmatic self- contentment sparked the other’s envy. Of the narcissistically self- suffi cient Freud wrote, “It is as if we envied them for maintaining a blissful state of mind.”3 Woman, to Freud in 1914, had what man wanted. The dictum that narcissism, and the self-admiration symptomatic of it, was more pronounced in women than in men— with the sig- nifi cant exception of homosexual men, who rarely came up in this discussion of the gender of narcissism— went largely uncontested in the theorizing of Freud and his colleagues, as did the purportedly greater female disposition to exhibitionistic display. To analysts, the narcissism of women was especially evident in the project of self- making around clothing, which in the early decades of the twentieth century sparked a wide-ranging discussion that was—notably—as much as much concerned with the pleasures as with the pathologies of narcissism. Participants in this conversation envisioned a female 140 Dimensions of Narcissism self reveling in sensuous experience of the world that was too often denied to men, or that men denied themselves. They saw clothing not as mere frippery but as a site for individuals to experience a range of distinct pleasures, at once material and emotional. Among these, in the words of one psychologist, was “the sense of power, of initiative, of individuality, and of making a thing one’s own.” Nar- cissism would soon enough be associated with “selfi sh ruthlessness, arrogance, vanity, and ingratitude,” but for the moment, in this con- versation, pleasure and narcissism were aligned, much as they were in Freud’s “On Narcissism.” The early-twentieth-century psychoan- alysts and psychologists who made the case for narcissistic enjoy- ments were challenging the negative moral valence that had histori- cally trailed vanity.4 Over the next several de cades, however, the distress occasioned by penis envy overshadowed the delights offered by vanity in ana- lytic discussions of women’s narcissism. Women’s anatomical lack, inferiority, and handicap were widely seen to account for women’s psychological makeup through the 1960s, within psychoanalysis and beyond. Then, challenged by feminists and some revisionist ana- lysts and subjected to public scrutiny, penis envy lost some of its explanatory power. With the debut of the new narcissism in the 1970s, linked to a critique of consumption, commentators increas- ingly associated vanity with material plentitude, not physical lack. That women’s defi ning anatomical disability is nowhere to be found in Christopher Lasch’s critique of vanity, and that he did not see it as a specifi cally female disposition, testifi es to how decisively the con- versation around it had changed. Rather, Lasch invoked an expan- sively conceived vanity as symptomatic of narcissism, seeing it, and the associated sins of “pride and acquisitiveness,” in moderns’—both male and female— craving for the empty pleasures of “riches, fame, and power.”5

Clothes Make the Woman Why was it, Freud asked his colleagues in 1909, that women slav- ishly bowed to fashion’s dictates and so often wore unfl attering Vanity 141 attire? “Clothes fetishists” all, they were incomprehensibly given to wearing the same things, as if obeying “a general command,” how- ever ill- fi tting and ill-suited their fashionable garments were. Taking his cue from the pioneering sexologist Richard Krafft- Ebing’s Psy- chopathia Sexualis, Freud explained that fetishism, a newly defi ned sexual abnormality, was rooted in emotional experience. The fetish- ist according to Freud derived sexual plea sure from specifi c, non- genital “parts of a woman’s body”— a foot, for example— or from feminine articles of attire. In men, clothes fetishism developed as a consequence of a repressed “drive to look” at women. The frustra- tion at the feminine clothing that inhibited the male gaze was, he hypothesized, turned to worship of that same clothing as a substi- tute for the disavowed, voyeur is tic wish to watch women undress. Suggesting his reasoning was commonsensical, that everyone knew “half of humanity” were clothes fetishists, Freud suggested a paral- lel explanation for women’s puzzling behavior, which he argued was seen in even the most intelligent among them. The key to women’s worship of clothing, Freud proclaimed, was to be found in the way it repressed their normal exhibitionism. Women wished to be seen naked. Clothing repressed that wish and was as a result “raised to a fetish.” In women, clothing was a substitute for “parts of the body,” the unnamed analogue in this just- so story of the missing phallus. If women all dressed alike, it was because they had made a secret pact to show only “what the others can show,” in so doing collectively reassuring men in the only way available that they were similarly equipped (or ill- equipped) under their unattractive but basically identical pieces of clothing. As Freud saw it, a woman’s thralldom to bad taste signaled to men “that one can fi nd in her everything that one can expect from women”— or not.6 However contorted and ambiguous, Freud’s logic brought the womanly taste for ornamentation and display on the one hand and passivity and castration on the other into strained relation. Freud’s fellow analysts quickly transformed this relation into a natural fact. That female vanity was among “the psychic consequences of the anatomical differences of the sexes” was an established truism by the mid- 1920s. A series of developmental claims, in which women 142 Dimensions of Narcissism

were envisioned as arrested at the narcissistic stage of self- love that men routinely transcended on the path to full object- love, bridged the theoretical distance between a feminine disposition to preening and the anatomical fact of castration. Her development stymied, “the authentic type ‘woman’ does not love the man,” Freud explained to his colleagues at a 1912 meeting of the Vienna Psychoanalytic Society, adding that she loves herself and her child exclusively but only “nar- cissistically, as part of her own self.” Woman loves solely on the con- dition of being admired by man, ventured the analyst at the meeting, assenting to Freud’s proposition. The visiting analyst Sabina Speilrein dissented from these assertions of female difference, reminding her assembled colleagues—all of them male—that the “man, too, loves at fi rst narcissistically.” Like men, she suggested, “masculine women desire merely sexual objects.” Weighing in on the vexed issue of what women want and how they love, another col- league argued that “woman actually wants any man who comes to meet her half way”7—giving voice to a sentiment with which legions of single heterosexual women before and since are familiar. Analysts agreed that castration dealt the developing girl’s narcis- sism a stark blow. “Made a woman by an experience that profoundly offended her self-love,” incapable in any case of object-love, woman had no choice but to make her entire body into a phallus—to invest her “fi gure and face” with the erotic energy that men narcissistically bestowed on their penises. Frustration at anatomy’s dictates was thus envisioned as formative to “femaleness,” with its normative genital- ization of the body and associated exhibitionism. So powerfully erotic was women’s self- admiration that analysts reported they could be sexually aroused by simply gazing at themselves in the mir- ror while combing their hair. Although the literature also featured men, most but not all of them homosexual, versed in the pleasures of self-admiration, such as those who engaged in the practice, appar- ently common among healthy college men, of masturbating in front of mirrors, the linkages among exhibitionism, castration, and womanly vanity quickly gained wide assent.8 Women’s narcissism— fi rst wounded and then enhanced by castration—explained their Vanity 143 vanity, which was grounds for their relegation in the male imaginary to decorative if alluring objects. As such, women were trapped in the “gilded cage” constructed by the analysts’ hermetic reasoning. According to analysts, women, by defi nition narcissistic and lacking, compensated by lavishing attention on their bodies, rendering themselves objects of display and enhanc- ing in turn— in a “vicious circle,” the London-based analyst J. C. Flü- gel observed—the narcissistic self-regard that was their psychic and bodily inheritance and that, moreover, set limits on their full partici- pation in civic life. As Flügel explained, laying out but not critiquing the vicious circle, the admiration women enjoyed impeded any capac- ity they might have had for love of the other, the lack of which was symptomatic of their original narcissism. Flügel plaintively added that men would be able to compete with womanly narcissism—that is, to distract women from their admiration of self—in the marketplace of affection, attraction, love, and sex only if they expended the effort to make themselves more sexually appealing. Men’s appearance, too often neglected, mattered to women’s estimation of them—a propo- sition exemplifi ed, according to Flügel, in women’s disappointment upon seeing “a man in civilian clothes after fi rst meeting him in uniform.”9 In his 1930 book, The Psychology of Clothes, Flügel highlighted the feminine indifference to male opinion that so vexed and fasci- nated Freud. Flügel maintained that female vanity and the follies of ruinous competition with other women, not a desire to please men, largely determined women’s choice of attire. Women’s interest in elic- iting the admiration of men was inversely related to “the excessive ‘modishness’ ” of modern- day fashion; that the admiration of men was so little in evidence accounted in part for fashion’s excesses.10 When it came to dress— and the sexual titillation and attraction it was intended to effect— women were narcissistically inde pen dent of male opinion, whether positive or negative. It was this inde pendence of the other that Freud highlighted in his 1914 portrait of the female narcissist. Freud’s woman coolly refused risking anything of herself in the name of love, which he characterized 144 Dimensions of Narcissism as a dicey, “peculiar state” marked by sexual overvaluation of the other and a corresponding impoverishment of the self. The narcis- sist’s charm and sexual appeal were to be found in this very refusal, in her “self- contentment and inaccessibility.” Largely indifferent to the other, like cats and “large beasts of prey,” or like “great criminals and humorists,” she and her narcissism elicited men’s yearnings and envy— for, as Freud explained, those who had renounced their own childhood narcissism, as had heterosexual men, were fated to seek manifestations of it in others. Woman envied man nothing, and, no- tably, her narcissism at this point in Freud’s thinking derived from social custom, not biological lack. It compensated “them for the so- cial restrictions that are imposed upon them in their choice of ob- ject.”11 Female narcissism in the Freud of 1914 resulted not from a lack of a penis but from a paucity of social option. Flügel was as envious of women’s narcissism as was Freud. But where Freud downplayed the aesthetic dimension of female narcis- sism in favor of the psychological and even the social, Flügel wor- ried the ways in which aesthetics and psychology were mutually reinforcing and openly admitted to jealousy of women’s greater sarto- rial freedom. Everyone expected and tolerated a degree of narcis- sism in women—whether in their dress or in their incapacity for object- love—that would be considered indicative of homosexuality in men. As he saw it, men had altogether ceded to women the psy- chological pleasures clothing afforded, chief among them narcissism and exhibitionism, collectively embracing a drably austere and as- cetic uniformity in their habits of dress. This move, which Flügel believed starkly shifted the balance of power between the sexes, oc- curred late in the eighteenth century. In what he characterized as a defeat for men and corresponding victory for women, the sartorial splendor that from the fall of Rome to the revolutionary moment characterized the costume of both sexes suddenly became solely the province of women, with men abjuring their rights to “brighter, gayer, more elaborate, and more varied forms of ornamentation.” In a “Great Masculine Renunciation,” men adopted a plebian simplic- ity and uniformity expressive of their new- found, democratically inspired fraternity, leaving the privileges and prerogatives of beauty, Vanity 145 splendor, and magnifi cence long associated with aristocratic court cultures entirely to the distaff side. Man, Flügel plaintively charged, “abandoned his claim to be considered beautiful.”12 In Flügel’s treatise we have, as in Freud’s portrait of the female narcissist, the generally accepted equation of envy—held by analysts to be a female disability—starkly reversed. Flügel’s envy of women’s socially sanctioned exhibitionism is everywhere evident and freely admitted to. He envies women the color, variety, and adaptability of their clothing, the sensuous materiality of their artifi cial silks and the exuberance of their fashions. He fi nds it galling that women’s clothing, compared with men’s, is at once more sensible— varying with the seasons, for example—and more expressive of eroticism, and in par tic ular productive of the autoerotic pleasures of “silk, velvet, fur, etc.” against the skin that men had foresworn in adopting a sober utilitarianism. And he envies women the freedom to fl aunt their nar- cissism, to embrace it enthusiastically while men suppress their own in the name of a common humanity. Flügel held that women’s disposi- tion to narcissism, whether natural or fostered by social custom, found reinforcement in their taste for fashion, but this was not neces- sarily a bad thing. In his hands, it might even represent triumph. Women’s “defi ant use of powder-puff and lipstick,” and their irritat- ing habit of applying both in public, might be symptomatic of a self- absorbed indifference to the opinion of others, but it was at the same time a “victorious gesture” symbolic of women’s conquering of “old habits of sexual repression and social subordination.”13 Flügel’s book offers a way into a lively conversation among psy- chologists, sociologists, anthropologists, and but a few psychoana- lysts about the pleasures—narcissistic and otherwise—and symbolic meanings of clothing, and the differing relationships of men and women to fashion and everyday attire. In this discussion, to which Flügel’s book serves as a capstone, the notion of a particularly fe- male enslavement to fashion as compensatory for biological lack is a minor thread. Notably, the one woman participant in the debate, the delightfully named Sylvia Bliss, saw adornment as compensatory for both genders, venturing that the impulse to decorate and adorn the body was rooted in the “fundamental feeling of incompleteness” 146 Dimensions of Narcissism and dissatisfaction with self that analysts and others saw as pecu- liarly female. Clothing, she wrote in 1916, resulted from man’s “at- tempt to remedy the defi ciency, to replace what he has lost.”14 But in this early conversation, more often than not the meanings of fashion were considered in a more capacious register. Some ob- servers saw clothing as critical to the survival of the species, with the “exquisite attire” of those young persons active in the sexual mar- ketplace cast as the equivalent of the animal kingdom’s “manes, beards, crests, tusks and antlers” that accompanied sexual maturity and reproductive readiness. Others, alternately, construed clothing as a battleground in a brewing “sex war” between men and women that saw, along lines later suggested by Flügel, newly emancipated woman disarming and even vanquishing man, having “comman- deered his weapons for herself.” Woman’s supremacy was both artistic and hygienic, testifi ed to by her adoption of fashions more graceful, varied, and comfortable than the constricting Victorian garments she had recently discarded even as men consigned themselves to the dullness that Flügel, among others, condemned. If men suffered from a “sexual apathy” at odds with the exhibitionistic possibilities of clothing, women had embraced them, trading “slothful effeminacy” for an ascendant “virile self- regard.” The distribution of gender power reversed, woman posed no longer “as the weak, dependent creature.”15 Woman’s sartorial emancipation mirrored and enabled her social emancipation. In this early-twentieth- century conversation, clothing— most daringly— was also seen as a site for the sort of self-exploration and self- expression that would elicit the condemnation of dour moral- ists. That clothing yielded narcissistic satisfactions was beyond dis- pute, but whereas the analysts focused on woman’s insatiable need for admiration would locate them in a nexus of heterosexual ex- change, other commentators, many of them psychologists, saw these satisfactions as in de pen dent of the other, located in the self. As one put it, it was not “mere vanity aroused by the admiration of others” that accounted for humankind’s habits of bodily adornment but, rather, the ways that clothing enhanced and refi ned the wearer’s self- feeling. Clothing was from this perspective a “source of pleasure,” Vanity 147 heightening and ennobling “vital feelings” and exciting inner sensa- tions, an “extension of personality” conditioned by “inner necessity.” It might produce “the distinctly pleas ur able tang” of power and ini- tiative, and it might sustain an illusory but experimentally verifi able sense of expansiveness, of the sentient self “beyond the limits” of the body. Along these lines, one psychologist advised his readers to think of various forms of high headgear and lofty coiffures as pleas- ur ably “lengthening the rod of self.” And as Bliss wrote, endorsing the masque as an arena for exploring fantasy and aspiration, “other selves within us must have their setting.”16 Most of the young women attending a Normal School in New York State surveyed in 1905 by the Clark University psychologist Louis W. Flaccus, as well as a majority of the Britons responding to a questionnaire Flügel distributed in 1928, in effect agreed with the notion that clothing was a legitimate form “of vanity and self- expression” that could enhance self-esteem and self-confi dence and produce pleas ur able bodily sensations. Tight clothing, while spurned by most, offered gratifi cations to its devotees, who felt themselves energized and, as one put it, “ready for all contingencies” when subjected to its mild discipline. Attractive dress “tends to make one happy and contented,” wrote one respondent; “I work more confi - dently when pleasingly dressed,” noted another. “One’s spirits re- spond to one’s personal appearance,” wrote yet another. Dressed for an outing, “I feel a rise in my animal spirits,” noted a nineteen- year- old woman. Her classmates associated dressing well with power, mastery, and “a feeling of equality,” as a twenty-year- old put it. The looser garments favored by most produced the “heavenly” sensa- tions of air and sun on the skin, and more than a few respondents contrasted the pleasures of silks to the abominations of scratchy woolens on sensitive skin. Contra Freud’s fantasy of women’s herd- like submission to fashion’s dictates, a higher proportion of male (35 percent) than female (29 percent) respondents indicated they did not resist fashion, with those who did citing comfort and economy as their reasons. Flaccus observed that some men were known to spend as much as half of their incomes on ordering new suits to re- place those barely worn, simply because they preferred novelty to 148 Dimensions of Narcissism wearing the same attire day in and day out. Nor did Flügel fi nd any gender difference in the time invested in buying and fi tting clothes; men and women alike rated themselves slightly below what they imagined was average on this score.17 Clothing, as Flügel saw it, was a site of sex war and gender inver- sion and, for many of those he surveyed, of enjoyments both psychic and physical, of self-discipline and self-expression—notably, and in contrast to most of his fellow analysts, for men as well as for women. The least confl icted about fi nding happiness in clothes among his subjects had successfully transferred the narcissistic pleasure of “skin and muscle erotism” from their bodies onto their clothing. The men in this group had also struck the right balance between the freedom afforded by loose clothing and the phallic power imparted by stiff clothing—especially items “that project from the surface of the body.” Articulating this tension, one man admitted to a willingness to sacrifi ce the physical comforts of soft, silky garments “for the sake of an idea” that he associated with snug, tight clothing—an idea Flügel spelled out in a psychoanalytic publication: “the idea, that is, of ‘having a continuous erection.’ ” Women more readily than men got the balance between freedom and constraint right, Flügel argued, due to the greater scope allowed them to express their narcissism, but it was an issue everyone had to negotiate. If there was lack here of the sort that would be breezily invoked as the source of feminine vanity, or clothes fetishism of the sort Freud saw normative in women, it was to be found not in the dress as substitute penis but in that hated but defi ning article of male attire— the stiff collar that ap- peared “to render him more potent.”18 In this extended early- twentieth-century discussion, obscured from historical view by the post-Flügel hegemony of an analytic con- sensus that saw clothing as compensation for biological lack and vanity as a lamentable feminine disability, sartorial satisfaction was serious business. Fashion, with its insistent novelty and expressive possibility, was a form of self-making open to women and too often denied to men, an incitement to male envy. Neither “mere caprice” nor “mercenary contrivance,” fashion in this construal was creative and generative, replete with notions of fantasy and masquerade. In Vanity 149 books with titles like The Eternal Masquerade (1923) and Narcis- sus: An Anatomy of Clothes (1924), the case was made. “Dress is an ever-apparent symbol of personality,” wrote the author of Eternal Masquerade. “There is a purpose in what the Puritan loves to de- nounce as empty vanity,” added the author of Narcissus. “In the mas- querade,” Bliss suggested, “conditions and occupations” actually closed to us “are for the moment, through the medium of clothes, made our own.” The fashion industry might exploit female narcissism in the pursuit of profi ts, but, as Flügel pointed out, the transaction between creator and consumer was two- sided, and its psychology was diffi cult to explain.19 In his and others’ commentary it is easy to see clothing as the occasion for negotiating the fantastic play of as- piration and power, exuberance and exhibitionism, joy and animal spirits— in all, as the material expression of narcissistic pleasures. Female vanity was by the 1930s so well established as a pop u lar and analytic fact— and linked to the peculiarly female proclivity for narcissism— that few questioned whether a similar dynamic might be found among men. “We must learn to tolerate the male body, and perhaps even to admire it— if only as a counterpart to the female body, which we already idolise,” wrote Flügel, who in addition to lamenting men’s slavish conventionality in dress deplored a related disdain for their own sexual bodies. His solution was for men to abandon austerity in dress and instead make themselves more sexu- ally appealing to women through their clothing, thus offering men a relational alternative to the narcissistic bodily self- admiration that was woman’s natural state. He proposed then quickly dismissed the idea that men might adopt a narcissism derivative of bodily self- admiration, seeing in it a “tendency to homosexuality.” Appearance was the province of woman, and when man tended to his own he was adopting “feminine armor.” The focus of men’s self- admiration, then, was best located beyond the body.20 For Flügel this meant clothing, but soon enough the automobile would provide another option. The automobile was recognized early on as symbolic of virility and male power and by the 1970s would be conceptualized as a sometimes- magical narcissistic exten- sion of the masculine self, “a predatory male body” that enabled the 150 Dimensions of Narcissism satisfaction of sexual and aggressive desires while signaling to both women and other men “sexual readiness and achievement.” As Barry Richards observed, “more than any other everyday object, the car resembles the body.” It turns fuel into energy, like the maternal body carries and protects people, and like all bodies eventually grows old, saggy, leaky, and useless. It could be as richly endowed with meaning as was clothing: expressive of exhibitionism and competi- tive strivings, it at the same time allowed men to engage in the care- taking and aesthetic appreciation usually coded as feminine. Owners of cars could take pleasure in the engineering and design that pro- duced “states of well- being”—a maternal function usually the pre- serve of women but here refracted through indisputably masculine pursuits.21 Cars, like clothing, were not only material possessions but also occasions for expressing creativity and for experiencing legiti- mate narcissistic pleasures. They could also serve as compensation for lack, their power an expression of an insecurely established phallicism. Men, like Flügel’s competitive and catty women, could envy one another their cars and could engage in all of the forms of exchange that he saw in women’s relations to clothing and that in his estima- tion were missing in men: jealousy, pettiness, assertions of superior- ity and dominance, and mutual admiration. And, for a brief moment in the 1960s and 1970s, men became like women in their body nar- cissism, growing long locks and beards as extensions of their bodies and delighting in their exhibitionism. But narcissistic investment in the body, or vanity, remained visible only in women. So fi xed were the associations among women, narcissism, and the augmentation of the body through materiality—precisely what Flügel lamented men were unwilling to engage in—that a line of argument in which the car was the masculine analogue of clothing was never fully elaborated.

Secrets of Women In the mid- 1930s, the London- based psychoanalyst Joan Riviere joined the analytic debate that was seeing female lack and female narcissism knitted ever more tightly together by proclaiming that Vanity 151

Freud’s view of women was neither credible nor “the ordinary judg- ment of mankind.” The feminine fate that Freud could then envision only in terms of lack, disappointment, and loss, stemming from the traumatic moment of discovering the absence of the penis, she saw as offering “full and overfl owing” satisfactions and narcissistic grat- ifi cations. In a lengthy review of Freud’s New Introductory Essays, Riviere reminded readers that in his 1914 paper on narcissism Freud had “placed on record” the characteristics of what he had called “the purest and truest feminine type.” She reproved him for not mention- ing these now: the “typical female self-suffi ciency, inaccessibility, the relative lack of object- love and satisfaction of women in being loved.” She took the mea sure of how much had been forfeited in the twenty years between the Freud of “On Narcissism,” who had revealed him- self as at once fascinated and mystifi ed by woman’s enigmatic capac- ity for blissful self- possession, and the Freud who could don the mantle of science and declare that “woman feels inferior and lacking all her days.” Riviere charged Freud with abjuring the analyst’s duty in analyzing only what was visible and external. Then, he had seen masculine envy and retreated in respectful confusion before the “enigma of woman.” Now, however, he “dismisses the greater narcis- sism of woman in a word and couples it with feminine vanity as an overcompensation for the lack of a penis.”22 Riviere’s pointed assessment of Freud’s baffl ement in the face of woman, his dismissive coupling of female vanity and narcissism, re- turns us to the contentious ground of lack, envy, and possession worked by the theoreticians of dress. Riviere, much like Flügel, her colleague in the British Psycho-Analytical Society, saw woman’s pur- portedly greater narcissism as cause for celebration, not condemna- tion. But where Flügel optimistically envisioned women triumphing, their freedom in attire anticipating a coming social emancipation and enhanced civic presence, Riviere, concerned with the contrast between women’s inner freedoms and the external “diffi culties and disappointments” that plagued them, more soberly envisioned women embracing secretly enjoyed narcissistic pleasures as a solution to the intractable problem of gendered social subordination. Seeing these pleasures as incorporative and possessive, modeled on the receptive, 152 Dimensions of Narcissism devouring vagina of heterosexual intercourse that sucked up the man’s penis, Riviere proposed that woman’s freedom consisted in her capacity to acquire and secretly enjoy a range of inner objects— everything from the man’s fantasized penis to “his children” and her own “bodily beauty.” She argued that woman’s satisfaction con- sisted in her enjoyment of her “girlhood and beauty, in the wifehood and motherhood that so enlarge her personality and in that part in men’s lives and the world’s work which only women can and do fulfi ll.” Riviere highlighted “the baby girl’s essential coquetry” and “play with dolls” as indicative of her “instinctual destiny” and, while objecting to Freud’s updated portrait of the female narcissist, ac- cepted the analytic “fact” of women’s castration. She maintained that woman’s body and “her husband and her children make up her life.” She saw passivity, submissiveness, and maternal feeling charac- teristic of “normal fully- developed woman” and wrote rapturously of the elusive and special female capacity “for outpouring and sur- render of the self in love.” Riviere theorized a nonessentialist wom- anhood and its private and public strategies in her “Womanliness as a Masquerade” paper, published in 1929 and brought to wide atten- tion by Judith Butler in her 1990 book, Gender Trouble. In Riviere’s chiding review of Freud, however, even while faulting him for his theoretical caution and conservatism, she offered a conventional reading of women’s psychology, a separate-emotional- spheres mani- festo that elevates passivity to a feminine virtue and that invokes that retrograde notion, “essential”—linked of all things to “coquetry.”23 Yet in the same review, alongside Riviere’s sketch of passive modern womanhood, is a bold interpretation of female narcissism and its pleasures orga nized around plentitude and possession, not lack and loss. Riviere renders the male’s narcissistically invested pe- nis fantastic and casts the issue of its possession, whether actual or fantasized, as a distraction from the feminine self-suffi ciency on which she preferred to focus. In her hands, narcissism is a full and satisfying state, and the narcissist is gloriously in de pen dent of any- one and anything. The narcissist’s inner world is not empty but populated with others. “She has incorporated her love- object within herself,” writes Riviere of the female narcissist. Riviere maintains Vanity 153 that incorporation is the foundation for the in depen dence of exter- nal love-objects that Freud, in his 1914 essay, had seen as charac- teristic of the narcissistic woman. Others may have believed the narcissist incapable of relating to objects, but Riviere saw the narcis- sist as capable of intensely relating to them—if only in their incorpo- rated instantiation. To accept that “diffi culties and disappointments” were women’s lot was to overlook their capacities for “satisfi ed possession.”24 Riviere was a theorist of possession and attachment. To her nar- cissism was not about emptiness and compensations for it but about the quality of attachment and the ways in which people related to one another. She resisted simple equations of narcissism and vanity, maintaining that while women may enjoy their clothing and their good looks, this was but an aspect of the self-possessed emotional autarky she championed as an ideal. Narcissism, as Riviere saw it, referred to an economy of needs, in which the individual holds and cherishes within all that she wants and is thereby freed from actual dependence on anyone or anything. Worldly disappointment is trans- formed into secret satisfaction in this reading of woman’s destiny. Consider Riviere’s treatment of the bereaved wife. Dispensing quickly with the grief that everyone acknowledged the tragedy of losing a hus- band occasioned, Riviere turned to the widows who had wanted mar- riage and children but who had not particularly wanted or enjoyed “a man in their lives.” For such women, she wrote, widowhood was a perfect solution, “more especially if it brings with it a pension.”25 Riviere was here taking on a philosophical tradition that for cen- turies had cast men as in depen dent, self-contained, and masterful free agents while envisioning women enmeshed in sustaining webs of relationships and obligation. Her narcissistic woman is as in de- pen dent, contained, and masterful as any man. This woman’s se- cret was to be found in her narcissism, in the fact that her life was lived pleas ur ably, and in her body—which Riviere defi ned broadly to include her clothes and house as well as her husband and children. Envisioning these objects held inside, Riviere rendered woman’s lack of a penis irrelevant. Satisfi ed within, Riviere writes, “she does not need a penis without.” Woman does not betray her secret, but, 154 Dimensions of Narcissism

Riviere reminds Freud, it is precisely the task of analysis to disclose it. She charged that he had too hastily retreated from this duty while nevertheless claiming mastery of the feminine psychology he had “more than once acknowledged as obscure and baffl ing to analytic understanding.”26 Riviere has come to be known as perhaps the most felicitous of Freud’s translators, a fi gure at the center of the monumental project of translating his work into En glish that furthered the cause, and shaped the fate, of the international psychoanalytic movement. Born in 1883, she started her working life as a dressmaker, employed by a prestigious London fi rm and on at least one occasion sewing a ban- ner for a suffrage march. As a young woman of nineteen she had made note of her taste for observing and understanding others, which she called “the strangest of all occupations.” She encountered the works of Freud for the fi rst time in 1916, when she was thirty- three, and tried her hand at writing the next year, while apparently sustaining her interest in clothing. “Began article on Dress”— a fi rst iteration of “Womanliness as a Masquerade,” one presumes— reads her diary entry for 10 December 1917. Within several more years, Riviere would establish her own psychoanalytic practice and would become one of the founding members of the British Psycho- Analytical Society.27 Riviere was a keen observer and sometimes- theorist of narcis- sism, a dimension of her life’s work that has neither been recognized nor explored. Indeed, the most signifi cant of the early psychoana- lytic observations on narcissism come from Freud, Ernest Jones, and Riviere. Jones’s paper on the narcissism of those exhibiting what he called a “God-complex” appeared in 1913, and Freud’s essay “On Narcissism” was published the next year. Riviere, perhaps narcis- sism’s fi rst phenomenologist, was alert to what would come to be seen as the many dimensions of narcissism from the time of her fi rst forays into analytic writing. Reviewing a biography of Queen Eliza- beth in 1922, for example, she highlighted the monarch’s exhibi- tionism and craving for admirers and asserted that narcissism was “clearly the dominant note in her character.” And, in her landmark paper on womanliness, she brought out the narcissistic currents in Vanity 155 her subjects’ psychology, showing how they gratifi ed their narcis- sism in retreating into a fantasized omnipotence.28 Riviere’s work may be read as an ongoing, if episodic, exploration of narcissism, in which both its plea sure and terrors are unfl inchingly delineated. She better than anyone else conveyed the experience of living within the narcissist’s skin, bringing the narcissist’s inner landscape fully to life. Riviere is better known as a pioneering theorist of gender. Femi- nists have mined her “Womanliness as a Masquerade,” fi nding in her an early, proto-Lacanian theoretician of a nonessentialist wom- anhood and its public and private strategies. Riviere’s subjects are the intellectual women who disguise their masculine ambitions, competence, and desires for worldly effi cacy behind a masquerade of femininity that is meant to help them avoid both the anxiety they experience at the prospect of being found in possession of stolen phallic trophies and the retribution they unconsciously fear their possession will elicit from men. It used to be, Riviere writes, that women with intellectual interests were classifi ed as masculine. Now, however, “in University life, in scientifi c professions and in business” could be found women who were capable of combining professional success with conventionally realized femininity. Riviere’s profession- ally accomplished subjects fashion themselves female, attending to their appearance, dressing in womanly attire, and displaying virtues traditionally associated with femininity—devotedly caring for others and acting the part of the mother substitute to friends and relatives. Women of this type, she held, were especially diffi cult to classify in an analytic world in which passivity was associated with the feminine and activity with the masculine.29 Riviere tells of a highly accomplished intellectual, a speaker and writer, who, following every public per for mance, fi nds herself in the incongruous position of compulsively “ogling and coquetting” with male father fi gures in the audience, attempting to seduce them into making sexual advances. In Riviere’s account, to lecture in public was to be in possession of the father’s penis, which the woman could have obtained only by an act of theft; her fl irting and coquetting were meant to preemptively propitiate the avenger and to disguise her power, allowing her to appear “as merely a castrated woman.” 156 Dimensions of Narcissism

Her capacity to imagine herself “attractive as an object of love” was conditional on disavowing her phallicism. Her womanliness was thus a mask that she could don “to hide the possession of masculin- ity.” As Riviere saw it, femininity was a capacity, not an essence; there was no true womanly nature distorted by social custom. She refused to specify in what femininity consisted. To those who “ask how I defi ne womanliness or where I draw the line between genuine womanliness and the ‘masquerade’,” she issued the dictum that has secured her standing as a postmodern theorist of gender avant la lettre: “Genuine womanliness and ‘the masquerade’ . . . are the same thing.”30 Riviere provides the reader with other scenarios in which wom- anhood is performed. She tells of a cultured and capable housewife who acted the part of the “foolish and bewildered” woman in her dealings with tradesmen and shop keep ers, her ample technical knowledge and iron will hidden behind the mask of deferential femi- ninity. And she presents the case of a university lecturer who wore especially feminine clothing and was inappropriately fl ippant when lecturing to her male colleagues, treating the situation, in which her masculine intellect was on display, “as a ‘game’, as something not real, as a ‘joke’,” and thereby minimizing the offense her expertise in a male-dominated fi eld occasioned. Riviere’s lecturing women enact what Joan Scott has argued has been one of feminism’s animating fantasies, the transgressive scene of “a woman standing at a podium giving a speech.” In the iconic fi gure of the lecturing woman the tri- umphant pleasure of violating gender norms is balanced by the pun- ishment her illicit behavior occasions. Riviere’s women are con- stantly appeasing, atoning, and placating men as the price of their supremacy over them, seeking recognition for their possession of the penis as they put on “the mask of womanly subservience.” They pay a high price for their assumption of the masculine, in anxiety, ap- prehensiveness, and misgivings about a femininity they could only experience as a masquerade.31 Femininity was thus not a natural stance but in Riviere’s conception something of a pose, behind which raged a struggle between dominance and submission, activity and passivity. Vanity 157

Among her analytic contemporaries, Riviere was known to be focused on individuals’ inner worlds and uninterested in “reality,” yet in her writings she conveyed more of the social world in which her subjects made their lives than perhaps any of her colleagues. In public lectures on “The Emotional Life of Civilized Men and Women,” Riviere offered a snapshot of the pleasures and disappoint- ments experienced by a range of men and women in mid-1930s Lon- don, explaining to an interested laity how unrecognized “inner emo- tional needs” shaped behavior, from the dramatic—betrayal, revenge, hate—to the evasions and self-deceptions of everyday modern life.32 Riviere’s conception of “womanliness” was timely as well, making clear how diffi cult it was for the fi rst generation of women entering the male professional sphere to navigate a rapidly changing gender landscape. Moving seamlessly between the social and the psycho- logical realms, Riviere implicitly made an argument for the salience of both.

The Material Me Writing in the fi rst de cade of the new century, the psychologist Louis W. Flaccus held that “certain mental states” were so complex and subtle as to be at “the ragged edge of scientifi c analysis.” Among these complex mental states were the feelings, ranging from the pleasure of sensations felt on the skin to the more elusive “effects on the self” engendered by clothing. Neither a “love of praise” nor a straight- forward “impulse to spend money for the sake of spending it” could explain why a man would spend lavishly on clothing. What his sarto- rially extravagant subject was seeking, Flaccus wrote, was “a change in his ‘material me’ with what ever subtle emotional displacements that brings.”33 How the “material me” incorporates objects external to the person and makes them part of itself was the question taken up by Riviere and her colleagues in London, among them D. W. Winnicott. Found- ing members of the British school of object relations, Riviere and Winnicott traded in internal objects cast more robustly than Freud’s. Both were interested in possession and in the psychic maneuvers by 158 Dimensions of Narcissism which people incorporated inanimate objects and made them part of themselves. Riviere saw the craving “to possess, acquire, and in- corporate” something outside the self, whether another person or a material thing, and to “make it one’s own” as a primordial and un- exceptionable human desire. As she saw it, everyone carried around within an entire world of other people, both good and bad; every individual was in fact “a company of many.” For his part, Winnicott argued that any comprehensive account of “human nature must in- clude a third intermediate area of experiencing” that served as a “resting-place” for individuals engaged in the lifelong endeavor to keep “inner and outer reality separate yet interrelated.” He dubbed the infant’s cherished blanket or plush toy a “transitional object,” a fi rst possession that existed in this third, illusory space, and that was experienced by the infant as vital, alive, and inseparably part of the self.34 Riviere intuited the possibilities of the Winnicottian third space and grasped what was at stake in framing the “material me,” the self enlivened in its relations with inanimate objects. In her lecture in- voking the case of a woman who felt her clothes were ugly, ragged, and out of style, Riviere explained how things came to embody powerful emotions. This woman’s clothing carried her feelings of hopelessness, feelings that could more easily be negotiated between her husband and herself when embodied in an object external to both of them. In Riviere’s hands, as in Flaccus’s, clothing was irre- ducibly material and at the same time a site for negotiating what Flaccus called the “subtle emotional displacements” all of us con- stantly make in our efforts to make our strong feelings tolerable. As an object of exchange between men and women— as in the scenario of a wife fi nagling a new dress out of a miserly husband as proof of his love for her— clothing could serve as the target for greedy and aggressive wishes too volatile to express directly. Riviere started from the propositions that all of us seek security and plea sure and that the normal range of emotions expressed in daily life encom- passes love, hate, contempt, depreciation, envy, and greed. The ques- tion was not whether individuals had these emotions, for that was a given, but how they distributed them. Dangerous, unsettling emo- Vanity 159 tions were in normal adults regulated and kept in check, sometimes by locating them in material objects outside the body. A feeling of inner dread could be moderated by the consolations of accumulat- ing things as assurance against psychic disintegration.35 Riviere conveyed to her readers a capacious and nonmoralized understanding of the desire to possess, linking it to the impulse to incorporate “something good in order to increase the feeling of in- ner well-being”—a means of self-soothing learned in infancy when mother’s milk ousted the pain of hunger. The capacity to live con- tentedly and satisfi ed rested on ensuring all was good within— individuals’ “vanity and self- esteem” depended on it. “Our narcis- sism requires that we should have the best of everything outside us as well as inside,” Riviere wrote. “Our possessions, reputations, or, say, our children particularly, should have no fl aws.” In the world these claims were of necessity tempered; within, we could maintain the infant’s “autocratic intolerance of all interference with our self- satisfaction and well-being.” Riviere was concerned that worldly prosperity was displacing inner goodness as an ideal, but she treated her readers’ quest for it respectfully, recognizing that individuals could more easily be certain of its attainment than they could be certain that they had attained the inner goodness for which it served as par- tial proxy. In her view, acquisitiveness stemmed from a quest for basic security in the world.36 Freud had conceived of narcissism as a state of imagined self- suffi ciency, free of internal objects. Riviere by contrast conceived of narcissism as a state in which internal objects were intensely experi- enced, felt to be “essential parts” of the self and sometimes experi- enced as more “real” than people in the external world. She envisioned individuals continuously taking in others, feeling their presence within, and having lively emotional relationships with them. The internal world was solipsistic and thus by defi nition narcissistic, yet at the same time it was fi lled with others. Riviere was aware that as late as the 1950s the notion of an inner world aroused “suspicion and intol- erance,” even among psychoanalysts. She suggested to skeptics that the fantasies we all have of “containing other persons inside our- selves,” evident in comforting thoughts such as “I shall always have 160 Dimensions of Narcissism him or her with me wherever I go,” testifi ed to the existence of an inner world. Riviere’s portrait of this unseen but deeply experienced world was colored by her evolving understanding of what would eventually be classifi ed as pathological narcissism. She notes that some people, the ones “who are continually needing praise and rec- ognition,” cannot experience anything good within themselves. She sees charismatic men exploiting and enslaving unsuspecting women. And she sees individuals engaging in a range of narcissistic behav- iors intended to secure their security and wholeness: envious, they depreciate what they cannot have; revengeful, they destroy what is good in others; contemptuous, they betray those who love them; fearful, they entertain fantasies of omnipotence; and helpless, they seek to ruthlessly control everyone and everything. They may lay claim to asceticism, prompted by a fear of de pen den cy; they may just as well seek to locate their own goodness in the material things they accumulate.37 The “material me” that took shape in Riviere’s theorizing engages in a complex negotiation between inner feelings and the external world of people and things, moving continuously between them and displacing feelings arising from one realm onto the other. It regu- lates its aggression, turning some part of it inward, and attempts to suppress its hates. Its every move is conditioned by both psychic and external needs and circumstances. This is the “me” of object rela- tions that would prove foundational to Otto Kernberg as he theo- rized narcissism in the 1960s. Like Riviere, Kernberg argued that narcissism and object relations “go hand-in- hand” and that patho- logical narcissism was not, as Freud had asserted, a state free of in- ternalized others or of “the capacity to invest” in them but, rather, a state in which those relations were distorted and deeply disturbed, characterized by “rage and envy, fear and guilt” linked to “a desper- ate longing for a loving relationship that will not be destroyed by hatred.”38 Kernberg’s malignant narcissists were characterized not only by their observable behaviors but also, importantly, by what he argued was the disturbed nature of their internalized object relations.39 Kernberg, again like Riviere, saw an active presence within where Vanity 161 others had seen only lack. This active psychic interior allowed Kernberg to account for some contradictory aspects of narcissistic behavior that had long puzzled analysts. In his narcissism, nothing was what it seemed. High self-esteem could mask low self-esteem. Excessive self- love may be a sign of self- hate. Heightened grandios- ity may point to feelings of worthlessness. A manifest dependence on the analyst may coexist with a desperate fear of relying on any- one. To grapple with this malignant narcissism, it was not enough to look at isolated narcissistic traits; understanding the whole of a patient’s psychic interior as well as the dramas enacted there was necessary. Kernberg consolidated the project, on which Riviere had embarked, of conceptualizing the inner world as active, if at times terrifying. Heinz Kohut, with his championing of healthy narcissism and its pleasures, in effect developed another dimension of Riviere’s work— her attempt to normalize narcissism and the strong emotions associ- ated with it. He saw healthy expressions of self in childhood exhibi- tionism and grandiosity where others had seen these behaviors as pathological. He argued that they were not to be rooted out and destroyed but, rather, transformed into realistic self- esteem and am- bitions. More suggestive is his debt to Winnicott. Kohut singled out the Winnicottian “concept of man” as the most congenial with his own conceptions. He was early on interested in Winnicott’s transi- tional object and drew on it in formulating his own concept of the selfobject, the other experienced narcissistically within that enabled the child to gradually assume an existence separate from the mother. Winnicott’s transitional object was a material possession, appearing to the observer as an inanimate thing, whereas Kohut’s selfobject was a wholly internal construct. Winnicott’s transitional object eventu- ally lost its special meaning to the child, while Kohut’s selfobjects sustained individuals throughout their lives.40 Yet both were under the child’s control, experienced narcissistically as part of the self, and both the transitional object and the selfobject encapsulated a theory of the self’s experience of the other as supportive, sustaining presence. Many psychoanalysts since Kohut have treated the transi- tional object and the selfobject as referring to the same thing and as 162 Dimensions of Narcissism roughly interchangeable. It is perhaps more defensible to treat the latter as an important new concept, another solution to the problem posed by Riviere and Winnicott: how do people bridge the divide between self and other, internal and external?

The popularizing analyst asserted in his 1957 book Of Love and Lust that women’s interest in clothing was “consolation and compensation” for their shared “anatomical handicap.” The dress, he proposed, served to help woman “to forget and forgive” early feelings of being given short shrift, and the commonly voiced plaint of having “nothing to wear,” heard even from those with bur- geoning closets, was but the girl’s grievance at her “sexual imperfec- tion” in displaced form. “Freud showed us,” Reik wrote, that women’s vanity was rooted in their feelings of being disadvantaged vis-à- vis men on account of their “penislessness.” Women “emotionally con- quered” these feelings by indulging their feminine vanity, taking pride in their fi gures and physical charms and attempting to make “them- selves as attractive as possible.” Most of them vain, they made, Reik wrote, “a virtue of anatomical necessity.”41 In the 1970s, Kohut questioned this analytic fantasy that con- strued the girl as but a castrated boy and that saw women’s lesser lot foreshadowed in the girl’s experience of “nonpossession of the pe- nis.” He stated at a symposium in 1974 that he could not see that the girl’s narcissistic injury was in essence different from that suffered by the boy, “who discovers that his penis is very small compared to the penis of a grown man.” Chided by his orthodox colleagues for having deviated so markedly from Freud and orthodox tenets, Kohut held his ground, allowing that while penis- deprived girls might in- deed experience narcissistic injury, the psychological signifi cance of this for women’s psychic makeup was questionable. Kohut switched the ground of discussion from anatomical lack to healthy self- esteem, turning orthodox theory on its head in arguing that it was not the missing penis that accounted for women’s feeling of being castrated. Rather, it was that women who as children did not experi- ence “mirroring accep tance” of their bodily selves from their parents Vanity 163 felt castrated and turned to “rage and vengefulness” as a result.42 Penis envy was not cause but effect. Kohut and other analysts severed the links between female nar- cissism and normative that had been de- veloped over the course of a half century of speculative theorizing. In par tic u lar, they questioned the account of the “genital trauma” of castration that was universally experienced by women and that en- gendered among them what Freud called an envious “narcissistic soreness” toward men. The attribution of narcissism and vanity to women that fl owed so easily from the analyst’s pen through the 1960s was unsettled in part by Kohut’s construal of both traits as universal and appropriate for the small child— to Kohut, both were expres- sions of its grandiose self— and by Kernberg’s and other analysts’ construal of excessive vanity and exhibitionism as symptomatic of pathological narcissism in women but also in men. As analysts in the United States, following Kernberg’s lead, focused increasingly on the quality of narcissists’ object relations as manifest both in their ob- servable behavior toward others and in their inner worlds, the bio- logically defi ned sexual difference— the possession or nonpossession of the penis— that had destined women to narcissism quietly but steadily faded from view. To be sure, some analysts would continue to cast vanity, even “fl irtatiousness and whimsicality,” as “essential femi- nine traits” expressive of women’s greater narcissism, but the dynamic of retreating to narcissism, whether in fantasy or in behavior, as com- pensation for vulnerability, lack, or injury was now seen in both men and women as a form of self- esteem regulation and an attempt to secure a feeling of goodness and well- being.43 Through the 1970s, the vain woman appeared in popu lar discus- sions of narcissistic shopaholics, who were seen as easy prey for ad- vertisers seeking to profi t from their vanity—and whose self-suffi ciency intrigued Freud, vexed Flügel, and served as cause for celebration by Riviere. We can glimpse how open the conversation could be in 1978, when Lasch’s The Culture of Narcissism appeared. That year, a journalist put the question of whether women’s interest in clothing and self-adornment was healthy or pathological to a pastor, to the manager of a women’s dress shop in downtown Cincinnati, and to 164 Dimensions of Narcissism an academic expert on fashion. The pastor had drunk at the well of healthy narcissism, saying that now “people are feeling better about themselves,” relying “more on their inner strengths than on outer, concrete things they can show off.” He suggested that narcissism was a cyclical phenomenon that had peaked and would soon “level off,” with the next, less narcissistic generation saying of their elders, “Look at those selfi sh clods.” The store manager defended women’s narcissistic interest in beauty and clothing, arguing that while men had “always been in the spotlight,” it was now time for women, de- prived of opportunities “to be expressive, to be something, to be noticed,” to use fashion “to make a statement.” Narcissism “is really for everyone,” she added, agreeing with the pastor that narcissism was not on the rise but “would mellow out.” The academic rested her case for fashion on the joys of expressiveness. “Fashion is say- ing,” she argued, “ ‘Why can’t I have fun? I’ve earned it. I’ve gotten my head together, now I can enjoy it.’ ” Women deserved the outlet it provided, she said, adding that fashion was fun, and “shouldn’t be over- psychoanalyzed”—advice that would be roundly ignored in the popular discussion of narcissism in the de cades to come.44 Seven

GRATIFICATION

Gratification figured centrally in social com- mentators’ jeremiads, encapsulating the contest between excess, sat- isfaction, and plea sure on the one hand and asceticism, restraint, and control on the other. “Gratifi cation Now Is the Slogan of the ’70s, Laments a Historian,” reads the title of a 1979 People maga- zine profi le of Christopher Lasch, who singled out the countercul- ture’s celebration of “living for the moment, immediate gratifi cation, opposition to the work ethic” as exemplary of America’s culture of narcissism.1 Critics spoke with one voice in condemning what they argued was an ascendant culture of personal gratifi cation that cele- brated self-fulfi llment and self- realization at the expense of venerable habits of abnegation and self- control, and pointed to the narcissist as an avatar of the unconstrained need and desire that appeared suddenly so problematic. From the critics’ perspective, psychoanalysis was a site of unrelieved indulgence and gratifi cation, an incubator of the reckless impulsive- ness blighting the cultural landscape. Within the discipline, however, the status of gratifi cation was more complex. Both ubiquitous and controversial, gratifi cation was central to Freudian theory: the propo- sition that the mind will seek pleasure—instinctual gratifi cation— and avoid unplea sure was foundational to classical Freudian drive psy- chology. But gratifi cation was also at the center of heated debate about proper analytic technique. Freud recommended that an encompassing emotional abstinence govern the treatment setting, holding that 166 Dimensions of Narcissism

patients’ wishes, desires, and demands were to be frustrated in the ser- vice of the cure. Sándor Ferenczi, dissenting on this as on other issues, argued that this technique too often inhibited rather than furthered patients’ recoveries from their illnesses, and advocated a “principle of indulgence” and a gratifying empathy that would act as a counter- weight to Freudian frustration. By the late 1920s, Freud and Ferenczi were bitterly divided over the question of what patients needed and what analysts should provide them. Freud prevailed; Ferenczi was cen- sored, and banished from the psychoanalytic fold. Their split—which many analysts considered tragic, even traumatic—burdened the disci- pline, dividing it for de cades between orthodoxy and revisionism. The questions that Ferenczi’s banishment was meant to suppress persisted, however, and were aired in debates that picked up in the 1950s. These debates, which in effect converged on the question of whether patients like Ferenczi’s—who, everyone agreed, were “sicker” than Freud’s, dif- fi cult, hopeless, and narcissistically inaccessible—were properly within or beyond the analytic compass, testifi ed to how unsettled the fi eld re- mained thirty years after his expulsion.2 With Heinz Kohut’s rise to prominence, psychoanalysis restaged the traumatic confl ict between Freud and Ferenczi. The outcome was different this time. Under the banner of empathy, Kohut challenged the asceticism of the midcentury classical analytic setting, deftly if quietly managing to bring orthodoxy and revisionism together— most effectively, we shall see, on the issue of technique. Recuperating the Ferenczian project and the Ferenczian patient for psychoanalysis proper, Kohut began the pro cess of salving psychoanalysis’s self- infl icted wound. He imbued the once- suspect gratifi cation with a neutral, even positive, valence. And Ferenczi’s diffi cult patients, now called narcissists, were rendered fi t subjects for the analyst’s couch. While not abandoning the Freudian prohibition on sexual gratifi ca- tion between patient and analyst, psychoanalysis quietly abandoned many of the constraints of its self- imposed austerity.3 Social critics aligned narcissism with indulgence and prescribed austerity both emotional and material to dampen its effl orescence and to combat its manifestations. Revisionist analysts from Ferenczi to Kohut, by contrast, located the roots of narcissism not in material Gratification 167 indulgence but in emotional deprivation, seeing it as a response to protect the self from injury at the hands of frustrating others, from parents to friends to potential partners: “If the world does not love me enough,” reasons the narcissist, “I have to love and gratify my- self.” Some went so far as to cast narcissism as an iatrogenic illness caused by the privations of the classical Freudian analytic setting. According to this line of argument, analytic abstinence, in limiting analysts’ responsiveness and in downplaying—even proscribing—the possibility of a “real” relationship between them and their patients, tacitly encouraged “a stoic, narcissistic self-suffi ciency.” Ferenczian “spoiling” and “coddling” were from this perspective antidotes, not incitements, to patients’ narcissism.4 Gratifi cation—like self-esteem, inde pendence, and vanity—was recast and reconfi gured over the course of the psychoanalytic cen- tury. Whereas at the outset it was considered heretical that patients might need or want gratifi cation, by the 1970s Kohut and other re- visionists had raised the possibility that it was part of the analyst’s task to meet patients’ needs, especially if the patient exhibited nar- cissistic pathology. It is not altogether surprising that social critics were unaware of gratifi cation’s shifting analytic fortunes. The ana- lytic controversy around gratifi cation was internal to the discipline and, focused on questions of technique that had little cultural pur- chase, largely hidden from view. The analyst’s narcissists did not gratify their needs but, rather, disavowed them in the name of a grandiose self- suffi ciency and omnipotence. The critics focused on the external feast of gratifi cations enjoyed by the narcissist while overlooking the internal refusals of the same. Philip Rieff, Daniel Bell, and their critical brethren lamented that asceticism as a cul- tural ideal had disappeared, but they might have found it surviving in the person of the narcissist, had his commitment to asceticism not been occluded by the force of their own consumerist critique.

Cures of Love To appreciate how high the gratifi cation stakes are, we need only peer over Ferenczi’s shoulder as he put furious pen to private paper, 168 Dimensions of Narcissism casting himself as an “enfant terrible” in revolt against his once- beloved but now irredeemably hypocritical Freud. The year was 1932. At this point, Freud and Ferenczi had been colleagues for more than twenty years, having traveled together extensively and having ex- changed more than twelve hundred remarkably intimate letters. Fe- renczi had been able to sustain a relationship with Freud where other teachers, collaborators, and acolytes had failed and been cast aside— in 1895, Wilhelm Fliess in 1904, Carl Jung in 1912, Otto Rank in 1924. But he had done this at great personal cost, learning early on that Freud, while claiming to want mutuality, would brook neither in de pendence nor dissension. Ferenczi’s submis- sion, exemplifi ed in his stance of abjection— acceding to Freud’s vi- sion of their relationship—following the crisis in Palermo in 1910 described in Chapter 4, had secured his position as Freud’s favorite, his proclaimed crown prince (as Freud had earlier called Jung) and “the most perfect heir of his ideas.” Through the 1920s, however, the “wise baby” of psychoanalysis had played the part of unruly adolescent to Freud’s coolly restrained pater familias, adopting and advocating a number of experimental technical innovations that pushed against the limits of a developing psychoanalytic orthodoxy and in consequence strained their relationship. Where Freud famously mandated that analysis was to be carried out “in a state of frustra- tion,” Ferenczi would respond to his patients’ wishes.5 It took a particularly disdainful, even mocking, letter from Freud— dated December 13, 1931— to push Ferenczi to the break he knew was the price of his intellectual and emotional freedom. Three weeks later, he embarked on the Clinical Diary, a long- suppressed docu- ment published only in 1985, which, in the very condition of its se- cret existence, testifi es to how diffi cult it was for Ferenczi to confront Freud directly, how dangerous even suppressed and hidden revolt could feel. Indeed, in his last entry, written eight months before he died of pernicious anemia at the age of fi fty- nine, Ferenczi linked the onset of his “blood- crisis” to the realization that Freud, “a ‘higher power’ ” upon whom he long relied for protection, would no longer protect but would “on the contrary” trample him under foot “as soon as I go my own way and not his”—as Freud had in fact repeat- Gratification 169 edly done. The pace of his and Freud’s once- ardent correspondence had been slowing for some time— Freud had observed ten years previously that “formerly so lively,” it had “gone to sleep”— and with Freud’s critiques of him and his therapeutic enthusiasms mounting, Ferenczi gave vent to the creative energy within that had once found expression in his letters to Freud. The Clinical Diary al- ternates between ruthless self-scrutiny and blistering attacks on Freud, as well as on the constraints he had imposed. Charging him again and again with hypocrisy, Ferenczi homes in on Freud’s emo- tional detachment and professed contempt for those who sought a cure in psychoanalysis. Throughout, Ferenczi expresses his belief that “the insensitivity of the analyst” was rooted in a perspective or ga nized to secure the analyst’s comfort rather than the patient’s cure.6 Ferenczi opened the Diary contrasting the “unfeeling and indif- ferent” stance of the orthodox analyst he had once been with his evolving commitment to “natural and sincere behavior” as best suited to establish a favorable atmosphere for analysis. The “mannered form of greeting, formal request to ‘tell everything’, so-called free- fl oating attention” that together constituted the Freudian analytic setting were inadequate, he held, to the intensity of the analysand’s suffer- ing, the last in par tic u lar ultimately amounting “to no attention at all.” The request to tell everything that Ferenczi invokes here refers to the demand made on the patient to speak freely, not to self- censor, in the analyst’s presence, a technique central to the develop- ment of psychoanalysis that Freud elevated to the standing of a “fundamental rule” in 1912. In the same year, Freud fi rst proposed “evenly- suspended attention” as the analyst’s preferred stance in his “Recommendations to Physicians Practising Psycho-Analysis,” one in a series of six papers published between 1911 and 1915 that came to be known as his Papers on Technique, the sacred fons et origo of orthodox practice. A counterpart to the recommended “free asso- ciation” on the ideally compliant patient’s part, the analyst’s evenly suspended attention ensured that he would not subject what the pa- tient said to unconscious censorship. Rather, he would use his un- conscious as an instrument— a receptive organ, as Freud put it, 170 Dimensions of Narcissism much like a telephone receiver—prepared to receive the “transmit- ting unconscious of the patient,” and, provided the analyst had “un- dergone a psycho- analytic purifi cation” in the course of a training analysis, the risk of his distorting what the patient produced would prove minimal.7 Freud would admit to Ferenczi in a 1928 letter that the recom- mendations on technique he had made fi fteen years previously were essentially negative, allowing that they had emphasized “what one should not do, to demonstrate the temptations that work against analysis.” Freud wrote that then he had left everything positive un- specifi ed and claimed that he now realized that he had implicitly relied on the analyst’s tact, his “capacity for empathy,” a concept Ferenczi had recently spoken about, in 1927, in a lecture to his Hun- garian colleagues. What had happened in the intervening years, how- ever, was that “the excessively docile” among analysts had failed to understand the elasticity required of them and “subjected themselves to Freud’s ‘don’t’s’ [sic] as if they were taboos.” In 1928, Freud did allow that his recommendations were in need of revision. And he applauded his correspondent’s advocacy of elasticity in technique, the term referring to the analyst’s yielding, “like an elastic band,” to the pulls of the patient while pulling back himself, a give- and- take account of the analytic encounter that Ferenczi, in the same lecture, said had been suggested to him by a patient. But Freud would not follow Ferenczi in what he saw as the latter’s concession to an arbi- trary, impossible- to-control subjectivity on the part of the analyst. Those analysts without a capacity for empathy, Freud worried, would exploit the analytic situation, giving rein to their “own unre- strained complexes.” The analytic pro cess consisted “fi rst and fore- most” in the analyst’s “quantitative assessment of the dynamic fac- tors in the situation,” not in the nonscientifi c mysticism that he worried Ferenczi was promoting.8 Ferenczi replied to Freud that his own approach required that the subjective factor be strictly controlled: the analyst was to put him- self in the patient’s position. “One must ‘empathize’ [einfühlen],” he proclaimed. Ferenczi went so far as to formulate his own psycho- Gratification 171 analytic rule, the “empathy rule,” as an alternative to Freud’s “fun- damental rule.” Empathy, Ferenczi explained, invoking imagery bor- rowed from the pathological laboratory, was knowledge derived from “dissection of many minds,” most notably the analyst’s own, that allowed the analyst to envision the whole range of the patient’s conscious and unconscious thoughts and associations. The analyst was to be guided not by feelings but by this capacity for coolly mo- bilized empathy. In the consulting room, he would fi nd his mind— here the elasticity of technique comes into play— continuously swinging from empathy to self- observation and from self- observation to making judgments.9 As the back and forth between Ferenczi and Freud on the subject in 1928 shows, empathy was not a concept entirely foreign to Freud. The concept was native not to psychology but to the fi eld of aesthetics, with the word Einfühlung— literally “feeling into”—fi rst appearing in the 1873 doctoral dissertation of the German phi los opher Robert Vischer. Vischer used the term to characterize the relationship be- tween the viewer of art and the art object itself, arguing that what- ever aesthetic qualities the former would claim to see in the latter were not inherent to it but, rather, projected onto it by the viewer. Theodore Lipps, professor of philosophy at Munich, endowed the term with more broadly psychological meanings in his Zur Einfüh- lung, published in 1913. Freud, an avid if at times envious reader of Lipps, in whose works he admitted he had “found the substance of my insights stated quite clearly . . . , perhaps rather more so than I would like,” used the word eight times in his Jokes and Their Rela- tionship to the Unconscious, published in 1905, a book inspired in large part by Lipps’s own 1898 Komik und Humor. Einfühlung, as Freud later put it, refers to the pro cess, similar to identifi cation, which allows a person to understand another person, to “take up any attitude at all towards another mental life.” Although after Jokes Freud used the term twelve more times in his published writ- ings, in only three of those instances did the word empathy— consensually established as the En glish equivalent of Einfühlung by around 1920— appear in the English language Standard Edition, in 172 Dimensions of Narcissism part because James and Alix Strachey, who supervised the transla- tion, found the word distasteful, in Alix’s estimation “a vile word, elephantine, for a subtle pro cess.”10 The Stracheys’ idiosyncratic aversion to the word empathy likely contributed to the received wisdom that empathy was alien to the emotionally cold and distant Freud of the consulting room— a view of Freud that is clearly in need of some qualifi cation. Most notably, in one of his Papers on Technique, Freud advised analysts that it was imperative to the success of a psychoanalytic treatment that they approach the patient with empathy or Einfühlung, which ap- pears as “sympathetic understanding” in the Standard Edition trans- lation, a less subjective and robust emotional stance than he actu- ally had in mind.11 But to posit an empathic, responsive, and nimble consulting- room Freud on the basis of misguided translation prac- tices is to go too far, for Freud was also consistent in calling primar- ily on the intellectual dimensions of the term and was throughout his life suspicious of the analyst’s own emotions in the analytic set- ting. If he was familiar with empathy, he did not enthusiastically embrace it. Informing the minor contretemps over empathy between Freud and Ferenczi was the former’s urgent recommendation to his col- leagues sixteen years earlier, in 1912, that they model themselves on the surgeon, “who puts aside all his feelings, even his human sym- pathy.” The “emotional coldness” of Freud’s enjoining stood in stark contrast to Ferenczi’s recommended empathy, and it was alto- gether consonant with his advocacy of the analyst as mirror to the patient’s psyche and, more broadly, of psychoanalysis as primarily an intellectual exercise of interpretation. Freud maintained that the analyst’s coldness allowed for maximal exploration of the uncon- scious material produced by the analysand while at the same time protecting the analyst’s “own emotional life.” The analyst’s own individuality and any “intimate attitude” he might want to bring to the treatment were not aids to its progress but, rather, dangers that brought the specter of suggestion into the consulting room.12 Sug- gestive infl uences might induce patients to produce material to please the analyst, but such infl uences were of no utility in uncover- Gratification 173 ing what was unconscious, the psychoanalyst’s quarry. Only the ana- lyst’s opacity to the patient would ensure that unconscious material— material of which the patient was by defi nition unaware— would be made available for use in the treatment. Objectivity, neutrality, and disinterestedness on the part of the analyst were the watch- words of analytic technique as presented by Freud in his Papers on Technique. Yet, Freud was well aware that emotional coldness was in many cases inadequate to the task of gaining the patient’s compliance. “The cure is effected by love,” he had written to Jung years earlier, noting that only transference, by which he then meant the patient’s love for the analyst, could provide the impetus necessary for patients to en- gage in the diffi cult pro cess of analysis. Patients give up their re sis- tances “to please us,” Freud told his Viennese colleagues the next year: “Our cures are cures of love,” he said, once again underscoring the instrumentally seductive nature of the analytic encounter. Freud fi rst characterized the love for the physician—specifi cally, in an early case of hysteria he treated, a female patient’s desire that he might kiss her— that he witnessed among patients in treatment as in the nature of a “false connection,” explaining that the patient in ques- tion harbored an unconscious wish that a certain man in her past “might boldly take the initiative and give her a kiss.”13 By 1915, when he published his paper on the phenomenon, “Observations on Transference- Love,” the patient’s love had been transformed into a highly explosive force and endowed with a mea sure of reality, turned from a false connection into a genuine phenomenon. “Transference- Love” was Freud’s favorite among his technical papers, a tour de force that in ten briskly argued pages interrogates not only the nature of the analytic encounter but also of love itself. Written in the aftermath of what Freud called “the showdown” with Jung, it was in Freud’s estimation “more honest, bolder, and more ruthless” in pre sen ta tion than his earlier work. The love that in “On Narcissism” is strained and pinched, a fi xed quantity mechanisti- cally distributed between self and other, is in “Transference-Love” a crazy- making, unpredictable, and destabilizing force “lacking in normality”—which is what makes it, paradoxically, normal. “Being 174 Dimensions of Narcissism in love in ordinary life,” Freud wrote, is “more similar to abnormal than normal mental phenomena.” If love in the context of analysis was less sensible and more blind, in its overvaluation of the loved one, than love in ordinary life, then this was just in the nature of love: “These departures from the norm constitute precisely what is essential about being in love.”14 Love here is rendered more in the register of cataclysm than in the coolly distributed ebbs and fl ows of “On Narcissism.” And cataclysmic it was, on the one hand eliciting behaviors and declarations both comical and serious from patients besotted with their analysts and on the other powerfully tempting the analyst to “forget his technique and his medical task for the sake of a fi ne ex- perience.” Freud recommended that the analyst at the receiving end of a patient’s passion not attempt to convince her of the unreality of her love, of the fact that it represented a revival of feelings fi rst laid down in early childhood. He was to keep in mind that the patient’s love had little to do with “the charms of his own person” and he was not to be tempted to view the situation as a conquest. He was not to talk her out of her desires, to urge her “to suppress, renounce or sublimate her instincts,” but neither was he to gratify them. The treatment, Freud famously declared, “must be carried out in absti- nence.” It was “a fundamental principle that the patient’s need and longing should be allowed to persist in her,” for only in such a state of suspended satisfaction would she be impelled to do the work analy- sis demanded. No surrogate satisfactions were to be offered her, for her frustration was critical to the progress of the treatment. “Cruel though it may sound,” he later told his colleagues, it was the ana- lyst’s task to make sure that the patient’s suffering was not prema- turely foreclosed and, if it was, “to re-instate it elsewhere in the form of some appreciable privation.”15 Freud was well acquainted with what he called in 1894 “the horrible misery of abstinence.” Privation, renunciation, and absti- nence, sites of struggle through the de cade of the 1890s, held meanings for Freud that were at once personal and professional. Anguished discussion of the superhuman torments imposed by abstinence punctuate his letters to Wilhelm Fliess, especially in the Gratification 175 years from 1893 through 1896, when he was working his way to- ward the conclusion that the origins of the neuroses were exclu- sively sexual. Freud’s fi rst mention of abstinence in his correspon- dence with Fliess refers to his own sexual deprivation, he and his wife having decided to live “in abstinence” following the birth of six children in as many years of marriage. Every subsequent men- tion, however, refers to the “indescribably bleak” miseries of absti- nence not from sex but from smoking. It appears that Fliess— in this respect a Freudian avant la lettre— responded to his friend’s repeated reports of troubling cardiac symptoms by issuing a prohi- bition, more than once, on smoking his favored cigars. Freud com- plained that this made his life unbearable. In one instance, he was able to honor Fliess’s absolutist edict for seven weeks, but the depriva- tion left him feeling so “outrageously bad . . . completely incapable of working, a beaten man” that he resumed the habit. Three weeks into this period of abstinence, Freud reported suffering “a severe car- diac misery,” characterized by “violent arrhythmia, constant ten- sion, pressure, burning in the heart region” in addition to shooting pains down his left arm and feelings of depression “which took the form of visions of death and departure.” The episode, he claimed, was worse than he had ever experienced while smoking. It was as if abstinence had heightened his underlying anxieties, bringing them to light for inspection by his physician Fliess. Two months later Freud was half ironically referring to the narrative of his symptoms as “my case history.”16 The mechanism of symptom formation visible here is strikingly similar to the one Freud later outlined in issuing his recommenda- tion that analytic treatment be carried out “in a state of frustration.” Just as Fliess denying Freud the consolation of smoking resulted in more- frightening- than-normal cardiac symptoms and amplifi ed his self- described neurosis, the Freudian analyst seeks, by refusing the patient all gratifi cations, to sharpen her confl icts, to raise them to their highest pitch so that she will have the motivation and energy necessary to address them. Abstinence is in the service of the cure. It is worth noting that Freud broached then immediately dropped the thread of his own sexual abstinence in his correspondence with 176 Dimensions of Narcissism

Fliess. The issue surfaced time and again, however, in displaced form, in his narrative of his own struggles to cease smoking. Freud plain- tively complained to Fliess in 1894 about the absence of anything “warm any more between the lips.” The fi rst, bowdlerized edition of the letters rendered Freud’s complaint as “nothing lit between my lips,” prompting Erik Erikson to comment drolly, “It is hard to see why Freud is censored here.”17 In 1896, following two years spent complaining that Fliess’s prohibition on smoking was robbing his life of enjoyment and preventing him from working, Freud changed his tune and admit- ted that abstinence— redefi ned now as limiting himself to between one and four cigars daily—did him good. He turned his “inner unrest” in a productive direction, back to resolving the problem of hysteria. It was as if Freud had found in these tightly rationed cigars the surrogate satisfactions that, he wrote, partially appease the “need and longing” experienced by patients subjected to the deprivations of analytic treatment. He went on to endow absti- nence with charismatic power, proclaiming that it “attracts people” by holding out the promise of plentitude to those waiting for the riches it held to be fi nally distributed. We can only speculate on the degree to which Freud might have drawn on his own experi- ence of abstinence in formulating his technical recommendations in the years from 1911 through 1914. Throughout his life, he consistently disparaged the sexual abstinence— voluntary or so- cially mandated as the price of civilization—that he held was the root cause of anxiety. But he also saw a more broadly construed abstinence as potentially transformative of the self, the “renuncia- tion and privation” that constituted it serving as “a means to power.” Religiously prescribed asceticism did not constitute a withdrawal from the world but was gratifying and empowering. Examining the chastity of the religious virtuosi, Max Weber, in his 1922 treatise The Sociology of Religion, similarly cast abstinence as in the service of charisma.18 As Freud saw it, asceticism in the analytic setting was not simple privation but a means to self- discovery and mastery. Gratification 177

Analytic Censorship Throughout his career as psychoanalyst, Ferenczi was subjected to censorship, not all of it externally imposed. In his Diary he analyzed his long- standing self-censorship, both in his “literal subordination” to Freud and in his “total inhibition about speaking in his presence until he broached a subject.” Ferenczi learned that submission to Freud’s authority coupled with empathic attunement to his needs would allow him to hold Freud close and, although he silently seethed for years, it was not until he was in his midfi fties that he mustered the wherewithal to publicly assert his in de pen dence from Freud. By 1922, it was clear their relationship was cooling. Ferenczi, by his own telling “older and more sensible” than he had been in Palermo, was belatedly “weaning” himself from Freud in the guise of substi- tute father and fi nding himself forced to “intellectual self-reliance.” 19 Ferenczi would focus increasingly on the technique of psychoanaly- sis and would increasingly fi nd himself questioning the rationale for and the effi cacy of Freud’s technical recommendations. Through the 1920s, he published a series of papers in which he documented his therapeutic experimentation. Although his Clinical Diary would not come to light for decades, these papers voiced many of the concerns central to that document, attacking analytic privation and the hy- pocrisy of subjecting patients to suffering in the name of treatment. According to Ferenczi, it was Freud’s indifference to the therapeu- tic dimension of the analytic project that prompted his own apostasy. Freud’s indifference is by now well documented. His correspondence is punctuated with references to the toll exacted by patients, whom he characterized variously as boring, disgusting, and insatiable. He was “saturated with analysis as therapy” and “fed up,” he wrote to Ferenczi. He was eager to limit how many patients he saw, “with the clear intent of tormenting myself less.” He once remarked in Ferenc- zi’s presence that “patients are a rabble,” serving only to provide ana- lysts with their livelihoods and “material to learn from”—expressing the therapeutic nihilism that Ferenczi found especially troubling. Freud’s patience with neurotics in analysis was limited, he told Fe- renczi, and “in life I am inclined to intolerance toward them.” To 178 Dimensions of Narcissism one analysand, the American Smiley Blanton, Freud explained that the main aim of psychoanalysis was not therapeutic but, rather, “to contribute to the science of psychology and to the world of litera- ture and life in general.”20 These sentiments were privately conveyed. But Freud also went public with his doubts. He proclaimed in 1933 that he had “never been a therapeutic enthusiast,” and four years later, in one of the last of his works to appear in his lifetime, “Analysis Terminable and In- terminable,” he expounded on what James Strachey as editor of the piece defensively characterized as a cool, even pessimistic, attitude toward psychoanalysis’s therapeutic ambitions. Freud in this essay dismissively brackets the question of what eventuates in cure as “suf- fi ciently elucidated,” preferring to focus instead on obstacles in the way of such cures. He then goes on to settle scores in adducing as evidence Ferenczi’s failed analysis with him in support of his own pessimism. Ferenczi’s overweening “need to cure and to help” had led him from the path of analysis to a “boundless course of experi- mentation,” Freud wrote, adding that Ferenczi had set himself aims “altogether out of reach to- day.”21 Indeed, it was Ferenczi’s furor sanandi, his therapeutic overeager- ness and rage to heal, that his analytic detractors would see as the Achilles heel that led him from the analytic straight and narrow. Ferenczi, who bridled against the constraints on the analyst’s behav- ior that fl owed from Freud’s technical recommendations— from the conviction expressed in them that patients could not be helped— saw his own need to help as the driving force behind his creative explorations. “Freud no longer loves his patients,” Ferenczi charged in his Diary. Freud was intellectually but no longer emotionally in- vested in psychoanalysis, disdainful of patients and in the analytic setting “levitating like some kind of divinity” above them. Framing it as an issue of not abusing patients’ trust, Ferenczi distinguished himself from Freud in his own willingness to follow patients’ lead, to relax Freud’s precepts and “to be openly a human being with feel- ings” both positive and negative toward the patient, to allow him- self to be empathic but also “frankly exasperated.”22 Where Freud hated his patients, he would love them. Gratification 179

In his time, Ferenczi’s couch was known in the analytic world as the haven for hopeless cases, those patients considered too disturbed to tolerate the privations of the orthodox analytic setting. Freudians for the most part considered narcissistically inaccessible patients incurable; Ferenczi argued that it was not the patient but the Freud- ian coolly aloof and minimally responsive analyst who was at fault. Ferenczi would substitute for the Freudian analyst’s “expectant si- lence” and “ste reo typed question”—“Now what comes into your mind about that?”— a vision of analysis not unlike the “game of questions and answers” child analysts played with their patients. He would replace the Freudian’s “technical strictness” with his own “in- exhaustible patience, understanding, goodwill, and kindliness.” He would encourage patients to surrender to their spontaneously experi- enced emotions and allow them to reenact the signal traumatic events of their childhoods, treating the “acting out” that the Freudian saw as preliminary to recollection—the actual work of analysis— as a valuable source of material in itself. Ferenczi’s observation that his patients overcame their mistrust of him only when convinced they would not encounter in his consulting room the “insincerity and hy- pocrisy” that had marked their childhoods informed his stance of “general encouragement.” Like “an affectionate mother,” he would indulge their “wishes and impulses as far as is in any way possible.” In another paper, Ferenczi wrote that patients for whom the stan- dard analytic approach was inadequate needed “to be adopted and to partake for the fi rst time in their lives of the advantages of a nor- mal nursery.”23 Ferenczi’s apostasy reached its climax in a confrontation with Freud and analytic orthodoxy in September 1932. Stopping off to visit Freud on his way to a psychoanalytic congress in Wiesbaden, Ferenczi read aloud to him the paper that would be published the next year under the title “Confusion of Tongues between Adults and the Child.” In this paper, now considered a classic, Ferenczi went public with the charge of professional hypocrisy he had made in his Diary and to which he had glancingly referred in print two years previously. He saw this hypocrisy in analysts’ politeness in the pres- ence of angry, reproachful, or critical patients whom they in fact 180 Dimensions of Narcissism found hard to tolerate and often disliked. Needy patients, many of whom had as children experienced adults as duplicitous, picked up on the disdain beneath the analyst’s mannered graciousness and were thus forced to experience anew, sometimes in hallucinatory, trance- like states of dissociation, the traumas of inattention, abandonment, or sexual predation that had characterized their early years. Patients exhibit “a remarkable, almost clairvoyant knowledge” concerning their analyst’s thoughts and emotions, Ferenczi argued, and in the treatment setting the most damaged and needy of them responded much like children; that is, they responded not to intellectual expla- nations but to the analyst’s sincerity and “maternal friendliness.” Pa- tients were better served by analysts who responded honestly to criti- cisms than by those who hid behind their own authority. It was with the former, who abjured complacency and admitted to the possibility of error, that patients could feel the confi dence and trust necessary to approach the past “as an objective memory,” not as a live trauma, and with whom they could begin the pro cess of recovery. Pay atten- tion to the ways you speak to your patients and pupils, Ferenczi ad- vised: “Loosen, as it were, their tongues.”24 Freud listened “thunderstruck” to Ferenczi’s disquisition, warn- ing him that he was on dangerous ground in departing so radically from established psychoanalytic technique and begging him not to deliver the paper. Ferenczi’s attack on the coolly detached analytic persona was heretical enough. Coupled with his focus on the trau- matizing effects of incestuous seductions and “real rape,” issues that Freud had long preferred to treat in the register of fantasy, Ferenczi’s “errors” were serious enough to merit banishment. Even before Freud heard Ferenczi out, he was preparing to censor him. After the fact he was furious, characterizing the paper in a letter to his daughter Anna as confused, contrived, and devious. In a telegram to a Berlin loyalist sent the day after his meeting with Ferenczi—their last meet- ing, it would turn out, ending with Freud declining to shake Fe- renczi’s hand offered “in affectionate adieu”—he deemed the paper harmless but stupid. Colleagues who wanted to forbid Ferenczi from speaking at the congress joined Freud in predicting, over the next several days, that scandal, even sensation, would ensue were Gratification 181 the paper to be heard. Freud tried to stand between the paper and publication— to censor it—writing to Ferenczi a few days after their meeting of his hopes that the latter would recognize “the technical impropriety” of the procedures outlined in the paper and his belief that Ferenczi would fail to “rectify” himself. Although the paper was published the following year in German, it was not until 1949 that it appeared in En glish translation in a “Ferenczi Number” of the International Journal of Psycho- Analysis, Ernest Jones’s promise to Ferenczi he would publish it immediately notwithstanding.25 Ferenczi was soon enough branded as psychotic and posthumously considered as such by all but a few of his fellow analysts. He was marginal to the mainstream analytic tradition, cast as a once- faithful, sometimes-brilliant disciple who regrettably had lost his way. “The Confusion of Tongues” was long adduced as evidence of his mad- ness, characterized as the work of a dying analyst. His writings were censored by Freud’s faithful acolytes. Much of what has been writ- ten concerning this episode and of its traumatic effects on the ana- lytic community follows Freud in focusing on Ferenczi’s theoretical backward glance. But it was their clash over love and provision in the analytic setting that matters here. Freud was happy to use love instrumentally in analysis, in “Transference-Love” seeing the pa- tient’s love for the analyst fi rst elicited in the ser vice of compliance with the treatment and then of necessity left unresponded to, coolly transformed in the name of proper technique from something genu- ine to something unreal. In his Diary, Ferenczi objected to Freud’s construal of transference love, chalking it up to the analyst’s “narcis- sistic, specifi cally erotomaniacal delusion.” In contrast to Freud, who held that this love was a spontaneous phenomenon, Ferenczi argued it was an artifi cially produced effect of the analytic situation, a response to the analyst’s technique, inherently narcissistic, of inter- preting every detail of the patient’s response as expressive of her feelings regarding him, as well as of his expectation, even explicit exhortations, that the patient manifest such strong, passionate feel- ings for him. Ferenczi held that in so exhorting the patient, the ana- lyst was unwittingly setting up a situation in which the child’s rela- tionship vis-à- vis the parents was replicated, as parents similarly 182 Dimensions of Narcissism exhorted her to feel loving and passionate feelings that were possi- bly non ex is tent, given her young age. The analyst’s mechanical and egotistical stance strengthened patients’ inhibitions and curtailed their ability to speak freely and to contradict or criticize the analyst, whose feelings they did not want to offend and upon whose friendliness they were dependent. Ferenczi thought that however adoring of the ana- lyst patients were, they longed to free themselves of the analyst’s op- pressive demands for love, of the “over- burdening transference.” The transference, Ferenczi argued, was not always the means of the cure but sometimes an impediment to it. The Freudian analytic setting was a hothouse of ethical, technical, and erotic danger threatening to the professionalism of the analyst and the recovery of the patient. The Ferenczian setting was ideally by contrast characterized by a “mild, passionless atmosphere” that freed patients in making no covert de- mands on them.26 Freud’s technical recommendations, orga nized around abstinence and privation, were of a piece with his construal of the analytic en- counter and its dangers. For his part, Ferenczi saw the dangers of analysis, a “cruel game with patients” as practiced by the orthodox, in the very withdrawal of emotion that Freud prescribed.27 There was, to be sure, a paradox here, a paradox at the heart of the dis- agreement between the two analysts: Freudian cool objectivity is al- lied with the passionate intensity of transference love, while the Fe- renczian setting, awash in empathy and warmth, is, if Ferenczi is to be believed, passionless. In an ironic twist of historical fortunes, Fe- renczi, who attempted to drain the analytic atmosphere of the height- ened passion with which Freud imbued it, has been branded in the literature as driven by an inordinate desire to cure through love.

Privation in the Analytic Setting We can see in the series of confrontations between Freud and Fe- renczi, and in partic u lar with the orga nized suppression of the latter, the triumph of privation and abstinence as orga nizing concepts within psychoanalysis. It would be hard to overestimate the impor- tance historically of abstinence to psychoanalytic practice, especially Gratification 183 in the mid- twentieth- century heyday of ego psychology in the United States. Although frequently invoked before then, it was only in the 1950s that it was enshrined as a rule, the so-called rule of abstinence.28 Freud emphasized that the abstinence he envisioned was not sex- ual, though, it should be noted, he had good reasons for issuing a prohibition on analyst- patient sexual relations. Such relations, now called boundary violations, were rife in early analytic practice. Jung and his analysand and later coworker and fellow analyst had an affair four years after her two- month- long analysis with him that ended quite badly; Jones met Loe Kann, with whom he lived for years, when she was in treatment with him; and an espe- cially messy thicket of analysis and sex ended in Ferenczi marrying Gizella Pálos, a patient of his and Freud’s alike (Ferenczi was also in love with her daughter, Elma). Freud attempted to manage a number of such relationships, and though he was disconcerted by Ferenczi’s messy triangle and chided Jones for his sexual impulsiveness, his stance was not one of moral condemnation. He was less concerned with the sexual transgressions in themselves than with the ignominy he feared these relationships would bring analysis. Sexual abstinence was thus envisioned in the service of the cure. But, as many have pointed out, Freud was never so abstemious—so coldly ungratifying—in his ac- tual practice as his own recommendations prescribed, prompting the question, “was Freud a Freudian?”29 Freud’s patients in the 1920s and 1930s were primarily analysts in training, for reasons ranging from his need for hard currency in the midst of the post–World War I economic collapse, to a desire to see his infl uence spread, to a straightforward preference for students over neurotics. A number of them published memoirs of their ses- sions with the master. Marshaling these accounts to document dis- crepancies between Freud’s words and actions has turned into a mi- nor industry. The consulting room Freud was not the “mirror” to his patients of his stated recommendations but a warmly human pres- ence who shared freely of his perspectives and concerns; analysands remember him as speaking openly on a range of topics. One recalls that Freud even got up to light a cigar while exclaiming “this must 184 Dimensions of Narcissism be celebrated!” when he felt especially pleased with the work being accomplished; another wrote about Freud pounding “the arms of his chair and often the head of the couch” as he transmitted his excite- ment. Freud was not silent but could talk through entire sessions, with one American claiming he spoke for the entirety of two separate hour- long sessions. He could be directive and commanding with patients; the most frequently cited example of this is his resorting in frustration to the highly unusual move of telling the recalcitrant Wolf Man that his treatment would end one year hence, cured or not, in effect blackmailing him into giving up his symptoms. Freud was known to gossip with analysands about his colleagues and about other patients: was “able but malicious—mean”; Fe- renczi was “starved for love”; Alfred Adler was “too proud to live in the shadow of this giant” (that is, Freud himself). Freud found it “too painful” to speak of Jung with some colleagues in treatment, whereas with others the bitterness poured forth. He gave and ac- cepted books and other gifts to and from patients, while alert to how problematic his actions could be; one remembers him saying “you will see . . . what diffi culties gifts in analysis always make.”30 And, most scandalously, he analyzed his own daughter Anna, the fact of which many were dimly aware, which provided ample fodder for the very active analytic rumor mill. In all, Freud’s deviations from orthodoxy were signifi cant enough to prompt dismay among the contemporaneous analytic “authori- ties,” as he ironically called them. For even his staunchest defenders, the contrast between the rigidities of the textbook Freud and the often- gratifying humanness of the consulting room Freud has proven a source of consternation and confusion. Peter Gay, for example, notes Freud’s “sovereign readiness to disregard his own rules” and accounts for Freud’s rule bending and rule breaking by reference to his “sense of mastery” and “sheer humaneness.” Gay argues that on abstinence Freud was categorical but concludes that the “frigid” im- agery of the surgeon and the mirror he employed to convey the con- cept was particularly unfortunate as it obscured the analyst’s very human partnership with his patient.31 Gratification 185

The trope of the analyst’s “humanness” comes up repeatedly in considerations of technique, its strangeness when cast in the inter- rogatory form of “can the analyst be human” symptomatic of the diffi culty in which midcentury American psychoanalysis found it- self. The literature is punctuated with tales of patients’ astonishment upon realizing the analyst was indeed a fellow human being. The Viennese Otto Fenichel wrote, for instance, that his patients were taken aback by his “freedom and naturalness”: “They had believed an analyst is a special creation and is not permitted to be human!” Freud’s recommendations hardened in the hands of the émigré ego psychologists, who went Freud one better in advocating an ana- lytic setting characterized by an austerity and abstinence conso- nant with his technical recommendations but absent from his ac- tual practice. They expanded the compass of Freud’s recommended abstinence to proscribe any words, gestures, actions, or behaviors on the part of the analyst that might interfere with the purity of the analytic pro cess. And they delineated patently appealing modes of relationship— the working alliance, the therapeutic relationship, the real relationship— that might supplement but not replace the as- cetic and authoritarian transference, attempting to preserve the latter’s purity while bringing a mea sure of simple humanity into the ortho- dox consulting room and establishing the terms in which analytic technique would be discussed for decades: an impossibly abstinent ideal supplemented by a stream of tools and ancillary modes of rela- tionship that qualifi ed and softened its coldness.32 These extratransferential relationships testify to just how impov- erished the relationship between analyst and patient had become in the hands of the orthodox. The basic argument of Leo Stone’s land- mark book, The Psychoanalytic Situation, published in 1961, was that in their pursuit of an unattainable purity his colleagues had abandoned any semblance of common sense. He pointed to the “su- perfl uous deprivations” exacted by “overzealous and indiscriminate” adherence to the rule of abstinence and chastised his fellow analysts for the austerity, aloofness, and “arbitrary authoritarianism” that char- acterized their interactions with patients. Highlighting the analyst’s 186 Dimensions of Narcissism rule- bound rigidity, his “robotlike invocation of a blanket rule,” his treating the patient as if surgically anesthetized, comatose, or even cadaverous, Stone argued passionately that patients needed more than the classical (or neoclassical) setting offered. The midcentury literature is peppered with accounts of analysts so under the sway of orthodoxy that they cannot express any compassion over the fate of a patient’s seriously ill infant or, conversely, congratulate a patient on a major achievement for fear of doing harm. Was it really so dan- gerous for the patient to know whether the analyst vacationed “in Vermont or Maine” or, “let me be really bold,” Stone writes, “that one knows something more about sailing than about golf or bridge.”33 Stone concluded that analysts’ preference for “schematic perfec- tion” over “intuitive wisdom” in the treatment setting skewed the analytic pro cess. Skittishness on the question of the legitimate grati- fi cations that might sustain “a palpably human context” was espe- cially limiting, he maintained; only certain “essential gratifi cations” would equip patients to tolerate abstinence.34 That is, as Stone saw it, gratifi cation need not necessarily be opposed to abstinence but could work in its ser vice. His book vividly testifi es to the intellectual and emotional impoverishment psychoanalysis visited upon itself in honoring Freud’s dicta, an impoverishment that would, however, provide an opening for Kohut’s re orientation of the analytic fi eld in the 1970s.

The Burdens of Empathy Ferenczi and his explorations of empathy were largely lost to psycho- analysis until thirty years later, when Kohut reopened the conversa- tion. Empathy was used only infrequently in the analytic literature before the appearance of Kohut’s important 1959 paper, “Introspec- tion, Empathy, and Psychoanalysis.”35 Following its publication, the term appears with increasing frequency, a regular focus of interest and debate. No one in the analytic world is now more closely associ- ated with the concept than Kohut, who, well aware of the disdain heaped upon Ferenczi by the orthodox, in championing empathy Gratification 187 distanced himself from the overly indulgent, gratifying Ferenczi of the literature. This was despite the fact that Kohut followed Ferenczi’s lead in maintaining that empathy should be conceptualized as in the ser vice of science. In Ferenczi’s view, psychoanalysts had shown that it was possible to understand mental processes, to methodically investigate the mind, by means of transmissible technique— not just, as some would insist, an inexplicable “faculty called knowledge of human nature.” As Ferenczi saw it, the development of technique put this understanding of human nature, formerly the province of artists and psychological geniuses, within reach of anyone “of only average gifts” willing to take the time and expend the effort to learn. As it was in other sciences, so it was in the realm of the mind, with “the mystical and the miraculous” displaced “by universally valid and inevitable laws.” With the establishment of the training analysis, in which the prospective analyst was herself analyzed, what Ferenczi called the “personal equation” that was at the center of the analytic relation- ship was diminishing. Proper training ensured that an array of ob- servers of “psychological raw material” would all reach the same objective conclusions regarding it.36 What ever uncertainties came up in the course of a treatment—at what precise point an interpreta- tion should be shared with the patient, for example— that could not be spelled out in advance were a matter of the analyst’s tact, or empathy. Like Ferenczi, Kohut mounted a fi erce attack on analytic ortho- doxy around empathy, arguing it was a far better technique for gath- ering data than Freud’s recommended free association and evenly suspended attention. Freud had warned Ferenczi that tact (empathy) should be divested “of its mystical character for beginners” who might use it to justify “the subjective factor” in analysis. Ferenczi’s response was that this was precisely his aim: empathy was premised not on intuition but on “the conscious assessment of the dynamic situation.” Ferenczi in the 1920s and Kohut in the 1960s and 1970s found themselves parrying the charges of mysticism, subjectivity, and maternalism leveled by their opponents. Writing in 1975, Kohut 188 Dimensions of Narcissism suggested that analysts had long been ashamed of empathy as not scientifi c, that the early analyst especially had been “eager to distance himself from a demimonde of sentimental fuzziness, of tenderhearted perception.” Offering a scientifi cally valid empathy as antidote, Kohut stressed it was emphatically “not a sex- linked capacity.” Rather, it was a tool of empirical science, an instrument with which to explore interiority.37 Kohut, like Ferenczi, was determined to wrestle the mantle of science away from Freud and his orthodox followers. To fully grasp how burdened empathy was in the analytic domain by the time Kohut revived it, it is necessary to re- create the fi nal scene in the Freud-Ferenczi drama in which the maternal, gratifi cation, love, and kissing were woven together into one scandalous set piece. Ferenczi’s attention to the mother in psychoanalysis set him squarely against Freud, and his explorations of “the mother-role of the ana- lyst” eventually opened him to perhaps the most notorious of the many charges leveled against him, that, as Freud pointedly put it to him in the famous letter of December 13, 1931, the letter that prompted Ferenczi’s diary writing, reproduced by Jones in his Freud biography: “You kiss your patients and let them kiss you.” Freud continued: “Why stop with a kiss? Certainly, one will achieve still more if one adds ‘pawing,’ which, after all, doesn’t make any babies. And then bolder ones will come along who will take the further step of peep- ing and showing, and soon we will have accepted into the technique of psychoanalysis the whole repertoire of demiviergerie and petting parties.” It was not only the kissing that irked Freud. Rather, he ob- jected to the “technique of maternal tenderness” in toto, holding it and Ferenczi up to ridicule. “He is offended because one is not delighted to hear how he plays mother and child with his female patients,” Freud wrote to a colleague.38 Ferenczi responded by defending the extreme asceticism of his practice, but the “kissing technique” barb stuck, discussed by Jones in his Freud biography and passed down among analysts as a cau- tionary tale of therapeutic enthusiasms run amok in the name of indulgence and love— despite the fact there is no evidence to support the contention that Ferenczi had in fact kissed patients. This infa- mous incident may account in part for why Kohut distanced himself Gratification 189 from Ferenczi, about whom he was mostly silent. At least once, however, he dredged up the unpleasant “image of the aging Ferenczi, allowing his patients to sit on his knees, trying to provide them with the love of which they had been deprived in their childhood.” Not for Kohut the soft humanitarianism associated with revisionist ana- lysts from Ferenczi onward. From the start, Kohut would conceptu- alize empathy— again, much like Ferenczi had— as “a rigorously con- trolled tool of observation,” a “specifi c, disciplined cognitive process,” and do what he could to stave off its distortion by do- gooders who could see in it only “an aim-inhibited form of love.” This was simply too close to the unscientifi c, sentimental “cure- through- love” with which too many of the public had associated psychoanalysis for too long.39 The radical implications of Kohut’s initial 1959 brief for empathy were not immediately clear. In the paper, he relegated free association— Freud’s fundamental rule— to an ancillary position in the analyst’s ar- mamentarium, an “auxiliary instrument” to be mobilized in support of introspection and empathy. Free association would be increasingly associated with the intellectual dimension of analysis, that is with a preference for measured insight and interpretation over any more ro- bust mode of engagement. Evenly suspended attention was similarly demoted in the Kohutian analytic world, knocked from its pedestal to serve as mere handmaid to empathy, functioning primarily as a method to focus the analyst’s mind prior to empathy’s superven- tion. And, fi nally, Kohut took on the transference, which was at the centerpiece of Freud’s Papers on Technique, arguing that the analyst did not function as a screen onto which the patient’s internal struc- ture was projected but was a real presence and experienced as such. Psychoanalysis was like small particle physics, he would later sug- gest, with the analyst- as-observer part of the observational fi eld. The discipline’s objective truths only existed to the extent that they ac- counted for the effects of the observational pro cess. The analyst in- fl uenced the process “as an intrinsically signifi cant human presence,” he wrote in a passage echoing Ferenczi.40 Kohut claimed scientifi c status for empathy, and labored to dis- tinguish it from gratifi cation. He argued that his self psychology 190 Dimensions of Narcissism adhered more stringently to Freud’s recommendations than did or- thodoxy, insisting that interpretation was the self psychologist’s, like the Freudian’s, métier. But he also questioned the prescribed analytic stance of minimal responsiveness, contrasting the warmly empathic analyst fully engaged in the analytic pro cess with the silent, data- gathering analyst- as-computer who “emits interpretations.” Neutral- ity was in practice often “grossly depriving.” He insisted that while the muted and sometimes emotionally barren atmosphere with which it was consonant was perhaps suitable for the sexually over- stimulated hysterics who were Freud’s early patients, it was neither appropriate nor helpful for the deprived, character- disordered pa- tients with narcissistic issues who were increasingly seeking psycho- analysts’ help. Kohut argued that analysts should respond to patients in a way befi tting a person whose life work it was to help others, drawing on deep layers of their own personalities. With Ferenczi no doubt in mind, Kohut emphasized that analysts should not attempt to make up for the traumatic failures that their patients had experi- enced in childhood with an “extra mea sure of love and kindness.” Rather, they should immerse themselves empathically in their pa- tients’ inner lives, while calling on their technical knowledge of the same to tactfully interpret and offer support for patients’ strivings.41 Kohut offered analysts theoretical justifi cation for what he and others suggested they were already doing. A good part of the success of his analytic revolution was premised on his ability to assuage his fellow analysts’ guilt about their deviating from Freud’s recommen- dations to act naturally in the treatment setting.42 How he managed to do this is a story perhaps best told through the lens offered by Janet Malcolm’s 1981 book, Psychoanalysis: The Impossible Profes- sion, an account in which orthodoxy and revisionism, austerity and gratifi cation, neurosis and narcissism dramatically and satisfyingly square off. A sensation when it fi rst appeared, The Impossible Profession now reads as a brilliant ethnography of a tribe of healers— the New York–based orthodox Freudian establishment—fi tfully attempting to comprehend, and parry, the threat to their sovereignty posed by “a fervid cult in Chicago.” Arrivistes worshipping the new god Kohut Gratification 191 and offering a new kind of magical healing, the Chicagoans elicited a scathing contempt, leavened with a bit of grudging respect, from the New Yorkers, who saw them as but the latest in a long line of pretend- ers whom they had faced down—“savagely fought,” as Malcolm puts it—and successfully defeated in the defense of their founding god’s science. (Indeed, one of Malcolm’s more colorful in for mants boasted of having at a conference done “a hatchet job on Kernberg”—a New Yorker but like the Chicagoans a revisionist—and having thereby proved his bona fi des: “I had done my homework, and I crushed him, and everyone knew I had. . . . people started noticing me, inviting me to parties.”) This time would be no different. Alfred Adler and Carl Jung in the 1920s, Franz Alexander in the 1940s: psychoanalysis, Malcolm’s chief infor mant, the pseudononymous Aaron Green maintained, “has waves of this kind of thing, and it serenely lets them wash over itself, because eventually they all sub- side,” occasional recourse to the hatchet notwithstanding.43 But not this time. In the decade- long subsiding that followed the publication of Malcolm’s book, Kohut was assimilated into the ana- lytic mainstream, and the high orthodoxy of the New York Freud- ians was more washed out than washed over. It is clear now that Malcolm swooped down on the orthodox at the point when their commitment to an uncompromisingly austere technique had become untenable, attacked from the outside but also, more important, eroded from within. Green, for instance, extoled the virtues of adopt- ing a “fanatically pure” technique— namely, the greater freedom it, as “the more libertarian perspective,” allowed the patient. He thought that tempering the rigors of orthodox technique with “judi- cious doses of kindliness and friendliness” deprived patients of the freedom to decide what was best for themselves. He could even sug- gest that in the diffi culties abstinence imposed on theanalyst were to be found “the real wear and tear of analysis,” invoking the “chronic struggle to keep oneself from doing the things that decent people naturally and spontaneously do.” Yet he could not help but highlight the gratuitous cruelty that had long shadowed abstinence. “No one likes to hurt people,” he told Malcolm, unwittingly caricaturing classical technique in terms of causing pain, standing silently by in 192 Dimensions of Narcissism the face of suffering, and withholding help from patients “when they plead for it.”44 Malcolm’s story unfolds most compellingly at the level of tech- nique, and it is in Green’s ambivalence on this score, which she mas- terfully evokes, that we can glimpse something of the magnitude of Kohut’s achievement. Malcolm’s Freudians are ascetics to the core, disdainful of the laxness and sloppiness of the upstarts, the faddish- ness and mawkish sentimentality of their therapeutic ambitions. Yet Green— for all of his commitment to a “fanatically pure” technique, his disdain for Kohut’s misguided theorizing, his “hate” for self psychology—cannot help but be drawn to Kohut’s recommendations on technique, almost as if in spite of his orthodox self. Green grudg- ingly admits to respecting Kohut’s technique with very diffi cult pa- tients: “Whenever I read his clinical discussions, my therapeutic tech- nique improves. It’s true. . . . He reminds me of my obligation to the patient, which is to think analytically about everything he says and does.”45 To Green, Ferenczi was an empathic genius, “a man of great per- sonal kindness” endowed with the “intuitiveness and sensitivity and kindness” working with the very sick demanded, and thus his dis- pensing “with the rigor of orthodox technique” was excusable. Green saw Kohut working with similarly diffi cult patients. These patients, he explained, were now known as narcissists. They “had always been around,” disliked by analysts who found them nearly impossi- ble to treat. Such patients were too self-absorbed and inaccessible to form the transference that was the condition of classical analysis, capable of forming only what were called “narcissistic transfer- ences.” Ferenczi’s narcissistically split patients had developed deep to him once he had abandoned frustration for indul- gence, and revisionists working in the suppressed Ferenczian tradi- tion labored to bring these patients within the analytic compass. Starting in the 1930s, Michael Balint, like Ferenczi, worked with similarly traumatized and “sicker” patients. And in 1954, Leo Stone cata loged the irritations these diffi cult patients with narcissistic transferences presented to analysts— they were demanding, control- ling, tyrannizing, insatiable, and destructive—while adding he was Gratification 193 surprised at how well they had actually done in analysis. Kohut re- solved the issue by, in effect, recasting the venerable but disqualify- ing narcissistic transferences as treatable “self- object” transferences. It was the work of analysis to see them transmuted, he argued, to reactivate “the developmental potential of the defective self.” Green credited Kohut with convincing his fellow analysts to treat all of their patients’ behaviors, including their tendency to idealize the analyst one moment and “treat the analyst like dirt” the next, as transferential and therefore legitimate, part of the analytic pro cess not undermining of it. “This was a good thing to say. It needed to be said.” But Green also faulted Kohut for using this as the pretext for “inventing” a whole new psychoanalytic psychology.46 Green’s ambivalence toward Kohut is on display in his impas- sioned account of the fi rst time he read, “with utter amazement,” Kohut’s controversial 1979 paper, “The Two Analyses of Mr. Z.” In it, Kohut contrasted the dead end of a by- the- book classical analysis and its many “empathic failures” with the hopefulness and joy gen- erated by a reanalysis conducted along self- psychological lines. The paper came under withering criticism, even before it was revealed after Kohut’s death that it was autobiographical, that Mr. Z was Kohut himself. Skeptics from the orthodox camp argued that the fi rst analysis was wrongly carried out and that it presented a dis- torted picture of classical technique. Green objected that the fi rst analysis “just didn’t make sense,” adding that “in the second, ‘Kohu- tian’ analysis, he fi nally did what any one of us ‘classical’ analysts would have done in the fi rst place. His description of the first analy- sis reads like a caricature of analysis, while the second analysis is made to seem rich and profound, subtle and empathic, humanistic and humane.” That is, self psychology was just orthodoxy by an- other name. Or, was it the reverse, some asked— that orthodoxy at its best had “succeeded because it was using self- psychological methods without knowing it was doing so”?47 Even those analysts who rejected Kohut’s theorizing, then, were infl uenced by his approach to the analytic encounter. “Kohut’s tech- nique is very beguiling,” said one skeptic, adding that “it probably represents a general corrective to what a lot of analysts have done. 194 Dimensions of Narcissism

But then, if that’s all you’ve done, you’re really a good bartender.” The question of whether Kohut offered patients traditionally pro- scribed Ferenczian gratifi cations instead of Freud’s recommended interpretations divided analysts, with some fi nding him guilty and others innocent of the charge. Supporters explained that what Ko- hut did was interpret patients’ insatiable demands for gratifi cations as expressive of legitimate needs that were to be understood not necessarily overcome. To the public they explained that replacing “analytic aloofness” with Kohutian empathy legitimized “more human approaches in analysis.” Patients are not pleasure-seeking infants clinging to their fantasized omnipotence, Kohut argued, but adults desperate for confi rmation and support. Kohutian analysts were to appreciate their patients’ strivings and narcissistic needs and, with nothing more than imaginative attentiveness, gratify these needs in the analytic setting. Green scoffed at the idea that his version of analysis would “have to assimilate” Kohut’s renegade systematizing, but in his and his colleagues’ sniffi ng claim there was nothing new in self psychology, we can see enacted the incorporating impulse that led to Kohut’s eventual absorption into— and reshaping of—the mainstream of analysis in the United States.48

Gratifi cation, Instant and Immediate Me- Decade cultural critics associated narcissism with bottomless greed and blissful gratifi cation, largely unaware that asceticism fig- ured importantly in Freudian orthodoxy. Philip Rieff, Daniel Bell, and others lamented that asceticism as a cultural ideal had disap- peared, missing that if it could be found anywhere it was in need- denying narcissists. These narcissists maintained that they needed nothing, disavowing worldly and psychic needs in the name of a grandiose self-suffi ciency and omnipotence. While they were mani- festly indifferent to others, they were in analysts’ eyes nevertheless hungry for praise and admiration, even love. Any pathological de- sires they harbored for material goods was seen as secondary to their greediness for other people and what they could get from them. In Gratification 195 the 1970s, some analysts began to sign on to the critics’ vision, in which narcissism and indulgence were aligned. But most continued to focus primarily on the narcissist’s search for psychic, not mate- rial, gratifi cation. Among critics, Lasch made the strongest argument about gratifi - cation, holding that “ideologies based on the postponement of grati- fi cation”were crumbling under the pressure of consumerism and the revolution in sexual mores, both of which were weakening pa- ternal authority, freeing women from bondage to the family, and glorifying the young as consumers equipped with their own tele- phones, televi sions, and hi-fi s. Like Lasch, Daniel Bell saw a water- shed moment in the counterculture’s creation of a “world of imme- diate gratifi cation and exhibitionistic display.” But for Bell there was no going back: the dynamism of twentieth- century capitalism de- pended on the insatiably needy consumer. “The one thing that would utterly destroy the new capitalism is the serious practice of deferred gratifi cation,” he wrote. The prodigality of desire and the pleasures of acquisition that he and other critics found so lamentable in the young were not antithetical to “the capitalist economic system” but, rather, integral to its survival. The adman Ernest Dichter had, in 1960, made much the same point, arguing that the “economy would literally collapse overnight” were people to restrict themselves to fulfi lling “immediate and necessary needs.” Dichter updated Thor- stein Veblen’s work, suggesting that the gratifi cation, thrill, and en- joyment to be found in using products ranging from cars to golf clubs to dictating machines, not their value as status symbols, ac- counted for their irresistible attraction to consumers. Where else but the marketplace would individuals experience satisfactions as intense as those afforded by the “fi rst few minutes” with your new televi sion and the fi rst ten minutes driving your new car? Such pleasures, he argued, were unequaled, never again to be duplicated in the course of life.49 The executive’s new toys apart, the critics directed their dismay about rampant gratifi cation largely at the younger generation. Bell’s perspective, similar to that of David Riesman and William H. Whyte, 196 Dimensions of Narcissism did little to stanch outrage at the fl agrantly displayed hedonism of the young, the condemnation of them as spoiled brats and their parents as misguided prophets of permissiveness. Lasch was characteristi- cally withering on the issue, lambasting the practices of feeding on demand and attending to children’s “needs”— the scare quotes are his— as part and parcel of a culturally sanctioned and “exaggerated concern for the rights of the child” undermining of patriarchal au- thority. He would have parents ignore the debased Freudianism of the experts, but he praised the Kohutian mother’s provision of “op- timal frustration,” described by Kohut as a stance that gave the child soothing, calming, narcissistic sustenance while at the same time enabling it progressively to tolerate an ever more realistic level of disappointment over the mother’s lack of perfection. One can only assume that it was the “frustration” here that elicited Lasch’s ap- proval, for as described by Kohut “optimal frustration” referred to a maternal attentiveness and responsiveness to infantile need that Lasch otherwise mocked.50 Even when he did fi nd room for Kohut in his work, then, Lasch got him 180- degrees wrong. Lasch was not alone in seeing permissive parents as the prob- lem. Another commentator called 1970s youth the “picked-up generation”— because as babies their parents had picked them up and comforted them whenever they cried— and claimed they had “gone out of control,” unable to tolerate either authority or frustra- tion and demanding “immediate satisfaction” of their needs. It was common wisdom that the children of permissive and indulgent parents, especially of weak fathers, grew into the rebellious stu- dents who fought the establishment with childish impetuousness when they were not busy gratifying their sexual desires. In these critiques, the immediate gratifi cation sought by the young took a variety of forms, from the solitary (shamelessly experiencing selfi sh orgasms that did “not unite one overwhelmingly to another human being”) to the pharmacological (seeking transcendence through LSD and other widely available drugs) to the communal (huddling together in “large family- like enclaves” offering the gratifi cations of interdepen den cy). 51 Gratification 197

Notably, some social observers dissented from this jeremiad. They argued that the brashness of the college-educated young was admi- rable, evidence of their existential security. These young were famil- iar enough with affl uence to mock and reject it, and narcissistic enough to envision the world radically remade in their own image. Proclaiming that “most hippies are total narcissists,” Henry Mal- colm, in his 1971 book Generation of Narcissus, highlighted the unwillingness of the young to limit themselves in any way, seeing themselves instead as at one with the universe. To Malcolm, this was not an altogether bad thing. He framed the choice facing the young as one between their parents’ repressive, fear- based, and conven- tional morality and their own optimistic belief that the world ex- isted for them. Others gave Malcolm’s argument a more po liti cal spin, casting the young as courageous in their dissent against injus- tice and seeing their distrust of their elders, who were quiescent in the face of racism and who had led the country into Vietnam, as under- standable. The idealism of the countercultural young was to be lauded: better that than the conformism of their more complacent peers who sought happiness in a “big house, two cars, and a lot of money.” One study of upper-middle- class adolescents like these found them dis- mayingly anti- intellectual, bereft of deep moral principles (more than half admitted to cheating on their high school exams), joyless and old before their time, seeking education and knowledge only as a “ticket to the kind of life their parents want for them.”52 Was this one version of the substance of Lasch’s idealized past and wished- for present? Some psychoanalysts, for better or worse living up to their popu- lar reputation as prophets of permissiveness, were among those who applauded the younger generation’s worldview. They argued it was not parental permissiveness but the bomb and the specter of total annihilation that had shaped the younger generation’s hedonistic, “live for the moment” outlook. As one analyst saw it, the children who had practiced crawling under their school desks in pointless and terrifying air raid drills had to deal not only with the castra- tion fantasies that were the analysts’ stock in trade but also with 198 Dimensions of Narcissism

“apocalyptic fantasies around an overwhelming external threat.” Deprived of a belief in a secure future, subjected to “weekly, sched- uled rehearsals for apocalypse,” anyone born after 1945 knew the sirens and the drills, the radiation fears and worries about contami- nated milk, “the insane fantasies of bomb shelters and stockpiled foods.” Was it any wonder that they took refuge in sensual, immedi- ate, and ecstatic experience, in the intoxications of drugs, and in the expansion of consciousness? Further, the same parents who could offer their children only the most superfi cial reassurances against nuclear annihilation relentlessly pushed them to achieve in school to guarantee their social survival. Even the analyst Bruno Bettelheim, reliably a critic of the young, saw their permissive parents as “more demanding than any Victorian parent possibly could have been” in their expectations of perfection, on the one hand giving their chil- dren the bottle on demand while on the other letting them know they had to be “the brightest kid in school.” The hypocrisy of these parents was manifest: they had taken the country into an unnecessary war (war was nothing more than “deferred infanticide,” according to one analyst), they had raised their children to protest injustice then clamped down on them when they did, and they dismissed the search for gratifi cation among the young while claiming their own gratifi cations as entitlements (condemning marijuana while abusing alcohol and misusing tranquilizers and “pep pills”).53 Still, some analysts joined critics struggling to shore up the sharp polarities of restraint and release. Consider a paper by the analyst Herbert Strean on the issue of what he argued was the excessive amount of “egoistic self-satisfaction” in early 1970s culture. Strean saw gratifi cation everywhere, invoking the concept nearly twenty times in fi fteen pages in spelling out his contention that society and the pop u lar, nonanalytic therapies currently on offer paralleled each other in actively supporting “rebellion against restraint.” As he saw it, therapy stimulated patients’ grandiosity and omnipotent wishes, catering to their narcissism while duping them into thinking these could be realized. Strean’s Laschian prescription was large doses of brutal and frustrating reality in the form of “frequent and regulated doses of abstinence, self- control, hard work and study.” Strean was Gratification 199 patently reasonable in advocating attention to patients’ “matura- tional needs.” Yet his polarities leave no place for individuals’ yearn- ings for love, desires for “adoration and success,” and expressions of grandiose ambitions and omnipotent fantasies, all seen in the ana- lytic tradition since Freud’s time as narcissistic and normalized as constitutive of healthy narcissism by Kohut. Strean could only char- acterize the dimensions of the self that the counterculture celebrated and that the Kohutian analyst focused on as irritating intrusions into what ideally was a well- modulated analytic space devoted to strengthening patients’ egos. He invoked the Freud pessimistic about society’s capacity to manage the aggressiveness and gratifi cations that we as humans have found so diffi cult to renounce. But he was un- able to characterize the dimensions of the self that Freud and others in his wake associated with narcissism as other than vaguely illicit and supplemental add- ons.54 Strean’s censorious stance toward his patients’ wishes and desires is exemplary of the straitened perspective of mainstream classical psychoanalysis on the eve of its 1970s re orientation around narcis- sism. Under the banner of healthy narcissism, Kohut normalized the desires that Strean pathologized, seeing them as critical aspects of the person fully engaged in the world. Ascetically minded critics and ascetically minded psychoanalysts alike complained of Americans’ inordinate desire for gratifi cations and of a rising inability to defer them. The inhibition that Rieff saw as “the price of entry into every real satisfaction,” they argued, was giving way to “pleasures unpaid for in parallel pains.” Conservatively-minded analysts argued that the societal repression consonant with the Freudian notion that civi- lization was built on repression and “the non- satisfaction . . . of powerful instincts” was under assault. Frustration was giving way to gratifi cation as the culture withdrew “institutional support” from repression, celebrating hippies, permitting homosexuality, and toler- ating “self-discovery” through psychedelic drug use that eventuated in an inward- looking narcissism. The “happiness” hippies found in analysis—“deep depen den cy gratifi cations” and a “plethora of nar- cissistic supplies”—could even spark envy in their analysts, who, one reported, wished they could “partake of some of this good stuff.”55 200 Dimensions of Narcissism

Even the most censorious, it appears, were not immune to the plea- sures of gratifi cation.

Freud’s personal physician Max Schur tells us that smoking was the one area in which Freud’s vaunted self-control failed him, the only realm in which he was unable to “establish the ‘supremacy of the ego.’ ” Smoking was for Freud, by his own telling, a “source of gratifi - cation,” a habit he was unwilling and unable to renounce even at the cost of the repeated and painful surgeries for cancer of the jaw he underwent in the last two de cades of his life. Defi antly invoking Lord Bacon, in 1931 he wrote in a letter thanking a colleague for sending him a shipment of cigars, “I won’t be plucked of my feath- ers.” Freud could admit that abstinence from smoking enhanced his well- being. “But it is sad,” he added. Over the years, his colleagues and physicians pleaded with him and issued prohibitions, but to no avail. Freud was disarmingly frank in owning up to his cravings. As Freud told several of his Viennese colleagues, speaking of his pipe: “She is a good friend of mine, my counselor, my comfort, my guide, who smoothes my way.”56 From the vantage of old age, Freud allowed that he had been “faithful to my habit or vice” and credited it with redoubling his already prodigious capacity for work, enhancing his self- mastery, and sustaining his creativity. Schur saw Freud’s smoking as a means to relieve tension. Freud himself made the same point in his admis- sion that “smoking defi nitely produces a slight narcosis, a relaxation of the nerves.” Drugs, drink, and tobacco were in his estimation but substitutes for masturbation, the “single great habit, the ‘primal ad- diction,’ ” a perspective to which Schur assented with his observa- tion that for Freud nicotine may “have been essential for continuous sublimation.” Amid a raucous conversation with his colleagues, Freud related the words of a young female smoker, “I smoke so much because I am kissed so little,” which prompted one of them to re- mark on smoking’s “intimate sexual connotations” and another to exclaim that “the delight in nicotine appears to diminish our want of love.” Freud exclaimed that this “explains the eternal hostility our Gratification 201 women feel towards smoking!” Did women themselves smoke to “satisfy their emancipatory pleasures” or simply because they “want to have pleasure the way men do”? As physicians, Freud and his col- leagues had to admit that smoking, especially in large quantities, was “a dangerous poison.” But for them, smoking was a pleasure, an addiction, a substitute for sex, and a form of self-gratifi cation—all permissible and freely chosen. Seventy years later in consumerist America—a long way from Freud’s Vienna—Lasch saw coercion where Freud saw plea sure, pseudoemancipation where the early an- alysts had seen emancipatory strivings. Arguing that “the logic of demand creation” mandated that women smoke in public, Lasch could allow for none of the complexity that psychoanalysts saw in gratifi cation.57 Eight

INACCESSIBILITY

The notion that the narcissist was a new type of person was central to Christopher Lasch’s indictment of his fel- low Americans. Lasch linked the ascendancy of narcissism to what he held were “quite specifi c” social and cultural changes: bureau- cracy, therapeutic ideologies, the culture of consumption, and the changing nature of the family. To him, newly ubiquitous narcissists exemplifi ed how empty, shallow, and meaningless American culture had become. As he saw it, the traits associated with the neuroses and hysterias of Freud’s time—among them acquisitiveness and a fi ercely repressed sexuality—were endemic to the morally rigid social milieu in which Freud lived. Likewise, the lax norms of contemporary cul- ture found pointed expression in the behaviors of grandiose, ma- nipulative, and exploitative narcissists. The narcissist’s vague dissat- isfactions, pervasive sense of emptiness, and defi cient personality were, Lasch suggested, realistic responses to “the tensions and anxi- eties of modern life.”1 Lasch here joined a critical tradition that connected social and individual pathologies in support of declensionist narratives. David Riesman, asserting that individual character was shaped by society, described his anomic personalities— of whom there were “a sizable number in America”—as too compliant, insuffi ciently insightful, and empty. They were, he wrote, “ambulatory patients in the ward of modern culture,” as characteristic of his time as hysterics had been of theirs. Lionel Trilling, in Sincerity and Authenticity, similarly inaccessibility 203 highlighted the demise of the hysteric and the growing predominance of the “so-called character neuroses” with their painful but not inca- pacitating symptoms. As Lasch himself put it, “the underlying struc- ture of personality” had changed. In these arguments, the critics echoed what was fast becoming an analytic commonplace: that a seriously disturbed, character- disordered “new patient” was show- ing up with increasing frequency in the consulting room.2 Psychoana- lysts held that these patients suffered not from repression— which ana- lysts saw as a relic of the past, arguing that social prohibitions of all sorts had been weakened by the midcentury period—but from vaguely defi ned complaints of emptiness, aimlessness, and discontent. New patients were fi rst registered as distinctively American in the 1940s. A variety of midcentury analysts offered descriptions of their salient features. Leo Stone noted that patients of this sort were sub- tly aloof and supercilious on the one hand and insatiably demanding and controlling on the other. From Topeka it appeared that “these people” were “love hungry, affect hungry, feel empty, and constantly seek excitement.” The view from Los Angeles was of highly accom- plished individuals who could see others only as sources of the “nar- cissistic supplies” they needed to function. The “more sophisticated, urbanized patients” of two New York analysts no longer presented with the fl orid conversion symptoms of the hysteric but instead com- plained of “chronic maladaption in living, i.e., working, loving, and playing.” By 1975, the new patient was familiar enough that one an- alyst could write that when he discussed “this type of patient” that “practically everyone knows to whom I am referring.”3 Even so, some analysts proposed that the new patient was not new, only new to psychoanalysis. To these analysts, what had changed was less the patient than the analyst’s ability, and willingness, to treat him or her. The patient who was too disturbed—withdrawn and inaccessible to the analyst— to undergo the rigors of psychoanalysis had shadowed the discipline almost from its inception. Freud and his followers maintained that such persons were unable to enter into the transference proper and were, at best, capable only of forming “nar- cissistic transferences.” Freud was himself not indifferent to the plight of these individuals, some of them scarred by the narcissistic 204 Dimensions of Narcissism wounds infl icted by childhood deprivation and disadvantage. But he considered them unsuited for analysis, unable to endure its many renunciations and privations. “Our analytic art is found to be want- ing with such people,” Freud wrote to a colleague in 1922. “Our insight is not able yet to see through their dynamic relations.” Of this par tic u lar patient, Freud concluded, “He is not worth your effort.”4 Only fi tfully would this sort of patient be deemed worthy of main- stream analysts’ attentions. focused on the narcissism of such patients— he had treated a number of them, he wrote, as had his colleagues— in a 1919 paper highlighting a manifest compliance with psychoanalytic treatment that barely disguised their resis tance to anything threatening to injure their self- love; controlling and dep- recating of the analyst, they were capable at best of a sort of “auto- analysis.” Yet Abraham was more puzzled than annoyed by these patients, warning his colleagues against assuming too unfavorable a prognosis for them. To little avail: his paper inaugurated a tradi- tion of therapeutic pessimism, even hostility, toward narcissism that reached its apogee in the criterion of “analyzability,” a concept that analysts began to invoke in the 1940s heyday of ego psychology to shore up the divide between the good, classical neurotics who stood to benefi t from analysis and the impossibly needy and narcissistic “new patients” who were beyond help. Within a few de cades, main- stream analysts would argue that among the criteria for undertak- ing a classical analysis were the potential analysand’s generally ad- equate functioning, strong ego, deep relationships with friends and family, lack of narcissistic pathology, and “good tolerance for anxi- ety, depression, frustration, and suffering.”5 And this was before analysis. Otto Kernberg and Heinz Kohut pop u lar ized the diagnosis of narcissistic personality disorder in the 1970s while at the same time, in championing psychoanalysis as the treatment of choice for patho- logical narcissists, countering the consensus on analyzability. Kern- berg pulled together half a century’s worth of analytic observations on patients displaying narcissistic traits to delineate the pathological inaccessibility 205 narcissist as a par tic u lar, if paradoxical, type of person. He de- scribed the type’s behaviors and provided a precise account of a frighteningly disturbed inner landscape, weaving all of this into a characterological portrait. Kernberg argued that narcissists were in- deed capable of establishing transferential relationships with ana- lysts, arguing that their re sis tance to treatment was an expected, di- agnostic dimension of this transference. At the same time, Kohut’s analytic revolution dealt a blow to the consensual, and increasingly indefensible, view of the goal of analysis as fi ne- tuning for the wor- ried well. Opinion had already begun to shift by the time Kernberg and Kohut were writing: analysts talked of their discipline’s “widen- ing scope,” and surveys as well as anecdotal evidence showed that more than a few patients considered narcissistic were in treatment. Both Kernberg and Kohut gave analysts permission to throw off the yoke of analyzability. Kernberg, arguing that some narcissists in treatment could “improve dramatically,” focused on the personality structure of such patients, systematically analyzing what he called their “pathological self- structure” as well as their aggressiveness, rage, and envy. Kohut, taking a gentler approach, focused on what he saw as the legitimate but too often thwarted needs of narcissistic pa- tients. As we have seen, even observers hostile to his self psychology, like Aaron Green, could agree that he was working with the diffi cult patient who had been kept off the orthodox analyst’s couch, narcis- sists who had long existed. Both Kernberg and Kohut held that the narcissistic transferences were not disqualifying, and that it was pos- sible instead to deploy what both considered general psychoanalytic principles to the demanding, controlling, and tyrannizing patients analysts had long disdained.6 There is no denying the frustrations and diffi culties such patients presented. Perhaps the most vivid testimony on the subject comes from Ernest Jones’s and then Freud’s failed analyses of Joan Riviere. From around 1916 through 1922, the three engaged in a fraught and well- documented psychoanalytic triangle. Riviere fi gures in the analytic tradition as at once theoretician and patient, known for her classic 1936 paper, “A Contribution to the Analysis of the Negative 206 Dimensions of Narcissism

Therapeutic Reaction,” and— with the publication of a biography of Jones followed by the appearance of the edited Freud–Jones cor- respondence— as a severely narcissistic patient of both men. Over the last thirty years, as narcissism has assumed its current shape in analytic thought, analysts have increasingly drawn attention to the many contemporary resonances of Riviere’s paper, citing it as a clas- sic, seminal, masterly, ingenious, gripping, and elegant exploration of the analyzability of those resistant to treatment. Indeed, the ana- lyst Anton Kris, who sees Riviere repeatedly “taking Freud to task” in it, suggests that she understood some of the underlying dynamics of her case better than Freud and commends her for exhibiting “just the sort of grasp that Freud would have wished to be able to achieve.”7 Riviere went into print dissenting from prevailing analytic ortho- doxy in 1922, arguing that narcissistic types were “nearly always analysable.” She charged that analysts did not understand narcis- sism and they too often used the term narcissistic loosely, “as a handy label to apply to failures.”8 She elaborated on this contention in 1936, arguing that narcissistic patients’ attempts to subvert the ana- lytic process notwithstanding, the burden of failure in diffi cult cases lay with the analyst, not the patient. Riviere’s paper may be read as a disguised recapitulation of her failed analyses with both Jones and Freud, a cata log of their technical mistakes, and a testament to what she felt was her superior understanding of the evasions, feints, and other tactics narcissists use to defeat their analysts. Even as Riv- iere was arguing that narcissism was eminently treatable, then, she was displaying in her analysis with Freud the very inaccessibility and re sis tance to him that analysts argued rendered the narcissist unsuited to psychoanalysis. Riviere’s analyses with Jones and Freud call into question the critics’ portrayal of the narcissist as a new fi g- ure rising organically from contemporary American society, as well as the assertions of analysts in the 1950s and beyond that the dis- turbed patient who was starting to appear on their couches was in fact “new.” In the diffi culty these analysts had in treating these patients, we can see, among other things, a pattern vividly described by Riviere. inaccessibility 207

That Proud Woman Riviere Joan Riviere’s understanding of narcissism was hard won. It was forged in part in the searing cauldron of her analysis with Jones, an analysis that commenced in 1916 and was by all accounts disas- trous. In the midst of the treatment, Riviere characterized her rela- tions with Jones as “a long tragedy,” and he, at its end, considered it his “worst failure.” Her understanding was also likely enhanced by the disappointments of her experience of analysis with Freud, whom she in effect charged with unwittingly colluding in a failed outcome. Jones and Freud both maintained that Riviere suffered from charac- ter pathology inadequately comprehended by analytic theory. Treat- ing neurotics, among them hysterics with their identifi able symp- toms, was the early analyst’s métier. Character was different. The term referred not to symptoms, which could come and go, but to behavioral traits that were relatively stable, as well as more globally to an individual’s mode of being in the world—in all, to a type of person. The concept, as well as that to which it referred, was not well defi ned in the 1920s. Freud admitted to Abraham as he was beginning his treatment of Riviere that he had “not yet worked out the new technique” character analyses would entail.9 Whether Riviere would have assented to her fellow analysts’ as- sessment of her is unclear. She was horrifi ed when confronted early on with Jones’s assessment of her “narcissism and selfi shness and hate and contempt.” But she nevertheless felt as if she understood the darker sides of human experience, “narcissism, and sadism and mas- ochism— as well as object love,” and thought it a worthy endeavor to bring them within a quotidian compass. She believed, in short, that “we have a right to ourselves.” And, while she could characterize nar- cissists as mean, self-satisfi ed, and megalomaniacal, as “egocentric, asocial, [and] self-seeking,” she could also see them as appealing and “fantastic!”10 The many autobiographical referents of her 1936 nega- tive therapeutic reaction paper, which she makes clear is about narcis- sistic pathology, suggest that she wrote in some awareness—perhaps even acceptance—of what others thought was her characterological constellation. 208 Dimensions of Narcissism

That Riviere wrote from experience when she wrote on narcis- sism and its treatment can only be known from the tangled corre- spondence among her, Jones, and Freud. Riviere’s letters to Jones and his to Freud document the ferocious currents stirred by her fi rst analysis. It appears that Jones by his account “underestimated the uncontrollability of her emotional reactions” and from the start treated her with a collegial friendliness that was in part instrumen- tal. As he conceded to Freud, “seeing that she was unusually intelli- gent I hoped to win her for the cause”—the cause being psychoanal- ysis. Jones ignored Freud’s stated recommendation that the analyst foreswear “an intimate attitude” and adopt an attitude of “emo- tional coldness” to the patient, like “the surgeon, who puts aside all feelings, even his human sympathy.” He instead assumed the pre- rogative, upon which Freud himself acted repeatedly, of sustaining what would come to be seen as extra-analytic intimacies alongside of analysis proper, in this case confi ding to Riviere details of his tu- multuous personal life. In the fi rst years of her analysis, Jones broke off relations with the maid of his former common- law wife and, in 1917, eager to fi nd a wife to install in his nearly purchased country home, married another woman. Prior to his marriage, Jones had given Riviere the use of the house, “she having nowhere to go for a holiday.” By Jones’s telling, “a declaration of love”— which he rebuffed— followed her sojourn in his home. “The mistress of a number of men,” Riviere, broken- hearted, claimed to Jones she had never before been rejected.11 Riviere’s relations with Jones were from this point dominated by the vicissitudes of an eroticized transference with which he conceded he was unequipped to deal. From his perspective, Riviere, “a fi end- ish sadist,” as he characterized her to Freud, “devoted herself to torturing me without any intermission and with considerable suc- cess and ingenuity.” One or both of them broke off the analysis, and the apparently friendly camaraderie that had existed between them prior to Jones’s marriage came to an abrupt end. Entering a sani- tarium for seven weeks, Riviere was thrown into turmoil. She left and then, with diffi culty, resumed analysis. Her letters to Jones turned angry and accusatory. She charged him with refusing to discuss the inaccessibility 209 impasse that the analysis had reached, with nursing his “wounded professional pride” and meeting her “despairingness of life” with “a hard and indifferent silence.” Continuing analysis under such cir- cumstances was painful and pointless. “You and I are too incompat- ible to ever carry it out,” she wrote.12 Even as Riviere was bitterly lambasting Jones for his impassivity, she was at the same time casting him as the sometimes-perfect ana- lyst, endlessly patient and generous, in whom she could still hope to fi nd everything she sought. This suggests that the transference in whose grip she was caught was not only erotic but also what Kohut would later conceive of as idealizing. Riviere, of course, did not have access to the language of self psychology, but she was enough the intuitive— or practiced— theorist of narcissism to recognize her ide- alizations for what they were. She wrote to Jones that she had ex- pected perfection in him, having endowed him “with so many vir- tues.” But she was powerless to analyze her predicament. “Please remember that I am completely in the dark and don’t ‘know’ or real- ize anything,” she implored him, adding, “if only you would tell me what it is.” Riviere claimed that she didn’t care to go on if she could not be cured: “If I didn’t die I should have to kill myself.”13 Riviere lived, but Jones’s new wife suddenly died. Relations be- tween Riviere and Jones grew even more fraught, with both the ex- coriating and idealizing streams of her transference to him intensify- ing. Two weeks after she had heard the news, Riviere wrote the grieving Jones that she herself had “so often thought lately of how enviable” his now- dead wife was— an indication of her solipsism, as well as of the “torture” she was capable of infl icting. Jones’s mourning made him unavailable to her. While she could, in passing, acknowl- edge his suffering and distress, she could also write bitterly of the sacrifi ces she had been called upon to make for him and, one week later, could cruelly describe his grief as “too extravagant.” “Just now you are not yourself,” she observed, inviting Jones to analyze why the “very greatness” of his suffering was “so clearly all that you are living for now.” Riviere noted her “agitation about analysis” in her diary, but she did not capture there how all-consuming it had become. Did she realize that her “sense of external reality” was “distorted 210 Dimensions of Narcissism and defective,” and could she see in herself the contempt, deprecia- tion, and attempts to tyrannically control the other that she would later argue in her 1936 paper were at the core of narcissistic pathol- ogy? “I am always painfully wondering how you are in mind and body,” she wrote to Jones. Wondering, but also analyzing: “I have done a lot of analysis— of you and myself.”14 Faulting Jones for being insuffi ciently analytic with respect to his own state, she told him of at last having “the satisfaction of com- pletely understanding” him. Analyst would become patient, patient analyst. “Broken and pitiable,” he would “learn a lot from all this.” Conceding the possibility that he had more insight than she had as- sumed and allowing that she will herself seem “hard” to him, she could ask, of his excessive grief, “has it shown you the power and the value of the idealizations which in other people you have spent your life in dispersing? And can you bring on yourself the objective light which you have shed on other tragedies?—Now you will know how we all think our case is different and our view is true!” Pleased that he had at last, as Riviere wrote, “reached the greatness that I always knew was in you— the greatness . . . of real feeling you do at last know,” she assured him of her faith in him. She would not, she maintained, adopt the stance of analytic objectivity and omniscience with which he had met her agony of rejection but would instead rely on her capacity for seeing “truths of all kinds,” with which he him- self had credited her, and take satisfaction in her singular knowledge of him.15 The narcissistic patients of Riviere’s 1936 paper “oust the analyst from his position and claim to do his work better themselves”— an observation that resonates with the “mean, self- satisfi ed and defi - ant” stance she adopted vis-à-vis Jones at this point. It is possible that she felt the fi rst stirrings of her life’s vocation as she turned her penetrating intelligence to analyzing him. “Understanding everything” was her aim, pursued relentlessly, even recklessly. Before, she had feared hurting him; going forward, she would be forthright. As she saw it, Jones identifi ed her with the oedipal mother, for whom desire was overwhelming but could not be directly expressed. He had long refused to acknowledge the depths of his feelings for her and was inaccessibility 211 now at this moment of crisis ensnared in their net. His very indiffer- ence to her was vindication: of her conviction he was in love with her and of her certainty he had married his now- dead wife as a sub- stitute for herself—“it added very much to my pain that you should imagine that there could be any substitute for me.” His “grotesque and dreadful ‘blunderings’ ” at the time of the marriage forced her into the role of Patient Griselda, the old story “acted out in real life in the 20th century,” a sadly hopeful note in that Griselda eventually took her rightful place as wife to her sadistic spouse.16 Riviere’s claim to femininity was a point of heated contention be- tween her and Jones. “You have not seen the woman in me. You will not see it,” she angrily protested to him. In this she was undoubtedly right; writing to Freud, Jones explained that Riviere was “not the type that attracts me erotically,” while allowing “I certainly have the admiration for her intelligence that I would have with a man.” In the evolving psychoanalytic idiom, intelligence was coded mas- culine, present in women but in unseemly proportions associated with a “masculinity complex.” Jones once exclaimed to her, “What a pity you are not more of a woman,” prompting Riviere’s retort that she was “a great deal more of a woman” than he knew. Then, once again assuming the analyst’s position, she charged him with being patronizing and afraid, with defending himself, and with having conducted a failed analysis. “I have done most of it,” she claimed of the treatment.17 Riviere’s interpretations did little to assuage her mounting anxi- ety and despair and nothing to alter the balance of power in their unequal relationship. Her analytic gambit failed, turning Jones reso- lutely against her. Yet, however vexed their relations, Jones thought enough of Riviere’s analytic capacities to act as her patron. He wrote to Freud that Riviere had “a far- reaching insight” and that she un- derstood psychoanalysis “better than any other member” of the Brit- ish Psycho-Analytical Society “except perhaps Flügel.” Jones had been happy to put her to use. When he visited Switzerland in March of that year, he took along with him a pen Riviere had bought for Freud, a gesture both practical, in light of the shortages plaguing the postwar Viennese, and symbolic, given that writing— translating—would 212 Dimensions of Narcissism prove the most enduring of the several registers in which her rela- tionship with Freud was conducted. Four days after Jones left for the continent, Riviere embarked on what would become her career as the preeminent English- language translator of Freud’s works, starting with the Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die Psychoanalyse, a work exceeding fi ve hundred pages that appeared in En glish in 1922 with an introduction by Jones under the title Introductory Lectures on Psycho-Analysis. The day after Riviere started work on the translation, Jones wrote Freud from Berne—“I brought you a new pen”— and offered to have his old ones repaired in London.18 Jones apologized to Freud for the inconsequence of his thoughts. But to Freud, who had been writing through “bodily pain caused by a bad pen,” the new pen mattered, the only item among the fi fteen kilos worth of goods Jones had brought from En gland for Freud and his daughter Anna that merited a specifi c mention. A pen had once before passed from Jones to Freud, who had incorporated it into the 1912 edition of The Psychopathology of Everyday Life. Briefl y told, Jones had written Freud of his early attachment to an attractive male surgical intern who carried a stethoscope and, prompted by this, of his memory of being in love with his childhood physician, whose frequent examinations of him with a straight stethoscope— with the accompanying “rhythmic to- and-fro respira- tory movement”— aroused voluptuous feelings within. Jones allowed that he must have symbolized the instrument as the physician’s pe- nis, equating it with both sword and pen. Freud related this story in detail in the Psychopathology, adding that Lord Lytton’s line “the pen is mightier than the sword” had greatly impressed the boy (Jones, but not identifi ed as such), who became a prolifi c writer. Jones, who used “an exceptionally large fountain pen,” giving as the reason that he “had so much to express,” thus knew well not only the pen’s practicality but also its generative and phallic resonances.19 He was also aware of the erotic meanings such professional appur- tenances could carry in relations between men. Was his mention of this pen, given to Freud, so abashed because he knew it really came from Riviere? inaccessibility 213

Colossal Narcissisms Having reached an impasse in his analysis of Riviere, for two years Jones held out the possibility of an analysis with Freud, to which she fi nally agreed, contacting him in 1921 to make arrangements. “She has a most colossal narcissism imaginable,” Jones wrote Freud. Af- ter negotiating preliminaries with Freud, such as fees and discussing with him by post the cost of lodgings, Riviere traveled to Vienna at the end of February 1922 to begin analysis anew. Her transference to Freud was in Jones’s estimation already strongly positive, her stated position on analytic technique at this point echt Freudian. Analysis, she wrote, is a scientifi c inquiry, not the emotional experience into which the patient will attempt constantly to transform it; analytic work demands kindness and patience, but also indifference, includ- ing to the prospect of the patient’s recovery. To proffer assurances “of the sympathy and esteem of the physician”—of the sort Riviere had constantly demanded of Jones—“is to vacate the position of an- alyst, whose judgments are necessary, but whose feelings and opinions are always irrelevant,” as she put it. Riviere’s conception of analysis was as austere as orthodox technique would ever prescribe, more uncompromising than Freud would himself practice.20 Riviere would later write of the consulting- room Freud that “his self functioned only as an instrument,” echoing his injunction (trans- lated by her) that the doctor use his unconscious in just that manner. This, however, is an idealization, for we know that Riviere’s analysis with Freud was not nearly as free of extra- analytic considerations as she would have wished. Jones faulted her for cleverly introducing into her analysis with Freud “the same diffi culty as happened with me, namely the intermixture of analytical considerations with exter- nal actual ones.” But, given that among Jones’s professed motives in referring Riviere to Freud was that “a valuable translator and mem- ber” of the British Psycho–Analytical Society not be lost to psycho- analysis, it is clear that from the outset external considerations would inevitably intrude on the analysis. Riviere, for example, would later admit to hating the fact that Freud would open their hour together 214 Dimensions of Narcissism

“with problems with the translations.” She felt “frustrated and deprived” in the analysis, and neglected by Freud, who was more interested in “business” matters “than in her as a person.”21 Jones did not withdraw from this analysis as much as he attempted to control it from afar. He monitored with a vigilant eye what ap- peared to him to be Freud’s seduction at Riviere’s hands, her “shew- ing [sic] her best qualities,” of which, he conceded, “she certainly has many.” Charge and countercharge fl ew back and forth from London to Vienna. Jones to Freud: Riviere’s claim that Jones was unkind was “pure myth,” for everyone knew she was his favorite, that he had “great admiration for her gifts,” and that he was not “lacking in gratitude for her help.” Others, notably one with even greater capac- ity than he “for getting on with hectoring women” had reached their breaking points in dealing with her. She has “a disdainful way of treating people like dirt beneath her feet,” and talk in London was “her visit to Vienna will be the fi nal and most severe test” for psycho- analysis. Freud to Jones: You think “Mrs. R. has put on her sweetest face and moods,” that she has “seduced me to defend her against you,” that I am “a puppet in her hands,” and that I “give you away to her.” But “a secondary analysis like this is no easy or pleasant task,” and I am only “doing my duty as an analyst” in taking her side and defending her interests. You have made mistakes in your relations with Riviere; “you seem to have treated her as a bad character in life but you never got behind her surface to master her wickedness.” “I cannot praise the way you handled her,” but I won’t “dwell on criti- cizing your ways.” Jones to Freud: Fine, I knew you would have to see things through her eyes, my only fear was your “intellectual judgment” on external matters “might be infl uenced by information from a biased quarter,” and, by the way, “even with a fi rst-class trans- lator like Mrs. R. I fi nd many mistakes,” some of them “through the infl uence of her complexes, etc.” Freud to Jones: The “ ‘secondary analysis’ put me into the unwished position to criticize and analyse yourself,” constrained by serious mistakes you had made in handling her. Further, “accuracy and plainness is not in the character of your dealings with people” such that I found myself, in cases “between you and her,” doubting you while unable to refute “that implacable inaccessibility 215 woman” who overemphasized “the importance of the slightest fea- tures yet was right.” For all, though, “I think our friendship has gone through a severe test, and has fairly well stood it.”22 What of Riviere in this drama of imperiled and then reconstructed male friendship? There is evidence to suggest that in this analytic triangle she—and her invaluable skills as translator—was but an ob- ject of exchange, the medium of barter, through which the two male principals negotiated the terms of their confl icting agendas and, sac- rifi cing her par tic u lar interests, cemented their own mutual bond. Freud, seeing in Riviere “an uncommon combination of male intel- ligence with female love for detailed work,” prevailed in persuading Jones, against his wishes, to install her as “translation editor” of the International Journal of Psycho- Analysis, which he edited. In the midst of the negotiations, Freud charged Jones with a resentful and unbecoming jealousy incompatible with his “high position in the case.” You need not be afraid of her, Freud assured him; “she is ready to work under your commands.” She will relieve you of drudg- ery, acting “as a skilled secretary” and being “the strongest power at work, while you continue to be the directing mind of the whole.” Freud drove the point home, writing “I can imagine no better com- bination.” Jones vehemently rejected the charge of jealousy as “ab- surd.” Yet he later theorized jealousy in terms suggestive of this mo- ment in his relations with Freud, writing in his 1927 article on the subject of the “classic situation of the eternal triangle” that saw two male rivals jockeying for a woman’s love as a reenactment of the boy’s rivalry with his father over possession of the mother. Jones quickly moved on, however, to argue that the morbid jealousy in men that “distorts, misreads, misjudges evidence”—central to Freud’s charge against him—was, in a “perverted expression of a repressed homosexuality,” driven more by desire for the rival than for the woman. Jones could barely tolerate Freud’s attentions to Riviere, in effect charging Freud with infi delity as he ner vously pictured Riviere replacing him in the master’s affections. Freud salved Jones’s “wounded narcissism” by assuring him he would enjoy a satisfying, gender- appropriate domination over Riviere if he would only accede to Freud’s wishes. Still, referring to the editorial issues that provided 216 Dimensions of Narcissism the context in which they negotiated this “severe test,” Freud also chided Jones for his suspicions that Riviere had “wanted to put her- self in your place.”23 Just over two months into his analysis of Riviere, Freud confi ded to Jones that his strategy was to be kind to her, to spare no conces- sions “in order to make her open her mind and disclose the access to the deeper layers.” Writing of Riviere, Freud confi dently advised Jones, along similar lines, “you have not to scratch too deeply the skin of a so called masculine woman to bring her femininity to the light.” But Riviere would have nothing of this analytic scratching; the analy- sis with Freud did not go very deep, she later said. Perhaps recog- nizing his self-professed diplomacy for the strategy it was, she never developed the positive transference to him that she argued narcissis- tic patients resist at all costs, instead parading “a substitute ‘friendli- ness.’ ” She succeeded in keeping her emotions to herself, even on one occasion when Freud had sought to deliberately provoke her by reading aloud to her a letter Jones had written him that was full of criticism of her character. And Freud, who conducted that analysis along libidinal lines and who was especially focused on penis envy, failed to consider her aggression and her “persecutory fear” of her impulses. Freud never got to the love that, she argued, lay beneath her more manifest guilt and pain, wistfully envisioning “brilliant success” where in fact she had at the last minute deployed her “cho- sen methods of projection and denial to evade it.” Riviere’s implied critique of Freud, that he had allowed “consciousness and external circumstances” to blur his understanding of the “true aggressive char- acter” of her love and her unconscious guilt about it fi nds vindica- tion in his writing to Jones that “she is a real power and can be put to work by a slight expenditure of kindness and ‘recognitions.’ ”24 Writing of the “negative therapeutic reaction” in 1936, Riviere introduced at the outset the issue on which her analysis with Freud had foundered and that he had publicly worried in a footnote in , published the year after her analysis with him ended (and translated by her): the analyst’s (Freud’s) failure to com- prehend the patient’s (Riviere’s) desperate masking of guilt, depres- sion, and love for those she relentlessly attacks.25 She almost certainly inaccessibility 217 wrote in awareness that portions of Freud’s essay captured almost word- for- word currents that fl owed between her and her colleague- analysts (not, however, of what fl owed privately between the two of them) but at the same time could be assured that none of her other readers would have been. The layered, and deeply personal, quality of Riviere’s paper can be glimpsed in an exemplary snippet of inter- pretation that made its way from her pen, through Freud’s corre- spondence, to the well-known footnote of his before appearing, fi - nally, in her 1936 paper. Let us start at the end, with the insight into the basis underlying narcissistic pathology that Anton Kris argues eluded Freud’s grasp. The point, rendered in lay terms, is that the narcissist’s characteristi- cally tyrannical treatment of others (and the “hatred, vindictiveness and murderous impulses” toward them the analyst sees) is an or ga- nized system of defense that protects her from experiencing the de- spair, depression, and guilt toward those she loves that lay beneath the manifest tyranny—the despair of having any “real capacity for good within” oneself. The guilt narcissists experience takes the form of being unable to “endure any praise or appreciation.” When their symptoms abate “they get worse during the treatment instead of get- ting better,” exhibiting, Freud wrote, “a ‘negative therapeutic reac- tion’ ” that was “the most powerful of all obstacles to recovery.” The patient’s disheartening inability, even refusal, “to give up the punish- ment of suffering,” was more undermining of the potential for cure than was the “narcissistic inaccessibility” familiar to analysts. Pa- tients’ manifest re sistance prompted analysts to adopt a punitive rather than supportive stance toward them. Unbeknownst to Riviere, Freud’s insight echoed what he had privately written to Jones the year before concerning her “narcissistic problem”: “She cannot toler- ate praise, triumph or success, not any better than failure, blame and repudiation. . . . Whenever she has got a recognition, a favour or a present, she is sure to become unpleasant and aggressive and to lose respect for the analyst.” Freud saw Riviere projecting her self- criticism onto others, her “pangs of conscience” turned into “sadistic behavior,” trying “to render other people unhappy because she feels so herself.” In print he wrote that the analyst’s task was to make the 218 Dimensions of Narcissism patient aware of her unconscious guilt, in which—notably, given the tenor of Riviere’s relationship to Jones— he saw traces of “erotic cathexis” or an “abandoned love- relation.”26 In light of what Riviere herself wrote to Jones several years ear- lier, however, it is plausible that the entire formulation of the narcis- sist’s punitively disabling self-criticism came, in the beginning, from Riviere, and that she carried it with her to Freud’s consulting room. In a long, anguished letter to Jones written in 1918, she observed that the bitterness and reproaches she continually directed at him were meant to elicit “punishment” from him in the form of his tell- ing her “again how worthless I am.” It is “nothing to do with you,” she continued, repeating what she’d earlier told him: “I said, ‘it is my cynicism directed against myself.’ ” She added, “The disappointments I continually meet with in you” were “my own defense against the truth,” which was “that I was worthless, utterly selfi sh, utterly worth- less.” She knew that Jones would not understand that it was her own “suffering that causes bitterness—but not against you.” She had hurt him unawares. Now she was beginning to see that “you have taken a great deal of what I say ‘to myself’ as meant for you. Evi- dently this has been a very big thing between us.” Riviere, realizing how she had been “so very unconscious and guiltless” in her sting- ing critiques of Jones, immediately fell into an abyss of guilty self- reproach. All of this suggests she had a good grasp of the psychic maneuvers in which she was engaged with Jones, maneuvers that she theorized in her 1936 paper. Kris credits Freud with recognizing “very keenly what Riviere needed from him,” in his analysis of her fi rst addressing the issue of her self-criticism, which she was in the habit of projecting onto the analyst, and offering her sustained sup- port. What she herself wrote to Jones of her tendency to turn her despair of herself into sadistic attacks on him opens the possibility that Freud’s understanding was not his alone but was, rather, jointly produced by analyst and analysand.27 Freud was “sometimes quite naïve,” Riviere later wrote, reacting “with simple spontaneous naturalness to what ever he met,” on the assumption his perceptions were valid in themselves. Riviere framed this as a singular capacity of Freud’s, but her words may also be inaccessibility 219 read as a criticism of his handling of her analysis, of his having al- lowed himself to have been tricked and deceived by her wickedness. Writing to her in 1923, Freud stressed her “agonistic disposition,” charging her with “perceiving so much of [sic] confl ict and opposition where others would not see it.” On another occasion he rather gra- tuitously commented that “it suits you well when you are so kind.” And, several years later, he accused her of partisanship for siding with Melanie Klein against his daughter Anna on the question of child analysis, using Riviere’s analysis against her in highlighting her “weakness . . . a tendency toward aggression” and informing her he had “reproached Jones” for not having “restrained” her. “That sounds intolerant, looks like censorship and tutelage,” Freud admitted. “But what else can one do.” Riviere was left feeling injured and disap- pointed, even full of rage, by Freud’s use of her. But she had the last— if self-defeating—word, with her “falseness and deceit” in the analysis denying him the successful outcome of the treatment he so desperately wanted.28

Hostile Brothers Freud’s charge that Jones was jealous of his relations with Riviere must have stung, for jealousy was freighted with gendered associa- tions. Freud, claiming that it played “a far larger part in the mental life of women than of men,” explained that jealousy was but penis envy displaced from “its true object” and “enormously reinforced” in the growing girl. Jones, for his part, argued that women were more given to jealousy than men because they were usually physio- logically and psychologically more dependent on their partners’ ap- proval. Love was optional for men, he held, with the normal men who sought it propelled by desire not— like in women— need.29 Yet the excesses of jealousy would not so easily be sequestered on the distaff side. Nor was jealousy foreign to relations among Freud and his colleagues, Jones’s memories of them as a “happy band of brothers” notwithstanding. Rather, freely admitted- to jealousy was common coin in the brothers’ relations with Freud, a vehicle for establishing intimacy and performing an abject sort of honesty. In 220 Dimensions of Narcissism correspondence with Freud, Jones confessed variously to his own “absurd jealous egotism” allied to a “strong ‘Father complex,’ ” to being jealous of his American colleague A. A. Brill’s relationship to Freud, and to “a personal complex (suppressed jealousy)” vis-à-vis Freud that was perhaps “not agreeable to discuss,” all the while chronicling for Freud others’ jealousy of his own favored position. Writing to Freud, Sándor Ferenczi admitted to “impulses of jealousy with respect to Jung,” adding that from this followed the thought that “you, too, do not fully appreciate me” and “my good will, my longing for recognition.” “Now, don’t be jealous” of Jung, Freud later chided him in a letter praising Jung as “magnifi cent” and ex- pressing his own conviction that Jung was “the man of the future,” a role Ferenczi had himself hoped to take on—confi rming what the jealous Ferenczi suspected. On another occasion Ferenczi wrote con- solingly to Freud of the burdens heaped on him by his overly sensi- tive followers, with their “childish ideas of jealousy and grandeur”: “I scarcely believe that the treatment of your patients ever caused you as many headaches as ours.”30 Riviere, like Jones, would later write on jealousy. Bristling at Jones’s invocation of female de pen dency, Riviere situated the phenomenon differently, in the context of narcissism. Her subject was a woman, married to a husband who was possibly unfaithful but “quite the most important fi gure in her life,” who engaged in fl irtations that stopped short of actual affairs or intercourse. She derived a good deal of sensual plea sure from these. Pathologically jealous of her husband and of the suspected affairs, she declared that he and his “women were ‘robbing her of everything, taunting, tantalizing, out- raging her, stripping her of his love, of her own self-respect and self- confi dence, casting her off, a victim, utterly helpless and destitute.’ ” Riviere relegated any actual grounds the woman may have had for her jealous suspicions to the realm of not- proven and irrelevant and, instead, following Jones, interpreted them as the woman’s projec- tions onto the husband of her own infi delities. But the “microscope of day-to- day analysis” showed this was inadequate to account for the ferocity of the woman’s self-reproaches. This analysis eventually yielded another explanation, in the form of a per sis tent ly fantasized inaccessibility 221 triangular situation, that bore striking similarities to elements of Riviere’s own position while in analysis with Jones: he played the role of the jealous wife, Freud the fl irtatious husband, and Riviere the taunting mistress.31 Riviere allowed that not much analysis was necessary to surmise that the woman’s father and mother were the original fi gures in her repeatedly staged and apparently straightforwardly oedipal drama. But here as elsewhere, Riviere favored a different interpretive lens, one that would penetrate beneath what she saw as the defensive cover of the woman’s oedipally tinged “genitalizing” of her confl icts to bring into sharper focus the narcissistic elements at play. Taking oblique aim at Freud, she suggested that not all triangular situations need be oedipal, that earlier and deeper losses than that of “the geni- tal relation to the desired parent” may be the motivating force be- hind the jealous or unfaithful person’s “search for love.” Riviere’s interest was not the fateful traumatic event, the oedipally derived castration complex that she charged Freud with positing as determi- native of women’s lifelong history of loss, but in specifying what she called such persons’ “quality of attachments.”32 These, in Riviere’s hands, prove to be as disturbed as later writ- ers on narcissism would propose. The men Riviere’s patient pur- sued were neither full objects nor real persons to her but, rather, “the means and instruments” of securing her own gratifi cation, of obtain- ing sensual pleasure and at the same time robbing the women of them. Robbing, despoiling, and depriving the other are the leitmotifs of this paper on jealousy, invoked repeatedly to characterize the tenor of her patient’s relations to others. The attachments Riviere’s patient formed were more often than not to internalized part-objects, not real whole objects, thus accounting for the ease with which she repeatedly dropped one man for another. In her unconscious, men were either penises or own ers of such, “not really persons.” Love to this patient “was but a word,” signifying the other’s enslavement, his “complete devotion and surrender.” She was consumed by envy: “Envy of me, made endurable by an attitude of contempt, was her prevailing mood in the transference,” Riviere observed. The rage nur- tured by early deprivations accounted for the “acute and desperate 222 Dimensions of Narcissism sense of lack and loss, of dire need, of emptiness and desolation” experienced by the jealous third party in a triangular situation.33 It is notable here that the penis envy Freud saw as determinative of women’s fate plays virtually no part in Riviere’s analysis of envy in women. In her public lectures on the emotional lives “of ordinary men and women in civilized countries,” she suggested it was not the man’s penis alone but his worldly potency, his “capacity for initia- tive and enterprise,” that women found enviable. And she maintained that so obscure was male envy, wrapped in the common conceit that woman was an enigma, that men did not even know what they were envying. She countered Freud’s view that any gratifi cations a woman experienced were compensatory for her lack by arguing that men’s sense of superiority in possessing the penis was compensatory for their envy of women’s generative capacities. Notably, theorists would later pick up on and elaborate Riviere’s framing of envy as rooted more in a narcissistic incapacity for object relating than the triangular situations described by Jones and Freud.34

Anton Kris argues that analysts adopted a punitive stance toward narcissistic patients in the half century separating Freud and Kohut, falling prey to the danger, highlighted by Riviere, of failing “to rec- ognize anything but the aggression” in them. Analysts responded to their patients’ manifest hostility, which, as Riviere recognized, was often turned on themselves, by slipping “into a minimalist technique” that honored Freud’s stated technical recommendations—though not his actual behavior— while denying such patients the affi rmative sup- port they needed. Kris suggests that with Kohut the analyst’s harsh stance toward the patient began to be replaced by benevolence— at least by some. Analysts worried that “new patients,” most notably narcissists, demanded more of them than Freud’s hysterics, and those disposed to treat them argued it was sometimes allowable to “depart from ordinary technique.” Kohut held that if the “analytic atmosphere” had indeed changed, it was because self psychologists like himself recognized patients’ “legitimate needs” with, perhaps, “a changed tone of voice” or an attunement to the needs of the nar- inaccessibility 223 cissistically damaged. The efforts Kohut and Kernberg made to de- scribe and treat such patients allowed analysts to retrospectively assemble genealogies of revisionist clinicians who had tried to bring the outcast patient within their compass. To the tradition repre- sented by Ferenczi, Balint, and Winnicott we might now add Riv- iere’s name. She was not as well known as the others, giants within the analytic tradition, and neither did she write as much. Yet with her acute clinical sensibility and singular capacity for translating feeling states into prose, she did as much as anyone to illuminate the narcissistic interior.35 Nine

IDENTITY

In the 1940s and 1950s, psychoanalysts and cul- tural critics delineated a newly subjective concept of identity that they argued was integral to the achievement of authentic selfhood, a concept that found immediate and deep resonance with popu lar notions of the self. Analysts and pop u lar writers told of man’s sud- denly urgent quest for identity and of his search for himself, and of the emergence of a new late-adolescent rite of passage, the crisis of identity, while Betty Friedan’s The Feminine Mystique, the opening salvo in second-wave feminism, published in 1963, maintained that women of her generation were collectively facing an identity crisis of unpre cedented proportions, living “in a terror of indecision” about who they were and who they would become.1 The word identity, and that to which it referred— the ideal of a robustly conceived and fully realized self—were soon everywhere, the holy grail of selfhood prompting countless quests and searches as well as the publication of popu lar books with titles such as Man’s Search for Himself, On Being a Real Person, and several dozen more offering variations on the “search for identity” that collectively made the case that Ameri- cans no longer knew who or what they were. Analysts, having helped create this new vision of identity, quickly brought it into discussions of narcissism, proposing that infantile narcissism provided a foundation for the healthy adult’s identity and, conversely, that the narcissist suffered from identity disturbance, loss, and confusion. By the 1960s, identity had become an indispensable Identity 225 concept in psychoanalysis and, in the vernacular, a taken-for- granted dimension of personhood that categorized a person simultaneously as unique and as part of a group, whether defi ned in national, racial, ethnic, religious, gender, sexual, class, or occupational terms. The psychoanalyst most responsible for the rise of identity was Erik Erikson, who, in the mid- 1940s, helped transform a term that had formerly referred, in the words of the Oxford English Diction- ary, to a “condition or fact of remaining the same person throughout the various phases of existence,” into a vital concept conveying that which was most essential about a person’s existence in the world, both descriptively and experientially. The descriptive dimension would locate individuals in relation to any number of dimensions of per- sonhood and would prove central to movements expressive of the renewed ethnic and new racial consciousness of the 1960s as well as to feminism and claims for gay and lesbian rights. The experiential dimension offered a framework for talking about the real self, what William James had called the “palpating inward life” that streamed through individuals, sustaining their awareness of themselves as they sorted the “me” from the “not me,” and what the British psy- choanalyst D. W. Winnicott, a contemporary of Erikson’s, was out- lining as the core of the self that ensured its aliveness. Observers complained that Erikson never adequately defi ned identity, conceiv- ing of it alternately as a pro cess, a mode of self- experience, and an unalterable aspect of self. And some analysts, in partic u lar those ego psychologists who, like him, had been driven from Freud’s Vi- enna by the rise of Nazism, faulted him for the ambiguity of the term, for using it too broadly, and for his generally “so ciolog i cal orientation.”2 None of this detracted from the cultural and professional impact of Erikson’s signature concept. In its Eriksonian form, identity was taken up almost immediately in the pop u lar realm, and many ana- lysts, for all of their grudging objections, followed suit. By 1960, identity was everywhere: as a house hold word, a cliché, a generation’s rallying cry, and one of “the most appealing moral terms of our time.” The next year, the New York Times was consoling college students and, more to the point, their parents with the experts’ consensus that 226 Dimensions of Narcissism

“the identity crisis is an intrinsic and necessary part of growing up, a step in development that must be taken,” its attendant “pain and turmoil” notwithstanding. Several years later, the paper was dismiss- ing the same crisis as what “used to be called ‘growing pains,’ ” with others characterizing alienated youth as so many complainers and bellyachers.3 Analysts, who had only sporadically invoked the term before Erikson published his seminal works, began using it with in- creasing regularity thereafter; in the analytic corpus, its usage dou- bled with each passing de cade, with over twelve thousand books and articles referencing it by the year 2000. The apparent seamlessness of identity’s rise masks, sixty years on, the magnitude of the shift in meaning Erikson effected. The masking was in part Erikson’s doing: he identifi ed as an ego psychologist (and used the term ego- identity in his early writings), even as from the start he attacked ego psychology’s ruling conventions, counter- ing its lifeless scientism and fl at prose with his own talk of vitality, creativity, aliveness, growth, and development. Some of the concep- tual labors he performed around identity were visible at the time. His understanding of culture, historical change, and what some of his analytic colleagues dismissively called “social factors” was nu- anced, as was his account of the ways a “cultural personality” found expression in individuals. But he could be cast as unsophisticated. This was in part because he wrote in a deceptively plain-spoken reg- ister. But it was also because he was, rather unfashionably in the eyes of some, “a true clinician” not primarily a theorist, “tuned in to the problems people really struggle with,” wrestling with the “con- crete and lived experience of his patients,” and dealing with “the whole person” and the possibilities to be found in living day to day. Less visible was Erikson’s casting of the “new patient” of psycho- analysis in the idiom of identity lost and potentially regained. As Erikson explained in a formulation that would be widely quoted, “the patient of today suffers most under the problem of what he should believe in and who he should—or, indeed, might—become; while the patient of early psychoanalysis suffered most under inhibi- tions which prevented him from being what and who he thought he knew he was.”5 Critics and analysts would later reframe this shift, Identity 227 substituting the narcissist for the Eriksonian person- bereft- of- identity and using it to explain the precipitous rise in the number of narcissists. The identity conversation was in some respects a trial run for the conversation about narcissism. The pop u lar quest- for- identity literature Erikson’s work inspired in the 1950s and 1960s is strikingly similar to the culture of narcissism literature of the 1970s and 1980s. Both trace a historical arc from the certainty of tradition to the confusions of modernity. Both tell of the appearance of a new type of patient in the consulting room, suffering from the vaguely defi ned complaints of emptiness, futility, and discontent. And both confi dently link clinical phenomena to the temper of the times. Identity thus brought psychoanalysis to the center of a wide- ranging cultural conversation about the American self. As signifi cant, it was the occasion for integrating important but marginalized analytic theories that were not concerned, as was classical analysis, with the ego’s defensive operations, but rather with the self’s growth and mastery— not with drives but with capacities. Two de cades before Heinz Kohut delineated the positive aspects of narcissism, Erikson was laying the groundwork for analysts to embrace the Kohutian project. Freudian psychoanalysis was focused on “introspective hon- esty in the service of enlightenment,” Erikson observed, but he noted it had attended little to the “varieties of cultural expression” that made for “zestful participation” in life as well as those that cultivated self-abandon and supported individuals’ passions. The En glish object- relations analysts similarly wrestled with how to bring creativity and aliveness into the analytic ambit, addressing the question, as put by Winnicott, “of what life itself is about.” As Winnicott explained to a fellow analyst, “We differ from Freud. He was for curing symp- toms. We are concerned with living persons, whole living and lov- ing.” This was Erikson’s position as well, though he differed from his English colleagues in that he took on Freud’s followers, not Freud himself. Loyal to his Viennese forebear, when he invoked Freud it was often his Freud—the phenomenological Freud, the cul- turalist Freud—not the straitened master worshipped by system- atizing disciples. Erikson turned to his Freud as an authorizing touch- stone even as he staged a “quiet revolution” against foundational 228 Dimensions of Narcissism

Freudian precepts, with analysts only later realizing that they, and psychoanalysis, had become Eriksonians without anyone noticing.6

Searching for Identity That Americans no longer knew who they were and what they were to become was, in the 1940s and 1950s, a given among psychiatrists and psychoanalysts and a staple of so cio log i cal refl ection and popu- lar commentary. Modern man, the argument went, had lost his sense of self and was in consequence fated to be forever searching for him- self, unsure of who and what he was. The charge took various forms. Modernity diminished individuals’ signifi cance and worth, resulting in a “loss of the sense of self”; it produced too many selves, forcing the individual to settle on a “real self”; it demanded that everyone realize “his own selfhood”; and it expected of the “real person” an ideal self characterized by wholeness, coherence, and integrity. The stakes were high. “Discovery of the real self can rescue a crumbling marriage, re create a faltering career, transform victims of ‘personality failure,’ ” Cosmopolitan advised its readers in an upbeat paean to self-knowledge that appeared in 1959. As an observer, you can judge, appraise, like, and even hate your self, the magazine explained: “You can talk about it as if you were an object or a person outside of you.”7 It was part of Erikson’s genius to appropriate the social critics’ narrative of decline for identity, offering analysts a shorthand that could be used to bridge the divide between individual patients and social problems. Consider the analyst Allen Wheelis’s pop u lar book, The Quest for Identity, published in 1958. Addressing “the malaise of our times”—a Laschian before his time— from “behind the couch,” Wheelis knit elements from various corners of the clinical and criti- cal literature into a persuasive, if simplistic, narrative. From David Riesman he gleaned that the character of the American people had recently changed, and from Erikson that the problem was a defi cient sense of identity. Wheelis told of village society superseded by mass society, moral absolutes by relativism, a properly punitive superego by an ethos of adjustment, Victorian repression by a celebration of sexual liberation, and the hysteric by the character-disordered indi- Identity 229 vidual. The “weary and skeptical” midcentury character he evoked was no match for the late-nineteenth- century’s sturdy bourgeois fi g- ure. Men in the nineteenth century were faced with few choices, vo- cational or otherwise, he argued; they knew early on who they were and what they would become. The framework of life was fi xed and unchanging. Communities and values were stable, strong, and consis- tent. All of this changed with the dawn of the twentieth century. The pace of life quickened, fi xed values became fl uid, and the “hard inner core” that had earlier sustained men’s sure “sense of self” became ever more elusive.8 People no longer knew who they were. Identity became hard to achieve and, once achieved, hard to maintain. The phenomenon of not knowing who one was would come to be known as an identity crisis. Erikson coined the term and used it in the war years to describe the psychic defi cits of veterans newly be- reft of “a sense of personal sameness and historical continuity.” Ap- plied fi rst in a clinical setting to denote pathology, the term was quickly normalized as a description of an expected stage of adoles- cence and young adulthood. “Identity crisis” entered the pop u lar language in the 1960s as a designation for a period of, as Erikson put it, “growth, recovery, and further differentiation.” Intelligent college students rationalizing their drug use; unionized social workers con- founding negotiators with their psychoanalytic jargon; intellectuals without a cause, among them “the nation’s best minds”: all were suffering from identity crises.9 By the end of the decade, identity crises had become everyday events, “fi nding oneself” an obligatory step on the road to adulthood. The concept of identity quickly became naturalized, an integral, taken- for-granted component of professional and pop u lar lexicons. At the same time, a broad swath of the analytic community began to label Erikson an outsider to the discipline, consigning him to what one later called a persisting “psychoanalytic limbo.” Erikson, they charged, violated one of ego psychology’s foundational principles, the strict separation between objectively observable facts and sub- jectively felt experience. His usage of “ego- identity,” they argued, confused what they insisted were the ego’s two referents: the fi rst, more narrowly technical, an internal mental agency (along with the 230 Dimensions of Narcissism id and the superego), and the second, more expansive, “the self,” “one’s own person,” and the “total individual human being.” Ego psychologists maintained that Freud had been guilty of a similar of- fense, using the term “das Ich”—“the I,” translated as “ego” in the English of the Standard Edition—as ambiguously as Erikson later did. As Heinz Hartmann, the doyen of the ego psychologists, ex- plained, Freud used it “in more than one sense, and not always in the sense in which it was best defi ned.” It was sometimes but not always clear if, in invoking the term, Freud had meant the mental agency or the whole person; Erikson’s critics charged that he, like Freud, simply ignored the distinction. Hartmann’s orthodox col- league Kurt Eissler declared that Erikson, while he might qualify as a psychotherapist, was no psychoanalyst, and other leading analysts agreed.10 There is something comic in their critique: the ego- psychological defenders of the Freudian faith cleaning up after the master’s sloppiness and then using their purifi ed and systematized theory to discipline the sloppy Erikson as insuffi ciently Freudian. It is in part Erikson’s inattention to the obsessive boundary polic- ing of his colleagues, his exploiting of the ambiguity inherent in Freud’s texts, that accounts for his popularity. Erikson identifi ed with the phenomenological aspects and the literary qualities in Freud, with his intellectual “freedom and enjoyment of inquiry,” not with the Freud as “former laboratory worker,” the scientist who traded in “transformable quantities of drive.” Erikson’s kinship with Freud was cemented by what he saw as their common interest in “man’s total existence”: the individual as he radiated outward to the com- munity, fueled by the “anticipation of new potentialities” and en- gaged in understanding “the enigma of consciousness” as much as the inner depths that were also the subject of Freud’s “grim pursuit.” Erikson challenged the analyst’s single- minded focus on the origins of patients’ problems in early childhood. To him, it was just as im- portant that the analyst look outward to the world patients shared with others, at “where they were going from where they were, and who was going with them.”11 The concept of identity, to Erikson’s mind a “conceptual neces- sity,” thus revived an aspect of Freud’s thought that eluded the Identity 231 orthodox analysts’ grasp. But it was not only to Freud that Erik- son looked for inspiration. His distinctive experience as a youth and his experience as an immigrant to America, which he shared with his generation of analysts, many of them from Vienna, were just as formative. Born in 1902 in Frankfurt to a Jewish mother of Danish descent and a father he never knew, the young Erik was adopted by his mother’s second husband and, deceived by his par- ents about his true parentage, harbored doubts from the start, as he told it, about his own identity. Making his way to Vienna, he trained as a psychoanalyst, working with children and entering analysis with Anna Freud. He emigrated to the United States in 1933, and within six years had taken the surname Erikson, imaginatively becoming his own father— the son of Erik. America, with “its strangely adolescent style of adulthood,” offering the possibilities for “new roles and stances,” as he saw it, called forth “a whole new orientation” to patients’ troubles, as much social as individual.12 The stateless American Indians among whom he did early fi eldwork, the World War II veterans plagued by the symptoms of shell shock, the young patients with whom he worked at the Austen Riggs Center in western Massachusetts: all were suffering from confu- sions of identity, questioning who they were and what they would become. Erikson allowed that it was almost self- evident that his experi- ence of “the hard and heartless” experience of emigration and Amer- icanization, which made many identities into a “super-identity,” nur- tured his interest in identity and its crises. “We begin to conceptualize matters of identity at the very time in history when they become a problem,” he wrote elliptically in 1950, taking stock of the personal, po litical, and moral cataclysms wrought by the war and their effects on those who survived them. His turn to identity, he suggested, “seemed naturally grounded” in his own life history. Erikson presented himself as a conduit through which fl owed historical currents, and the dislocations that opened up for him and millions of others who survived the war as “new forms of identity.”13 The concept, he was suggesting, was forged in the cauldron of history, not in the byways of psychoanalytic theory. 232 Dimensions of Narcissism

Yet it was more Erikson’s curiosity and gift for observation than the historical accident of being in the right place at the right time that accounts for the widespread appeal of his work. His writings were accessible, his style lucid, and his tone almost conversational. He brought an eye for the telling detail to the big questions he ad- dressed, invoking iconic cultural types (the Western rancher, the over- protective “Mom”) and colorful slogans drawn from American folkways (“where seldom is heard a discouraging word”) to drive home just how different were the American and Eu ro pe an cultural milieus. In Europe, for example, he had heard talk among clinicians of American patients’ “relative ‘ego weakness.’ ” What he saw in America was not a weak ego but a different ego. It was not the syn- thesizing machine that was the old- world psychoanalyst’s ego, the ego that Anna Freud cast as an emotionless and reliable “mechanical apparatus,” but rather an ego that in popu lar usage denoted “un- qualifi ed if not justifi ed self- esteem.” He was struck by the American penchant for “ego- infl ating” behaviors, and characterized the ten- dency to engage in what he argued was fruitless but routine ego bolstering “for the sake of making people ‘feel better’ ” as a “national practice.” Boisterous bantering was everywhere, in speech, gesture, and “interpersonal relations.” The not inconsiderable ego strength of Americans was forged in opposition to the larger group, he sug- gested, adding “what is popularly called an ‘ego’ in this country, seems to be the defi ant expression of the own er’s conviction that he is somebody without being identifi ed with anybody in partic u lar.” In the United States he discovered a dynamic nation of extreme con- trasts and abrupt changes, of proud autonomy and exuberant initia- tive, and of “a fashionable and vain ‘ego’ which is its own originator and arbiter.” This “self-made ego” was neither Eu ro pe an nor Freud- ian, but distinctively American in its ability “to reshape itself in in- teraction throughout life.”14 Refl ecting in 1968 on identity’s rapid adoption, Erikson deemed it “a term for something as unfathomable as it is all- pervasive.” Er- ikson’s decrying of the faddish equation of identity with the ques- tion “Who am I” is suggestive of his desire to rein in the term’s popu- lar referents. As with other such new and protean terms, however, Identity 233 once loosed, its meanings and uses were not Erikson’s, or anyone else’s, to control. In the twenty-odd years following the term’s intro- duction, psychoanalysts sporadically attempted to delineate its sev- eral, sometimes competing, dimensions. Yet, however carefully they drew distinctions between the metaphysical and psychological dimen- sions of identity, and however much they warned of its internal in- consistencies and contradictions, they were powerless to prevent its use in what Erikson called the demonstrative, desperate, and “almost deliberately confused ‘search’ ” that was consuming so many. The term made intuitive, if not strictly technical, sense.15 That its popu lar meaning became self-evident so quickly suggests that it struck a deep cultural chord. From this perspective, Erikson’s “invention” appears to be an inspired consolidation of cultural forces that were already sending many on quests, searching for their identities— or, at the least, prompting many to buy books telling them they should be searching. Erikson maintained that Freud had used the term identity only once, leaving Erikson free, one observer has noted, to invent it “al- most without reference to his authority.” Unburdened with analytic associations, identity, in Erikson’s hands, was also a relatively non- ideological term, free of any roots in the Marxist social psychology of the 1930s. Employing a concept of social character, which Erich Fromm defi ned as “the essential nucleus of the character structure of most members of a group” nurtured by common emotional and material experience, popu lar yet controversial works in this vein such as The Authoritarian Personality, ’s Character Analysis, and Fromm’s Escape from Freedom had probed the lower middle class’s attraction to fascism, arguing that petty- bourgeois sexual repression and economic insecurity made the father fi gure promised by fascist movements attractive.16 Erikson’s identity, by contrast, represented a fresh start, a term with no class referents and one that could be applied to normal as well as disturbed individuals. Reconstructing the evolution of his own thinking on identity, Er- ikson pointed to two “conceptual ancestors,” Freud and William James, his characterization of them as “bearded and patriarchal 234 Dimensions of Narcissism founding fathers” conveying his respect while locating them fi rmly in the past. As Erikson saw it, Freud had articulated the historical and so cio log i cal dimensions of identity, James its metaphysical dimen- sions. In an address to the Viennese Society of the B’nai B’rith in 1926, Freud spoke of the “obscure emotional forces” that bound him to Jewry, “the more powerful the less they could be expressed in words, as well as a clear consciousness of inner identity, the safe privacy of a common mental construction.” Erikson termed Freud’s usage “ethnic” and invoked this moment several times to underscore the importance of communal allegiances in the formation of psycho- social identity, allegiances that, in his opinion, people searching for their identities and orthodox psychoanalysts too often slighted. Erikson somewhat unfairly suggested that Freud, with his “timeless elite of brooding neurotics,” was somewhat oblivious to the social upheavals of his times. Identity formation, Erikson insisted, could not be conceived of as apart from “contemporary crises in historical development,” whether of Martin Luther’s day or of his own. The world wars, politi cal revolutions, and moral rebellions of the twen- tieth century had all undermined the foundations upon which human identity traditionally—and in Freud’s time—had been constructed. Freud’s weltanschauung, “highly dependent on [the] cultural condi- tions of a sedentary middle class,” was formed in the nineteenth century and remained there.17 The term identity appears a number of times in Freud’s writings; Erikson’s implicit claim that Freud had used it only once in an Erik- sonian sense is closer to the mark. Indeed, Freud, like virtually every psychoanalyst writing before 1940, used the word identity to mean a person’s sameness across time. In “A Child is Being Beaten,” for example, Freud wrote, “The actual identity of the person who does the beating remains obscure at fi rst,” using the term to denote per- haps the simplest dimension of identity— a person’s name. Or, again, in “Dreams and Telepathy,” he wrote of a woman recognizing the identity of the man she was dreaming about: “The original thus never divulged its identity.” Erikson was of course familiar with this meaning of the word. But when he wrote, in 1946, of the veterans under his care, that they “do not know any more who they are,” it Identity 235 was the subjective dimension of identity that he suggested these veterans had lost. That is, they had lost their ability to experience themselves as having “sameness and continuity” and a belief in their “social role.” They suffered from a disturbance in what he then started to call “ego- identity.” Conceiving of identity as a subjective phenomenon, felt from within and not ascribed from without, Erikson was subtly but signifi cantly redefi ning the term and its referents.18 Writing to his wife in 1878, William James had voiced what was to Erikson’s mind this same subjective sense of identity. It was when a man feels himself “most deeply and intensely active and alive,” James had written, that a voice inside speaks, saying “ ‘This is the real me!’ ” James was here musing on character, not identity; he drew on the older meaning of the term having to with the sameness of the self and its attributes when writing in his 1890 textbook, The Prin- ciples of Psychology, about “the sense of personal identity.” Still, Erikson’s appropriation of James was inspired, for what he would call in 1968 an “exuberant awareness” of one’s identity was predi- cated on the sense of deeply felt realness and authenticity that James had privately articulated more than half a century earlier.19 Several psychoanalysts working prior to Erikson had already begun the process of theorizing a newly subjective dimension of iden- tity. An Indian analyst, a Professor Haridas Bhattacharya, delivered a tantalizingly titled lecture, “The Psycho-logical Basis of Personal Identity,” in 1930, but we unfortunately have only a scant record of what he said. And another Indian analyst, G. Bose, writing in 1937 of a male patient’s sexual diffi culties, described the man’s sense that he was losing control over his ego in sex, feeling as if his identity, his sense of control over who he was, was in danger of disappearing. Erikson’s teacher, the Viennese analyst Paul Federn, who had delin- eated healthy narcissism, was the fi rst to conceptualize identity along the lines that Erikson would later popu lar ize. In several papers pub- lished in the 1920s and 1930s, Federn wrote of what he called “ego feeling,” or “the sensation, constantly present, of one’s own person— the ego’s perception of itself,” and suggested that for some persons, preservation of identity was dependent upon this. Here we have the 236 Dimensions of Narcissism outlines of what would in Erikson’s hands become associated with a sense of identity: “The totality of feeling which one has of one’s own living person.” To Federn, there was no identity without an aware- ness of it. Identity was by its very nature a subjective experience in Federn’s thought.20 Through the 1950s, books and papers as well as magazine arti- cles on identity and the allied concept of the “real self” proliferated. The fi rst psychoanalytic papers with “identity” and “real self” in their titles appeared in 1949. In its pop u lar usages, the “real self” referred to the psychological center or core of the individual. It was authentic and instinctual, the self divested of all demands society made on it. Searching for it would prove joyful and exhilarating, “the most fascinating treasure hunt of your life,” readers of Seven- teen were told. “The real self is something to be discovered and cre- ated,” the sociologist Helen Merrell Lynd maintained in 1960 in Ma de moiselle. “It is not a starting point, and never a fi nality, but a lifelong endeavor.” A de cade later the title was different—“There Is No Real You”— but the message was the same. “The true self, the ‘me’ that is within us,” another sociologist wrote, “is constantly in the process of being created,” a compilation of our many selves. It was vital, alive, and spontaneous. Skeptics contended that the individual claiming “to have ‘found himself’ ” had in fact “found only a part of himself, the part he wishes to fi nd,” but this was no impediment to the skilled psychoanalyst, who could work with even “this or that sample” of the real self.21 Erikson warned that awareness of the real self would not be real- ized through strenuous questing. The contemporaneous testimony of one Mrs. B., a forty- year- old who found herself after thirty- eight hours of analytic treatment, belied his pessimism. A subdued, anx- ious person, Mrs. B. had endured fi ve years of intense suffering, in- cluding a stay in a sanatorium, before turning to psychoanalysis. Challenged by her analyst, Karen Horney, to fi gure out what she really wanted, she was plunged into a two-week- long paroxysm of despair at the realization of her selfl essness, of her inability to want anything at all for herself. From the depths of her misery she saw clearly for the fi rst time—“I saw it as a blinding light”—that she Identity 237 had not really lived at all but had been maintaining a pseudoself, her real self stifl ed by her neurosis. Was it possible, she asked, “that I had touched the key to the universe” in realizing that selfl essness— “the fact and fear of not having a self,” of “not- being”—was “the secret of wretchedness”? Before, beholden to “the relentless system of ‘shoulds’ which dominated her,” she had “known nothing, under- stood nothing” because she did not exist. Now everything rushed to fall into place. The purpose of life was “to live and grow and express ourselves”; “Sum ergo sum” was enough to live by.22 The identity Mrs. B. discovered through her questing— she char- acterized it as “a long journey”—might be thought of as Jamesian not Freudian, subjectively felt rather than historically anchored. Both dimensions of identity would be developed more fully in the tumult of the 1960s, sometimes in tandem, sometimes separately. The eth- nic or cultural dimension to which Freud gave voice would fuel vari- ous forms of identity politics, from black to women’s to homosexual movements of liberation. The Jamesian tradition was taken up by Horney and other neo- Freudians, who rejected Freud’s more stoic and tragic view of the inevitably compromised self, the self as “con- stituted out of confl icting inner demands,” in favor of a distinctively American liberationist notion of a creative self. This was the authen- tic self that was to be found doing what it wanted to do, rather than heeding the shoulds and oughts imposed by civilization. It was the self of Mrs. B. and the self of Ma de moiselle ’s Lynd, “distinguishing What I Am from What THEY Demand.” This self found expression in analytic conceptions of the self that centered on an intuitively felt sense of realness. In a Jamesian vein, for example, Winnicott de- scribed a “True Self” that did “no more than collect together the details of the experience of aliveness.” As he wrote, “Feeling real is more than existing; it is fi nding a way to exist as oneself”— Mrs. B.’s sum ergo sum.23

Being Real That Mrs. B. could so exuberantly locate her identity— her “real self”— in an experience of little more than what Winnicott called 238 Dimensions of Narcissism

“aliveness” was made possible by a major shift, registered in 1975 by the sociologist Ralph Turner, “in what are conceived as valid in- dications of what is real about ourselves.” The demand that the self be real and authentic fi rst appeared in the 1940s. Once specifi ed, realness, much like identity, was suddenly everywhere, an apparently unexceptionable attribute of personhood. Whereas formerly the self was something to be created or achieved, to be plumbed in altruistic acts or arrived at through hard work, the self was now an essence to be discovered by throwing off repressive social restraints—the “shoulds” that Horney saw ruling and impoverishing Mrs. B.’s exis- tence. Cultural critics bemoaned the loss of these “shoulds,” seeing it as part of a more general decline in proper authority and values. To them, identity was ideally anchored in something more substantial than Winnicott’s “aliveness,” for example in Freud’s ethnic loyalties or in the pursuit of duties, ideals, morality, and altruism. But, as Turner astutely pointed out, the modern expressive self was not so altogether free of institutional and other constraints as critics imag- ined. It only appeared that way, in the absence of a theory detailing the pressures to which it was subject.24 Like identity, realness was hardly straightforward. Being “real” was to critics of youth culture in the 1960s simply a matter of shucking off societal constraints through participation in encounter groups and “love-ins.” To the psychoanalysts who theorized realness, there was by contrast nothing natural about it; “realness” imposed its de- mands as relentlessly as the traditional morality to which it was so unfavorably contrasted. The capacity to be oneself, which Mrs. B. felt she had realized, was predicated on the abjuring of infantile fan- tasies and the “mastery of reality tasks” in one analyst’s formula- tion, an impossible to fully complete process of self-regulation that brought one face-to-face with painful feelings. Likewise, the Winn- icottian true self’s spontaneity, authenticity, and creativity were not natural but produced in the context of a properly nurturing envi- ronment of perfectly calibrated, selfl essly robust maternal care.25 Realness was not a natural state but a hard-won achievement. The phi los o pher G. E. Moore observed that “whenever a philos o- pher says something is ‘really real,’ you can be really sure that what Identity 239 he says is ‘really real’ isn’t real, really.” Riesman wrestled with this issue in his 1952 portrait of a thirty- two- year- old divorced woman who could “talk a good game”: what appeared on the surface as realness could be, misleadingly, a learned, not- altogether- real cul- tural style. Isabelle Sutherland, Riesman’s subject, was highly liter- ate, a Ph.D. psychologist training to be a psychotherapist and under- going analysis. Asked to name her best trait, Sutherland ventured it was that she was “alive and struggling, looking for things, pursuing ideals.” Asked to name her greatest achievement, she said it was that she had “come out of the worst of my neurosis”— Riesman explained that she’d had a character neurosis—“and become a real person.” Riesman judged her “consciousness of internal growth and change” rare and was struck by her capacity “to look at and reveal the self.” He characterized her as thoughtful, discriminating, and perceptive. Yet while commending her for achieving “a very considerable degree of self- transparency,” he wondered whether she might have “had it thrust on her by analysis.” Having caught glimpses of what he took to be the real Isabelle Sutherland shining “through her vocabulary,” he was not wholly convinced that what he was hearing from her was real and not a creation resulting from her mastery of the lan- guage of introspection and self- making. How, he wondered, was one to get behind “talk of autonomy to autonomy itself? Or behind be- havior calculated to appear spontaneous to spontaneity itself?”26 Riesman, like Turner, saw that part of the diffi culty in faithfully conveying the modern expressive self’s travails and triumphs lay in the inadequacy of the sociologist’s descriptive tools and in the neces- sarily limited nature of his world view. He admitted to ambivalence toward Sutherland, characterizing her as a colorless exemplar of “pe- destrian other-direction,” a woman whose bland, psychiatrically in- fl ected contentment he interpreted as “a dull lack of the sense of the tragic.” He acknowledged the diffi culty of comprehending “the tex- ture of undramatic autonomous living” such as hers, preferring as he did the nineteenth- century’s heroic, inner- directed fi gures, violent and grandiose as they may have been, to modernity’s milder types.27 How deeply people actually felt the anxieties that professionals saw burdening them is diffi cult to determine. In the early 1950s, as 240 Dimensions of Narcissism part of a larger study of self- understanding, the educational psy- chologist Arthur T. Jersild asked two hundred students enrolled in a New York City college to write compositions on the topics “what I like about myself” and “what I dislike about myself.” Jersild re- ported that the students wrote in mostly positive terms about their physical appearances and intellectual abilities. What really ani- mated them, however, were the positive and negatives dimensions of their personalities, social attitudes, and relationships. Approxi- mately 60 percent, both men and women, commented positively on qualities in themselves that Jersild classifi ed under the rubric “inner resources,” qualities such as inner strength and drive, content- ment, and self- respect that he thought spoke to individuals’ sense of their inner selves. Yet more than 70 percent faulted themselves for defi ciencies around the same issues. Jersild judged his subjects well versed in “the universal language of the self” and commended them for holding rather mature self-conceptions. Many, he wrote, spoke from a secure sense of their own basic integrity and from inner conviction.28 Jersild’s fi ndings hardly portray the self in crisis. As he reported, none of his subjects was unable to say who he or she was. Whether or not his subjects—so comfortable psychologizing, so focused on their inner selves—were undergoing what another generation of col- lege students would call identity crises is impossible to determine.29 The concept of an identity crisis, even of an identity, was not yet in circulation. What is clear is that, when prompted to engage in self- refl ection, they expressed psychological not moral dimensions of the self, and that Jersild saw this as something new. Twenty years later, the sociologist Turner addressed the identity question head on, surveying groups of adults and college students in order to determine whether they were as preoccupied with the quest for identity as social critics and psychiatrists assumed. He found that 80 percent of nearly one thousand adult Los Angelenos sampled never asked the question, “Who am I really?” Fourteen percent asked it sometimes, 3 percent often. By contrast, an overwhelming major- ity of UCLA students acknowledged that they were concerned with self- discovery and questing, confi rming the popu lar ste reo type in Identity 241 which college and identity problems were linked. Nearly half of both adults and students endorsed intimate revelation, telling “your deepest feelings to someone you trust,” as a route to self- discovery, a measure of the ubiquity of a psychological perspective (the other, more traditional routes Turner offered his subjects were working “hard at a diffi cult and challenging task” and altruism— helping “someone who needs your assistance”). Interestingly, university stu- dents in En gland and Australia were if anything more concerned with fi nding their identities than were their counterparts in Califor- nia, with the En glish confounding deeply held conceptions of na- tional character—“no Freud please, we’re British”—by their ringing endorsement of intimate revelation as a means to self- knowledge. Turner concluded that the prevailing “public imagery of the self” differed from that found in pop u lar writing. Others agreed, with one writing that Americans were not nearly so “anguished, frustrated, and disoriented” as social critics portrayed them.30

American Superego If the ego in the land of democracy was strong, defi ant, and in- fl ated, its overlord the superego was, according to the psychoana- lysts writing for both professional and pop u lar audiences who were charting its fate, dangerously enfeebled, feckless, and feminized. The superego was understood as an agency of the personality that in its supervisory role was something like the conscience; as Wheelis ex- plained, it was “judicial department of personality.” In analysts’ ac- counts, it was usually described as a harsh, prohibiting, and repres- sive agency that transmitted through the generations not only what was best but also what was most “coercive and threatening” in the past. According to analytic orthodoxy, the boy’s superego originated at the moment when he staved off castration at the hands of his fa- ther by renouncing his desires for his mother and identifying with the would- be castrator. In this identifi cation, the boy made clear his de- sire to be like his father and at the same time took on the father’s superego, making “the parents’ strictness and severity, their prohib- iting and punitive function,” his own.31 242 Dimensions of Narcissism

It was precisely the threatening, all- powerful father, the father capable of castrating his own son, whom analysts worried was miss- ing in the America of the 1940s and 1950s. Wheelis saw the super- ego’s decline in the transition from village society to mass society, arguing that the former nourished the superego and the latter under- mined its foundations. Modernity, with its highways, radios, tele vi- sion, and mass consumer goods, brought values from the outside into the settled community, linking all Americans to one another. “The unquestioning ac cep tance of an unopposed pattern of life” chal- lenged, the father’s authority and control over his wife and children diminished.32 The notion that in the United States not men but women had the upper hand, or, in the colorful imagery Carl Jung employed in a 1909 letter to Freud, that within the family “the men have become a fl ock of sheep and the women play the ravening wolves,” was a ven- erable analytic truism. Girls in America, where “the father ideal appears to be downgraded,” Freud told his Viennese colleagues in 1910, feel superior to boys in everything and “lose their respect for the male sex”: “The American girl cannot muster the illusion that is necessary for marriage.” Jung, for his part, considered the phenom- enon of womanly rule of men a new development, never before seen, evidence of the hegemony of the “mother- complex” in the United States. “American culture really is a bottomless abyss,” he added. Freud would later see evidence of Frauenherrschaft—“petticoat gov- ernment” in the Standard Edition— in the passage of national prohi- bition, which deprived people of their “stimulants, intoxicants, and other pleasure-producing substances.” In Europe, by contrast, fathers were powerful patriarchs and mothers subordinate but cosseted do- mestic creatures.33 The well-known psychologist Rollo May and the psychiatrist Frieda Fromm-Reichmann made the popular case for the American father’s sorry demise. Mothers were dominant in the American fam- ily, argued May. As matriarchy replaced patriarchy, the son’s oedipal confl ict with the father was relegated to the past. Bereft of a worthy opponent, the son could only struggle against the mother, a domi- neering, devious foe who robbed him of his potency and of his right Identity 243 to “his existence as a person.” Deprived of a masculine fi gure with which to identify, the son was left with a weak and diminished superego; homosexuality was a not uncommon result. Fromm- Reichmann was even more caustic, seeing gender disarray everywhere. Hostile and aggressive women ruled the American family imperiously. Men waited on their wives, an inversion of old-world gender dy- namics, which had wives waiting on their husbands, and the women were “not afraid of their husbands as Euro pe an women are.” Domi- neering women wielding oversevere maternal authority spawned insecure, anxious, and guilty children fi lled with hatred toward the mothers who frustrated their strivings toward self- realization.34 Erikson was skeptical of his fellow analysts’ portrayals of the authoritarian, rejecting, frigid, and insuffi ciently maternal American mother. There was in the psychiatric and analytic case histories and in the professional literature “an undertone of revengeful triumph, as if a villain had been spotted and cornered,” he observed, as well as a “specifi c moralistic punitiveness.” Contrasting aristocratic Eu- rope with demo cratic America, Erikson saw the American father’s relative weakness as a byproduct of po liti cal and social equality, with generations of men having abdicated “their dominant place in the family” out of a distaste for hierarchy. Women, animated by the same democratic ethos, were “possessed with the idea of freedom from any man’s autocracy.” Erikson noted that so equal was the pa- rental balance of power that it was diffi cult for American men on the couch to summon up memories of the threatening oedipal father, the “overwhelmingly bigger” fi gure whose possession of the mother must be challenged. Fathers could instead be experienced as tender and understanding, their domestic subordination rendering them not rivals for the mother’s love but, at worst, somewhat pitiable dis- appointments and, at best, something akin to beloved and admired big brothers. “There are real friendships between fathers and sons,” Erikson observed. Fraternal images were fi lling “the gaps left by de- caying paternalism.”35 It seemed to Erikson that the American boy was “on reasonably good terms with his superego.” Erikson had been raised psychoana- lytically on the “rigidly vindictive and punitive” conceptualization 244 Dimensions of Narcissism of the superego, and knew well from his clinical work the “triumph of depreciation” its injunctions and disparaging inner voices could inculcate in adolescents unsure of their identities. From the start he voiced his dissatisfaction with analysts’ relentlessly negative con- strual of the superego’s functioning, arguing that Freud himself had stressed the ways in which it transmitted from one generation to the next not only prohibitions but also defi ning aspects of the social milieu in which individuals lived, from the “tastes and standards” of their social class to the “characteristics and traditions of the race from which they spring.” The Freudian superego, that is, was ines- capably laden with the social. Erikson’s analytic pre de ces sors, he claimed, were too focused on “man’s enslavement” to the superego, too focused on what society denied the growing child. By contrast, his aim was to emphasize what society, channeled through the su- perego, granted to the child: it kept him alive and seduced “him to its partic u lar life style.” For all its enriching potential, the superego— conveying “mighty disapproval”— was yet a formidable adversary. Still, the fact that the father in America was less forbidding meant that the boy struggling to establish his identity faced a less fearsome opponent in the Americanized superego. Erikson thought this was not an altogether bad thing.36

In Search of Women’s Identity From the 1930s through the 1960s, psychiatrists, psychoanalysts, sociologists, cultural critics, and feminists engaged in a wide- ranging discussion about the nature of American women. This discussion was about the place of women in civic life, but it could also devolve into alarm about the large numbers of frigid women in the nation. It was carried out, for the most part, at a remove from the discussion of identity and the quest literature, in which Florence Nightingale— who reportedly had a terrible time fi nding herself— was virtually the only woman invoked. The fi rst psychoanalytic investigations of American women’s identity took as their subject the prostitute, a mea sure of how im- poverished these investigations were. Before the 1940s, the prosti- Identity 245 tute was treated as a foil against which men’s travails were played out, with her own subjectivity mostly ignored. In the de cades fol- lowing, however, discussions of her personality were or ga nized around authenticity and realness. One analyst charged in 1945 that prostitution was pervaded by falseness: neither party revealed his or her “true self,” with everyone hiding behind “pseudo- personalities” and disavowing their identities. Another analyst, looking at the con- nections between nonprocreative sexuality and “the emergence and maintenance of identity in man,” told of a young woman— the only woman his comprehensive paper discussed—whose identity as a pros- titute was layered over her morally alert “real self.” Periodically, mounting feelings of despair, inner isolation, and loneliness would propel her to prostitution, even as she knew this identity was not hers. She thereby exemplifi ed the confusion women of her sort faced. Her doubled identity—at once whore and not whore—allowed her to protect something of what she considered her “real self.” She al- lowed men to use her body as if it were theirs, a thing or organ be- longing to them, but kept her sanity by imagining her “real self” separate from her “consummated body.” She thus enacted quite dra- matically the split between real and false selves that drew the censure of so many commentators. And she was evidence of the falseness of what the author characterized as “the feminine surrender to a man that writers and poets insist on ascribing to prostitutes.”37 Eventually, psychoanalysts and psychiatrists would probe the identity of the “normal” woman, just as, following Erikson’s lead and starting to explore identity as an aspect of personhood worthy of their attention, they probed the identity of the normal man, ex- amining him at work, in the community, and in the family. It was far easier for analysts and social commentators to see work and sex, public and private, in balance when they looked at men. When they examined women, however, they connected everything— work, am- bition, childrearing—to sex. Christopher Lasch’s bitter contention that, in his time, the prosti- tute exemplifi ed “the qualities indispensable to success in American society” continued a long tradition of professional and pop ular com- mentary concerning the prostitute’s falseness, aggressiveness, and 246 Dimensions of Narcissism hostility to men. Writing in 1978, Lasch highlighted what he consid- ered the many contradictions that characterized her: a loner, she depended on others “only as a hawk depends on chickens”; frigid, she attempted “to move others while remaining unmoved herself”; and hostile and scornful, she perfectly symbolized the ethos of the mo- ment, in which hedonism was linked not to pleasure but to “the war of all against all,” and in which “even the most intimate encounters become a form of mutual exploitation.”38 Lasch framed the prostitute as a central fi gure in modernity. He saw her displacing the salesman, the Willy Lomanesque fi gure who in the postwar period wanted more than anything to be “well liked.” In his exemplariness, the salesman was symbolic of what C. Wright Mills called the “master occupational change” of the twentieth cen- tury that saw the prototypical man go from business entrepreneur and free farmer to white-collar employee, and from heroic to tragic. The white-collar employee was insecure, tormented, and powerless— a little man.39 The prostitute was not even that. Lasch’s choice of her to symbolize modernity is even more interesting in that by all ac- counts, men’s resort to prostitutes over the course of the twentieth century was, if anything, diminishing. Whereas visiting a prostitute had been almost a rite of passage early in the century, by the time Lasch was writing young men were far more likely to have their fi rst sexual experiences with women of their own social class. The actual prostitute was fading as her cultural profi le grew. Betty Friedan’s assertion, in her 1963 classic, The Feminine Mys- tique, that identity lay at the core of the woman problem came just as psychoanalysts and psychiatrists were beginning to discuss what a “normal” sense of identity in women might look like. For much of the century, as we have seen, psychoanalysts had fi ercely and divi- sively debated the question of femininity and its relation to lack. Shifting the grounds of the question or inquiry from “femininity” to the gender neutral “identity” promised women access to, among certain positive gains, the same sorts of issues and problems that plagued men. Addressing the problem of women’s identity, Friedan wrote, in language echoing Wheelis’s, of the American woman not Identity 247 knowing “who she is, or can be, or wants to be.”40 Critiquing Erik- son for having defi ned identity as a male issue and for orga niz ing his account of the life cycle around the crises men faced as they grew and aged, crises in which new beginnings were forged, Friedan ar- gued that the issue for women was the absence of any such progres- sion past adolescence. There was nothing to which women could aspire except marriage. Charged by Friedan with reinscribing the gender polarities that she was critiquing, Erikson nevertheless attempted to provide an ac- count of women’s development focused not, like those of his ana- lytic forebears, on “the so- called genital trauma” but on women’s “productive interior.” It was women’s “vital inner potential” that he highlighted, observing that analysts, with their obsessive attention to feminine lack and envy, had “made of womanhood an ubiquitous compensation neurosis marked by a bitter insistence on being ‘re- stored.’ ” Construals of female identity were biased toward “what a woman cannot be and cannot have,” when analysts might better consider “what she is, has been, and may yet become.” Young women uncertain of whether or not they could “have an identity” without yet having a mate could, he argued, develop themselves as workers, citizens, and persons, thereby forestalling the fulfi llment of what all assumed was their destiny— motherhood. No woman need defi ne herself by motherhood alone; modern conditions allowed her to choose, plan, and even renounce “her somatic tasks.” Erikson waxed lyrical in contemplating the “singular loveliness and brilliance” of young women not yet subjected to the constraints of maternity, their activity a transcendent aesthetic phenomenon symbolizing “the self- containment of pure being.” But he also envisioned lives for women marked by development continuing beyond the task of childbearing that popularly, and psychoanalytically, sealed their fate. In most en- deavors the equals of men, women in Erikson’s expansive vision were defi ned, as were men, by their interests and capabilities, not by their biology alone. As he saw it, engineering, science, and a range of hu- manitarian endeavors touched by both would be enriched by women’s full and equal participation.41 248 Dimensions of Narcissism

The Narcissism of Minor Differences “There are many good things to be said about Erikson,” Kohut ar- gued to the clinicians gathered for a seminar he led in the mid- 1970s. Identity could be seen as “a somewhat enriching concept,” though as more than a phenomenological description he felt “it leaves a good deal to be desired.” Considered within the framework of Erikson’s “socioculturally oriented psychology,” it was a workable concept, though of course, he added, “every concept was useful up to a point.” Identity was “a sophisticated confi guration” that was, how- ever, limited to the surface of the personality. Still, “one needs a surface psychology.” Erikson had “recently tried to be a bit more sophisticated,” but he was still trading in value judgments. Was it really the case that one needed an identity? Wasn’t Kohut’s own concept of the self far more useful, and properly psychoanalytic, re- ferring as it did to “a structure that dips into the deepest reaches of the psyche”? The self “emerges in the psychoanalytic situation” and as such, he argued, felt intuitively near to experience, while identity was a foreign import, “not indigenous to psychoanalytic psychol- ogy,” that was almost socio log i cal, having to do with “the observa- tion of social behavior.” Others might “blame psychoanalysis for being inhospitable” to identity, but, Kohut emphasized, “I thought rather that the notion of identity would not be a congenial guest” at the analytic table. In a gossipy letter to a Euro pe an colleague critical of Erikson, Kohut pointed out that “he is not so pop u lar among American analysts as you assume,” before adding— perhaps gestur- ing toward his own contested status—“I too certainly don’t hate a rogue.”42 Erikson’s contention that Kohut “simply tried to do away with me” is hard to argue with. Strip away the manifest hostility, and it becomes clear that Kohut’s perspective on psychoanalysis shares more with Erikson’s than he admitted. Kohut sounded Eriksonian themes in rejecting the Freudian model of the past as the site of pathogenic trauma to be exhumed and thereby cured, in its place adopting the past as a resource for the individual searching “to establish a devel- opmental continuity of his self.” Being cured, from this perspective, Identity 249 consisted in “feeling whole and historically continuous.” Kohut’s brief for the importance of experiencing “this sense of continuity, this indefi nable sameness, identity,” over the course of life resonates with Erikson’s locating the sources of ego- identity not in “the mere fact of existence” but in the subjective awareness “of one’s selfsame- ness and continuity in time.” The Kohutian “group self” that needs supports as well as a “sense of its continuity” and connectedness through time sounds very much like the Eriksonian “group identity” that is transmitted in a variety of ways through the generations. Kohut’s view that among the more important aims of analysis is nurturing the self’s capacities for aliveness, “zest and joy,” echoed Erikson’s insistence that a felt sense of aliveness was “the vital con- dition of existence,” that “there is no feeling of being alive without a sense of ego-identity.” Kohut, like Erikson, refused to accept psychol- ogy’s instinctual energy as the only legitimate coin of the analytic realm, substituting for it the patient’s subjectively experienced emo- tions and feeling states.43 Reinterpreting the story of Oedipus, Kohut charged his colleagues with focusing on the murderousness in the myth instead of on the “normal intergenerational” joy fathers experience in securing their sons’ futures, and with missing altogether its most signifi cant fea- ture: that Oedipus was abandoned by his parents, “a rejected child” put out to die. Claiming primacy for overturning the oedipal shib- boleth, Kohut wondered why no one else had done so before him. Two years earlier, in the same journal, the discipline’s fl agship, Erik- son had similarly underscored the myth’s intergenerational themes, advising fathers that they could moderate their sons’ oedipal guilt by emphasizing the future over the past and foregoing “infl ated pa- triarchal claims,” and locating the origins of the tragedy in “Oedi- pus’s own rejection and expulsion by his parents.”44 Kohut may have been unaware of what Erikson wrote. What is more pertinent here is the convergence in their thinking. Kohut was able to marginalize Erikson in part because the latter was less interested in adult narcissism than in the salience of the child’s normal narcissism. Erikson argued that infantile narcissism was the necessary basis of a strong ego. Nurtured both by “sensual 250 Dimensions of Narcissism

experience” of the mother’s body and by the “sensual enrichment” of the maternal environment, it assumed tangible form in the child’s “sense of omnipotence.” Good childrearing corroborated this om- nipotence, allowing children to experience mastery and to receive recognition. Loving parents laid down the foundations of a “lasting fund of narcissism” that later would be transformed “into more ma- ture self-esteem.” Erikson’s stance toward narcissism was positive, by his own account grounded in a capacious understanding of the sources of “human self-esteem” articulated by Freud but forgotten by his followers, who told “only half the story.” That infantile nar- cissism offered critical support to the growing personality and that it was gradually “transformed into aim-inhibited self- esteem”—that, in short, narcissism was an asset, not a mark of pathology and devel- opmental arrest— were the cornerstones of Kohut’s reformulation of narcissism, in which can be seen echoes of Erikson’s writings.45 Kohut’s insistence on the unbridgeable differences between his own work and Erikson’s appears, in historical retrospect, a bit too vehement to be taken at face value. Erikson did not join the 1970s debate about the narcissistic American. At that point he was focused largely on identity. But he did lay some of the critical groundwork for the new narcissism. He reappropriated (or slyly invented) for analysts a phenomenological and optimistic Freud, a Freud who traded not in drives but in feelings, whose superego was not only repressive and disapproving but also productive and supportive, and whose narcissism could be equated with self- esteem. And he did critics the favor of sketching the fi rst iteration of the “new patient” argument that would prove central to their indictments of the American as narcissist. Kohut could insist that identity and self were irreconcilable, and while many analysts took him at his word, he could do nothing to stop anyone from yoking the concepts together. Otto Fenichel, for instance, ventured that an “adequate sense of identity” was premised on individuals’ ability to obtain steady supplies of approbation and self- esteem from their environment, making identity sound very much like healthy narcissism. And a number of the analysts who dismissed Erikson wove identity quickly and seamlessly into their Identity 251 discussion of narcissism, offering hundreds of variations on the claim, as put by one, that hidden behind “narcissism are problems of identity emergence and maintenance.” Lasch, too, mixed identity and narcissism to argue that narcissism was rooted in problems of iden- tity (identity as causal), that narcissists were guilty of “obliterating the other’s identity” (identity as target), and that the identity of the vapid performing self was assembled from the detritus of mass cul- ture (identity as aspect of the self). In 1959, Philip Rieff could argue that problems of identity were symptomatic of neurotic cultures; by 1978 Lasch was associating them with narcissistic cultures.46 Iden- tity proved malleable, familiar, and indispensable to analysts and critics from the moment Erikson highlighted it. Erikson was a well- known and beloved teacher and pop u lar intellectual, addressing his work to a public beyond the discipline that for so long rejected him. He missed but did not need the credit his colleagues refused him, perhaps fi nding vindication in their belated acknowledgement that, despite their systematic efforts to marginalize him, they had suc- cumbed unawares to his vision of analysis and made it their own. CONCLUSION: NARCISSISM TODAY

Classically oriented American analysts were able to maintain control of their discipline, in part by continuing to overlook and marginalize dissenting voices within it, until Kohut and Kernberg mounted challenges to their hegemony. The 1970s analytic revolution recouped these dissenting voices for mainstream psychoanalysis and shifted the center of the analytic conversation to narcissism. Social critics realized that within psychoanalysis talk of narcissism was suddenly everywhere and, appropriating the “new narcissism” for their own purposes, associated it with catastrophic cultural decline, loss of moral bearings, and a surfeit of hedonistic self- indulgence. They stressed narcissism’s Kernbergian malignan- cies while largely ignoring its healthy, life- sustaining dimensions, which were the centerpiece of the Kohutian challenge to the fi eld. Compared to the object relations theorists or even the more phe- nomenologically inclined Viennese analyst Paul Federn, the genera- tion of midcentury ego psychologists who were Erikson’s contempo- raries and Kohut’s teachers entertained a notion of the self and its needs that was relatively impoverished. Still, the intellectual envi- ronment and analytic tradition in which the ego psychologists worked—in which Freud was a live presence— were far richer than the critics’ traditions, and few analysts signed on to their vision of a straitened, reproving narcissism. By the 1980s, a good portion of the Conclusion 253 analytic community had woven the concept of a normalized narcis- sism, necessary to sustain life, into their practice. Only recently have cultural commentators caught up with them. Narcissism has lately found its champions. The fi gures of the vacu- ous consumer, the “ego-addled” brat, and the preening celebrity are alive and well in best- selling books with titles like The Narcissism Epidemic: Living in the Age of Entitlement and The Mirror Effect: How Celebrity Narcissism Is Seducing America and in articles like “Generation Whine” and “The Online Looking Glass” that excoriate Americans for their infl ated self-esteem and shallow materialism. Yet we can see how much has changed since narcissism’s 1970s public debut in New York Times columnist David Brooks’s recently voiced lament that “grandiosity is out of style.” Collectively chastened by a fi nancial crisis that was “fueled by people who got too big for their britches,” Brooks argues that we have traded boldness for caution, and calls for “a grandiosity rebound” to encourage the unpleasant, “ridiculously ambitious” people who can revive the nation’s once- formidable prosperity. “Most of all,” he writes in a challenge to the Laschians still among us, “there has to be a culture that gives two cheers to grandiosity,” even as he highlights the character fl aws and limitations of the grandiose. Bold and creative, ruthless and soulless: Brooks’s cultural ideal, the entrepreneurial wizard as twenty-fi rst- century narcissist, “has the vices of his virtues.”1 Many other cultural commentators have been wrestling with the virtues of narcissists’ vices, trying to comprehend why it is that the people we consider narcissists are those, as one put it, “who attract as well as repel us.” Why is it that we are susceptible to narcissists’ charm even as we suffer their contempt? How can someone appear infectiously, intoxicatingly self-confi dent and self- suffi cient one day and angrily aggressive, manipulative, and needy the next? “Welcome to the contradictory universe of narcissism,” reads the subtitle of an article in Psychology Today. Variations on the notion that “if narcissists were just jerks, they would be easy to avoid” point to a sophisticated understanding of the narcissist’s paradoxical nature, a Kernbergian fi gure commanding our fascinated attention. “Do we really fi nd selfi sh, narcissistic jerks more attractive?” asks an article reporting on the 254 Conclusion research of several psychologists; the answer is, predictably, “yes” and the fi nding is replicated in study after study.Scientifi c American tells us that research shows that people perceive “narcissists as more likeable” than non-narcissists. “People usually fi nd them extroverted, confi dent and charismatic,” a psychologist tells the Wall Street Jour- nal, adding, “Those are sexy traits.” The narcissist may initially “be hard to resist,” but we can fi nd consolation in the certainty that over time their appeal will fade.2 No matter: by then they will have found other victims to seduce into intoxicating submission. Kohutian healthy narcissism is enjoying a pop u lar resurgence alongside its Kernbergian counterpart. “Healthy narcissism can help you succeed,” a popularizing psychologist claims; “feeling good about you usually radiates an inviting glow that improves personal and professional relationships.” Or, as an equally upbeat psychoanalyst explains, “the healthy part of narcissism says, ‘I am a whole and wonderful person with something great inside of me.’ ” Healthy nar- cissism, the revived Kohutian argument goes, “fuels drive and ambi- tion” as well as the “desire to be recognized for one’s accomplish- ments.” Among its “documented” benefi ts are that it “makes you attractive, successful, lovable and good in bed.” A psychologist sug- gests that narcissism and “an infl ated sense of self” could be benefi - cial, even necessary, for the young adults “just beginning to form their own, unique identities.” Reading the pop u lar literature on healthy narcissism, it is hard not to feel that Kohut has achieved his goal— if, beyond psychoanalysis, only posthumously—of wresting the concept of narcissism from the realm of pathology. The claims, recently advanced, that narcissism is necessary to feeling “that one’s life has meaning and importance” as well as to sustaining “all forms of public life” could easily have come from his pen.3

The Narcissistic Leader Brooks is not alone in his enchantment with the extraordinary and “ridiculously grand” individual who can “build new industries and amass large fortunes.” Since the 1970s, in a little noticed psychoana- Conclusion 255 lytic byway, experts on the workplace have been analyzing leaders and assessing their narcissism, seeing in the most successful among them an appealing Kohutian “absolute self- confi dence and cer- tainty” and an intensely experienced Kernbergian need “for power and prestige.” Endowed with healthy narcissism and undermined by their malignant narcissism, these powerful leaders embody many of the contradictions long thought characteristic of narcissists. Narcis- sism explains their effectiveness: their charisma, creativity, tenacity, and appealing self-confi dence. And it provides an explanation for their failings: their callousness, bullying, self- absorption, paranoia, and destructiveness. At their best they are bold, thoughtful, and con- structive, and generate a “positive vitality.” At their worst, they are ruthlessly Machiavellian in pursuit of their goals, willing to trample anyone and anything. The psychoanalyst and leadership guru Mi- chael Maccoby, in articles and in his pop u lar 2003 book The Pro- ductive Narcissist, repeatedly invokes Steve Jobs as exemplary of this narcissist, a visionary leader in whom the irresistibly charis- matic and brutally exploitative are fused. Mobilizing the couch in the ser vice of the corporation, Maccoby warns that if such a leader is to succeed, he would be well advised to enter analysis “to over- come vital character fl aws.”4 How much has been sacrifi ced in slighting the positive dimen- sions of narcissism may be seen in looking at the charismatic leader as narcissist that has recently captured public attention. Maccoby early on grasped what was at stake in focusing so exclusively on pathology. Commenting in 1978 on Christopher Lasch’s Culture of Narcissism, Maccoby charged him with failing to distinguish “path- ological character from normal types of social character” and with condemning a range of activities (like jogging and a preference for health foods) “that express a realistic concern for self-preservation.” Maccoby faulted Lasch for arguing that narcissism was more preva- lent in the present than in the past and asserted, contra Lasch’s pathol- ogizing claims, that “everyone has narcissistic tendencies.”5 Over the last forty years, Maccoby and like- minded colleagues have soldered together, in the fi gure of the powerful man as narcissist, the healthy 256 Conclusion dimensions of narcissism, largely ignored by social critics, and the malignant narcissism that has dominated pop u lar discussion since the 1970s. There is no comprehending this powerful fi gure without taking account of both dimensions of narcissism. Ernest Jones offered the fi rst analytic account of the narcissist as leader in his 1913 paper “The God Complex.” Characterized by their “colossal narcissism,” Jones’s God- men were known for the “excessive admiration” they had for their own “powers, knowledge, and qualities.” Jones highlighted the paradoxes of these men’s char- acters, in partic u lar their “exaggerated desire to be loved” coupled with a glorious inde pen dence of anyone else’s opinion. He described their aloofness, inaccessibility, and self- importance as well as their tendency to devalue and to reject as worthless any idea not of their own, minimizing “what was new in it and then claiming that they had always been familiar with it.” Hungry for praise and admiration, they harbored megalomaniacal fantasies of omnipotence. Jones’s attempts to distinguish his God-men from God himself calls to mind the observation of one Oracle Corporation employee regarding CEO Larry Ellison that “the difference between God and Larry is that God does not believe he is Larry.”6 Freud, too, wrote of a male narcissist who has a remarkably con- temporary feel. His tantalizingly brief 1931 sketch of the character type he called narcissistic serves as a reference point for any number of recent treatments of the leader as powerful but dangerously fl awed narcissist. Maccoby invokes Freud’s characterology in support of his own portrait of the high profi le, “larger- than- life leaders” he argues are ascendant in the business world. “These are the doers,” Mac- coby asserts; they are “in de pen dent and not easily overawed.” Freud wrote that “people belonging to this type impress others as being ‘personalities,’ ” and Maccoby quoted him approvingly: “They are especially suited to act as a support for others, to take on the role of leaders, and to give a fresh stimulus to cultural development.” Freud also took note of this type’s in de pen dence, aggressiveness, and “readiness for activity” as well as the fact that, having but a weak super- ego, he was “not open to intimidation.” Leaders, Freud sug- gested, created the illusion they loved their followers but were them- Conclusion 257 selves “absolutely narcissistic” in needing no one’s love in return: masterful, self-suffi cient, “self- confi dent and in de pen dent.”7 Both Jones’s and Freud’s powerful male narcissists all but disap- peared from the analytic literature until, in the 1940s, some analysts referenced their work as they began exploring the appeal of narcis- sistic leaders. What were the sources of their charisma and their capacity to fascinate? Why were people submissive to narcissistic personalities and so willing to accept the illusory satisfactions they offered over reality’s more substantial rewards? Why did some indi- viduals barter away their in de pen dence, allowing themselves to be dominated by charlatans proffering magic? The émigré analyst Chris- tine Olden, trained in Berlin and writing in 1941 from Los Angeles, saw the transaction between leader and led as complementary. She argued that dependent types were like infants in choosing the “secu- rity and protection” that dominating types offered, and suggested that submission was eroticized—a mix of hunger, excitement, and longing for inclusion in the ambit of “an almighty personality” whose seeming inde pendence of normal human needs rendered him God- like in his followers’ estimation. Olden’s colleague Annie Reich wrote a contemporaneous paper on “extreme submissiveness in women,” asking why some women willingly renounced their active, masculine strivings and self-esteem, projecting these onto their lovers’ penises— which they then worshipped and to which they would then abjectly submit. Reich saw in these women the same hunger for attention and inability to distinguish erotic from other needs that Olden high- lighted. Both saw their subjects seeking fusion with an omnipotent other.8 These and other midcentury analysts plumbed the all- too- human longing to “participate in omnipotence” that current theoreticians of the narcissistic dynamics of leadership see as central to narcissism’s allure. As analysts saw it, social hierarchy was maintained less only in part by force than by the willing submission of one individual to another. Passive surrender to the feared and admired great fi gure of- fered a pleas ur able, though illusory, means of sharing in his power. Freud wrote in Civilization and Its Discontents of the lost omnipo- tence of childhood, referring to the plea sure he imagined infants 258 Conclusion derived from their self- suffi ciency and “limitless narcissism.” It was evident, he wrote in “On Narcissism,” that “another person’s narcis- sism has a great attraction for those who have renounced part of their own narcissism,” and he argued that adults were thus willing to debase themselves in submission to narcissists promising a return to abandoned infantile omnipotence.9 The narcissist’s omnipotence, self- suffi ciency, and charisma were the sources of his attraction. Charisma has long been central to discussions of leadership. Weber used the term to characterize the authority exercised by lead- ers endowed by their followers with superhuman or “exceptional powers or qualities.” He argued that charismatic authority derived from the person not the offi ce, and emphasized that it was follow- ers’ “attributions of specialness” to leaders that ensured their domi- nation. Charisma as conceived by Weber and deployed by those working in his wake was relational, a quality that inhered not in the individual but in the transaction between leader and led. Since its popularization in the 1950s, charisma has proven an extraordinarily productive concept in po liti cal thought, in popu lar discourse, and in thinking about narcissistic leaders.10 Sociologists and politi cal theorists alighted on charisma as Weber’s work appeared in translation in the 1940s. Daniel Bell brought it into pop u lar discourse, slipping the then-esoteric term into a 1947 Fortune magazine article. Charisma quickly took hold. It was used to characterize Malcolm X (“a handsome, coffee- colored man . . . who displays a charismatic demagoguery”) and the Labour Party prime minister Harold Wilson (“utterly relaxed, never falsely con- vivial” on the campaign trail); one-time presidential contender Scoop Jackson (“a rather short, dumpy man in a baggy suit” who “just got tired of reading he was dull and decided to do something about it”) and Texas governor turned presidential contender John Connolly (“he does possess a certain feral shrewdness”); and, not surprisingly, the redoubtable Jesse Jackson, whom the periodical Black Enter- prise featured with less than complete assurance as “The Last Char- ismatic Leader?” James Bond, Martin Luther King, and the Kenne- dys had it; Hubert Humphrey, Ralph Abernathy, and the Nixons did not. Seventeen noted the mysterious air of the charismatic, “the Conclusion 259

impression that they’re leading the way, have some knowledge you don’t have.” Ma de moi selle, telling its readers “how to get it,” high- lighted the “animal magnetism” and “capacity for self-transcendence” displayed by charismatic individuals, the ease with which they made others feel valued. And Good Housekeeping, defi ning charisma as “that special something that attracts us to certain people even if we can’t understand why we are attracted,” counseled optimistically that even dullards could one day hope to possess it given the right mix of enhanced self- confi dence and released “inner joy.”11 In the 1970s, theorists of leadership began exploring the charis- matic narcissism of the successful leader. Arguing that narcissism was “a key trait in some of the world’s most creative and generative leaders,” they maintained that only those with ambition, high self- esteem, and deep reservoirs of narcissism were at all likely to reach the top. The leader’s task was to draw on the stores of healthy narcissism— ambition and creativity—that had fueled his rise while not giving full rein to the grandiosity and aggression that in equal mea sure enabled his ascendance. These scholars adopted a stance of brutal realism in the face of what they suggested were sentimental and fantasy-driven desires for caring, empathic, and sensitive con- sensus leaders. The model of leadership advocated in Daniel Gole- man’s Emotional Intelligence, Jim Collins’s Good to Great, and Stephen Covey’s The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People was fi ne for conservative times and for conservative industries but in effec tive in times of change and fl ux. “Bland, opaque, and gray in demeanor and personality,” leaders in this tradition had neither the vision nor the internal resources to lead organizations in a time of dizzying techno- logical change and globalization.12 Charismatic leaders, by contrast, were exciting, compelling, and fascinating. Emerging at times of opportunity and crisis, they were fi gures of obsessive interest and intrigue, able to conscript others to join in their grandiose visions and to lull them into submission—to extract from them “awe, devotion, and reverence”— by offering to gratify their needs. Such leaders were skilled in the use of empathy to fi gure out what others wanted, endowed with, in Kohut’s words, “the uncanny ability to exploit, not necessarily in full awareness, the 260 Conclusion unconscious feelings” of subordinates.13 They were narcissistic in their grandiosity; their followers were defi cient in self- esteem, per- petually seeking care, protection, and love from them. It was this dynamic that rendered the narcissistic leader effective but also at the same time dangerous. Narcissistic leaders continue to be championed in the manage- ment literature as assertive, self- confi dent, tenacious, and creative. An appealing grandiosity eases their or gan i za tion al ascent, as they dazzle investors, enchant fellow employees, and charm the media with their charisma and “seemingly unlimited strategic acumen.” Then, all too often, “stunning bouts of folly” and recklessness ensue: misusing corporate funds, “risky decision making,” or fl agrant rule- and lawbreaking. The drive and daring that ensure their success are implicated in their fall; their capacities are also their weaknesses, two sides of the same coin much like Freud had originally proposed. A variety of experts sees a similar dynamic in these leaders, sum- moning up scenarios in which leaders inevitably “crash and burn,” following a trajectory from “genius- to-folly.” The leader’s narcissis- tic investment in self is, they explain, both “resource and hazard,” manifest in an in de pen dence of others’ opinions as well as in, more darkly, a tendency to surround himself with obsequious yes-men. 14 In the management literature, charisma and the fascination associ- ated with it are indispensable to successful leadership but paradoxi- cally undermining of it at the same time. Analytically infl ected discussions of leadership start from the premise that domination and submission, as well as confl ict and ag- gression, are inevitably part of or gan i za tion al life. “Organizations operate by distributing authority and setting a stage for the exercise of power,” the psychoanalyst and Harvard Business School profes- sor Abraham Zaleznik wrote, and it was pointless to deny that ri- valry, dislike, and competition were rife in them.15 In the leadership literature, it is assumed that everyone has depen den cy needs: de pen- den cy is a fact of life, not a badge of shame. If not for de pen den cy needs, why would anyone follow and whom would leaders lead? The current cultural ambivalence surrounding narcissism comes into sharp relief when leadership is at issue. A regular stream of Conclusion 261 books and articles by Maccoby and his acolytes reminds us that while we may neither like nor trust the visionary executives—the big innovators like Bill Gates, Steve Jobs, and Jack Welch— who “change the world,” we cannot do without them. “We are in a time of great upheaval that needs visionary leaders and charismatic personalities,” writes Maccoby.16 These leaders are dangerously charismatic crea- tures who entice us into exciting submission before viciously turning on us, every bit as paradoxical in their makeup and as impossible to resist as were Jones’s God- men and Freud’s “personalities.”

A Twenty-fi rst Century Epidemic? The question of whether we once again fi nd ourselves in an age of narcissism has recently captured public attention, with a variety of pundits, psychologists, and self- styled Internet-based experts weigh- ing in on both sides. Those answering in the affi rmative argue that narcissism is dangerously on the increase and visible everywhere: in rampant consumerism and failed marriages, on Facebook and Twit- ter, in the executive suite and the halls of government. To them, nar- cissism again explains everything that is wrong with American cul- ture. The situation is far more dire now than it was in the 1970s. The critics see the civic bonds that Lasch believed were fraying threatened anew by an epidemic of individualistic, self- seeking, and self- promoting behaviors especially evident among the young, the most narcissistic generation in history. In this view, the so-called “Genera- tion Me” suffers from an excess of vanity, entitlement, and ill-gotten self- esteem. The evidence is there—the claim is that 10 percent of twenty-somethings and 25 percent of college students exhibit narcis- sistic pathology— and the prognosis is not good.17 The case for the precipitous rise in narcissism among Americans today rests largely on surveys—especially the Narcissistic Personal- ity Inventory (NPI)—administered to college students from 1980 to the present, and is made most vociferously by the psychologists Jean M. Twenge and W. Keith Campbell, who compiled and interpreted results from thousands of tested students in their widely cited 2009 book, The Narcissism Epidemic: Living in the Age of Entitlement. 262 Conclusion

Research psychologists have used the NPI since its development in 1979 to mea sure and predict narcissistic behavior. The test, which can be found on the Internet, asks subjects to choose between two responses to forty questions. Among them are questions mea sur ing grandiosity, entitlement, and exploitativeness, for example, “I insist upon getting the respect that is due me” versus “I usually get the re- spect that I deserve”; “I fi nd it easy to manipulate people” versus “I don’t like it when I fi nd myself manipulating people”; and “I will never be satisfi ed until I get all that I deserve” versus “I take my sat- isfactions as they come.” These questions mea sure dimensions of narcissism that both researchers and clinicians consider pathologi- cal, and there is agreement that they do this well.18 Psychologists critical of the NPI argue, however, that a number of the test’s questions mea sure not pathological narcissism, as its pro- ponents claim, but the positive traits of high self-esteem, psychologi- cal health, assertiveness, and confi dence. Among these questions are “I think I am a special person” versus “I am no better or worse than most people”; “I see myself as a good leader” versus “I am not sure if I would make a good leader”; and “I am assertive” versus “I wish I were more assertive.” The fi rst of each of these paired responses increases a subject’s score on the NPI, and in the aggregate provide evidence for the ubiquity of narcissism. From the 1950s to the late 1980s, the percentage of teenagers agreeing with the statement that appeared on another test, “I am an important person,” jumped from 12 to 80— an increase larger than any seen on the NPI. Twenge and Campbell consider this fi nding an especially signifi cant sign of the increase in narcissism. “We think feeling good about yourself is very, very important,” Twenge told a journalist in 2008. “That never used to be the case back in the ’50s and ’60s.”19 Some psychologists—Campbell among them—have argued, how- ever, that high scores on the NPI may in fact be indicative of healthy narcissism. The test as it is used now cannot distinguish (nor was it meant to) between pathological narcissism that has negative impli- cations for others and healthy narcissism that is, many clinicians would argue, benign or even a sign of mental health and the founda- tion for robustly engaging with others and the social environment. Conclusion 263

Campbell acknowledges that narcissists, with their high self-esteem, may in fact be happier, more satisfi ed, and more successful than their nonnarcissistic peers. He admits that research shows that the social psychologists’ narcissists are happier than the clinicians’, who conform more to Lasch’s fragile, empty, and depressed modal type. It is possible, Campbell writes, that the narcissists who end up in psychiatrists’ offi ces and on analysts’ couches arefailed narcissists, those “not doing their ‘job’ correctly”—the job consisting in “achiev- ing and winning.” He concludes that “narcissism may be a functional and healthy strategy for dealing with the modern world,” invoking Freud’s 1931 sketch of the narcissist as a larger- than- life personality striding confi dently across the world’s stage.20 It may be, as one psychologist told a reporter, that “eighty percent of people think they’re better than average,” but, he added, it was also the case that “psychologically healthy people generally twist the world to their advantage just a little bit”—echoing Freud’s observa- tion that “confi dence in success . . . not seldom brings actual success along with it.” And, to be sure, self-esteem can sometimes appear frustratingly refl exive, as in the statement of one young woman that “I am always confi dent in myself because it will lower my self- esteem if I’m not.” Easily held up to mockery, self-esteem and “unfl ap- pable self- confi dence” could yet have real effects. Consider the case of a Harvard student recently profi led in theBoston Globe, raised in poverty by an overworked single mother, who credited her high school teacher’s lesson that students should “realize the genius in their inner self” with empowering her to follow her dream of be- coming a skilled debater. In the same article, a twenty- four- year- old from an equally deprived Boston background, who started his own company, said he was grateful that his confi dence kept him “a little ignorant, maybe even a little arrogant,” because otherwise he would never have done anything. It is possible that rising scores on the NPI refl ect this kind of self- esteem. As two psychologists argue, higher overall scores may indicate not an increase “in egotism and self- centeredness” or “narcissism at all” among the young but may in- stead refl ect “positive, rather than negative societal change.”21 They may also refl ect the fact that the popu lar language of self-esteem is 264 Conclusion relatively new; the fi rst generation of children raised on it were born in the 1980s and 1990s. Some argue that there is nothing new in the current condemna- tions of the fecklessness of the young—that, in the words of one psychologist, “every generation is the ‘Me’ generation.” The notion that overconfi dent youth will have its deserved comeuppance is hardly novel. In the 1960s, the older generation poked fun at the identity crises of the young, asking whether they were uniquely mis- erable in their angst—was their collective crisis not just the per- sonal crisis of the past in an updated form? In the 1970s, as we have seen, bemoaning the narcissism of the young—their “fatuous self-absorption”—was a minor industry; from the perspective of 2008, one self-described Boomer wrote that he found “the notion that today’s students are even in the running for narcissistic self-absorption with my own cohort absolutely hilarious.” The essayist Logan Pears- all Smith has quipped that “the denunciation of the young is a nec- essary part of the hygiene of elder ly people, and greatly assists in the circulation of their blood,” and any number of assessments of youth today as lazy, irresponsible, overconfi dent, and entitled supports his contention. As Time magazine has pointed out, the young were de- nounced by their teachers as pleasure-seeking and “so selfi sh” in 1911 and there was no shortage of condemnations of jazz- crazed fl appers in the 1920s. Is posting photos on Facebook any more ob- noxious “than 1960s couples’ trapping friends in their houses to watch their terrible vacation slide shows?”22 Psychologists’ disagreements are not confi ned to the professional journals but, rather, featured in the popu lar media. “New Study Finds ‘Most Narcissistic Generation’ on Campuses, Watching YouTube” raises alarms; “Students Not So Self-Obsessed After All” reassures. The New York Times regularly assesses the state of the narcissism ques- tion, with articles featuring some psychologists warning of cultural disaster and others maintaining “that the dire warnings of a rise in selfi shness were baseless.” Separate from this is a lively, complex, and ongoing conversation about narcissism focused less on the issue of its prevalence than on dealing with its alluring dangers. Books and websites offer nuanced, sophisticated portrayals of narcissistic Conclusion 265 pathology as well as advice on identifying, dealing with, recovering from, and, most useful of all, altogether avoiding narcissists, whether at work or in intimate relations. Freeing Yourself from the Narcissist in Your Life; Narcissistic Lovers: How to Cope, Recover and Move On; Children of the Self- Absorbed: A Grown- Up’s Guide to Getting over Narcissistic Parents: the list is long, the operative concepts vari- ants of how to manage, recover from, and otherwise deal with, or distance yourself from, what one title terms “infuriating, mean, criti- cal people.” Much of this advice channels a Kernbergian vision, char- acterizing the narcissist as an interpersonally enticing but dangerous fi gure who snares unwitting victims in his charismatic net while callously draining them dry. Unlike the narcissism of the research psychologist’s NPI, this pop u lar narcissism can be every bit as para- doxical as the analyst’s. The Everything Guide to Narcissistic Per- sonality Disorder, for example, offers a complex version of narcis- sism in nontechnical language.23 And, ordinary people wounded by narcissists offer wrenching testimony on the web to the confusing allure of the narcissist, as well as to the devastation that often fol- lows in its wake, drawing on the writings of professionals but also on readings in the press and pop u lar books. In the leadership literature focused on the charismatic narcissist, which employs an analytic understanding of narcissism, malignant and healthy narcissism are given equal weight; the leader’s strengths are also her vulnerabilities. In the popu lar discussion, by contrast, the negative fi ndings and alarming numbers offered by research psy- chologists tend to dominate. Consider self- esteem, which research psychologists and psychoanalysts conceptualize differently. To many research psychologists, high self- esteem is symptomatic of narcis- sism, and healthy narcissism seems a “vague and somewhat mean- ingless way of describing ‘all human efforts.’ ”24 For analysts, by contrast, it is more often low self- esteem that is problematic (as in, overly infl ated self- esteem is not what it appears to be, often inter- preted as a narcissistic defense against actual low- esteem), and healthy narcissism is seen as a clinically useful concept. Self-esteem to ana- lysts is fungible, and since the 1970s they have envisioned people regulating their self-esteem in the interest of maintaining positive 266 Conclusion feelings about themselves. There is nothing new about this pro cess, often called narcissistic. Talk of self-esteem is not cause for alarm.

Gendered Vanity Just how limited the popu lar conversation about narcissism is can be glimpsed in the current conversation about female vanity, which barely registers analytically but fi gures centrally in popu lar condemnations of modern women as narcissistic: overly obsessed with outward appear- ances, entitled and self-absorbed, holding—as one woman admitting to guilt of the same put it—“an infl ated sense of our own fabulous- ness.” Condemnations of fashion and the female vanity on which it purportedly depends are everywhere, and it is easy to cast women as hapless victims of media- fueled bodily narcissism—“beautifully painted and clothed with an empty mind” is how one woman recently surveyed characterized “how people are becoming.”25 Vanity, aesthetic appreciation, envy, self-possession, beauty, exhi- bitionism: this is where talk of female narcissism started and where, in much of pop ular discourse, we are today. The dictum that narcissism—and the self- admiration symptomatic of it—is more pro- nounced in women than in men went largely uncontested in the theorizing of Freud and his colleagues. And the purportedly greater female disposition to exhibitionistic display—especially evident in the project of self-making around clothing— is a staple of both the historical and contemporary discussions. But the continuities these similarities suggest are illusory. The earlier discussion was as much concerned with the pleasures as with the pathologies of narcissism. It envisioned a self reveling in sensuous experience of the world, and examined the ways individuals brought the objects among which they lived into the “Me.” In place of the richness of the early ana- lysts’ explorations of vanity and expressiveness, we now have censo- riousness and disdain for women’s desires. The psychoanalyst J. C. Flügel argued in 1930 that clothing en- gendered envy, jealousy, petty triumph, spitefulness, struggle, and painful contests for superiority among women. Men were almost completely indifferent to female attire, Flügel argued. “Women dress Conclusion 267 much more to please their own vanity and to compete with other women” than to elicit male admiration, he observed, wistfully imag- ining women tempering their self- satisfi ed narcissism and turning their attention to men— other than their dressmakers. Flügel wor- ried that women’s capacity for heterosexual object relations was di- minished by the narcissistic satisfactions offered by wearing, dis- playing, and competing with one another through the medium of their attire. Some recent psychoanalytic commentators in effect as- sent to Flugel’s observation while adding a positive dimension to it, exploring the many ways in which the circulation of clothing among women— shopping, dressing, admiring, evaluating—constitutes a concretely apprehensible and “highly ambivalent” form of object relations expressive of the emotions rooted in the earliest relation- ship to the mother—“love, hate and envy.” Clothing shoulders a heavy expressive load in women’s lives from this perspective, serv- ing as “a way of displaying the body, as an indicator of economic power, as an incitement to envy, and as a sexual enticement.”26 “For all of Generation Me’s lifetime, clothes have been a medium of self- expression,” writes Twenge in Generation Me, highlighting the individuality that now is expressed through dress in contrast to the rules and conformity of the past. Raised on a “free to be you and me” ethos that advocates wearing what one wants to, “not just what other folks say,” today’s young are interested in things “that satisfy their personal wants and help them express themselves as individu- als.” People increasingly dress for themselves, Twenge argues, for comfort rather than to elicit the approval of others. Narcissists to- day are inordinately interested in “new fads and fashion,” and like to both display and look at their bodies. Vain and self-centered, they spend a lot of time focused on looking good.27 All of this here presented as new and alarming would have been familiar to Louis Flaccus, our early- twentieth- century psychologist of clothing, who more than a century ago surveyed students about clothing’s relation to the self. Flaccus and his subjects celebrated the material pleasures of clothing. He expounded on the ways certain sorts of clothing were allied with a “slackening of self-restraint” and recognized “the sensual delight in one’s body as body” as an exemplary 268 Conclusion expression of the “joy of living,” none of which he associated with narcissism. Given the NPI’s dichotomous choice between “my body is nothing special” and “I like to look at my body,” the subject wish- ing to keep her score low will chose “nothing special.” Not for her the exuberance and exhilaration of Flaccus’s subjects, “glad to be alive” in donning the loose clothes appropriate for an outing, glory- ing in the “ ‘I don’t care’ feeling” such garments encouraged and de- lighting in the “delicious feeling about tripping up one’s usual sober self.” Among Flaccus’s subjects were avid shoppers, but there is none of the reproving disdain of today’s commentators on narcissism in his work, which is awash in self-feeling, pleasure, sensation, illusion, and the delights of appropriation, of clothes “gradually becoming part of ourselves.”28 The contemporary Laschian perspective that casts all consump- tion as pathological is of little use in distinguishing between shop- ping that is experienced as pleas urable and shopping that is experi- enced as a compulsion, even an addiction, that must be engaged in at the price of unbearable psychic distress. As exemplary of the lat- ter, consider, for example, the woman cited in a 2000 article who likened “extended clothes-shopping” to an injection and another who described “how she got the shakes if she was deprived of the opportunity of shopping because she was on holiday in a remote location.” Surely, a robustly conceptualized theory of consumption would allow that the meanings shopping has for these women, who speak of it in the idiom of substance abuse, differ from those it had for Flaccus’s enchanted subjects or Twenge’s, female and male alike, instead of characterizing them all as narcissistic in their materialism. Since the mid-1980s, a body of literature by psychologists, psychia- trists, and psychoanalysts, as well as sociologists, on compulsive shopping has explored these meanings, offering testimony to their complexity, as well as, in some cases, to how rudimentary under- standing of the phenomenon can appear. This literature casts com- pulsive shopping as a largely female disorder that, variously, offers “escape from psychic pain,” represents a “fl ight from feminine iden- tifi cation,” is a form of self-harm akin to delicate self-cutting, and— here we are back in the company of Freud and his colleagues— is Conclusion 269 at root “a deferred reaction to anxiety over castration, the fi rst cog- nizance of the lack of a penis.” Market researchers and the social scientists who study them are a step ahead of disapproving social critics, having devised elaborate and largely value-free taxonomies to classify shoppers and their habits: apathetic or recreational, indif- ferent or gratifi ed, browsers or buyers. They have shown that women tend to cast shopping for clothing—including window- shopping without purchasing—as a legitimate indulgence and a harmless means to pursue plea sure, much as did the early theoreticians of dress. Re- call that in that early discussion, men as well as women indulged in the sensuous delights of clothing. Since then, however, men have managed to defi ne shopping as work not play, enabling them to sat- isfy their impulses to consume— cars, appurtenances of house hold and yard, electronic gadgets— even as they disavow them by associ- ating them with women and feminine desire.29 Flügel took comfort in observing that women did not on the whole laugh at men for their prickliness about clothing, though he had to admit this was likely due more to indifference than to any kindly regard they might have had for men. Now, however, as men emulate the clothes and body consciousness that were once solely women’s province, the laughter prompted by the narcissistic baby boomer male’s “ungraceful descent into middle age” is audible. Expensive antiaging potions disguised as shaving cream; plastic surgery pro- moted not as cosmetic but as an “investment that pays a pretty good dividend”; diet advice parading as tips for eating out—“it’s almost impossible to tell whether you’re reading a copy of Men’s Health or Ma de moiselle, ” writes a female journalist, gleefully observing of the men subjected to the tyranny of impossible beauty ideals that has long been women’s lot that “at least the burden of vanity and self- loathing will be shared by all.” Writing of the vogue for uncomfort- ably tight, low- rise jeans among his peers, a male journalist con- tends that “American men have come to vanity late and practice it with the zeal of the newly converted.” He sees men co- opting a pe- culiarly female vanity—even, more concretely, their jeans, with men scouring women’s departments for suitably low cut varieties— and decrees, “we need to suffer to look good,” testifying to their narcissism 270 Conclusion in spending stupidly on “hair cuts and shirts rather than car stereos and televi sion sets.” Flügel would not have been surprised at these men’s seeking out the “erotic, masochistic” feelings imparted by the too- tight pants that drew this journalist’s ire, and he might not have fully comprehended but surely would have approved of the “super- fucking macho” orientation—or, at the least, of the heterosexual side of the phenomenon— they signifi ed, his concern always that men were insuffi ciently invested in their own attractiveness to women. Maybe men, a contemporary journalist muses, are fi nally copying women, now that women wield real power in the world.30

We are told that today’s young narcissists—much like the Me- Decade narcissists of the social critics—have been coddled from birth and have grown into entitled, materialistic, shallow adults, obsessed with their appearances and addicted to shopping. What is to be done? The critics’ remedy, in the 1970s, was in part to reinstate a culture of remissive “shalt nots” and “shoulds” whose passing was lamented by Philip Rieff and Lasch. The “fi xed wants” of times past— associated in Rieff’s history with obedience, limitations, renuncia- tion, abstinence, and deprivation— were to be restored through a program of asceticism in those who had tasted the delights of im- pulse release. Writing in 1960, the adman Ernest Dichter suggested— in effect addressing social critics’ recuperative fantasy—that those who decried their own materialism on Sundays while living in a world of material plenty the rest of the week were guilty of a mild hypocrisy. “Agreed, we should drop our interest in worldly posses- sions,” he wrote. But how were we to actually renounce this “only too human desire?” Dichter’s charge that we “steadfastly refuse to accept ourselves the way we actually are” is as apt today as it was more than fi fty years ago.31 In The Triumph of the Therapeutic, Rieff ruefully expressed his doubt that “Western men can be persuaded again to the Greek opinion that the secret of happiness is to have as few needs as pos- sible,” voicing the narcissistic fantasy of the self without needs that animates the literature of lament.32 The position of self-sovereignty Conclusion 271 that Rieff and other critics ascribe to the nineteenth- century bour- geois is descriptive of an unrealizable fantasy of inde pen dence and autonomy that serves as foil to the modern’s purported neediness and enmeshment. This pop u lar strain of commentary is nothing but the narcissism of the theorist, revealing his desire to inhabit a persona without needs and attachments. Such was Freud’s fantasy as well. In short, the culture of narcissism might in the end be more the province of the orthodox analyst and the ironic, detached, and contemptuous critic of modernity than of the self- absorbed adoles- cent, the shopaholic woman, and the aging Boomer still in search of his self.

ABBREVIATIONS

Ferenczi, Sándor Ferenczi, Sex in Psycho- Analysis: Contributions Contributions to Psycho-Analysis, trans. Ernest Jones. Boston: Richard G. Badger, 1916.

Ferenczi, Diary Sándor Ferenczi, The Clinical Diary of Sándor Ferenczi, ed. Judith Dupont, trans. Michael Balint and Nicola Zarday Jackson. Cambridge, MA: Press, 1988.

Ferenczi, Final Sándor Ferenczi, Final Contributions to the Problems and Methods of Psycho- Analysis, ed. Michael Balint, trans. Eric Mosbacher et al. London: Hogarth Press and Insti- tute of Psycho- Analysis, 1955.

Ferenczi, Further Sándor Ferenczi, Further Contributions to the Theory and Technique of Psycho-Analysis , trans. Jane Isabel Sut- tie et al. London: Hogarth Press and Institute of Psycho- Analysis, 1950.

IJP International Journal of Psycho- Analysis.

JAPA Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association.

Jones, Freud Ernest Jones, The Life and Work of Sigmund Freud. Vol. 1, The Formative Years and the Great Discoveries, 1856– 1900; Vol. 2, Years of Maturity, 1901– 1919; Vol. 3, 274 Abbreviations

The Last Phase, 1919– 1939. New York: Basic Books, 1953– 1957 (page numbers in notes refer to the edition in the Psychoanalytic Electronic Publishing Digital Archive).

Kohut, Curve Heinz Kohut, The Curve of Life: Correspondence of Heinz Kohut, 1923– 1981, ed. Geoffrey Cocks. Chicago: Press, 1994.

Kohut, Lectures Heinz Kohut, The Chicago Institute Lectures, ed. Paul Tolpin and Marian Tolpin. Hillsdale, NJ: Analytic Press, 1996.

Kohut, Search Heinz Kohut, The Search for the Self. Selected Writings of Heinz Kohut: 1950– 1981, ed. Paul H. Ornstein. 4 vols. New York: International Universities Press, 1978– 1991.

Kohut, Seminars Heinz Kohut, The Kohut Seminars on Self Psychology and Psychotherapy with Adolescents and Young Adults. New York: Norton, 1987.

Minutes Minutes of the Vienna Psychoanalytic Society, ed. Herman Nunberg and Ernst Federn, trans. M. Nunberg. 4 vols. New York: International Universities Press, 1962– 1976.

Standard Edition The Standard Edition of the Complete Psychological Works of Sigmund Freud, ed. James Strachey in collabo- ration with Anna Freud, assisted by Alix Strachey and Alan Tyson. 24 vols. London: Hogarth Press and Institute of Psycho- Analysis, 1953– 1974.

Published Freud Correspondence

Correspondence between Freud and Ernest Jones, Karl Abraham, Sándor Fe- renczi, and Carl Jung, and to Wilhelm Fliess, is referenced by date in the notes following, and may be found in the volumes below as well as in the Psychoana- lytic Electronic Publishing Digital Archive. Abbreviations 275

The Complete Correspondence of Sigmund Freud and Ernest Jones, 1908– 1939, ed. R. Andrew Paskauskas. Cambridge, MA: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, 1993.

The Complete Correspondence of Sigmund Freud and Karl Abraham, 1907– 1925, trans. and ed. Ernst Falzeder, trans. Caroline Schwarzacher with the col- laboration of Christine Trollope and Klara Majthényi King. London: Karnac, 2002.

The Complete Letters of Sigmund Freud to Wilhelm Fliess, 1887– 1904, trans. and ed. Jeffrey Moussaieff Masson. Cambridge, MA: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, 1985.

The Correspondence of Sigmund Freud and Sándor Ferenczi. Vol. 1, 1908– 1914, ed. Eva Brabant, Ernst Falzeder, and Patrizia Giampieri-Deutsch, trans. Peter T. Hoffer. Cambridge, MA: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, 1993. The Correspondence of Sigmund Freud and Sándor Ferenczi. Vol. 2, 1914– 1919, ed. Ernst Falzeder and Eva Brabant, trans. Peter T. Hoffer. Cam- bridge, MA: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, 1996. The Correspon- dence of Sigmund Freud and Sándor Ferenczi. Vol. 3, 1920–1933, ed. Ernst Falzeder and Eva Brabant, trans. Peter T. Hoffer. Cambridge, MA: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, 2000.

The Freud/Jung Letters. The Correspondence between Sigmund Freud and C.G. Jung, ed. William McGuire, trans. Ralph Manheim and R.F.C. Hull. Princeton, NJ: Prince ton University Press, 1974. NOTES

1. The Culture of Narcissism

1. “Appetite”: P. Conrad, writing in the Observer in 1980, quoted by Barry Richards, “The Politics of the Self,” Free Associations 1 (1980): 43– 64, at 46. “Getting your head together”: Kenneth L. Woodward, “Getting Your Head Together,” Newsweek, 6 September 1976. On Carter’s speech, see Daniel Horo- witz, Jimmy Carter and the Energy Crisis of the 1970s: The “Crisis of Confi - dence” Speech of July 15, 1979 (Boston: Bedford/St. Martin’s, 2005). See also Kevin Mattson, What the Heck Are You Up To, Mr. President?: Jimmy Carter, America’s “Malaise,” and the Speech That Should Have Changed the Country (New York: Bloomsbury, 2009). 2. A reporter for the New York Times defi ned “narcissistic” in 1954 as “love-of- self,” and a writer for Time equated it with typical adolescent self- absorption. “Analysis of the self”: Tom Wolfe, “The ‘Me’ De cade and the Third Great Awakening” (1976; earlier version 1973), in Wolfe, The Purple De cades: A Reader (New York: Farrar, Straus Giroux, 1982), 278. “Transfor- mation of humanity”: Peter Marin, “The New Narcissism,” Harper’s, October 1975. 3. “Collective narcissism”: “Is the Pot User Driven—or in the Driver’s Seat?” Time, 25 July 1969. “Newly minted Californians”: “Laboratory in the Sun: The Past as Future,” Time, 7 November 1969. “Golden twilight”: Lance Morrow, “In Praise of Older Women,” Time, 24 April 1978. “Understanding the Struggle”: Edwin Schur, The Awareness Trap: Self-Absorption Instead of Social Change (New York: McGraw Hill, 1977), 4–7. Philip Slater, The Pursuit Notes to Page 15 277 of Loneliness: American Culture at the Breaking Point (Boston: Beacon Press, 1970). “Holds the key”: Lasch, “The Narcissist Society,” New York Review of Books, 30 September 1976. Books: Henry Malcolm, Generation of Narcissus (Boston: Little, Brown, 1971); Marie Coleman Nelson, ed., The Narcissistic Condition: A Fact of Our Lives and Times (New York: Human Sciences Press, 1977); Aaron Stern, ME: The Narcissistic American (New York: Ballantine Books, 1979); and Richard M. Restak, The Self Seekers (Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1982). Bruce Mazlish, “American Narcissism,” Psychohistory Re- view 10 (Spring/Summer 1982): 185– 202, makes a point at 185 similar to the last here. Among other evidence of and guides to the temper of the times are Ernest van den Haag, Passion and Social Constraint (New York: Stein and Day, 1963 [1957]); Kenneth Keniston, The Uncommitted: Alienated Youth in Ameri- can Society (New York: Harcourt, Brace and World, 1965 [1960]); Clemens E. Benda, The Image of Love: Modern Trends in Psychiatric Thinking (Glencoe, IL: Free Press, 1961); Fred J. Cook, The Corrupted Land: The Social Morality of Modern America (New York: Macmillan, 1966); Charles A. Reich, The Greening of America (New York: Random House, 1970); Robert Liebert, Radi- cal and Militant Youth: A Psychoanalytic Inquiry (New York: Prager, 1971); Richard King, The Party of Eros: Radical Social Thought and the Realm of Free- dom (Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1972); Nathan Adler, The Underground Stream: New Life Styles and the Antinomian Personality (New York: Harper and Row, 1972); Herbert Hendin, The Age of Sensation (New York: Norton, 1975); Daniel Yankelovich, New Rules: Searching for Self- Fulfi llment in a World Turned Upside Down (New York: Random House, 1981); and Peter Clecak, America’s Quest for the Ideal Self: Dissent and Fulfi llment in the 60s and 70s (New York: Oxford University Press, 1983). 4. For an instance of narcissism referring to self-love, see Murray Illson, “Yule ‘Neurosis’ Sifted in Report,” New York Times, 5 December 1954, which reports psychoanalysts “discussing the narcissistic—love-of- self—character neurosis.” “Unseemly self-regard”: Thomas Sugrue, “Goddesses—Or Women?” New York Times, 26 September 1948. “Sensual self-absorption”: Charles L. Mee, “In Brief,” New York Times, 4 May 1969; Mee quotes another author asking, apro- pos of graffi ti on Madison Avenue exhorting New Yorkers to “Kiss the Beauti- ful Lining of Her Coat,” “but why make love to someone else’s possessions when it is so easy to preserve your inde pen dence by making love to your own?” 5. “Impulse gratifi cation”: Lasch, Culture of Narcissism: American Life in an Age of Diminishing Expectations (New York: Norton, 1978), 22, “perpetu- ally” at xvi, “propaganda” at 71. 278 Notes to Pages 15–17

6. “Moralistic platitudes”: Ibid., 31, “normal primitive” at 36, “parental introjects” at 178, “grandiose object images” at 36. 7. “Everyone talks”: David Gelman, “Where Are the Patients?” Newsweek, 27 June 1988, citing an article published 33 years previously. “Scarcely a play”: Lionel Trilling, Freud and the Crisis of Our Culture (Boston: Beacon Press, 1955), 12. On psychoanalysis in the United States, see Nathan G. Hale, Freud and the Americans: The Beginnings of Psychoanalysis in the United States, 1876– 1917 (New York, Oxford University Press, 1971); and Hale, The Rise and Crisis of Psychoanalysis in America: Freud and the Americans, 1917– 1985 (New York: Oxford University Press, 1995). Eli Zaretsky’s Secrets of the Soul: A Social and Cultural History of Psychoanalysis (New York: Knopf, 2004) is a sparkling overview of the psychoanalytic century; and George Makari, Revolu- tion in Mind: The Creation of Psychoanalysis (New York: HarperCollins, 2008), astutely examines the discipline’s early years. Zaretsky, “Charisma or Rational- ization: Domesticity and Psychoanalysis in the United States in the 1950s,” Critical Inquiry 26 (Winter 2000): 328–354, at 332, notes that while in Eu rope interest in psychoanalysis was limited to elites, “in the United States it quickly became a mass phenomenon,” boasting the largest number of analysts in the postwar period of any nation worldwide. 8. “Cast a spell”: Jackson Lears, “The Man Who Knew Too Much,” New Republic, 2 October 1995. “Defi nitive indictment”: reader review ofCulture of Narcissism on amazon .com. Newsweek named the book one of the decade’s four defi ning works: Cynthia H. Wilson, “A Chronology of the ’70s,” News- week, 19 November 1979. 9. “Preached back to us”: Henry Allen, “Doomsayer of the Me De cade: Christopher Lasch on America as a Nation of Narcissists,” Washington Post, 4 January 1979. “Said a million times”: reader review on amazon.com. “Hardly original”: Valerie Lloyd, “Me, Me, Me: The Culture of Narcissism,” Newsweek, 22 January 1979. “Way of looking”: Casey Blake and Christopher Phelps, “His- tory as Social Criticism: Conversations with Christopher Lasch,” Journal of American History 80 (1994), 1310– 1332, at 1317. 10. “Civilized hellfi re”: Frank Kermode, “The Way We Live Now,” New York Times, 14 January 1979. “Penchant”: Michael Kammen, “A Whiplash of Contradictory Expectations,” Reviews in American History 7 (1979), 452– 458, at 456. “Aggrieved tone”: Louis Menand, “Man of the People,” New York Re- view of Books, 11 April 1991. Dennis H. Wrong, “Bourgeois Values, No Bour- geoisie? The Cultural Criticism of Christopher Lasch,” Dissent (Summer 1978): 308– 314, at 310, writes of his impression he had “been listening to Lasch’s bill Notes to Pages 18–19 279 of indictment for most of my life,” adding “and I wasn’t born, alas, yesterday.” “Warmed- over”: Maurice R. Green, “The Culture of Narcissism,” Journal of the Academy of Psychoanalysis and Dynamic Psychiatry (1981): 330– 331, at 330. “Explanatory”: Edward M. Weinshel, “The Mind of Watergate: An Explo- ration of the Compromise of Integrity,” International Review of Psycho- Analysis 8 (1981): 121–124, at 122. “Dour critic”: “Gratifi cation Now Is the Slogan of the ’70s, Laments a Historian,” People, 9 July 1979. Among critics of Lasch for inconsistency, getting it wrong, and so on, are Colleen D. Clements, “Misusing Psychiatric Models: The Culture of Narcissism,” Psychoanalytic Re- view 69 (1982): 283– 295, arguing at 284 that Lasch uses narcissism “in a psy- chiatrically incorrect way”; and Paul L. Wachtel, The Poverty of Affl uence: A Psychological Portrait of the American Way of Life (Philadelphia: New Society Publishers, 1989), chap. 10. See also “A Symposium: Christopher Lasch and the Culture of Narcissism,” Salmagundi 46 (Fall 1979): 166–202; John Alt and Frank Hearn, eds., “Symposium on Narcissism: The Cortland Conference on Narcissism,” Telos 44 (Summer 1980): 49–125. For a relentless critique of Lasch’s own relentlessness, see Paul Zweig, “Collective Dread: The Literature of Doom,” Harper’s, July 1979. 11. “Imperial self”: Lasch, The Minimal Self: Psychic Survival in Troubled Times (New York: Norton, 1984), 15. “Exaggerated form”: Culture of Narcis- sism, 8, “approval” at 40, “wealth” at 39. 12. Daniel Bell, The Cultural Contradictions of Capitalism (New York: Ba- sic Books, 1978 [1976]); Richard Sennett, The Fall of Public Man: On the So- cial Psychology of Capitalism (New York: Vintage, 1978 [1977]). “Free him- self”: David Potter, People of Plenty: Economic Abundance and the American Character (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1954), 135, “symbolized plenty” at 166. John Kenneth Galbraith, The Affl uent Society (Boston: Hough- ton Miffl in, 1958). On Potter, see Daniel Horowitz, The Anxieties of Affl uence: Critiques of American Consumer Culture, 1939–1979 (Amherst and Boston: University of Massachusetts Press, 2004), a superb guide to the postwar land- scape of affl uence- induced cultural anxiety; and Robert M. Collins, “David Potter’s People of Plenty and the Recycling of Consensus History,” Reviews in American History 16 (1988): 321– 335. Brook Lindsay, The Age of Abundance: How Prosperity Transformed America’s Politics and Culture (New York: Col- lins, 2007), offers an updated view, from the right. For an example of concern about affl uence in the media, see “Alienated Youth Called Isolated,”New York Times, 12 May 1967, quoting a psychiatrist who “regards affl uence as a ‘real stress, a very serious problem.’ ” 280 Notes to Pages 19–22

13. David Riesman, in collaboration with Reuel Denny and Nathan Glazer, The Lonely Crowd: A Study of the Changing American Character (New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 1950); William H. Whyte Jr., The Orga ni za tion Man (New York: Simon and Schuster, 1956). “In love”: “The Man with the Rotary Hoe,” Time, 21 January 1957. 14. Theodore Roszak, The Making of a Counter Culture: Refl ections on the Technocratic Culture and Its Youthful Opposition (Garden City, NY: Double- day, 1969). 15. Slater, Pursuit of Loneliness. Slater was enough the Freudian, however, to observe at 106 that “it is a paradox of the modern condition that only those who oppose complete libidinal freedom are capable of ever achieving it.” “Whole cultural revolution”: William Braden, The Age of Aquarius: Technol- ogy and the Cultural Revolution (Chicago: Quandrangle Books, 1970), 257– 258, quoting a conversation with Lasch. 16. “Serene self-possession”: Perry Miller, “The Shaping of the American Character” (1955), in Miller, Nature’s Nation (Cambridge, MA: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, 1967), 3. “Hedonism on the rise”: David Riesman with Robert J. Potter and Jeanne Watson, “Sociability, Permissiveness, and Equal- ity: A Preliminary Formulation” (1960), in Riesman, Abundance for What? (New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Publishers, 1993 [1964]), 218; cited by Lasch, who vehemently disagreed with the authors’ interpretation of the hedonism they observed, deeming it a fraud that disguised “a struggle for power” in Culture of Narcissism, 66. “Bank account”: Riesman, Lonely Crowd, 141– 142. “Permitting the average”: Whyte, Or ga ni za tion Man, 17–18, quoting Er- nest Dichter, a Viennese immigrant, on sanctioning hedonism. “Goal of life”: Ernest Dichter, The Strategy of Desire (New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction, 2001 [1960]), 112. “Symbols”: Horowitz, Anxieties of Affl uence, 51, “animalistic,” 61. I am indebted here to Horowitz’s account of Dichter’s work in Anxieties of Affl uence, 48– 64. 17. Jules Henry, Culture against Man (New York: Vintage, 1965), “fi rst com- mandment” at 19 (italics in original), “resis tance” at 20; “urge” at 93; “imagina- tive monetization” at 84. Henry describes at 84 an ad from 1960 for a men’s electric shaver featuring a woman seductively draped on a red background, one leg extending from under her white dress while her expression conveys “a hon- eyed atmosphere of enticement and exploitation,” saying “Gimme, gimme, gimme.” “Seduction of the consumer”: Bell, Cultural Contradictions, 71. 18. “Boundlessness”: Bell, Cultural Contradictions, xx, “self-control” at xvi, “tension creates” at xxv. Notes to Pages 23–25 281

19. “Produced little”: Ibid., 81, “bourgeois culture” at 79, “breakup” at 55. Dichter, Strategy of Desire, argued at 169 that “if we were to rely exclusively on the fulfi llment of immediate and necessary needs, our economy would literally collapse overnight,” assenting to Bell’s understanding of capitalism’s dynamic. See Russell Jacoby, “Narcissism and the Crisis of Capitalism,” in Alt and Hearn, “Symposium on Narcissism,” for a fl uent articulation of the left critique, which, in contrast to Bell, sees hedonism supplanting Puritanism: “The imperative to buy and enjoy displaced the religion of save and sacrifi ce.” Jacoby does not, like Bell, see the hedonism in Puritanism but is among the few to see the restraint within the new hedonism, positing that in its “inner structure . . . the hedonism of narcissism is parsimonious” (63– 64). 20. On Freud and the economics of his day, see the suggestive paper by Ber- nard Shull and Silas L. Warner, “Viennese Zeitgeist and the Economics of Sig- mund Freud and the Psychology of Austrian Economics,” Journal of the Ameri- can Academy of Psychoanalysis and Dynamic Psychiatry 14 (1986): 1– 13; see also Lawrence Birken, “Freud’s ‘Economic Hypothesis’: From Homo Oeco- nomicus to Homo Sexualis,” American Imago 56 (1999): 311–330. There is a voluminous literature on Freud’s economic point of view; for a concise over- view, see J. Laplanche and J.-B. Pontalis, The Language of Psychoanalysis, trans. Donald Nicholson- Smith (London: Karnac Books, 1988 [1973]), s.v. “eco- nomic.” Salman Akhtar, “Things: Developmental, Psychopathological, and Tech- nical Aspects of Inanimate Objects,” Canadian Journal of Psychoanalysis 11 (2003): 1– 44, a fascinating paper, is a notable exception to the general slighting of materiality in analytic writing. 21. “Later generation”: David Riesman, “The Themes of Work and Play in the Structure of Freud’s Thought,” Psychiatry 13 (1950): 1– 16, at 2. “Genuine affi nity”: Philip Rieff, Freud: The Mind of the Moralist (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1979 [1959]), 17. 22. “Endless ambiance”: Rieff, Triumph of the Therapeutic: Uses of Faith af- ter Freud (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1987 [1966]), 12, “more sub- stantial” at 243. “Mass production”: Rieff, Freud, 371. “Gorgeous variety”: Rieff, Triumph of the Therapeutic, 241. Max Weber, The Protestant Ethic and the Spirit of Capitalism, trans. Talcott Parsons (New York: Scribner’s, 1958 [1904– 1905]), serves as authorizing touchstone for critics on the issue of asceticism. For an analytic perspective, see Peter C. Shabad, “The Unconscious Wish and Psycho- analytic Stoicism,” Contemporary Psychoanalysis 27 (1991): 332– 350. 23. “Man has satisfi ed”: Galbraith, Affl uent Society, 117. See also John Kenneth Galbraith, “Economics in the Industrial State: Science and Sedative. 282 Notes to Pages 25–26

Economics as a System of Belief,” American Economic Review 60 (1970): 469– 478; Riesman, “Egocentrism: Is the American Character Changing?” Encounter 55 (August– September 1980), 19– 27, at 24; Riesman, “Abundance for What?” (1957), in Riesman, Abundance for What?, 304. 24. “From oikos”: Bell, Cultural Contradictions, 22, “limited” at 223–224. Bell’s portrait of the ancient house hold is similar to that sketched by Ferdinand Tönnies in Community and Civil Society [Gemeinschaft und Gesellschaft], ed. Jose Harris, trans. Harris and Margaret Hollis (Cambridge: Cambridge Uni- versity Press, 2001 [1887]), 40–42, of the premodern house hold, its ethic of self-suffi ciency modeled on that of the Greco-Roman villa, and its ethic of consumption expressed in the communal sharing of food, as well as “all other goods.” 25. “Contrivance”: Galbraith, Affl uent Society, 130. “Vast effort”: Lasch, The Minimal Self: Psychic Survival in Troubled Times (New York: W. W. Nor- ton, 1984), 29. “Useful citizen”: Galbraith, Affl uent Society, 75. For a critique from the left of the unmooring of needs characteristic of modernity, see Paul Goodman, “The Empty Society,” Commentary 42 (November 1966): 53–60, at 54: “In the 18th century, Adam Smith thought that one started with the need and only then collected capital to satisfy it,” a situation he contrasted with the present’s “dream[ing] up a use” for new technologies after the fact. 26. Lasch, Minimal Self, for example, maintained at 33 that “fantasy ceases to be liberating when it frees itself from the checks imposed by practical experi- ence of the world,” to which one might object that it is such freedom that is in the fi rst instance constitutive of fantasy. On questioning needs, see Nancy Fra- ser, “Talking about Needs: Interpretive Contests as Politi cal Confl icts in Welfare- State Societies,” Ethics 99 (1989): 291– 313. “Complaint”: Galbraith, “Economics in the Industrial State,” 472. “Their satisfaction”: Galbraith, Af- fl uent Society, 123. “Over and above”: Ian Suttie, The Origins of Love and Hate (New York: Julian Press, 1952 [1935]), 60–62; Suttie did not cite Keynes, but traveled in circles that would have been familiar in general with his work. Ernest Bea glehole, in Property: A Study in Social Psychology (London: George Allen and Unwin, 1931), makes a point similar to Suttie’s, quoting at 309 the businessman Lord Edensoke from H. G. Wells’s novel Meanwhile: “Besting people and feeling that the other fellow realizes or will presently fi nd out that he has been bested was subtler and far more gratifying” to Edensoke than any- thing else. Bea glehole offers a broad synthesis of contemporary psychological and psychoanalytic thinking on the relations between persons and property (at 254–321). Notes to Pages 27–29 283

27. See Harvey A. Kaplan, “Greed: A Psychoanalytic Perspective,” Psychoan- alytic Review 78 (1991): 505–523, at 516, on the discipline’s early focus on restraint. 28. Freud’s Berlin colleague Karl Abraham wrote foundational papers on the oral and anal characters: “Contributions to the Theory of the Anal Character,” IJP 4 (1923): 400–418, “objects of all kinds” at 413; and “The Infl uence of Oral Erotism on Character- Formation,” IJP 6 (1925): 247– 258. 29. “Social facts”: Otto Fenichel, “The Drive to Amass Wealth,” Psychoana- lytic Quarterly 7 (1938): 69– 95, at 70. 30. “Narcissistic requirement”: Ibid., 77, “real signifi cance” at 85. “Would not conceive”: Paul Schilder, “Psychoanalysis of Economics,” Psychoanalytic Review 27 (1940): 401–420, at 406. Fenichel in “Drive to Amass Wealth” ob- served along similar lines at 93 that “money has certainly not originated be- cause people for unconscious reasons needed a faeces- corpse symbol. Instead money was made necessary only by the development of an economic system.” “Eating, housing, clothing”: Fenichel, abstract of Schilder, “Psychoanalysis of Economics,” Psychoanalytic Quarterly 12 (1943): 293– 295, at 294. 31. Arthur Nikelly, “The Pathogenesis of Greed: Causes and Consequences,” International Journal of Applied Psychoanalytic Studies 3 (2006): 65–78, esp. 66– 69. For examples of disturbed spending behaviors, see Edmund Bergler, “Psychopa- thology of Bargain Hunters,” in Ernest Borneman, The Psychoanalysis of Money (New York: Urizen Books, 1976), 271, and Abraham, “Anal Character,” 411. 32. “Psychoanalysis at its nadir”: Borneman, Psychoanalysis of Money, 63– 64; Smiley Blanton, “The Hidden Faces of Money,” in Borneman, Psychoanaly- sis of Money, “to convert money” at 267, “good at making money” at 266. Blanton was an American analyst and the author of Diary of My Analysis with Sigmund Freud (New York: Hawthorne Books, 1971). Among analytic papers on greed are Robert Waska, “Craving, Longing, Denial and the Dangers of Change: Clinical Manifestations of Greed,” Psychoanalytic Review 89 (2002): 505– 531; Ryan Lamothe, “Poor Ebenezer: Avarice as Corruption of the Erotic and Search for a Transformative Object,” Psychoanalytic Review 90 (2003): 23– 43; Frances Bigda-Peyton, “When Drives Are Dangerous: Drive Theory and Resource Overconsumption,” Modern Psychoanalysis 29 (2004): 251– 270. For a variety of psychological, psychiatric, and psychoanalytic perspectives on pathological consumption, see April Lane Benson, ed., I Shop, Therefore I Am: Compulsive Buying and the Search for Self (Northvale, NJ: Jason Aronson, 2000); see also Shirley Lee and Avis Mysyk, “The Medicalization of Compul- sive Buying,” Social Science and Medicine, 58 (2004): 1709– 1718. 284 Notes to Pages 30–32

33. “Fenichel, “Drive to Amass,” 72. 34. “Possessions”: Ibid., 80 (emphasis in original). William James, The Prin- ciples of Psychology, vol. 1 (New York: Dover, 1950 [1890]), 291–293, 312–313. Bea glehole, Property, surveying the literature, concluded at 315 and 319 that “one may no longer conceive of property . . . simply in terms of an end-object satisfying basic need.” Rather, the self’s “sentiments of possession and of own- ership” were highly developed and culturally patterned, with property “the economic basis of freedom and personality development.” 35. Donald W. Winnicott, “Transitional Objects and Transitional Phenomena— a Study of the First Not-Me Possession,” IJP 34 (1953): 89– 97. Philip Cushman, in Constructing the Self, Constructing America: A Cultural History of Psychotherapy (Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley, 1995), sees Winn- icott unwittingly shaped by consumerism, in for example what Cushman sees as his casting of child development as a pro cess of consumption—“of the proper objects.” Cushman, siding with reality over illusion, at 260–261 faults Winnicott for “unknowingly inducing the illusion of omnipotence in our chil- dren” and wonders whether his work contributes to the “construction of a self whose primary characteristics are an endless, sybaritic sense of entitle- ment and a manipulative, coercive need to control others?” Cushman here misses that the Winnicottian child gradually abandons his omnipotence and, more problematically, that illusion in Winnicott is about more than omnipo- tence: it is the site for the subject’s creation of meaning. “We are what we have”: Russell W. Belk, “Possessions and the Extended Self,” Journal of Con- sumer Research 15 (1988): 139–168, at 139; Belk reviews the work of the psychologists Gordon Allport (Personality [New York: Holt, 1937]), David McClelland (Personality [New York: Holt, Rinehart, and Winston, 1951]), and Ernst Prelinger (“Extension and Structure of the Self,” Journal of Psychol- ogy 47 [1959]: 13–23), who tested “60 normal enlisted soldiers.” “My belong- ings”: Prelinger, “Extension and Structure,” 22; notably, Prelinger, at 13, sees the analyst’s conceptualization of an inner “object world” corresponding to the psychologist’s conceptualization of—in a Jamesian key—“a ‘self’- region,” defi ned as “the area of experience which an individual perceives to be his own ‘self.’ ” 36. “Real expressive power”: Dichter, Strategy of Desire, 86. Bruno Latour in Bill Brown, “Thing Theory,” Critical Inquiry 28 (Autumn 2001): 1–16, at 13. 37. Belk, “Possessions and the Extended Self,” 141; Dichter, Strategy of Desire, 93; Latour in Brown, “Thing Theory,” 13; James, Principles of Psychol- ogy, 293. Notes to Pages 33–38 285

38. “Age-old” Lasch, Culture of Narcissism, 72–73. “Synthetic desire”: Gal- braith, Affl uent Society, 127. 39. “We all began”: Michael Beldoch, “The Therapeutic as Narcissist,” Sal- magundi 20 (Summer–Fall, 1972): 134–152, at 139. “Short essay”: Freud, “Li- bidinal Types” (1931), Standard Edition 21:216– 220. On the conceptual confu- sion surrounding narcissism from Freud’s time on, see the essays collected in Freud’s “On Narcissism: An Introduction,” eds. Joseph Sandler, Ethel Spector Person, and Peter Fonagy (New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 1991). 40. Rieff, Triumph of the Therapeutic, 241. On needs as a narcissistic hu- miliation, see Nancy McWilliams and Stanley Lependorf, “Narcissistic Pathol- ogy of Everyday Life: The Denial of Remorse and Gratitude,” Contemporary Psychoanalysis 26 (1990): 430– 451. 41. “Personality of America”: Miller, “Shaping of the American Character,” 13. “Psychiatrist’s contemporaneous dictum”: Benda, Image of Love, 86. “Con- cise characterization”: Paul L. Wachter, “The Politics of Narcissism,” The Na- tion, 3–10 January 1981. “Individuation”: Abraham H. Maslow, Toward a Psychology of Being (Prince ton, NJ: D. Van Nostrand, 1962), 22. 42. Constance Rosenblum, “Narcissism: An Old Habit Comes Back,” Van Nuys Valley News, 24 September 1978. Riesman in Kenneth Woodward, “The New Narcissism,” Newsweek, 30 January 1978, and Barbara Utley, “The New Narcissism Refl ects an Image of Social Change,”Chicago Tribune, 25 February 1978.

2. Heinz Kohut’s American Freud

1. “Chicago’s Dr. Kohut Heralded as Modern Day Freud,” Denver Post, 16 May 1974. Georgie Anne Geyer, “Dr. Kohut— the Freud of Today,” Chicago Daily News, 20 May 1974. “A Chicago Psychoanalyst Puts the World on the Couch,” Chicago Daily News, 9 May 1974. “Charismatic genius”: Philip Cush- man, Constructing the Self, Constructing America: A Cultural History of Psy- chotherapy (Reading, MA: Addison- Wesley, 1995), 262. “First truly American analyst”: Kohut to Tilmann Moser, 4 December 1973, in Kohut, Curve, 296. “Messiah”: Janet Malcolm, Psychoanalysis: The Impossible Profession (New York: Knopf, 1981), 119, and Lois Timnick, “Rift May Threaten Freudian Theory,” Los Angeles Times, 27 October 1979. “Electrifying effect”: Jean Di- etz, “Heinz Kohut—The Man and the Message,” Psychiatric News, December 1980. On analysts’ interest in narcissism, see Charles K. Hofl ing and Robert W. Meyers, “Recent Discoveries in Psychoanalysis: A Study of Opinion,” Archives 286 Notes to Pages 38–42 of General Psychiatry 26 (1972): 518– 523, reporting at 520 that in a 1969 survey psychoanalysts ranked “treatment of narcissistic characters” second among the most important technical advances in their fi eld in the previous thirty years. 2. I borrow here from the title of Adam Phillips’s subtle and suggestive es- say, “Narcissism, For and Against,” in his Promises, Promises: Essays on Litera- ture and Psychoanalysis (London: Faber and Faber, 2000). 3. “Broad kind of concept”: Kohut, “Interview for Educational Tele vi sion in Rome, Italy, July, 1969,” Kohut Papers, box 1, folder 15, Chicago Institute for Psychoanalysis. “Fred”: Constance Rosenblum, “Is That Narcissus Gazing in the Disco Mirror?” Baltimore Sun, 25 July 1978, one among many iterations of the same article, in Kohut Papers, box 1, folder 10. “Emptiness of life”: Giovanna Breu, “Is Dr. Heinz Kohut beside Himself?” People, 26 February 1979. 4. “Concern for one’s self”: Kohut, “Thoughts on Narcissism and Narcis- sistic Rage,” Psychoanalytic Study of the Child 27 (1972): 360– 400, at 364. “Navel gazing”: Kohut, “Psychoanalysis in a Troubled World,” Annual of Psy- choanalysis 1 (1973): 3– 25, at 22. 5. “Complete and true American”: Kohut to Moser, 4 December 1973, in Kohut, Curve, 296. “A nobody”: Kohut to Paul Ornstein, in Charles B. Strozier, Heinz Kohut: The Making of a Psychoanalyst (New York: Farrar, Straus and Gir- oux, 2001), 75, “beloved” at 135. Slightly altered, the quote also appears in Susan Quinn, “Oedipus vs. Narcissus,” New York Times Magazine, 9 November 1980. 6. “Looking away”: Kohut in Quinn, “Oedipus vs. Narcissus.” Bernard Brickman, “The Curve of Life: Correspondence of Heinz Kohut, 1923–1981,” JAPA 45 (1978): 589–592, refers at 591–592 to the analysts who “reviled and shunned him at meetings,” many of them “former friends and admirers.” Kohut was well enough known among American analysts in 1969, before the publica- tion of his major books, to be ranked fi fth in a list of those named as infl uential and important in the survey conducted by Hofl ing and Meyers, “Recent Discov- eries in Psychoanalysis,” 519. “Wipe the fl oor”: Strozier, Heinz Kohut, 132. “Mawkish”: Janet Malcolm, Psychoanalysis, 119. “Basic cultural value systems”: Kohut to Anna Freud, 4 August 1964, in Kohut, Curve, 98–103. “Adapting psychoanalysis”: Kohut to Moser, 4 December 1973, in Kohut, Curve, 295– 296. “Daring new paths”: Kohut, “The Future of Psychoanalysis,” Annual of Psychoanalysis 3 (1975): 325– 340, at 328. 7. “Mr. Psychoanalysis”: Kohut in Quinn, “Oedipus vs. Narcissus”; the hon- orifi c appears many times in the analytic literature. Kohut, “Introspection, Em- Notes to Pages 42–44 287 pathy, and Psychoanalysis—an Examination of the Relationship between Mode of Observation and Theory,” JAPA 7 (1959): 459– 483. For Kohut’s memories of the reception of this paper, see Kohut, “Introspection, Empathy, and the Semi- Circle of Mental Health,” IJP 63 (1949): 395– 407, at 395. Kohut, The Analysis of the Self: A Systematic Approach to the Psychoanalytic Treatment of Narcis- sistic Personality Disorders (Madison, CT: International Universities Press, 1971). Kohut, The Restoration of the Self (New York: International Universities Press, 2001 [1977]). “Surge of in de pendent initiative”: Kohut, “Future of Psy- choanalysis,” 328. “Need of the Freud within”: Kohut to Henry D. v. Witzleben, 7 April 1977, in Kohut, Curve, 345. 8. Kohut to Kurt R. Eissler, 12 October 1952, in Kohut, Curve, 64. Kohut also related the story to Alexandre Szombati, 12 July 1968, and to Peter B. Neu- bauer, 12 July 1968, in Kohut, Curve, 207– 208 and 208– 209. 9. Kohut’s biographer Charles Strozier, who wrestled with his subject’s pen- chant for playing fast and loose with the truths of his own life, cast a skeptical eye on this par tic u lar incident, noting that the only evidence of its having actu- ally transpired comes from Kohut himself: Strozier, Heinz Kohut, 58. “Personal myth”: Kohut, “Future of Psychoanalysis,” 327. The passing of the psychoana- lytic torch imagery is Ernest Wolf’s in “Viennese Chicagoan,” in Heinz Kohut and the Psychology of the Self, ed. Allen Siegel (New York: Routledge, 1996). Paul L. Montgomery, “Heinz Kohut, Whose Theory Opposed Freud’s, Dead at 68,” New York Times, 10 October 1981. 10. “Freud’s departure”: Quinn, “Oedipus vs. Narcissus.” “Father fi gure”: Kohut, “Future of Psychoanalysis,” 328; “Self- confi rmation”: Kohut to v. Wit- zleben, 7 April 1977, in Kohut, Curve, 345. “In de pen dent self”: Kohut, Self Psychology and the Humanities: Refl ections on a New Psychoanalytic Ap- proach, ed. Charles B. Strozier (New York: Norton, 1985), 262, “fancy idea” at 250. “Rejected child”: Kohut, “Introspection, Empathy, and the Semi-Circle,” 404, “in its childhood” at 405. 11. “Exuberant enough”: Kohut to Roger Petti, 24 March 1981, in Kohut, Curve, 427. “Psychoanalytic locker-room”: Kohut, Seminars, 6. Kohut returned to this issue repeatedly. See, for example, his letter to the editor of Newsweek, 25 January 1978, in Kohut, Search, 4, at 569. 12. “Intense experience”: Kohut, How Does Analysis Cure?, 53. “Remobi- lized and reintegrated”: Kohut to Robert Sussman, 8 April 1967, in Kohut, Curve, 165–166. “Line of development”: Kohut, “Thoughts on Narcissism,” 362. “Curve”: Geoffrey Cocks, “Introduction,” to Kohut, Curve, 1–2. 288 Notes to Pages 45–49

13. See Morris N. Eagle, Recent Developments in Psychoanalysis: A Critical View (New York: McGraw Hill, 1984), 36, for a summary of Kohut’s basic model. Kohut, “The Psychoanalytic Treatment of Narcissistic Personality Dis- orders—Outline of a Systematic Approach,” Psychoanalytic Study of the Child 23 (1968): 86– 113, offers his own succinct summary; “instinctual fuel” at 87. 14. “Social pathology”: Kohut to Alexander Mitscherlich, 22 February 1965, in Kohut, Curve, 111. “Not new”: Kohut to Margrit Hengärtner, 22 March 1977, in Kohut, Curve, 342. “Overinvolved”: Kohut to Evan Brahm, 7 February 1977, in Kohut, Curve, 335. Kohut was cited along these lines in many newspaper and magazine pieces, for example, Quinn, “Oedipus vs. Narcissus”; and Barbara Utley, “The New Narcissism Refl ects an Image of Societal Change,” Chicago Tribune, 25 February 1978. “Gleam in the mother’s eye”: Breu, “Is Kohut beside Himself?” 15. “World of yesterday”: Kohut, “Psychoanalysis in a Troubled World,” 23, “groping” at 22, “way station” at 21. “Just as necessary”: Kohut, “Interview for Educational Televi sion.” “Hypocrisy”: Kohut, “Thoughts on Narcissism,” 365. “Meek ac cep tance”: Kohut, “Psychoanalysis in a Troubled World,” 21. 16. “Debasement”: Daniel Bell, The Cultural Contradictions of Capitalism (New York: Basic Books, 1978 [1976]), xv, “untrammeled” at 16, “watershed” at 7, “idolatry” at 19. 17. “Imperial self”: Lasch, The Minimal Self: Psychic Survival in Troubled Times (New York: Norton, 1984), 15. Lasch’s patently favorable stance toward Kohut misled some readers into classifying him as a Kohutian. Michael Kam- men, “A Whiplash of Contradictory Expectations,” Reviews in American His- tory 7 (1979): 452– 458, writes, at 452, that Kohut is apparently Lasch’s “con- temporary guru.” 18. “Cult of personal relations”: Lasch, Culture of Narcissism, 51. “Primi- tive man”: Freud, Civilization and Its Discontents (1930), Standard Edition 21:115. “Price of entry”: Philip Rieff, Freud: The Mind of the Moralist (Chi- cago: University of Chicago Press, 1979 [1959]), 372; “Control release dialec- tic”: Philip Slater, The Pursuit of Loneliness: American Culture at the Breaking Point (Boston: Beacon Press, 1980), 92; see also Abram de Swaan, “The Politics of Agoraphobia: On Changes in Emotional and Relational Management,” The- ory and Society 10 (1981): 359– 385, esp. 380. 19. “Brandished”: Fred Siegel, “The Agony of Christopher Lasch,” Reviews in American History 8 (1980): 285– 295, at 292. “Unbehagen”: Kohut, Self Psychology and the Humanities, 254–257. “Intergenerational strife”: Kohut, “Introspection, Empathy, and the Semi-Circle,” 395– 407, at 402. Notes to Pages 50–53 289

20. “Topsy-turvy”: Kohut to Anthony T. Di Iorio, 24 June 1981, in Kohut, Curve, 430– 431, referring to a piece in Time magazine (1 December 1980, 76). “Tom, Dick, and Harry”: Kohut, “Psychoanalysis in a Troubled World,” 6, “man’s consciousness” at 25. 21. Robert S. Wallerstein, “The Growth and Transformation of American Ego Psychology,” JAPA 50 (2002): 135– 168, at 147, writes that at an early self- psychology conference, Kohut privately told him, “I’m not sure how enduring my own psychoanalytic contributions will, in the end, turn out to be, but you’ll have to admit that I’ve sure shaken up the ego psychology establishment.” Wallerstein adds that Kohut “was, of course, correct, and it has never been quite the same since.” 22. “No mythology”: Kohut to Siegmund Levarie, 10 September 1951, in Kohut, Curve, 63. “Whole new world”: Kohut to Anna Freud, 4 August 1964, in ibid., 98– 103. 23. “Modern natural science”: Wallerstein, “Growth and Transformation,” at 139 (citing Roy Schafer on Heinz Hartmann), “precious gift” at 145. I am indebted here to Wallerstein’s superb history of the ego psychologists. 24. “I don’t want”: Douglas Kirsner, “Self Psychology and the Psychoana- lytic Movement: An Interview with Dr. Heinz Kohut” (21 June 1981), Psycho- analysis and Contemporary Thought 5 (1982): 483– 495, at 486, “reformation” at 485. See also Kohut to Tilmann Moser, 7 March 1981, in Kohut, Curve, 425, arguing against the notion his work represents a new paradigm. On the associa- tion of Kuhn and paradigms with Kohut, see Michael Ferguson, “Progress and Theory Change: The Two Analyses of Mr. Z,” Annual of Psychoanalysis 9 (1981): 133–160; Ea gle, Recent Developments, 35–74; Vann Spruiell, “Kohut’s ‘Paradigm’ and Psychoanalysis,” Psychoanalytic Quarterly 52 (1983): 353– 363; Isabel S. Knight, “Paradigms and Crises in Psychoanalysis,” Psychoana- lytic Quarterly 54 (1985): 597–614; and James S. Grotstein, “Chapter 8: Mela- nie Klein and Heinz Kohut: An Odd Couple or Secretly Connected?” Progress in Self Psychology 15 (1999): 123–146, at 135–136, among many other papers. Robert M. Galatzer- Levy, “Chapter 1: Heinz Kohut as Teacher and Supervisor,” Progress in Self Psychology 4 (1988): 3– 42, at 4: “All analysts are able to for- mulate clinical phenomena in terms of the psychology of drives, but self psy- chologists are most likely to be satisfi ed by explanations in terms of the newer paradigm. They regard drive psychology explanations in the same way that post- Copernican astronomers viewed epicentric computations of the planet’s positions— historically interesting, sometimes practical, but fundamentally un- satisfactory.” The term paradigm was rarely used in the analytic literature prior 290 Notes to Pages 53–54 to 1960; between 1960 and 1980, it appeared in 378 papers included the Psy- choanalytic Electronic Publishing digital archive. It quickly became associated with narcissism; the New York Times dubbed narcissism modernity’s “paradig- matic complaint.” For optimistic readings of the scientifi c status of psycho- analysis, see also Maxwell S. Sucharov, “Chapter 11: Quantum Physics and Self Psychology: Toward a New Epistemology,” Progress in Self Psychology 8 (1992): 199–211; and Elizabeth Lloyd Mayer, “Changes in Science and Chang- ing Ideas about Knowledge and Authority in Psychoanalysis,” Psychoanalytic Quarterly 65 (1996): 158–200. “Jeremiahs”: Kohut, “Future of Psychoanaly- sis,” 332. 25. Thomas S. Kuhn, The Structure of Scientifi c Revolutions (Chicago: Uni- versity of Chicago Press, 1970 [1962]). “Litmus test”: Knight, “Paradigms and Crises,” at 610, discusses analysts’ use of the concept as “a kind of . . . litmus test for separating science from nonscience.” “Revolution”: “Kohut’s Restora- tion of the Self: A Symposium,” Psychoanalytic Review 65 (1978): 615. “Phys- ics”: Kohut, Restoration, 31. See K. R. Eissler, “Irreverent Remarks about the Present and Future of Psychoanalysis,” IJP 50 (1969): 461–471, proclaiming that “only in Freud’s writings does one fi nd paradigms,” that Freud had “ex- tracted all the paradigms that could be gained from the observation of patients on the couch,” and that the psychoanalytic situation was “depleted with regard to research possibilities,” it having yielded to science all it contained. Since Freud’s death, Eissler maintained, psychoanalysis had entered a period of “nor- mal science,” where it would forever remain, with analysts busying themselves proposing “variations and permutations” on Freud’s paradigms. If there was indeed a “crisis” in the fi eld, it was only that of theoretical lethargy sparked by the recognition that all possible psychological phenomena were explicable within the pa ram e ters of Freud’s theorizing. 26. “Welcome absence”: Martin James, “The Analysis of the Self: A System- atic Approach to the Psychological Treatment of Narcissistic Personality Disor- ders,” IJP 54 (1973): 363–368, at 363. See Kohut to James, 18 June 1973, in Kohut, Curve, 278–280, written upon receiving an advance copy of James’s re- view, in which the charge of “unconscious plagiarism”—subsequently excised before publication— was leveled, with the qualifi cation that such was “an en- demic force in psychoanalysis.” James was recycling a charge he had earlier made, that “plagiarism is endemic in the world of ideas, and in psychoanalysis priorities are especially hard to place”: James, “The First Year of Life,” IJP 48 (1967): 118– 121, at 118. “Strangely unable”: Gerald J. Gargiulo, “Kohut’s Res- toration of the Self: A Symposium,” Psychoanalytic Review 65 (1978): 616– Notes to Pages 55–56 291

617, at 616. “Failing”: Saul Tuttman, “Kohut’s Restoration of the Self,” Psycho- analytic Review 65 (1978): 624– 629, at 625. Criticism of Kohut for the inadequacies of attribution may be found in Ruth R. Imber, “Refl ections on Kohut and Sullivan,” Contemporary Psychoanalysis 20 (1984): 363– 380; Gud- run Bodin, “From Narcissism to Self-Psychology: An Introduction to Heinz Kohut’s Authorship,” Scandinavian Psychoanalytic Review 20 (1997): 134– 136; and Neil McLaughlin, “Revision from the Margins: Fromm’s Contribu- tions to Psychoanalysis,” International Forum of Psychoanalysis 9 (2000): 241– 247. “Honors thesis”: Strozier, Heinz Kohut, 56. “Optimal”: Kohut to unnamed, 12 September 1972, in Kohut, Search 2:867–869. “Retrospectively locate”: Ko- hut, “Originality and Repetition in Science,” in Kohut, Search 3:227. 27. “Not on nature”: Kuhn, Structure, 35. “His gifts”: Kohut to John E. Gedo, 26 October 1966, Kohut, Curve, 153; “Yours is a youthful review,” Kohut wrote. “Only in retrospect”: Kuhn, Structure, 35. “Has happened”: Heinz Hartmann, “The Development of the Ego Concept in Freud’s Work,” IJP 37 (1956): 435–438 (cited by Kohut in self- defense: “Originality and Repeti- tion in Science,” 227), discussing Maria Dorer, Historische Grundlagen der Psychoanalyse (Leipzig: Meiner, 1932): “Her statement that Freud’s psychology was in the main derived from earlier sources is quite obviously wrong, and Jones’s objection to it is indisputable. What happened to that historian of pre- analysis has happened to other historians before: looking at even the greatest work from the angle of ‘precursors’ only, one cannot help fi nding similar ideas in the history of human thought.” There can be no doubt that the so-called Fe- renczi renais sance in the 1990s that saw his work newly translated in En glish, the subject of countless books, analytic papers, and conferences, was due in some part to Kohut’s channeling of his work, which complicates the charges leveled against him. Kohut’s new paradigm made Ferenczi newly visible, and the Kohut who borrows from Ferenczi and builds on his work is perhaps best considered a good Kuhnian rather than a morally compromised plagiarist. The charge concerning Kohut’s use of Ferenczi was common: Arnold Goldberg, “Response: There Are No Pure Forms,” JAPA 47 (1999): 395–400, writes at 397: “I cannot possibly count the times I have read that Kohut neglected Ferenczi.” 28. “Gut level”: Ea gle, Recent Developments, 74. 29. A typically enthusiastic appreciation of Ferenczi’s readmittance to the discipline argues that his “creative research has suddenly been catapulted to the center of current clinical interest” and characterizes him as “the underground clinician, the uncelebrated psychoanalyst’s psychoanalyst,” going on to place 292 Notes to Pages 57–63 him at the center of the fi eld c. 1990 and arguing that his work “is one, if not the, major precursor” to the psychoanalysis of the day: Benjamin Wolstein, “The Hungarian School,” Contemporary Psychoanalysis 27 (1991): 167– 175, at 167. 30. Kohut, Restoration, 290.

3. Otto Kernberg’s Narcissistic Dystopia

1. “Culture of our time”: Otto Kernberg in Maya Pines, “New Focus on Narcissism Offers Analysts Insight into Grandiosity and Emptiness,” New York Times, 16 March 1982. 2. “Trust and confi dence”: Kernberg in Susan Bridle, “The Seeds of the Self: An Interview with Susan Bridle,” http:// www .chmc -dubai .com /Personality %20Disorders, accessed 9 September 2013; originally appeared in What Is Enlightenment? 17 (Spring- Summer 2000). “Squeezing a lemon”: Kernberg, Borderline Conditions and Pathological Narcissism (Northvale, NJ: Jason Ar- onson, 1985 [1975]), 233; also in Kernberg, interviewed by Linda Wolfe, “Why Some People Can’t Love,” Psychology Today (June 1978): 55– 59, at 57. 3. “Envy”: Kernberg, “Sanctioned Social Violence: A Psychoanalytic View Part I,” IJP 84 (2003): 683–698, at 686, “sadism” at 693, “rationalized aggres- sion” at 685. “Lifeless shadows”: Kernberg, “Factors in the Psychoanalytic Treatment of Narcissistic Personalities,” JAPA 18 (1970): 51– 85, at 57, “de- throned” at 60. “Hamburger”: James F. Masterson in Pines, “New Focus on Narcissism.” “Candy machine”: Donald Kaplan in “Narcissus Redivivus,” Time, 20 September 1976. See also Douglas LaBier in “Life of a Yuppie Takes a Psychic Toll,” U.S. News and World Report, 29 April 1985, reporting the words of a male patient: “I treat women like you would a can of soda: You consume it, and you crush the can when it’s empty and throw it away.” “Hungry”: Kern- berg, “Factors in the Treatment,” 57. 4. “Hungry, enraged”: Kernberg, “Factors in the Treatment,” 57. “Feelings of insecurity”: Kernberg, Borderline Conditions, 228– 229. 5. “Hell is other people” is a line from Jean- Paul Sartre’s play No Exit (1954). Ernest Gellner, The Psychoanalytic Movement: The Cunning of Unrea- son (Oxford: Blackwell, 2003 [1985]), 27– 31. 6. Freud, Civilization and Its Discontents (1930), Standard Edition 21:111– 115. I am indebted here to José Brunner’s brilliant reading of Freud’s essay, in Freud and the Politics of Psychoanalysis (Oxford: Blackwell, 1995), esp. 172– 175. Brunner, a student of Gellner’s, edited and wrote the forward to the 2003 edition of the Psychoanalytic Movement. Notes to Pages 64–67 293

7. Brunner, Freud and the Politics of Psychoanalysis, 60– 61. “Primary mu- tual hostility”: Freud, Civilization and Its Discontents, 112. 8. Kernberg in “ ‘Most- Cited Psychoanalyst’ Continues Pioneering Ways,” Psychiatric News 43, no. 7 (2008). 9. Chandra Rankin, “An Interview with Otto Kernberg, MD,” psychother- apy.net (2006), at http:// www .psychotherapy.net /interview /otto-kernberg; the colleague was Herman van der Waals, author of “Problems of Narcissism,” Bul- letin of the Menninger Clinic 29 (1965): 293–311. Traces of Kernberg’s early work at Menninger may be found in Robert S. Wallerstein, 42 Lives in Treat- ment: A Study of Psychoanalysis and Psychotherapy (New York: Other Press, 2000 [1986]), “the report of the Psychotherapy Research Project of the Men- ninger Foundation, 1954– 1982.” 10. Jay R. Greenberg and Stephen A. Mitchell, Object Relations in Psycho- analytic Thought (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1983), 339. See Kernberg, Love Relations: Normality and Pathology (New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 1995), 20–21, for his own succinct summary of his position. Milton Klein and David Tribich, “Kernberg’s Object-Relations Theory: A Criti- cal Evaluation,” IJP 62 (1981): 27–43, offers a critique, as well as a summary of critiques, of Kernberg’s synthesizing impulse. “Primary autism”: Kernberg, “Freud Conserved and Revised: An Interview with David Scharff,” in The Psy- choanalytic Century: Freud’s Legacy for the Future, ed. Scharff (New York: Other Press, 2001), 46. 11. “Carry around”: Greenberg and Mitchell, Object Relations, 11. “One patient”: Kernberg, “Structural Derivatives of Object Relationships,” IJP 47 (1966): 236–252, at 237–238. This was Kernberg’s second publication in the analytic literature. He diagnosed this man as borderline; I use this example to illustrate his early turn from classicism to the British object relations tradition. 12. “Harsh and haughty”: Kernberg, “Structural Derivatives,” 238. “Loved and admired”: Kernberg in “Narcissism. The American Contribution: A Con- versation of Rafaelle Siniscalco with Otto Kernberg,” JEP, number 12–13 (Winter- Fall 2001). “Patients displaying”: Kernberg, “Structural Derivatives.” “Bite the hand”: Kernberg, “Notes on Countertransference,” JAPA 13 (1965): 38– 56, at 50. See also Kernberg, Borderline Conditions, 243– 248. 13. “Center of things”: Kernberg, “Factors in the Treatment,” 72. “Narcis- sistic idealization”: Kernberg, “Contrasting Viewpoints Regarding the Nature and Psychoanalytic Treatment of Narcissistic Personalities: A Preliminary Com- munication,” JAPA 22 (1974): 255–267, at 260, “transitory nature,” at 265. 294 Notes to Pages 68–72

“Wind up empty”: Kernberg, Borderline Conditions, 237; see also Kernberg, Love Relations, 151. 14. “Phony pathology”: Kernberg in Rankin, “Interview with Otto Kern- berg.” “Aren’t we all”: Kernberg in “Why Some People Can’t Love,” 55. “You are doing all right”: Kernberg in “Conversation with Siniscalco.” 15. “Self-fulfi llment and creativity”: Kernberg, Internal World and External Reality: Applied (New York: Jason Aronson, 1980), 129. “Indirect and complex”: Kernberg in “Conversation with Siniscalco.” “Futility and emptiness”: Kernberg, “Further Contributions to the Treatment of Narcissistic Personalities,” IJP 55 (1974): 215–240, at 239. “Early childhood development”: Kernberg in “Why Some People Can’t Love,” 59. 16. Lasch, The Culture of Narcissism: American Life in an Age of Diminish- ing Expectations (New York: Norton, 1978), discusses Kernberg at 39– 41, “tells us most” at 34. “Both abused and overused”: Kernberg, Borderline Con- ditions, 16. “Lasch’s work”: Kernberg in “Conversation with Siniscalco.” “Quintessential consumer”: “Gratifi cation Now Is the Slogan of the ’70s, La- ments a Historian,” People Magazine, 9 July 1979. “Narcissistic needs”: Kern- berg in “Why Some People Can’t Love,” 59. 17. “Go underground”: Kernberg in “Why Some People Can’t Love,” 59. “Self-help ethic”: Paul Ornstein in Pegg Levoy, “Mirror, Mirror . . . Do I Look Sick to You?” Cincinnati Enquirer, 21 December 1978. “Feel good”: Kernberg in “Conversation with Siniscalco.” “Narcissistic needs”: Kernberg in “Why Some People Can’t Love,” 59. 18. Kernberg in “Why Some People Can’t Love,” 59. “Get in touch with”: Lasch, “Gratifi cation Now,” 35. 19. “Absent the hateful”: Kernberg in Susan Quinn, “Oedipus v. Narcissus,” New York Times Magazine, 9 November 1980. “Inner program”: Kohut in Lois Timnick, “ ‘Kohutian Movement’ Denied: Rift May Threaten Freudian Theory,” Los Angeles Times, 27 October 1979. “Supraindividual participation”: Kohut in Psychiatric News, January 1966, Kohut Papers, Chicago Institute for Psycho- analysis, box 1, folder 10. 20. “Normal narcissism”: Kernberg in Bridle, “Seeds of the Self.” See also, Kernberg, “Normal Narcissism in Middle Age,” in Internal World and External Reality, 121–134. In “Contrasting Viewpoints,” for example, Kernberg argued, at 257– 258, that Kohut focused too exclusively on “the vicissitudes of develop- ment of libidinal cathexes” while all but ignoring “the vicissitudes of aggres- sion.” “Tyranny”: Kohut, Lectures, 33. Notes to Pages 73–76 295

21. “Fuller life”: Pines, “New Focus on Narcissism.” “Eternal youth”: Kern- berg, “Contrasting Viewpoints,” 265. “Doing their own thing”: Kohut, in Tim- nick, “ ‘Kohutian Movement’ Denied.” “Spitefully aggressive”: Kernberg in “Why Some People Can’t Love,” 56. On the patient as victim, see Jerome Saper- stein and Jack Gaines, “A Commentary on the Divergent Views between Kern- berg and Kohut on the Theory and Treatment of Narcissistic Personality Disor- ders,” International Review of Psycho- Analysis 5 (1978): 413– 423, at 420, an interpretation of Kernberg with which I am in agreement. Michael Robbins, “Current Controversy in Object Relations Theory as an Outgrowth of a Schism between Klein and Fairbairn,” IJP 61 (1980): 477– 492, at 487, also takes this position; Randolf Alnoes, “Understanding and Treatment of Narcissistic Per- sonality Disturbances: The Kernberg- Kohut Divergence,” Scandinavian Psycho- analytic Review 6 (1983): 97– 110, at 105, argues similarly. This professional commentary is echoed in the somewhat incoherent comments made by a reader, Mark Levy, 3 April 1910, of Borderline Conditions on amazon .com: “My main objection here; the patient is shown rather on the guilty side rather than on the ‘victimized by the family’ side. . . . Society is not responsible, the patient is. This position is not sustainable in 2010.” 22. “Inner program”: Kohut in Timnick, “ ‘Kohutian Movement’ Denied.” “To hate well”: Kernberg, Borderline Conditions, 308– 310. 23. “Concerned only with aggression”: Kernberg in Rankin, “Interview with Otto Kernberg.” “Trivialization of personal relations”: Lasch, Culture of Narcissism, 187. 24. “Aggression”: Kernberg, Love Relations, 22–25, “failure to condemn” at 180– 181, “combat zone” at 91, “fl atness” at 187. 25. Lasch, Culture of Narcissism, 187– 194. 26. Ibid., 188–191. 27. “Masculine ascendancy”: Ibid., 190, “cult of personal relations” at 51, “sexual ‘revolution’ ” at 200. G. D. Bartell, Group Sex (New York: Signet Books, 1971); Ingrid Bengis, Combat in the Erogenous Zone (New York: Knopf, 1972); Nena O’Neill and George O’Neill, Open Marriage: A New Lifestyle for Couples (New York: Avon Books, 1973); Gay Talese, Thy Neighbor’s Wife (Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1980); James R. Smith and Lynn G. Smith, Be- yond Monogamy: Recent Studies of Sexual Alternatives in Marriage (Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1974); Anna K. and Robert T. Francoeur, Hot and Cool Sex: Cultures in Confl ict (New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1974); Alex Comfort, The Joy of Sex: A Gourmet Guide to Lovemaking (New 296 Notes to Pages 77–84

York: Simon and Schuster, 1972). On the sexual revolution, see David Allyn, Make Love, Not War. The Sexual Revolution: An Unfettered History (Boston: Little, Brown, 2000). 28. Lasch, Culture of Narcissism, 187– 203. 29. Ibid., 201–205. 30. “New lifestyles”: Kernberg, “Love, the Couple, and the Group: A Psy- choanalytic Frame,” Psychoanalytic Quarterly 49 (1980): 78–108, at 104–106. “So- called sexual revolution”: Kernberg, Love Relations, 186. “Hysterical, masochistic”: Kernberg, “Adolescent Sexuality in the Light of Group Pro- cesses,” Psychoanalytic Quarterly 49 (1980): 27–47, at 42– 44. “Pure sexual object”: Kernberg, “Mature Love: Prerequisites and Characteristics,” JAPA 22 (1974): 743– 768, at 752. 31. “Instinctual desires”: Lasch, Culture of Narcissism, 202. Kernberg, Love Relations, 38– 42. 32. Lance Morrow, “Epitaph for a De cade,” Time, 7 January 1980, and “The Fascination of De cadence,” Time, 10 September 1979. 33. “Fumigating, refurnishing”: Morrow, “Epitaph.” “Only seventeen per- cent”: Daniel Yanklovich, New Rules: Searching for Self- Fulfi llment in a World Turned Upside Down (New York: Random House, 1981), 59. 34. Lawrence Friedman, “Kohut: A Book Review Essay,” Psychoanalytic Quarterly 49 (1980): 393– 422, at 407, a reading of Kohut that I fi nd especially persuasive. On Kohut as theorist of relationality, see also Stephen A. Mitchell, “Twilight of the Idols—Change and Preservation in the Writings of Heinz Ko- hut,” Contemporary Psychoanalysis 15 (1979): 170– 189. For a dissenting view, see Lynne Layton, “A Deconstruction of Kohut’s Concept of the Self,” Contem- porary Psychoanalysis 26 (1990): 420– 429.

4. Self-Love

1. The Moral and Historical Works of Lord Bacon, ed. Joseph Devey (Lon- don: George Bell & Sons, 1882 [1619]), 207. On the term’s coining, see Have- lock Ellis, “The Conception of Narcissism,” Psychoanalytic Review 14 (1927): 129– 153, esp. 135– 137, and Freud, “On Narcissism: An Introduction” (1914), Standard Edition 14:73n.1. “Exquisite”: Ellis, “Conception of Narcissism,” 134, “voluptuous” at 135. “Being enamoured of oneself”: Freud (10 November 1909), in Minutes 2:311– 312. 2. “Every living creature”: Freud, “On Narcissism,” 73– 74. “In addition”: Isidor Sadger (10 November 1909), in Minutes 2:307. “Everyone”: Sadger, Die Notes to Pages 85–89 297

Lehre von dem Geschlechtsverirrungen (Leipzig and Vienna: Deuticke, 1921), cited by Ellis, “Conception of Narcissism,” 140. “Intensive autoerotism”: Paul Federn (10 November 1909), in Minutes 2:311. 3. David M. Moss, “Narcissism, Empathy and the Fragmentation of the Self: An Interview with Heinz Kohut,” Pilgrimage 4 (Summer 1976): 26– 43, at 33. 4. Freud, Leonardo da Vinci and a Memory of His Childhood (1910), Stan- dard Edition 11:99– 100 (emphasis in original). 5. “List”: Freud, “Contribution to a Questionnaire on Reading” (1907), Standard Edition 9:245–247. “Obsession”: Freud to Jung, 2 December 1909. “Exceptional”: Jones, Freud 2:86. “Lecture”: Freud (1 December 1909), in Minutes 2:338–352. “Exasperated”: Freud to Jung, 2 December 1909. “Other- wise”: Freud to Jung, 6 March 1910. “Psychoanalytic pathography”: Ferenczi to Freud, 12 June 1910. “Only truly beautiful thing”: Freud to Lou Andreas- Salomé, 9 February 1919. Ferenczi was not alone: Jung wrote Freud 11 August 1910, discussing some of the opposition to the work, that Freud was “right on every point. . . . What the rabble say about it is neither here nor there; the thing is beautifully done and leads to exalted spheres of knowledge,” going on to label critics “simpletons” and “duffers.” 6. “Passion”: Jones, Freud, 2:387, “illuminated” at 2:346. Later analysts also saw the work as autobiographical; see, for example, Joseph D. Lichtenberg, “Freud’s Leonardo: Psychobiography and Autobiography of Genius,” JAPA 26 (1978): 863– 880. “Converted his sexuality”: Freud to Jung, 17 October 1909. 7. “My homosexuality”: Freud to Ferenczi, 17 October 1910. “Always pre- pared”: Peter Gay, Freud: A Life for Our Time (New York: Norton, 1998 [1988]), 274–275. In Minutes 2 (18 November 1908): 61, Freud charged Wil- helm Stekel with “falling into the mistake for which he [Freud] has often reproved him: establishing a general principle from his personal experience” (brackets in original). 8. “Lady”: Freud, Leonardo, 91, “opened” at 82, “handsome” at 71–72, “real” at 133, “emotionally” at 99. 9. “Completely”: Ibid., 91,“robbed” at 117. 10. “Bliss”: Ibid., 117. “Prototype”: Freud, Three Essays on the Theory of Sexuality (1905), Standard Edition 7:222. “Erotic”: Freud, Leonardo, 129, “fi rst” at 222. 11. “Peculiar”: Freud, The Interpretation of Dreams (1900), Standard Edition 5:398n.1, added 1911. Freud later reworked the favoritism into “his mother’s undisputed darling,” suggesting with reference to Goethe’s loss of his brother (which meant he did not have to share him with his mother), that such a man 298 Notes to Pages 90–94 might retain through life “the triumphant feeling, the confi dence in success, which not seldom brings actual success along with it”: “A Childhood Recollection from Dichtung Und Wahrheit” (1917), Standard Edition 17:156. “Violence”: Freud, Leonardo, 116, “tender seductions” at 131, “excessive tenderness” at 135, “poor forsaken” at 116, “like all unsatisfi ed mothers” at 117, “his destiny” at 115. 12. “Social feelings”: Freud (11 December 1912), in Minutes 4:136. “Re- tarding and restraining”: Freud, Civilization and Its Discontents (1930), Stan- dard Edition 21:103. “Push the father out”: Freud, Leonardo, 99. 13. “Let’s go to Sicily”: Freud to Ferenczi, 24 April 1910; “between whom and myself”: 14 August 1910. 14. “Fairy-tale feeling”: Freud to Ferenczi, 1 May 1910; “monotonous anal- yses”: 27 June 1910. 15. “Minute examination”: Jones, Freud 2:81. “Incredible feast”: Freud to Martha Freud, 15 September 1910, in Letters of Sigmund Freud, ed. Ernst L. Freud, trans. Tania and James Stern (New York: Basic Books, 1975), 147–148. Daniel Paul Schreber, Memoirs of My Ner vous Illness, trans. and ed. Ida Macal- pine and Richard A. Hunter (New York: New York Review Books, 2000 [orig. trans. 1955; orig. pub. 1903]). “Deferential respect”: Ferenczi to Groddeck, 25 December 1921, in The Sándor Ferenczi-Georg Groddeck Correspondence, ed. Christopher Fortune, trans. Jeannie Cohen, Elisabeth Petersdorff, and Norbert Ruebsaat (New York: Other Press, 2002), 8– 9. “Never stops admiring me”: Freud to Jung, 24 September 1910. 16. “Riddle of paranoia”: Freud to Abraham, 18 December 1910. Freud analyzed the case of Schreber in Psycho- Analytic Notes on an Autobiographical Account of a Case of Paranoia (Dementia Paranoides) (1911), Standard Edition 12. “In the matter”: Ferenczi to Freud, 17 January 1930. “Blindly dependent son”: Ferenczi, Diary, 185. 17. “Good intentions”: Ferenczi to Freud, 28 September 1910. “Often felt sorry for”: Freud to Ferenczi, 2 October 1910. 18. “Not that ψα superman”: Freud to Ferenczi, 6 October 1910; “gave no cause”: 17 October 1910. 19. “Mutually gratifying”: Freud to Fliess, 28 December 1887. “Oases”: Jones, Freud 1:331. “Slaking”: Freud to Fliess, 30 June 1896; “continual”: 2 May 1897; “strengthened”: 3 April 1898; “no one”: 7 May 1900. 20. This paragraph is indebted to the insights in Breger, Freud: Darkness in the Midst of Vision (New York: John Wiley and Sons, 2000), 126–152, “caring” at 130. “Cannot write”: Freud to Fliess, 18 May 1898. “Your praise”: 14 July 1894. Notes to Pages 95–98 299

21. “Personal attraction”: Jones, Freud 1:321. “Document for scientists”: Suzanne Cassirer Bernfeld, “The Origins of Psychoanalysis. Letters to Wilhelm Fliess, Drafts and Notes, 1887– 1902,” Psychoanalytic Quarterly 24 (1955): 284– 291, at 284 (emphasis in original). “Most intimate”: Freud to Marie Bonaparte, 3 January 1937, in Jeffrey Moussaieff Masson, “Introduction,” The Complete Letters of Sigmund Freud to Wilhelm Fliess, 1887– 1904, trans. and ed. Masson (Cambridge, MA: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, 1985), 7. “Slightly drab”: Gay, Freud, 60– 61. 22. “New impetus”: Freud to Fliess, 18 June 1897; “solace, understanding”: 1 January 1896; “realized it was necessary”: 26 August 1898. “Highly remark- able”: Freud to Karl Abraham, 13 February 1911. “Once loved”: Freud to Abraham, 3 March 1911. “Something beyond”: Marie Bonaparte, unpublished notebook entry of 24 November 1937, cited by Masson, Complete Letters of Freud to Fliess, 3, and at 26 August 1896, n.1. Masson translates Freud’s char- acterization of Fliess’s wife, conveyed to Bonaparte as “ein böses Weib,” as “a bad woman”; in n.1 to Freud to Abraham, 13 February 1911, it is translated as “a malicious skirt”; “wittily stupid”: ibid. “Everything possible”: Bonaparte, notebook entry of 24 November 1937. 23. Jones, Freud 1:332. On the importance of Freud’s capacity for control- ling his homosexual wishes, consider Ernest S. Wolf, reviewing Kurt R. Eissler’s Psychological Aspects of the Correspondence between Freud and Jung (title translated from the German original), in Psychoanalytic Quarterly 53 (1984): 450– 454; Wolf notes that Eissler credits Freud with being aware of his “homo- sexual impulses” and “with having them perfectly under control.” “In which you divulged”: Ferenczi to Freud, 3 October 1910; “entirely concerned”: 6 October 1910; “I have now overcome”: 16 December 1910. “Homosexual drive components”: Ferenczi to Freud, 3 October 1910. “Since Fliess’s case”: Freud to Ferenczi, 6 October 1910; “result being”: 17 October 1910. 24. “Some piece”: Freud to Jones, 8 December 1912. “Incorporated in oth- ers”: Gay, Freud, 274. “Little Fliess”: Freud to Ferenczi, 16 December 1910. “Homosexual wishful phantasy”: Freud, “Case of Paranoia,” 62 (emphasis in original). 25. “Decried as a homosexual”: Ferenczi to Freud, 5 June 1910: “I, as has been confi rmed to me by various sources, have been decried as a homosexual, evidently because I am concerned with homosexuality.” “Freud opposed Jones”: Kenneth Lewes, The Psychoanalytic Theory of Male Homosexuality (New York: Simon and Schuster, 1988), 32– 33, “petition” at 31. “Homosexual ideas are to be found”: Alfred Adler (6 May 1908), in Minutes 1:394. “All human 300 Notes to Pages 99–101 beings”: Freud, Three Essays, 144n.1, added 1915. “Extremely happy” and “Prus sian woman”: Fritz Wittels (18 November 1908), in Minutes 2:58. “Al- coholism”: Hans Sachs (31 March 1915), in Minutes 4:289. “Suicides”: Adler (27 April 1910), in Minutes 2:503. “Philos o phers”: Edward Hitschmann (1 April 1908), in Minutes 1:355– 356. “Ancient art”: Hitschmann (3 November 1909), 298. “Have accomplished”: Wittels (18 November 1908), in Minutes 1:58. 26. “Precarious achievement”: Roy Schafer, “Problems in Freud’s Psychol- ogy of Women,” JAPA 22 (1974): 459– 485, at 469. On homosexual men and objects, see Freud (13 February 1907), in Minutes 1:118, explaining that Have- lock Ellis uses the term autoerotism “when only one person is involved . . . , whereas Freud uses it when there is no object; for example, those who mastur- bate with images [Bilderonanisten] would not be considered autoerotic” (brack- ets in original). “In functions”: Kohut, Lectures, 40. “Road to homosexuality”: A. A. Brill, “The Conception of Homosexuality,” Journal of the American Medi- cal Association 61 (1913): 335–340, at 338, cited in Gustav Bychowski, “The Ego of Homosexuals,” IJP 26 (1945): 114– 127, at 114. 27. “Always preferred boys”: Freud (27 May 1908), in Minutes 1:405. Freud invoked this scenario of rivalry transformed into love in “Some Neurotic Mechanisms in Jealousy, Paranoia, and Homosexuality” (1922), Standard Edi- tion 18:232. “A year later”: Freud (26 May 1909), in Minutes 2:258. 28. “Large agglomerations”: Jung to Freud, 20 February 1910. “Friendship leagues”: Ferenczi, “The Nosology of Male Homosexuality (Homoerotism)” (1914), in Ferenczi, Contributions, 296. Freud to Abraham, 17 January 1909: “Hirschfeld is certainly an agreeable colleague because of his well- sublimated homosexuality.” “Social feeling”: Freud, “Some Neurotic Mechanisms, 232. Freud to Jones, 8 March 1920: “The social instincts are indeed made up of both, libidinous and selfi sh, components, we always considered them as subli- mations of the homosexual feelings.” “Love for women”: Freud, Group Psy- chology and the Analysis of the Ego (1921), Standard Edition 18:141. Reginald O. Kapp, “Sensation and Narcissism,” IJP 6 (1925): 292– 299, at 296–297, notes that “a whole number of the world’s greatest thinkers”—“all of them at the narcissistic end of the scale”— have never married, among them “Plato, Ar- istotle, Descartes, Kant, Newton” and many more. 29. “Mutual affection”: Ferenczi, “Nosology of Male Homosexuality,” 315– 317. “Homosexual fi xation”: Ferenczi to Freud, 17 January 1916. Jones would later remark of Ferenczi that “he had a great charm for men, though less so for women”: Freud 2:178. Notes to Pages 102–105 301

30. “Introduced the terms”: J. C. Flügel, “Sexual and Social Sentiments,” British Journal of Medical Psychology 7 (1927): 139–175, at 147, “man” at 140, “private” at 146. “Sexuality and sociality”: Robert M. Riggall, “Sexuality,” IJP 8 (1927): 530–531, at 530. “Objectless”: R. W. Pickford, “Déjà Vu in Proust and Tolstoy,” IJP 25 (1944): 155–165. “Autistic”: Carl M. Herold, “Critical Analysis of the Elements of Psychic Functions—Part III,” Psychoanalytic Quar- terly 11 (1942): 187– 210, at 200. “Inability to cathect”: G. Pederson-Krag, “International Journal of Group Psychotherapy,” Psychoanalytic Quarterly 25 (1956): 455. “Hypercathexis of the self”: Gustav Bychowski, “The Ego and the Object of the Homosexual,” IJP 42 (1961): 255– 259, at 256. 31. “Gentle”: Otto Fenichel, “Outline of Clinical Psychoanalysis,” Psycho- analytic Quarterly 2 (1933): 260– 308, at 277. H. Nunberg, “Homosexuality, Magic and Aggression,” IJP 19 (1938): 1–16, at 3. “Passionate and evanescent”: Bychowski, “Ego and the Object,” 257, “instantaneous” at 258. 32. Freud, “On Narcissism,” 88. 33. “Give up his own personality”: Freud, “On Narcissism,” 76. “Ferenczi disagreed”: Ferenczi to Freud, 7 June 1914. Ferenczi, “Introjection and Trans- ference” (1909), in Contributions, 35– 93. 34. Paul Federn, “On the Distinction between Healthy and Pathological Narcissism” (1936), in Federn, Ego Psychology and the Psychoses, ed. Edoardo Weiss (New York: Basic Books, 1952), 323–364. Federn, at 360, described the fantasy of “a young and otherwise exceptionally talented American” who “phan- tasied over and over again that during his lifetime a colossal statue was erected on an island, depopulated expressly for this purpose, in his honor as the great- est ex- president of the United States”— perhaps the fi rst specifi cally American narcissist in the analytic literature. 35. “Experiential orientation”: Paula Heimann, “Notes on the Anal Stage,” IJP 43 (1962): 406–414, at 413. “Capacity”: Joseph D. Lichtenberg, “The Devel- opment of the Sense of Self,” JAPA 23 (1975): 459– 484, at 477. “Inner free- dom”: Alice Miller, “Depression and Grandiosity as Related Forms of Narcis- sistic Disturbances,” International Review of Psycho-Analysis 6 (1979): 61– 76, at 62. “Growth and mastery”: Bernard Apfelbaum, “On Ego Psychology: A Critique of the Structural Approach to Psycho- Analytic Theory,” IJP 47 (1966): 451–475, at 452. “Feelings of triumph”: Henry Harper Hart, “Narcissistic Equi- librium,” IJP 28 (1947): 106– 114, at 108. “Capacity to enjoy life”: Martin S. Bergmann, “The Place of Paul Federn’s Ego Psychology in Psychoanalytic Meta- psychology,” JAPA 11 (1963): 97– 116, at 103. “Mental harmony”: Marjorie Brierley, “Notes on Psycho- Analysis and Integrative Living,” 28 (1947): 7–105, 302 Note to Page 106 at 91. “Feelings of self- liking”: Nathan P. Segel, “Narcissistic Resis tance,” JAPA 19 (1969): 941–954, at 943. “Full mutuality”: Paula Heimann, “The Evaluation of Applicants for Psychoanalytic Training— The Goals of Psychoanalytic Educa- tion and the Criteria for the Evaluation of Applicants,” IJP 49 (1968): 527–539, at 535. 36. “Selbstgefühl”: Freud, “Zur Einführung Des Narzissmus,” Gesammelte Werke 10:138–170 (“On the Introduction of Narcissism”); Freud used the term more in this essay than in any other of his published works. Elsewhere, the edi- tors of the Standard Edition translated Selbstgefühl as “self- esteem”—for exam- ple in the case of Dora (“Fragment of an Analysis of a Case of Hysteria” [1905 (1901)], Standard Edition 7:84, and in Moses and Mono the ism: Three Essays [1939], Standard Edition 23. The Standard Edition “On Narcissism” appeared in 1957. It is somewhat ironic, given that— as a widely cited paper published in 1970 puts it—“one of the most important current meanings of the term narcis- sism” was “its use as a synonym for self-esteem” that the editors of the Stan- dard Edition chose to use “self-regard” rather than “self-esteem” in “On Nar- cissism.” (Sydney E. Pulver, “Narcissism: The Term and the Concept,” JAPA 18 [1970]: 319– 341, at 324.) And it is tempting to speculate that a good deal of the confusion in the analytic literature around the question of how Freud con- ceived of the relationship between narcissism and self- esteem might have been avoided but for the vagaries of translation. Erik H. Erikson, “Ego Development and Historical Change— Clinical Notes,” Psychoanalytic Study of the Child 2 (1946): 359– 396, esp. 380. Among other native German speakers who used the term are Karen Horney and Christine Olden. “Editor’s note”: Sándor Rádo, “The Problem of Melancholia,” IJP 9 (1928): 420–438, at 421– 422. “Similarly envisioned”: Fenichel, “Neurotic Acting Out,” Psychoanalytic Review 32 (1945):197–206. See also Fenichel, “Outline of Clinical Psychoanalysis— Concluded,” Psychoanalytic Quarterly 3 (1946): 223– 302, at 286, on “the social regulation of self-esteem.” “Self-infl ation”: Annie Reich, “Pathologic Forms of Self- Esteem Regulation,” Psychoanalytic Study of the Child 15 (1960): 215– 232, at 218. The Oxford En glish Dictionary, s.v. “self- esteem”, dates the term to 1657. For a late-nineteenth-century usage in psychology, see William James, The Principles of Psychology, vol. 1 (New York: Henry Holt, 1890). Conceptualiz- ing self-esteem much like psychoanalysts would, James writes, at 307, that “we ourselves know how the barometer of our self- esteem and confi dence rises and falls from one day to another” and, at 310, offers a formula for determining self- esteem: “It is determined by the ratio of our actualities to our supposed Notes to Pages 107–110 303 potentialities; a fraction of which our pretensions are the denominator and the numerator our success.” 37. “Theoretical embarrassment”: C. Hanly and J. Masson, “A Critical Ex- amination of the New Narcissism,” IJP 57 (1976): 49–66, at 50. Kohut, “Forms and Transformations of Narcissism,” JAPA14 (1966): 243–272. “Grossly put”: Kohut, Lectures, 280. “Narcissism disappears”: Kohut, Seminars, 8–9, “social workers” at 19, “the sign” at 5 (emphasis in original). See also Kohut’s com- ments at a panel on narcissism at the 1961 annual meeting of the American Psychoanalytic Association, in which he held that “value judgments frequently seemed to interfere in considerations” of narcissism, adducing as an example the assertion “that object love is good and narcissism bad”: James F. Bing and Rudolph O. Marburg, “Narcissism,” JAPA 10 (1962): 593– 605, at 603. 38. “Homosexuality and narcissism”: Kohut, Lectures, 40, “narcissistic glow” at 41. “World’s greatest lovers”: Kohut, Seminars, 19, “bucked analytic wisdom” at 29– 30, and Kohut, Seminars, 279– 280. 39. Kohut, Lectures, 43. 40. “Images in our mind”: Kernberg, “A Contemporary Reading of ‘On Narcissism,’ ” in Joseph Sandler, Ethel Spector Person, and Peter Fonagy, eds., Freud’s “On Narcissism: An Introduction” (New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 1991), 143. “Too much in love”: Kernberg, interviewed by Linda Wolfe, “Why Some People Can’t Love,” Psychology Today, June 1978. “Love only themselves”: Kernberg, Love Relations: Normality and Pathology (New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 1995), 145. “Spoil, depreciate, and degrade”: Kern- berg in “Why Some People Can’t Love.” It is worth noting that Kernberg (in “A Contemporary Reading,” 141–143) sees “self-esteem regulation” as a sig- nifi cant aspect of Freud’s essay, while Paul H. Ornstein credits Kohut with of- fering “a new view . . . in which self- esteem regulation plays a dominant role”: “From Narcissism to Ego Psychology to Self Psychology,” in Sandler et al., Freud’s “On Narcissism,” 191. 41. “Recast as self- esteem”: using Google’s ngram viewer to graph “self love” and “self-esteem” (in American English) from 1960–2000 shows that the usages of self-love remain constant while those of self-esteem steadily in- crease. “Simple psychological fact”: Frieda Porat, “How Much Do You Like Yourself?” Good House keeping 186 (June 1978), 184– 185. Nathaniel Branden, The Psychology of Self- Esteem: A New Concept of Man’s Psychological Nature (New York: Bantam Books, 1971 [1969]). Wikipedia and other websites credit Branden with founding the self-esteem movement, as do Jean M. Twenge and W. Keith Campbell, The Narcissism Epidemic: Living in the Age of Entitlement 304 Notes to Pages 110–114

(New York: Free Press, 2009), 63. Mildred Newman, How to Be Your Own Best Friend: Conversations with Two Psychoanalysts (New York: Random House, 1971). Maj- Britt Rosenbaum, “What Makes a Woman a Good Lover,” Made moi- selle, September 1981. “Remarkably productive”: Phyllis Lee Levin, “How to Succeed as a Teenager,” New York Times Magazine, 18 April 1965. Quizzes in Porat, “How Much Do You Like Yourself?”; Alan D. Hass, “Do You Like Your- self?” Catholic Digest, September 1978; and Marsha Rabe-Cochran, “How High Is Your Self- Esteem?” Seventeen, April 1978. “We Black people”: Susan L. Taylor, “Personal Notes on Self-Love,” Essence, July 1982. “Have a sense of pur- pose”: Wayne M. Dyer, “You Are What You Think!” Essence, March 1982. “No one”: Wista Johnson, “Self- Esteem: How to Grow (and Glow) on Your Own Love,” Essence, October 1982. “Mental harmony”: Brierley, “Psycho-Analysis and Integrative Living,” 91. “Believe me”: Porat, “How Much Do You Like Your- self?” 184. 42. “Poll”: “America Seems to Feel Good about Self-Esteem,” Newsweek, 17 February 1992. “California”: David Gelman, “Pondering Self- Esteem,” News- week, 2 March 1987; Siobhan Ryan, “The Self-Esteem Task Force—Making California Feel Good,” Newsweek, 1 June 1990. “Minnesota”: Jerry Adler, “Hey, I’m Terrifi c,” Newsweek, 16 February 1992. Lasch, “For Shame: Why Americans Should Be Wary of Self- Esteem,” The New Republic, 10 August 1992. 43. “Record of a psychologist”: H. H. Schroeder, “Self-Esteem and the Love of Recognition as Sources of Conduct,” International Journal of Ethics 19 (1909): 172– 192, at 173. “General prescription”: Adler, “Hey, I’m Terrifi c.” “Professional view”: Gregg Levoy, “Mirror, Mirror . . . Do I Look Sick to You?” Cincinnati Enquirer, 21 December 1978. 44. “Vital for satisfaction”: James Masterson in Daniel Goleman, “Narcis- sism Looming Larger as Root of Personality Woes,” New York Times, 1 Novem- ber 1988. “Mental well- being”: Robert Michels in Goleman, “Analyzing the New York Syndrome,” New York Times Magazine, 4 November 1984. “Such a thing”: Susan Price in Alexandra Penney, “Showing Some New Muscle,” New York Times, 15 June 1980. 45. Robert Michels in Goleman, “New York Syndrome.”

5. Inde pen dence

1. “Enlightened childrearing”: Christopher Lasch, The Culture of Narcis- sism: American Life in an Age of Diminishing Expectations (New York: Nor- ton, 1978), 230. “There is no such thing”: Heinz Kohut, Self Psychology and Notes to Pages 115–118 305 the Humanities: Refl ections on a New Psychoanalytic Approach, ed. Charles B. Strozier (New York: Norton, 1985), 262, “you need” at 238, “try and give up” at 262. 2. “Screaming and beating”: Freud, “Formulations on the Two Principles of Mental Functioning” (1911), Standard Edition 12:219n.4. “His Majesty”: Freud, “On Narcissism: An Introduction” (1914), Standard Edition 12:91. 3. “Provided one includes”: Freud, “Formulations,” 221–222n.4. “Would he theorize”: Jim Swan, “Mater and Nannie: Freud’s Two Mothers and the Discov- ery of the Oedipus Complex,” American Imago 31 (1974), 1– 64. Freud, “Fe- male Sexuality” (1931), Standard Edition 21:221–244. “Think of any need”: Freud, Civilization and Its Discontents (1930), Standard Edition 21:72. 4. “Without wants”: Ferenczi, “Stages in the Development of the Sense of Reality” (1913), in Contributions, 218– 220. “For all of us”: Alice Blint, “Love for the Mother and Mother- Love,” IJP 30 (1949): 251– 259, at 254. 5. “Revival”: Freud, “On Narcissism,” 91, “new” at 75, “themselves” at 88 (emphasis in original). 6. “Purely hypothetical”: Christopher Dare and Alex Holder, “Developmen- tal Aspects of the Interaction between Narcissism, Self- Esteem and Object Rela- tions,” IJP 62 (1981): 323– 337, at 326. “Tautological”: H. Shmuel Erlich and Sidney S. Blass, “Narcissism and Object Love—The Metapsychology of Experi- ence,” Psychoanalytic Study of the Child 40 (1985): 57–79, at 61. “Unnecessary concept”: Robert Caper, “Response,” IJP 79 (1998): 390–391. “No recogniz- able state”: J. O. Wisdom, “Comparison and Development of the Psycho- Analytical Theories of Melancholia,” IJP 43 (1962): 113–132, at 119. Heinz Henseler, “Narcissism as a Form of Relationship,” in Freud’s “On Narcissism: An Introduction,” ed. Joseph Sandler, Ethel Spector Person, and Peter Fonagy (New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 1991), 210, writes that primary narcis- sism can be considered a “myth [that] yet tells us something true.” For a defense of primary narcissism, see, for example, André Green, “The Analyst, Symboliza- tion and Absence in the Analytic Setting (On Changes in Analytic Practice and Analytic Experience)— In Memory of D. W. Winnicott,” IJP 56 (1975): 1–22. Daniel Greenberg, “Instinct and Primary Narcissism in Freud’s Later Theory: An Interpretation and Reformulation of ‘Beyond the Plea sure Principle,’ ” IJP 71 (1990): 271–283, discusses the theoretical diffi culties the concept presented to what was at that point established Freudian metapsychology. “No real exis- tence”: Ian Suttie, The Origins of Love and Hate (New York: The Julian Press, 1952 [1935]), 30. On Suttie, see Howard A. Bacal, “British Object-Relations Theorists and Self Psychology: Some Critical Refl ections,” IJP 68 (1987): 81–98. 306 Notes to Pages 119–121

“Did not exist”: Pearl King and Riccardo Steiner, eds., The Freud-Klein Contro- versies, 1941–45 (London: Tavistock/Routledge, 1991), 253. See also Michael Balint, “Primary Narcissism and Primary Love,” Psychoanalytic Quarterly 29 (1960): 6– 43; and The Basic Fault: Therapeutic Aspects of Regression (Evan- ston, IL: Northwestern University Press, 1999 [1969]), 64–72. In “Primary Narcissism,” at 10, Balint wrote that “it is remarkable that the paper, On Nar- cissism, which introduced this theory does not contain a concise description of primary narcissism. Nevertheless, it is well known that primary narcissism be- came the standard theory used in describing the individual’s most primitive re- lationship with his environment, and in this connection Freud referred to it re- peatedly in his later writings.” 7. For a reading of primary narcissism focused on the paradoxes of author- ity and nurturance, see José Brunner, Freud and the Politics of Psychoanalysis (Oxford: Blackwell, 1995), esp. 149– 151. “Both infant”: Peter Hammond Schwartz, “ ‘His Majesty the Baby’: Narcissism and Royal Authority,” Politi cal Theory 17 (1989): 266– 290, at 273, “two” at 267. 8. “Freud’s life blood”: Jones, Freud 2:467. “Lordly feeling”: Jones, Freud 1:335, letter to Fliess, 16 April 1896 (translated by Masson, editor of the Freud/ Fliess correspondence, as “a cocky feeling”). “Like a woman”: Freud to Jung, 24 September 1910. 9. “Freud insisted”: Jones, Freud 2:467. “Anybody who had the privilege”: Fritz Wittels, “Freud: His Life and His Mind,” Psychoanalytic Quarterly 17 (1948): 261– 265, at 262. “Dazzled by the beauty”: Oskar Pfi ster to Frau Freud, 12 December 1939, in Psychoanalysis and Faith: The Letters of Sigmund Freud and Oskar Pfi ster, ed. Heinrich Meng and Ernst L. Freud, trans. Eric Mos- bacher (New York: Basic Books, 1963), 145. “Had a wife like Martha”: Ernst Simmel, cited in Katya Behling, Martha Freud: A Biography, trans. R. D. V. Glasgow (Cambridge: Polity Press, 2005), 67. “Talent to make life easier”: Freud to Mathilde Freud, 19 March 1908, in Freud, Letters of Sigmund Freud, ed. Ernst L. Freud, trans. Tania and James Stern (New York: Basic Books, 1975), 271–272. “Remove from his path”: Lisa Appignanesi and John For- rester, Freud’s Women (New York: Basic Books, 1992), 43. 10. “Ministering angels”: Jones, Freud 2:468. “Occasioned discomfort”: Jenny Diski, “The House keeper of a World-Shattering Theory,” London Review of Books (23 March 2006), 13–14. See Peter Gay, Freud: A Life for Our Time (New York: Norton, 1998), at 157, on Freud’s daily routine. “Helping hand”: Behling, Martha Freud, 67. “Voluminous correspondence”: Ernst L. Freud, “Preface,” Letters of Freud, ix. On Freud’s writing, see also Steven Marcus, Notes to Pages 122–123 307

“Introduction,” Letters of Freud, v–viii, and Freud to Jung, 3 December 1910 (“I can never start writing before ten o’clock at night.”). David Galef and Har- old Galef, “Freud’s Wife,” Journal of the American Academy of Psychoanalysis and Dynamic Psychiatry 32 (2004): 499–519, at 507, quotes the Freuds’ son Martin writing of his mother, with the family relocated to the mountains every summer, “exchanging her normal role of an ordinary, practical house wife for the cold and calculating or ga niz ing genius of a se nior offi cer of the Prussian General Staff.” 11. “Form of pornography”: Gay, Freud, 61. “Packets”: Freud to Ferenczi, 15 February 1914. “Feminine ineptitude”: Jones, Freud 2:439; Freud to Fe- renczi, 24 March 1912, n.1. “Sophie”: Freud to Jung, 31 October 1910. “Mis- tress of the typewriter”: Freud to Ferenczi, 6 August 1924; “Bernays oversaw”: 21 November 1909; and Freud to Jung, 5 March 1908. “Can’t take care”: Freud to Ferenczi, 21 November 1909. “I’ve just handed my Contribution to the Psychology of Love to a helpful member of the family to send off to you,” Freud wrote to Jung on 10 January 1912. 12. “Passionate friendship”: Jones, Freud 1:316, “manful” at 1:346. Jones, Freud 3:46, writes that “it would be a mistake to think that Freud felt any per- sonal dependence” on his closest colleagues, “even on the one nearest to him, Ferenczi. All such traces of dependence had vanished for good after the break with Fliess.” 13. “Terrifying strength”: Jones, Freud 1:325, “complete opposite” at 1:324, “need of psychological dependence” at 1:343, “gratifying mutual admiration” at 1:333, “Freud’s need” at 1:328. Jones writes at 1:306 that learning of Freud’s complaining to Fliess (preparing the biography, Jones had privileged access to Freud’s letters to Fliess) was “surprising” to him, adding “it is so alien to the real Freud.” 14. “Emotionally involved”: Jones, Freud 2:33. “I now realize”: Freud to Jung, 7 April 1907; “crown prince”: 16 April 1909; “personality was impover- ished”: 18 August 1907. There is a substantial literature on the Freud– Jung re- lationship. Among the most perceptive commentators are Leonard Shengold, “The Freud/Jung Letters: The Correspondence between Sigmund Freud and C. G. Jung,” JAPA 24 (1976): 669–683, questioning Jones’s assertion that the correspondence was more important to Jung than to Freud; Hans W. Loewald, “Transference and Countertransference: The Roots of Psychoanalysis,” Psycho- analytic Quarterly 46 (1977): 514–527; and Louis Breger, Freud: Darkness in the Midst of Vision (New York: John Wiley and Sons, 2000), chap. 16. Shengold, “Freud/Jung Letters,” at 671 characterized the relationship as “a love story with 308 Notes to Pages 124–126 a bad ending,” and Loewald, “Transference and Countertransference,” at 518, writes of the two that “they loved each other for a time, although never without reservations.” On Freud’s anxiety, see Freud to Jung, 11 November 1909: “It probably isn’t nice of you to keep me waiting 25 days . . . for an answer. . . . I don’t wish to importune you in the event that you yourself don’t feel the need of corresponding at shorter intervals”; Jung to Freud, 7 March 1909: “Please don’t chide me for my negligence”; Freud to Jung, 9 March 1909, in reply: “Many thanks for your tele gram and letter, which (the tele gram in itself did the trick) put an end to my anxiety. I evidently still have a traumatic hyperaesthesia toward dwindling correspondence. I remember its genesis well (Fliess) and should not like to repeat such an experience unawares.” Ernest L. Wolf, “Psy- chologische Aspekte des Briefwechsels zwischen Freud und Jung (Psychological Aspects of the Correspondence Between Freud and Jung),” Psychoanalytic Quarterly 53 (1984): 450–454, at 451, notes that “the weekly letter to Jung became the highlight of Freud’s existence, even a ‘Bedürfnis’ (need), according to Freud” (parens. in original). 15. “Quite certain”: Freud to Jung, 3 May 1908; “nothing can befall”: 26 September 1910; “otherwise we agree”: 5 March 1912. “Face of the loss”: Fe- renczi to Freud, 20 July 1914. “Jung’s signifi cance”: Freud to Ferenczi, 22 July 1914. “Alone, at last”: Ferenczi to Freud, 27 July 1914. 16. “Emotionally quite uninvolved”: Freud to Ferenczi, 28 July 1912. “Ex- cessive emotional neediness”: Nancy Fraser and Linda Gordon, “A Genealogy of De pen den cy: Tracing a Keyword of the U.S. Welfare State,” Signs 19 (1994): 309– 336, at 312. Fraser and Gordon see the inception of a psychologically tinged de pen den cy in the 1950s, later than do I here. 17. “Girlish”: Felix Boehm, “The Femininity-Complex in Men,” IJP 11 (1930): 444–469, at 466. “Morbid”: Karen Horney, Self- Analysis (New York: Norton, 1942), 190– 247. “Paralyzing”: Smith Ely Jelliffe, “The International Journal of Psycho- Analysis,” Psychoanalytic Review 24A (1937): 83–103, at 97. “To be really progressive”: J. C. F. [J. C. Flügel], “The Ego and the Id,” IJP 8 (1927): 407– 417, at 413. Some have theorized that Freud turned to Oedipus as a solution to the problem of de pen den cy, among them Swan, “Mater and Nan- nie,” and Jessica Benjamin, “The Oedipal Riddle: Authority, Autonomy, and the New Narcissism,” in The Problem of Authority in America, ed. John P. Diggins and Mark E. Kann (Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1981). “Biological”: Jones, “The Early Development of Female Sexuality” (1927), in Jones, Papers on Psycho-Analysis, 5th ed. (London: Maresfi eld Reprints, 1977 [1948]), 441. Notes to Pages 126–130 309

“Physiological”: Benjamin, “Oedipal Riddle,” 204. “Obvious physiological rea- sons”: Jones, “Female Sexuality,” 462. “Enterprise, responsibility”: Jones, “Some Problems of Adolescence” (1922), in Papers on Psycho-Analysis, 396. Annie Reich theorized what she termed Hörigkeit (extreme submissiveness) as a par tic u lar pathology of womanhood: “A Contribution to the Psychoanalysis of Extreme Submissiveness in Women,” Psychoanalytic Quarterly 9 (1940): 470– 480, and “Narcissistic Object Choice in Women,” JAPA 1 (1953): 22– 44. 18. “Psychic depen den cy”: Suttie, Love and Hate, 173. “Anxious consider- ation”: Jones to Suttie, 14 June 1923, cited in Vincent Brome, Ernest Jones: Freud’s Alter Ego (New York: Norton, 1983), 144. “Mature depen den cy”: W. R. D. Fairbairn, Psychoanalytic Studies of the Personality (London: Rout- ledge, 1999 [1952]), 34– 42; the concept was not discussed in the analytic litera- ture until the 1970s. 19. “Consumption”: Lasch, The Minimal Self: Psychic Survival in Troubled Times (New York: Norton, 1984), 33, “hedonistic” at 15. On Lasch and de- pen den cy as feminine, see Lasch, “The Emotions of Family Life,” New York Review of Books, 27 November 1975, cited in Benjamin, “Oedipal Riddle,” 222. 20. Lasch, Culture of Narcissism, 71– 74. 21. “Complete dependence”: Lasch, Minimal Self, at 34, “el der ly” at 42. 22. “Important consequences”: Ibid., 36, “house keeping” at 43. On feminist scholarship, see Victoria de Grazia, “Introduction,” to The Sex of Things: Gen- der and Consumption in Historical Perspective, ed. de Grazia with Ellen Fur- lough (Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press, 1996), 7. 23. I am here indebted to de Grazia’s “Introduction,” and her “Changing Consumption Regimes,” in de Grazia, Sex of Things, esp. 14, both masterful overviews. 24. Thorstein Veblen, The Theory of the Leisure Class (New York: Penguin Books, 1994 [1899]), 81–83. 25. “Poultry-raising”: U. G. Weatherly, “How Does the Access of Women to Industrial Occupations React on the Family?” American Journal of Sociology 14 (1909): 740– 765, at 740– 742. “Large leisure class”: Maurice Parmelee, “The Economic Basis of Feminism,” Annals of the American Academy of Po liti- cal and Social Science 56 (November 1914): 18– 26, at 19. “Partners to para- sites”: Ray Strachey, The Cause: A Short History of the Women’s Movement in Great Britain (London: Virago Press, 1978 [1929]), cited by Hilary Land, “The Family Wage,” Feminist Review 6 (1980): 55–77, at 57. Both Lorine Pruette, 310 Notes to Pages 131–132

“The Married Woman and the Part-Time Job,” Annals of the American Acad- emy of Politi cal and Social Science 143 (May 1929): 301–314, at 303, and Amey E. Watson, “The Reorga ni za tion of House hold Work,” Annals of the American Academy of Po liti cal and Social Science 160 (March 1932): 165–177, at 168, used the term parasite in reference to the modern house wife. The charge also surfaced in Rosalind Cassidy, “Careers for Women,” Journal of Educa- tional Sociology 17 (1944): 479–491, at 484: “The Russians have long been disdainful of our parasite class of women,” who, she wrote, “demand great luxury and give nothing in return to the social pro cess.” 26. “Done for love”: Watson, “Reor ga ni zation of Household Work,” 169– 173 (emphasis in original). “Buy everything”: “The American Family in Trouble,” Life Magazine, 26 July 1948, cited in Selected Studies in Marriage and the Family, ed. Robert F. Winch and Graham B. Spanier (New York: Henry Holt, 1974), 19. “Drudgery of house cleaning”: Arnold W. Green, “The Middle Class Male Child and Neurosis,” American Socio log i cal Review 11 (1946): 31–41, at 37. “Large and satisfying world”: Ferdinand Lundberg and Marynia F. Farnham, Modern Woman: The Lost Sex (New York: Harper and Brothers, 1947), 126. Alva Myrdal and Viola Klein, Women’s Two Roles: Home and Work (London: Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1956), at 5, noted that in the cultural fi gure of the middle-class “Lady of Leisure,” the parasitism of women was valorized. Ernest R. Groves, The Ameri- can Woman: The Feminine Side of a Masculine Civilization (New York: Emerson Books, 1944), at 370, argued that parasitism was “more rare than people suppose, even in families of great wealth,” testimony to the commonness of the charge. David Potter registered the argument, writing in 1959 that “some embittered crit- ics have retorted that modern woman, no longer a processor of goods, has lost her economic function.” He argued that women had become consumers rather than producers and that managing a family’s consumption was “no mean task”: “American Women and the American Character,” in American Character and Culture in a Changing World: Some Twentieth-Century Perspectives, ed. John A. Hague (Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1979), 218– 219. 27. “Provide for their own needs”: Lasch, Minimal Self, 33. Lasch, Haven in a Heartless World: The Family Besieged (New York: Basic Books, 1977). Lasch became well known for his hostility to feminism; consider, as exemplary, his explanation for feminism’s appeal to professional women in his Revolt of the Elites and the Betrayal of Democracy (New York: Norton, 1995): “Female ca- reerism provides the indispensable basis of their prosperous, glamorous, gaudy, sometimes indecently lavish way of life” (cited by Michiko Kakutani, Notes to Pages 132–135 311

“Sounding Like Quayle Blasting Cultural Elites,” New York Times, 13 Janu- ary 1995). 28. “Phony value”: Kohut, Self Psychology and the Humanities, 262, “alive” at 234. In Kohut, Search 3:377, for example, Kohut writes of “Mr. X’s” need “to develop an in de pen dent and vigorous self.” Kohut wrote to an unnamed colleague in 1978 that from the perspective of self psychology, “a value- laden demand for psychological in de pen dence is nonsense— almost as nonsensical as would be a demand that the human body should be able to get along without oxygen”: Kohut, Search 4:572. Michael Balint, “Three Areas of the Mind— Theoretical Considerations,” IJP 39 (1958): 328–340, at 337, used air to make a similar point; writing of the infant’s primary relatedness, he argued that “we use the air, in fact we cannot live without it, we inhale it and then exhale it . . . without paying the slightest attention to it.” For in de pen dence in the ego- psychological tradition, see Otto Fenichel, The Psychoanalytic Theory of Neu- rosis (New York: Norton, 1945), 464. 29. “Fearful or stubborn”: Kohut, “Introspection, Empathy, and Psycho- analysis—an Examination of the Relationship between Mode of Observation and Theory,” JAPA 7 (1959): 459– 483, at 475. In Search 1:173 (1953), Kohut argues that dependence is among the analytic terms leading “a sham existence in the no- man’s-land between biology and psychology.” 30. “Remobilized”: Kohut to Robert Sussman, 8 April 1967, Kohut, Curve, 165–166. “Moral view”: Kohut, Search 3:324. See also Kohut, Search 4:521, 573. 31. “Inde pen dent self”: Kohut, Self Psychology and the Humanities, 262. “Vibrantly alive”: Kohut, Search 3:133. David Riesman, “The Themes of Work and Play in the Structure of Freud’s Thought,” Psychiatry 13 (1950): 1– 16, at 6, registers the strangeness of Freud’s view that “man needs to be driven into real- ity. . . . Children, [Freud] felt, naturally did not want to grow up; they must be forcibly socialized, forcibly adapted to reality. . . . In all this, Freud patronizes infancy and childhood.” “Supposedly joyous”: Kohut, Search 4:702. “Severe psychopathology”: Kohut, letter to unnamed conference participant, September 1978, in Kohut, Advances in Self Psychology, ed. Arnold Goldberg (New York: International Universities Press, 1980). 32. “Psychological abstraction”: Kohut, Search 1, 180. “Not bother you”: Kohut, Seminars, 10– 11. 33. Kernberg in Kenneth Woodward, “The New Narcissism,” Newsweek, 30 January 1978. “Normal needs”: Kernberg, “Factors in the Psychoanalytic 312 Notes to Pages 136–138

Treatment of Narcissistic Personalities,” JAPA 18 (1970): 51– 85, at 55–56; see also Kernberg, “Further Contributions to the Treatment of Narcissistic Person- alities,” IJP 55 (1974): 215–240. “Autarkic kingdoms”: Joyce McDougall, “The Narcissistic Economy and its Relation to Primitive Sexuality,” Contemporary Psychoanalysis 18 (1982): 373–396, at 381. “Greatest threat”: Brian Bird, “A Specifi c Peculiarity of Acting Out,”JAPA 5 (1957): 630– 647, at 639. 34. “Inordinate fear”: Ben Bursten, “Some Narcissistic Personality Types,” IJP 54 (1973): 287–300, at 290. See Kenneth Eisold, “Freud as Leader: The Early Years of the Viennese Society,” IJP 78 (1997): 87–104, on the politics of de pen den cy among Freud and his colleagues. “I care for nobody”: Suttie, Love and Hate, 231. “Infantile depen den cy”: Freud to Jung, 22 December 1912; also cited in François Roustang, Dire Mastery: Discipleship from Freud to Lacan, trans. Ned Lukacher (Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1982), 15. “His Dependence”: Erich Fromm, Sigmund Freud’s Mission: An Analysis of His Personality and Infl uence (New York: Harper and Brothers, 1959), 38–54, “idolizing” at 40. See Breger, Darkness in the Midst of Vision, on Freud’s regu- lation of closeness with his epistolary intimates. Consider the sardonic com- ment of Wilhelm Stekel, “On the History of the Analytic Movement,” Psycho- analysis and History 7 (2005): 99– 130, at 125: “Many students of Freud were lucky enough to live far away from the master, and they were able to deal with his sensitivities.” Kohut, Search 2:806, writes that “we must admire the cleverness of Freud’s choice of Fliess [as correspondent and proto-analyst], with whom he was not in direct contact most of the time—the behind-the- couch distance and invisibility of the ordinary analyst was here replaced by the distance between Vienna and Berlin.” 35. “Abiding primacy”: Kohut, “Introspection, Empathy, and the Semi- Circle of Mental Health,” IJP 63 (1982): 395–407, at 399. “Way of life”: Lasch, Cul- ture of Narcissism, xv, “fear of dependence” at 231. In his more technical discus- sions of psychoanalytic theory, Lasch could align himself with the revisionist analytic tradition that saw de pen dency as a fact and self-suffi ciency as illusory, and treated the denial of the former and desire for the latter—and here the two ana- lytic traditions are in agreement— as narcissistic. That his vernacular and ana- lytic voices argued contrary positions went largely unnoticed.

6. Vanity

1. “Normal feminine vanity”: Otto Rank, “A Contribution to the Study of Narcissism,” abstracted in Leonard Blumgart, “Jahrbuch für psychoanalytische Notes to Pages 139–141 313 und psychopathologische Forschungen,” Psychoanalytic Review 7 (1920): 79– 109, at 100. “Lost penis”: J. Hárnik, “The Various Developments Undergone by Narcissism in Men and Women,” IJP 5 (1924): 66– 83, at 68; see also Hárnik, “Plea sure in Disguise, the Need for Decoration, and the Sense of Beauty,” Psy- choanalytic Quarterly 1 (1932): 216– 264. 2. Freud, “On Narcissism: An Introduction” (1914), Standard Edition 14:esp. 88– 89. 3. Ibid., 89. 4. “Sense of power”: Louis W. Flaccus, “Remarks on the Psychology of Clothes,” Pedagogical Seminary 13–14 (1906–1907): 61–83, at 70. “Selfi sh ruthlessness”: John E. Gedo, “The Enduring Scientifi c Contributions of Sig- mund Freud,” Annual of Psychoanalysis 29 (2001): 105– 115, at 113. 5. “Pride and acquisitiveness”: Christopher Lasch, The Culture of Narcis- sism: American Life in an Age of Diminishing Expectations (New York: Nor- ton, 1978), 59. Lasch discussed vanity only in passing, at 31, faulting Erich Fromm for misusing the clinician’s narcissism in too readily equating it with vanity and self-glorifi cation, and lauding Richard Sennett for his deployment of the “well- known clinical fact” that “narcissism has more in common with self- hatred than with self- admiration.” 6. “Clothes fetishists”: Louis Rose, “Freud and Fetishism: Previously Un- published Minutes of the Vienna Psychoanalytic Society” [meeting of 24 Febru- ary 1909], Psychoanalytic Quarterly 57 (1988): 147– 166, at 156. “General command”: Freud (15 March 1911), in Minutes 3:199. “Parts of a woman’s body”: Rose, “Freud and Fetishism,” 151; all other quotations at 155– 156. Ar- leen Kramer Richards, “Ladies of Fashion: Plea sure, Perversion or Paraphilia,” IJP 77 (1996): 337–351, briefl y discusses Freud’s remarks. Freud also discussed clothes fetishism in a letter to Abraham, 18 February 1909. Freud would later explain in his 1927 essay “Fetishism” (Standard Edition 21:147–158) that the fetish was a substitute for woman’s missing penis, specifi cally the “quite special penis” (at 152) that the boy believed his mother possessed before the moment he had to confront the lack that defi ned her difference from him. The fetish object in this iteration of the issue offered reassurance of male triumph over “the horror of castration” (at 154) visited on woman, allowing men to at once disavow and affi rm the same— although it was not entirely clear to early ana- lysts whether the horror was felt more keenly by men or by women, given that, as one pointed out, only a tortuous logic could ascribe to women, born without penises, a fear analogous to the man’s of losing his narcissistically invested or- gan. In his 1909 discussion of fetishism, however, Freud briefl y alighted on the 314 Note to Page 142 ground of plea sure and erotic exchange— suggesting the woman’s exhibitionis- tic “act of undressing” offered gratifi cations both to her and to the man she enticed thereby— before turning to what would become the more familiar ground of womanly lack and male horror. 7. “Psychic consequences”: J. Hárnik, “The Economic Relations Between the Sense of Guilt and Feminine Narcissism,” in “The Tenth International Psy- choanalytic Congress,” Psychoanalytic Review 15 (1928): 85–107, at 95. For castration as a truism, consider the comments of Karl Abraham, “Manifesta- tions of the Female Castration Complex,” IJP 3 (1922): 1–29, and Sándor Radó, “Fear of Castration in Women,” Psychoanalytic Quarterly 2 (1933): 425– 475; Radó writes, at 425,n.35 that illustrating his contentions by reference to case histories “would be a hopeless task,” so “widely distributed” and “available to all practicing analysts” was the clinical material. For a later example, see Hein- rich Meng and Erich Stern, “Organ- Psychosis,” Psychoanalytic Review 42 (1955): 428– 434, at 430: “Freud already has said that narcissism is more pro- nounced in females than in males.” “Authentic type”: Freud (21 February 1912), in Minutes 4:53– 55. Freud further developed the argument, broached in the meeting, that characterizes maternal love as narcissistic, a love of self, in “On Narcissism,” 89–90—where love of the child is the pathway to “complete object- love” available to women. The “fact” of castration and the development of the castration complex, at fi rst thought to exist only in men, is a complex issue. To his colleagues, Freud explained on 20 March 1912 (Minutes 4:80–81) that “the woman has no need of this fantasy [of castration], since she has come into this world already cas- trated, as a woman”; they meanwhile discussed “the woman’s fantasy of cutting off the penis,” here referring to the man’s penis, not hers, as well as their fi nding in male castration fantasies “the wish to be a woman.” In both of these instances the penis is male, not the fantasized female analogue. Abraham, “Manifestations,” 2–7, proposed a tidy theory of the girl’s sexual development, focused on the nar- cissistic injuries caused by her “poverty in external genitals” and her hope of “getting a child from her father—as a substitute for the penis.” Observation showed, however, that “the normal end-aim of development”—the girl’s ac cep- tance of her passive sexual role and longing for a child—was frequently “not attained.” Freud’s fellow analysts applauded his solution to the obscurities of the issue in his 1925 “Some Psychical Consequences of the Anatomical Distinction between the Sexes” (1923–1925), Standard Edition 19:241–258, commending him for substituting penis envy for the logically implausible female castration complex in the girl’s developmental schema; see Radó, “Fear of Castration,” for Notes to Pages 142–145 315 an example. See also the comments of H. D. (Hilda Doolittle), who wrote of penis envy after hearing of it from Freud in the guise of a new theory he “does not dare write . . . because he does not want to make enemies of women”: “Now this strikes me as being a clue to everything”: H. D. to Bryher, 3 May 1933, in Arlene Kramer Richards, “Freud and Feminism: A Critical Appraisal,” JAPA 47 (1999): 1213– 1238, at 1231. 8. “Made a woman”: Radó, “Fear of Castration,” 436. Radó writes at 433 of the “narcissistic shock,” the loss of self- esteem, and the “severe emotional upset” girls experience upon fi rst seeing the penis. “Figure and face”: Hárnik, “Various Developments,” 69. “Powerfully erotic”: Rank (20 March 1912), in Minutes 4:80; also in Rank, “Contribution,” 100– 103. Sabrina Speilrein (20 March 1912), in Minutes 4:79, argued that women were generally more erotic than men, adding that in women “anything can serve as a means of stimulation.” “Also features men”: Havelock Ellis, “The Conception of Narcissism,” Psycho- analytic Review 14 (1927): 129– 153, at 134– 135. The notion that women’s bodies were analogous to men’s penises can be found in the literature as late as the 1980s; consider, for example, Doris Bernstein, “The Female Superego: A Dif- ferent Perspective,” IJP 64 (1983): 187–201, at 194: “Female narcissism as it is expressed in clothing and jewelry is usually interpreted as a displacement from the penis, i.e., girls treat their whole bodies as a penis to exhibit.” 9. “Gilded cage”: David Riesman, “The Themes of Work and Play in Freud’s Thought,” Psychiatry 13 (1950): 1– 16, at 5, commenting on the enduring power of Freud’s analysis of women’s lot, in which he saw similarities to Ve- blen’s more ironically cast analysis: Women’s “very narcissism makes them de- sirable objects of display.” “Vicious circle”: J. C. Flügel, The Psychology of Clothes (New York: International Universities Press, 1969 [1930]), 116, “man in civilian clothes” at 213– 214. 10. “Ruinous competition”: Flügel, Psychology of Clothes, 114, 137– 145, “ ‘excessive ‘modishness’ ” at 214. 11. Freud, “On Narcissism,” 88– 89. See also Sarah Kofman, The Enigma of Woman: Woman in Freud’s Writings, trans. Catherine Porter (Ithaca, NY: Cor- nell University Press, 1985), esp. 50– 65. 12. Flügel, Psychology of Clothes, 101– 110. 13. References to Flügel’s book are sprinkled throughout the analytic litera- ture; see, for example, Elizabeth A. Reilly, “Skin Deep: Psychic Skin, Second- Skin Formation and its Links with Eating Disorders,” Free Associations 11 (2004): 134–174, at 160–167. “Silk, velvet”: Flügel, Psychology of Clothes, 88, “defi ant use” at 188–189. Contrast Flügel’s celebration of women’s cosmetic 316 Notes to Pages 146–149 practices with Hárnik’s interpretation of them as “narcissistic compensations”: Hárnik, “Plea sure in Disguise,” 11. 14. “Feeling of incompleteness”: Sylvia H. Bliss, “The Signifi cance of Clothes,” American Journal of Psychology 27 (1916): 217–226, at 221, “at- tempt to remedy” at 224. Bliss was also the author of “The Origin of Laughter,” American Journal of Psychology 26 (1915): 236– 246. 15. “Exquisite attire”: Bliss, “Signifi cance of Clothes,” 224. “Commandeered his weapons”: H. Dennis Bradley, The Eternal Masquerade (New York: Boni and Liveright, 1923), 249. “Sexual apathy”: Herbert C. Sanborn, “The Function of Clothing and of Bodily Adornment,” American Journal of Psychology 38 (1927): 1– 20, at 2. “Slothful effeminacy”: Bradley, Eternal Masquerade, 253. 16. “Mere vanity”: Sanborn, “Function of Clothing,” 8– 9. “Source of plea- sure”: Hermann Lotze, Microcosmos: An Essay Concerning Man and His Rela- tion to the World, vol. 1, trans. Elizabeth Hamilton and E. E. Constance Jones (Edinburgh: T. & T. Clark, 1888), 590– 591, a source for Sanborn. “Extension of personality”: Knight Dunlap, “The Development and Function of Clothing,” Journal of General Psychology 1 (1928): 64– 78, at 67. “Inner necessity”: San- born, “Function of Clothing,” 10. “Pleasur able tang”: Flaccus, “Psychology of Clothes,” 70. “Other selves”: Bliss, “Signifi cance of Clothes,” 226. 17. “Vanity and self-expression”: Flaccus, “Psychology of Clothes,” 62– 63, in a study based on fi ndings from 181 responses to the survey devised and dis- tributed by the Clark University psychologist G. Stanley Hall. “Ready for all contingencies”: Flügel, “On the Mental Attitude to Present- Day Clothes: Re- port on a Questionnaire,” British Journal of Medical Psychology 9 (1929): 97– 149, at 121, “tends to make” at 123. “Feel a rise”: Flaccus, “Psychology of Clothes,” 73, “feeling of equality” at 76. “Heavenly sensations”: Flügel, “Men- tal Attitude to Clothes,” at 128, “gender difference” at 144. 18. “Skin and muscle erotism”: Flügel, “Mental Attitude to Clothes,” 148. “Sake of an idea”: Flügel, “Clothes Symbolism and Clothes Ambivalence,” IJP 10 (1929): 205– 217, at 217 (emphasis in original). In his “Mental Attitude to Clothes,” Flügel presented the subject’s statement sans erection: “render him more potent” at 147– 148. 19. There is remarkably little on clothing in the analytic corpus, a lack noted by Reilly, “Skin Deep,” 168. Anne Hollander, Sex and Suits (New York: Knopf, 1994), esp. 14–29, brilliantly mounts a case for fashion as an imagina- tive art. She objects at 22– 23 to Flügel’s position that men quit the fi eld of fashion in the revolutionary moment, seeing modern men’s fashion as “an im- pressive achievement in modern visual design.” “Mere caprice”: Bliss, “Signifi - Notes to Pages 149–152 317 cance of Clothes,” 225. “Symbol of personality”: Bradley, Eternal Masquerade, 250. “Empty vanity”: Gerald Heard, Narcissus: An Anatomy of Clothes (New York: E. P. Dutton, 1924), 148. “Masquerade”: Bliss, “Signifi cance of Clothes,” 226. “Two- sided”: Flügel, Psychology of Clothes, 145– 148. 20. “Tolerate the male body”: Flügel, Psychology of Clothes, 212– 213. “Feminine armor”: Ralph A. Luce, “From Hero to Robot: Masculinity in America— Stereotype and Reality,” Psychoanalytic Review 54D (1967): 53– 74, at 64. 21. This paragraph draws on the richly imagined paper by Barry Richards, “Car Bodies,” Free Associations 1Q (1989): 97– 105. On the automobile, see also B. J. Bolin, “Men, Women and Cars,” Psychoanalytic Review 45B (1958): 113– 116, which equates the man’s car and the woman’s home; Eugene H. Ka- plan, “Attitudes toward Automobiles: An Aid to Psychiatric Evaluation and Treatment of Adolescents,” Journal of the Hillside Hospital 10 (1961): 3– 13; James V. Hamilton, “Some Cultural Determinants of Intrapsychic Structure and Psychopathology,” Psychoanalytic Review 58 (1971): 279–294, at 288; and Ben Bursten, “Some Narcissistic Personality Types,” IJP 54 (1973): 287–300, at 291. On men’s clothing in the 1960s, see Gert Heilbrunn, “How ‘Cool’ Is the Beatnik?” Psychoanalytic Forum 2 (1967): 31– 55. 22. Joan Riviere, “New Introductory Lectures on Psycho-Analysis,” IJP 15 (1934): 329– 339. 23. All quotes in ibid. Riviere, “Womanliness as a Masquerade,” IJP 10 (1929): 303– 313. Judith Butler, Gender Trouble: Feminism and the Subversion of Identity (New York: Routledge, 1990). Riviere’s major publications may be found in Riviere, The Inner World and Joan Riviere: Collected Papers, 1920– 1958, ed. Athol Hughes (London: Karnac Books, 1991). On Riviere, from the analytic perspective, see Hughes, “Joan Riviere: Her Life and Work,” in Hughes, Inner World, 1–43; Hughes, “Letters from Sigmund Freud to Joan Riviere (1921– 1939),” International Review of Psycho-Analysis 19 (1992): 265– 284; Hughes, “Personal Experiences—Professional Interests: Joan Riviere and Femi- ninity,” IJP 78 (1997): 899–911; Hughes, “Joan Riviere and the Masquerade,” Psychoanalysis and History 6 (2004): 61–175; Lisa Appignanesi and John For- rester, Freud’s Women (New York: Basic Books, 1992), 352–365; Anton Kris, “Freud’s Treatment of a Narcissistic Patient,” IJP 75 (1994): 649– 664; and obituaries by James Strachey and Paula Heiman, “Joan Riviere (1883– 1962),” IJP 44 (1963): 228–235. See also Louise J. Kaplan, Female Perversions: The Temptations of Emma Bovary (New York: Doubleday, 1991), esp. chap. 8. Non- analytic treatments include Stephen Heath, “Joan Riviere and the Masquerade,” 318 Notes to Pages 153–158 in Formations of Fantasy, ed. Victor Burgin, James Donald, and Cora Kaplan (New York: Methuen, 1986), 45–61; Mary Ann Doane, “Masquerade Recon- sidered: Further Thoughts on the Female Spectator,” Discourse 2 (Fall– Winter 1988– 1989): 42–54; and Emily Apter, Feminizing the Fetish: Psychoanalysis and Narrative Obsession in Turn-of- the-Century France (Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1991), chap. 4. On coquetry, see the suggestive comments of Ellen Bayuk, “Fear of Fashion; Or, How the Coquette Got Her Bad Name,” ANQ 15, no. 3 (Summer 2002): 12– 21. 24. On female self- suffi ciency in the analytic tradition, see Kofman, Enigma of Woman, esp. 50– 65. 25. “Holds and cherishes within”: Riviere, “New Introductory Lectures,” 337. “Turned to the widows”: Riviere, “The Bereaved Wife,” in Fatherless Chil- dren: A Contribution to the Understanding of Their Needs, ed. Susan Isaacs, Joan Riviere, and Ella Freeman Sharpe (London: Pouskin Press, 1945), 17. 26. Riviere, “New Introductory Lectures,” 335– 337. 27. On Riviere as translator, see Peter Gay, Freud: A Life for Our Time (New York: Norton, 1998 [1988]), 465; Appignanesi and Forrester, Freud’s Women, 353; and Nina Bakman, “She Can be Put to Work: Joan Riviere as Translator Between Freud and Jones,” Psychoanalysis and History 10 (2008): 21– 36. Biographical information from Diary of Joan Riviere, Joan Riviere col- lection, Archives of the British Psychoanalytical Society, P02- C-03. 28. Ernest Jones, “The God Complex: The Belief That One Is God, and the Resulting Character Traits,” in Jones, Essays in Applied Psycho-Analysis, vol. 2 (London: Hogarth Press and Institute of Psycho-Analysis, 1951), 244– 265. “Dominant note”: Riviere, “The Private Character of Queen Elizabeth,” IJP 3 (1922): 256– 259, at 259. 29. Riviere, “Womanliness,” 304. 30. Ibid., 305–306. 31. “Foolish and bewildered”: Ibid., 308. “Transgressive scene”: Joan Scott, “Fantasy Echo: History and the Construction of Identity,” Critical Inquiry 27 (Winter 2001): 284–304, esp. 293–297. “Mask of womanly subservience”: Riv- iere, “Womanliness,” 311. 32. “Inner emotional needs”: Riviere, “Hate, Greed and Aggression,” in Melanie Klein and Joan Riviere, Love, Hate and Reparation (London: Hogarth Press and Institute of Psycho- Analysis, 1937), 50. 33. Flaccus, “Psychology of Clothes,” 64. 34. “Possess, acquire”: Riviere, “The Unconscious Phantasy of an Inner World Refl ected in Examples from En glish Literature,”IJP 33 (1952): 160– 172, Notes to Pages 159–163 319 at 164– 167. “Human nature”: D. W. Winnicott, “Transitional Objects and Transitional Phenomena” (1953), in Winnicott, Playing and Reality (London: Routledge, 1989 [1971]), 2. 35. Riviere, “Hate, Greed and Aggression,” 15– 16. 36. “Something good”: Ibid., 26. “Vanity and self- esteem”: Riviere, “Un- conscious Phantasy,” 162. 37. “Essential parts”: Riviere, “Unconscious Phantasy,” 162, “suspicion and intolerance” at 160, “I shall always have him” at 167, “praise and recognition” at 161. See also Riviere, “The Inner World in Ibsen’s Master- Builder,” IJP 33 (1952): 173–180, esp. 174–175. For descriptions of behaviors that would now be considered narcissistic, see Riviere, “Hate, Greed and Aggression.” 38. The point about Freud’s and Riviere’s conceptions of narcissism is made by Jay R. Greenberg and Stephen A. Mitchell, Object Relations in Psychoana- lytic Theory (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1983), 137. “Hand-in- hand”: Otto Kernberg, “Further Contributions to the Treatment of Narcissistic Personalities,” IJP 55 (1974): 215– 240, at 235, “capacity to invest” at 220. 39. The term appears only twice in the analytic journal literature before Kernberg adopted it: Kernberg, “Structural Derivatives of Object Relation- ships,” IJP 47 (1966): 236– 252, and through 1974 was used almost exclusively by him. 40. “Concept of man”: Kohut, Search 4:478. Kohut discussed the transi- tional object in Kohut, Seminars, 56– 59, and in Kohut, The Analysis of the Self: A Systematic Approach to the Psychoanalytic Treatment of Narcissistic Person- ality Disorders (Madison, CT: International Universities Press, 2001 [1971]), xiv. In Kohut, The Restoration of the Self (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2009 [1977]), xiv, he wrote that among the terminological changes he had adopted was replacing the term “narcissistic transference” with “self- object transference.” “Throughout their lives”: Search 3:307. , “The Missing Elements in Kohut’s Cure,” Psychoanalytic Inquiry 6 (1986): 367–385, esp. 372– 374, discusses similarities and differences between the two entities. 41. “Consolation and compensation”: Theodor Reik, Of Love and Lust: On the Psychoanalysis of Romantic and Sexual Emotions (New York: Farrar, Straus and Cudahy, 1957), 457– 458, “as attractive as possible” at 540. 42. “Nonpossession”: Kohut, “On Female Sexuality” (1975), Search 2:785. “Who discovers”: “The Self in History” (1974), Search 2:776. “Chided”: “On Female Sexuality,” 783– 791. 43. “Narcissistic soreness”: Freud, “Anatomical Distinction,” 140. “Flirta- tiousness and whimsicality”: David Zippin, “Sex Differences and the Sense of 320 Notes to Pages 164–167

Humor,” Psychoanalytic Review 53B (1966): 45– 55, at 50. On the debut of gender neutrality, compare, for example, Philip Weissman, “Psychosexual Development in a Case of Neurotic Virginity and Old Maidenhood,” IJP 45 (1964): 110– 120, and John E. Gedo, “Notes on the Psychoanalytic Management of Archaic Transferences,” JAPA 25 (1977): 787– 803. On this question, I am indebted to the reading offered by Frank M. Lachmann, “Narcissism and Female Gender Identity,” Psychoanalytic Review 69 (1982): 43– 61. 44. Pegg Levoy, “Mirror, Mirror . . . Do I Look Sick to You?” Cincinnati Enquirer, 21 December 1978.

7. Gratifi cation

1. Christopher Lasch, “Gratifi cation Now Is the Slogan of the ’70s, Laments a Historian,” People, 9 July 1970. 2. On the ubiquity of gratifi cation in psychoanalysis, consider that it is dis- cussed in circa 13,000 analytic papers and letters between Freud and his disci- ples. The corresponding numbers for several other key terms are narcissism (19,000), identity (14,500), and omnipotence (9,000). See Otto Fenichel, The Psychoanalytic Theory of Neurosis (New York: Norton, 1972 [1945]), 508, for gratifi cation as unexceptionable: “The ego learns that it protects itself best against threats and procures a maximum of gratifi cation if it judges reality ob- jectively.” “Principle of indulgence”: Sándor Ferenczi, “The Principle of Relax- ation and Neocatharsis” (1929), Final, 115; Ferenczi writes that this principle “must often be allowed to operate side by side that of frustration.” On Ferenczi’s “sicker” patients, see his “Child Analysis in the Analysis of Adults” (1931), Final, 128: “I have come to be a specialist in particularly diffi cult cases.” 3. For a comprehensive treatment of the restaging, see Arianne B. Palmer and William S. Meyer, “Gratifi cation versus Frustration: The Legacy of the Schism between Ferenczi and Freud,” Clinical Social Work Journal 23 (1995): 249– 269. See also Michael Balint, The Basic Fault: Therapeutic Aspects of Re- gression (Evanston, IL: Northwestern University Press, 1999 [1969]), chap. 23 (“The disagreement between Freud and Ferenczi, and its repercussions”). 4. “If the world”: Balint, Primary Object Love and Psycho- Analytic Tech- nique (London: Liveright, 1953), 63, in Bernard Brandchaft, “British Object Relations Theory and Self Psychology,” Progress in Self Psychology 2 (1986), 245– 272, at 245. “Iatrogenic illness”: Samuel D. Lipton, “The Advantages of Freud’s Technique as Shown in His Analysis of the Rat Man,” IJP 58 (1977): 255– 273, at 266. “Tacitly encouraged”: Peter C. Shabad, “The Unconscious Notes to Pages 168–172 321

Wish and Psychoanalytic Stoicism,” Contemporary Psychoanalysis 27 (1991): 332–350, at 341. “Spoiling”: Ferenczi, “Child Analysis,” 136. “Coddling”: Fe- renczi, “Relaxation and Neocatharsis,” 116. For an assessment of the current theoretical confusion around what it is analysts actually—and optimally should— do, see Lawrence Friedman, “Psychoanalysis: Practice and Technique,” JAPA 50 (2002): 727– 732. 5. “Enfant terrible”: Ferenczi, “Child Analysis,” 127 (emphasis in original). “Most perfect heir”: Ferenczi, Diary, 184. The notion of the “wise baby” was fi rst adumbrated in Ferenczi, “The Dream of the ‘Clever Baby’ ” (1923), in Fe- renczi, Further 349– 350, and it appears in several subsequently published papers. “State of frustration”: Freud, “Analysis Terminable and Interminable” (1937), Standard Edition 23: 231. 6. “Blood crisis”: Ferenczi, Diary, 212 (emphasis in original). “Formerly so lively”: Freud to Ferenczi, 21 July 1922. “Insensitivity of the analyst”: Ferenczi, Diary, 1. 7. “Unfeeling and indifferent”: Ferenczi, Diary, 1 (emphasis in original). “Fundamental rule”: Freud, “The Dynamics of Transference” (1912), Standard Edition 12:107. “Evenly-suspended attention”: Freud, “Recommendations to Physicians Practising Psycho- Analysis” (1912), Standard Edition 12: 111, “transmitting unconscious” at 115– 116. 8. “What one should not do”: Freud to Ferenczi, 4 January 1928. Ferenczi incorporated portions of Freud’s letter in his essay “The Elasticity of Psycho- Analytic Technique” (1928), in Ferenczi, Final, 99, referring to Freud as “a col- league.” “Tact,” Ferenczi explained at 89, is “the capacity for empathy.” In 1930, Freud would tell Smiley Blanton, the American who had come to Vienna to enter analysis with him, that he felt his papers on technique were “entirely inad- equate,” explaining that he did “not believe that one can give the methods of technique through papers. It must be done by personal teaching.” Freud argued that analysts conscientiously following his directions “will soon fi nd themselves in trouble. Then they must learn to develop their own technique”: Blanton, Diary of My Analysis with Sigmund Freud (New York: Hawthorn Books, 1971), 48. “Like an elastic band”: Ferenczi, “Elasticity,” 95. “Own unrestrained com- plexes”: Freud to Ferenczi, 4 January 1928. 9. “One must ‘empathize’ ”: Ferenczi to Freud, 15 January 1928 (emphasis and brackets in English translation). “Empathy rule”: Ferenczi, “Elasticity,” 92, “dissection” at 89. 10. “Field of aesthetics”: Harry Francis Mallgrave and Eleftherious Ikono- mou, introduction to Robert Vischer et al., Empathy, Form, and Space: Problems 322 Notes to Pages 172–174 in German Aesthetics, 1873– 1893 (Santa Monica, CA: Getty Center for the Humanities, 1994), 1– 85. On Lipps, see M. J. Blechner, “Epistemology: Ways of Knowing in Psychoanalysis (Panel Presentation)— Differentiating Empathy from Therapeutic Action,” Contemporary Psychoanalysis 24 (1988): 301–310, at 302–303. “Stated quite clearly”: Freud to Wilhelm Fliess, 31 August 1898. “Take up any attitude”: Freud, Group Psychology and the Analysis of the Ego (1921), Standard Edition 18:110n.2. “Vile word”: Alix Strachey to James Strachey, 2 January 1925, in Bloomsbury Freud: The Letters of James and Alix Strachey, 1924– 1925, ed. Perry Meisel and Walter Kendrick (New York: Basic Books, 1985), 170– 171; also cited in George W. Pigman, “Freud and the His- tory of Empathy,” IJP 76 (1995): 237– 256, at 244. Pigman cites other English renderings of Einfühling in the Standard Edition: “have the feelings of,” “feel his way into,” “understand,” and “have an understanding sense.” 11. “Sympathetic understanding”: Freud, “On Beginning the Treatment (Further Recommendations on the Technique of Psycho- Analysis I)” (1913), Standard Edition 12:140. See Pigman, “Freud and Empathy,” 246, on the short- comings of “sympathetic understanding.” 12. “Puts aside”: Freud, “Recommendations to Physicians,” 114, “own emotional life” at 115, “intimate attitude” at 118. The refl exive association of analysis with the practices of suggestion— telepathy and mediums, both of which he and Ferenczi discussed at length in their correspondence— threatened to undermine the hard- won scientifi c standing of psychoanalysis. Indeed, the British analyst Marjorie Brierley equated empathy and “true telepathy,” both of them “indispensable to sound analysis”: “Affects in Theory and Practice,” IJP 18 (1937): 256– 268, at 267. 13. “Effected by love”: Freud to Jung, 6 December 1906. “Please us”: Freud (30 January 1907), Minutes 1:101 (emphasis in original). “False connection”: Freud, “The Psychotherapy of Hysteria in Studies on Hysteria” (1993), Stan- dard Edition 2:303. 14. “Showdown”: Freud to Abraham, 29 July 1914. “Lacking in normal- ity”: Freud, “Observations on Transference- Love” (1915), Standard Edition 12: 168– 169. 15. “Forget”: Freud, “Transference-Love,” 170, “charms” at 161, “sup- press” at 164, “abstinence” at 165. Beate Lohser and Peter M. Newton, Un- orthodox Freud: The View from the Couch (New York: Guilford Press, 1996), 192, argue that Strachey, in translating Freud’s “ein schönes Erlebnis”—“a beautiful experience”—as “a fi ne experience,” betrayed his own yearning for asepsis. It bears emphasizing that Freud conceived of abstinence as of a piece Notes to Pages 175–176 323 with drive psychology. As he explained, abstinence was necessary to ensure the patient’s frustration as motivation for the hard work of recovery from his or her illness and, as such, had to do, in his words, primarily with “the dynamics of falling ill and recovering.” Symptoms offered patients substitutive satisfac- tions, or gratifi cations, and as treatment progressed and symptoms were re- solved, Freudian analysts were to ensure that their patients were suffi ciently motivated to seek further relief by seeing to it that their suffering was not pre- maturely foreclosed. The patient in analysis must not be spoiled, Freud wrote, but “must be left with unfi lled wishes in abundance. It is expedient to deny him precisely those satisfactions which he desires most intensely and expresses most importunately”: Freud, “Lines of Advance in Psycho-Analytic Therapy” (1919), Standard Edition 17:162– 164. Freud worried the question of analytic cruelty in “Analysis Terminable,” esp. part 4. Jessica Benjamin, “What Angel Would Hear Me?: The Erotics of Transference,” Psychoanalytic Inquiry 14 (1994): 535– 557, at 542, notes that although Freud’s transference model “presumes the relation of male doctor to female hysteric,” he published only one case— his colleague Josef Breuer’s treatment of Anna O.— featuring this “heterosexual scenario”; Benjamin astutely notes “that the idealized and loving transference that Freud made paradigmatic” is to be found in the “homoerotic disciple relationship” between the training analyst and his male student. 16. “Horrible misery”: Freud to Fliess, 22 June 1894; “in abstinence”: 20 August 1893; “indescribably bleak”: 14 July 1894; “outrageously bad”: 22 June 1894; “severe cardiac misery”: 19 April 1894; “my case history”: 22 June 1894. 17. “State of frustration”: Freud, “Analysis Terminable,” 231 (echoing “Transference-Love,” 165). “Between the lips”: Erik Homburger Erikson, “Freud’s ‘The Origins of Psycho-Analysis,’ ” IJP 36 (1955): 1– 15, at 5. 18. “Inner unrest”: Freud to Fliess, 4 December 1896. “Need and longing”: Freud, “Transference- Love,” 165. “Attracts people”: Freud to Fliess, 22 January 1898. “Renunciation and privation”: Eva Laible, “ ‘Through Privation to Knowl- edge’: Unknown Documents from Freud’s University Years,” IJP 74 (1993): 775–790, at 775, citing Freud’s 1911 contribution to a memorandum celebrat- ing the fi ftieth anniversary of the Society for the Support of Impecunious Jewish Students in Vienna, which had supported him in his medical studies thirty years previously. Max Weber, The Sociology of Religion, trans. E. Fischoff (Boston: Beacon Books, 1963 [1922]), 237–238, writes that religiously prescribed asceti- cism did not constitute a withdrawal from the world but was gratifying and empowering. Commentary on Freud’s addiction to cigars peppers the analytic literature. Peter Gay, Freud: A Life for Our Time (New York: Norton, 1998 324 Notes to Pages 177–178

[1988]), 169–170, writes of Freud’s fatal, helpless addiction, adducing Freud’s own statements to the effect that his habit was in the service of his “capacity for work and his ability to muster self- control”; Gay cites Freud’s writing to Fliess in 1897 that all addictions were substitutes for the “primal addiction”— masturbation. Kohut, “Creativeness, Charisma, Group Psychology” (1976), in Search 2:793–843, at 816–817, notes Freud’s “unbreakable bondage to cigar smoking,” seeing in it evidence of a “depression like state of procreative inner emptiness”— like Gay stressing its relation to Freud’s productivity— and citing a letter to Fliess (12 June 1895) in which Freud wrote of the “psychic rascal” (psychischen Kerl; translated by Masson as “psychic fellow”) within whom he had to appease with tobacco in order to work. 19. “Literal subordination” Ferenczi, Diary, 159, “total inhibition” at 185. Judith E. Vida, “Ferenczi’s Clinical Diary: Roadmap to the Realm of Primary Relatedness,” Journal of the American Academy of Psychoanalysis and Dy- namic Psychiatry 21 (1993): 623– 635, offers an astute reading of the Diary. “Older and more sensible”: Ferenczi to Freud, 15 May 1922. 20. “Boring”: Freud to Ferenczi, 10 November 1909; “disgusting”: 22 Oc- tober 1909; “saturated”: 11 January 1930; “clear intent”: 11 October 1920. “Patients are a rabble”: Ferenczi, Diary, 93 (“neurotics are a rabble” at 185– 186). “Inclined to intolerance”: Freud to Ferenczi, 20 January 1930. To Abra- ham, Freud wrote (3 July 1912), “It is excellent that you should so soon have reached the utmost in your practice, but now turn the tables and start to defend yourself against the blessing. The fi rst rule, if the fl ow continues, must be to in- crease your fees, and you must fi nd time to work and rest. The answer to your question how I manage to write in addition to my practice is, simply, that I have to recuperate from Ψα [psychoanalysis] by working, otherwise I do not endure it.” “Inclined to intolerance”: Freud to Ferenczi, 20 January 1930. Blanton, Diary of My Analysis, 116. Gay, Freud, notes, at 278, Freud’s “consistent self- appraisal as a researcher more intent on science than on healing.” Freud told another American analyst, Abram Kardiner, that he was too preoccupied with theoretical issues to pay attention to therapeutic problems, adding, “I have no patience in keeping people for a long time. I tire of them, and I want to spread my infl uence”: Kardiner, My Analysis with Freud: Reminiscences (New York: Norton, 1977), 69. Consider also Ferenczi to Freud (22 November 1908), “I am still taking my patients’ affairs too much to heart”; Freud to Ferenczi (26 Novem- ber 1908) notes his “indifference toward my patients”; Freud to Ferenczi (10 January 1910), “The need to help is lacking in me”; Freud to Jung (1 October 1910), after the summer holiday, regarding his seeing his “fi rst batch of nuts to- Notes to Pages 178–182 325 day”; Freud to Ferenczi (16 December 1917), “I work all day . . . with nine fools.” 21. “Therapeutic enthusiast”: Freud, New Introductory Lectures on Psycho- Analysis (1933), Standard Edition 22:151. “Cool”: Strachey, “Editor’s Note” to Freud, “Analysis Terminable,” 212. “Suffi ciently elucidated”: Freud, ibid., 221. “Need to cure”: Freud, “Sándor Ferenczi” (1933), Standard Edition 22:229. “Boundless course”: Freud, New Introductory Lectures, 153. “Out of reach”: Freud, “Sándor Ferenczi,” 229. 22. Ferenczi, Diary, 92– 95. 23. “Coolly aloof”: Ferenczi, “Relaxation and Neocatharsis,” 118. “Expect- ant silence”: Ferenczi, “Child Analysis,” 129–133. “To be adopted”: Ferenczi, “Relaxation and Neocatharsis,” 124 (emphasis in original). 24. Ferenczi, “Confusion of Tongues between Adults and the Child” (1933), in Ferenczi, Final. The earlier reference to hypocrisy, in this case of the parents, who in many passages in the essay are interchangeable with the analyst, is in “Child Analysis,” 133. 25. “Thunderstruck”: Freud, The Diary of Sigmund Freud, 1929–1939: A Record of the Final De cade, trans. Michael Molnar (New York: Scribner’s, 1992), 131, citing Freud to Anna Freud, 3 September 1932. “Real rape”: Fe- renczi, “Confusion of Tongues,” 161. On the meeting, see Ferenczi’s report, given to Izette de Forest, author of The Leaven of Love (New York: Harper and Brothers, 1954), who in turn passed it on to Erich Fromm, who published it in his biography of Freud, Sigmund Freud’s Mission: An Analysis of His Personal- ity and Infl uence (New York: Harper and Row, 1972 [1959]), 62–65. On cen- soring, Freud to Max Eitingon, 29 August 1932: “He must be prevented from reading his essay. . . . Either he will present another one, or none at all,” unpub- lished letter in Arnold W. Rachman, “The Suppression and Censorship of Fe- renczi’s Confusion of Tongues Paper,” Psychoanalytic Inquiry 17 (1997): 459– 485, at 471. “Confused, contrived”: Freud to Anna Freud, 3 September 1932, in Freud, Diary, 131. “Harmless but stupid”: Freud to Eitingon, 2 September 1932, unpublished telegram in Rachman, “Supression and Censorship,” 473. “Affec- tionate adieu”: Fromm, Freud’s Mission, 65. “Technical impropriety”: Freud to Ferenczi, 2 October 1932. “Jones’s promise”: Rachman, “Suppression and Cen- sorship,” 474– 475. 26. On the fate of the essay, see Harold P. Blum, “The Confusion of Tongues and Psychic Trauma,” IJP 75 (1994): 871– 882. Ferenczi proved prescient in his characterization of Jones as an unscrupulous tyrant who “does not disdain the weapons of slander” (Ferenczi to Freud, 25 December 1929), for Jones, who 326 Notes to Pages 182–184 alone at the time had access to the unpublished correspondence between Fe- renczi and Freud, did indeed slander him in his Freud biography— whether it was that Ferenczi strayed too much or, more insidiously, that late in his life he had developed destructive “psychotic manifestations” that were revealed in his “turning away from Freud and his doctrines” (Jones, Freud, 3:47), a charge confl ating mental health and loyalty to Freud. “Narcissistic”: Ferenczi, Diary, 95. “Over- burdening transference”: Ferenczi, “Confusion of Tongues,” 164. “Mild, passionless atmosphere”: Ferenczi to Freud, 27 December 1931. 27. Ferenczi, Diary, 178. 28. Otto Fenichel, “Problems of Psychoanalytic Technique,” Psychoanalytic Quarterly 8 (1939): 57– 87, esp. 63, was the fi rst to use the term; references to it are sparse through the 1950s. 29. Freud, “Lines of Advance,” 162, distinguishes between analytic absti- nence and popularly conceived abstinence, “refraining from sexual intercourse.” On analyst- patient sexual relations, see Glen O. Gabbard, “The Early History of Boundary Violations in Psychoanalysis,” JAPA 43 (1995): 1115–1136; Lisa Appignanesi and John Forrester, Freud’s Women (New York: Basic Books, 1992), esp. chap. 7; and Forrester, “Casualities of Truth,” in Proof and Persua- sion: Essays on Authority, Objectivity and Evidence, ed. Suzanne Marchand and Elizabeth Lunbeck ([Turnhout] Belgium: Brepols, 1996): 219–262. Luciana Nissim Momigliano, “A Spell in Vienna—but Was Freud a Freudian?— An In- vestigation into Freud’s Technique between 1920 and 1938, Based on the Pub- lished Testimony of Former Analysands,” International Review of Psycho- Analysis 14 (1987): 373– 389. Robert J. Leider, “Analytic Neutrality—A Historical Review,” Psychoanalytic Inquiry 3 (1983): 665– 674, at 668, con- cludes, after reviewing Freud’s statements on and practices around neutrality, that “from any viewpoint, Freud’s technique is considerably less austere and abstemious than one would expect.” 30. Momigliano, “Spell in Vienna,” 376, cites Freud’s saying to one such analyst, “I prefer a student to a neurotic ten times over” (Joseph Wortis, Frag- ments of an Analysis with Freud [New York: Simon and Schuster, 1954]). “Must be celebrated!”: Momigliano, “Spell in Vienna,” 383 (H. D., Tribute to Freud [New York: New Directions Books, 1984]). “Arms of his chair”: Roy R. Grinker, “Reminiscences of a Personal Contact with Freud,” American Journal of Orthopsychiatry 10 (1940): 850–854, 851. “Was not silent”: Blanton, Diary of My Analysis, 45 and 53. On the Wolf Man, see Gay, Freud, who at 291, writes that this was one of Freud’s “boldest, and most problematic, contributions to psychoanalytic technique”—a “contribution” that was in effect completely Notes to Pages 184–186 327 disavowed by his successors. “Horney”: Blanton, Diary of My Analysis, 65, “Fe- renczi” at 67. “Adler”: Kardiner, My Analysis with Freud, 70, “too painful” at 71. “Jung”: Grinker, “Reminiscences,” 852. “You will see”: Blanton, Diary of My Analysis, 42. 31. “Authorities”: Siegfried Bernfeld, “On Psychoanalytic Training,” Psy- choanalytic Quarterly 31 (1962): 453–482, at 462. “Sovereign readiness”: Gay, Freud, 292, “sense of mastery” at 303. 32. “Freedom and naturalness”: Otto Fenichel, “Problems of Psychoana- lytic Technique,” Psychoanalytic Quarterly 8 (1939): 164–185, at 184. Kurt Eissler, in a widely cited paper published in 1953, offered an austere vision of the analytic pro cess, outlining what he called the “basic model technique”— with basic here interchangeable with the textbook Freudian. He argued that verbal interpretation was the analyst’s métier, and a salutary insight the normal neurotic patient’s response thereto. Eissler allowed, however, that for some pa- tients insight was not suffi cient (puzzling over “why a human being should re- fuse to make maximal use of” the riches insight offered), and for the treatment of these he introduced the concept of pa ram e ter, a term referring in his usage to the advice or commands an analyst might introduce into the treatment of more disturbed patients. For example, a phobic might be commanded “to expose him- self to the dreaded situation despite his fear of it and regardless of any anxiety which might develop during that exposure,” and it might be necessary to threaten to break off treatment if he refused to do so—the model here being once again Freud’s treatment of the Wolf Man. See K. R. Eissler, “The Effect of the Structure of the Ego on Psychoanalytic Technique,” JAPA 1 (1953): 104–143; and “Re- marks on Some Variations in Psycho-Analytical Technique,” IJP 39 (1958): 222– 229. 33. Leo Stone, The Psychoanalytic Situation: An Examination of Its Devel- opment and Essential Nature (New York: International Universities Press, 1961), is the locus classicus of this line of critique. “Superfl uous deprivations”: ibid., 21. “Overzealous and indiscriminate”: Stone, “The Psychoanalytic Situa- tion and Transference—Postscript to an Earlier Communication,” JAPA 15 (1967): 3– 58, at 3. “Arbitrary authoritarianism”: Stone, Psychoanalytic Situa- tion, 52, “robotlike” at 39, “Vermont” at 48. 34. “Schematic perfection”: Stone, Psychoanalytic Situation, 107–108, at 80, “essential gratifi cations” at 80. 35. Kohut, “Introspection, Empathy, and Psychoanalysis—An Examination of the Relationship Between Mode of Observation and Theory,” JAPA 7 (1959): 459– 483. 328 Notes to Pages 187–193

36. Ferenczi, “Elasticity,” 87–89. 37. “Mystical character”: Freud to Ferenczi, 4 January 1928. “Conscious as- sessment”: Ferenczi, “Elasticity,” 100. “Eager to distance”: Kohut, “The Future of Psychoanalysis,” Annual of Psychoanalysis 3 (1975): 325– 340, at 335– 337. 38. “Mother-role”: Ferenczi to Freud, 1 September 1924. “You kiss your patients”: Freud to Ferenczi, 13 December 1931. “He is offended”: Freud to Eitingon, 18 April 1932, in Jones, Freud 3:183. 39. “Extremely ascetic”: Ferenczi to Freud, 27 December 1931. Ferenczi al- lowed one patient, Clara Mabel Thompson (a well- known American analyst), to occasionally kiss him: Ferenczi, Diary, 1–4; and Freud to Ferenczi, 13 De- cember 1931, n.2. Thompson had, in Ferenczi’s words, “occasionally even kissed me” and had taken to claiming publicly that she was “allowed to kiss Papa Ferenczi, as often as I like.” “Aging Ferenczi”: Kohut, “Future of Psycho- analysis,” 339. “Rigorously controlled”: Kohut to Eissler, 18 April 1974, Curve, 306. “Specifi c, disciplined”: Kohut, “The Psychoanalyst in the Community of Scholars,” Annual of Psychoanalysis 3 (1975): 341– 370, at 360. “Aim- inhibited”: Kohut to Eissler, 18 April 1974, Curve, 306. “Cure- through- love”: Kohut, “Autonomy and Integration,” Bulletin of the American Psychoanalytic Association 21 (1965): 851– 856, at 854. 40. “Auxiliary instrument”: Kohut, “Introspection, Empathy, and Psycho- analysis,” 464. “Evenly suspended attention”: Kohut, “Forms and Transforma- tions of Narcissism,” JAPA 14 (1966): 243– 272, at 263. “Intrinsically signifi - cant”: Kohut, How Does Analysis Cure?, ed. Arnold Goldberg (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1984), 37. 41. “Emits interpretations”: Kohut, The Restoration of the Self (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2009 [1977]), 253, “grossly depriving” at 255, “extra mea sure” at 261 (emphasis in original). 42. Kohut, Restoration, 254,n.2. Lichtenberg, “Introduction,” Progress in Self Psychology 13 (1997): xiii–xix, at xviii, notes that among analysts who trained in the 1950s and 1960s, “the fi xed orthodoxy of neutrality and absti- nence was preached vigorously but never followed exactly.” 43. Janet Malcolm, Psychoanalysis: The Impossible Profession (New York: Knopf, 1981), “fervid cult” at 4, “savagely fought” at 102, “hatchet job” at 88, “waves” at 118. 44. Ibid., 77. 45. Ibid., 119. 46. “Great personal kindness”: ibid., 110, “always been around” at 117. On the Freudian view of the disqualifying nature of the narcissistic neuroses, see, Notes to Pages 193–194 329 for example, Hans W. Loewald, “On the Therapeutic Action of Psycho- Analysis,” IJP 41 (1960): 16–33, at 27–28: “In the narcissistic neuroses the li- bido remains in or is taken back into the ‘ego’, not ‘transferred’ to objects. . . . [These] neuroses were thought to be inaccessible to psycho- analytic treatment because of the narcissistic libido cathexis. Psycho- analysis was considered to be feasible only where a ‘transference relationship’ with the analyst could be estab- lished.” “Narcissistically split”: Ferenczi, “Child Analysis,” 135–136. “Demand- ing”: Leo Stone, “The Widening Scope of Indications for Psychoanalysis,” JAPA 2 (1954): 567– 594, at 584– 587. “Developmental potential”: Kohut, How Does Analysis Cure?, 4. “Treat the analyst”: Malcolm, Impossible Profession, 117. For one example among many documenting the analytic treatment of “widen- ing scope patients,” see Sandor Lorand, “Modifi cations in Classical Psycho- analysis,” Psychoanalytic Quarterly 32 (1963): 192–204, esp. 202. Stephen Mitchell, “Wishes, Needs, and Interpersonal Negotiations,” Psychoanalytic In- quiry 11 (1991): 147– 170, at 151, captures the post- Kohutian evolution of ana- lytic thinking on abstinence: “The more ominous the diagnosis, the less ascetic the experience.” 47. “Utter amazement”: Malcolm, Impossible Profession, 118. Kohut, “The Two Analyses of Mr. Z,” IJP 60 (1979): 3– 27. Geoffrey Cocks, in his introduc- tion to Curve, claims the paper is autobiographical, at 4–6. “Skeptics”: Randolf Alnoes, “Treatment of Narcissistic Personality Disturbances: The Kernberg- Kohut Divergence,” Scandinavian Psychoanalytic Review 6 (1983): 97– 110. “Didn’t make sense”: Malcolm, Impossible Profession, 118. “Succeeded”: Ar- nold M. Cooper, “Review of How Does Analysis Cure?” JAPA 36 (1988): 175– 179, at 178. 48. “Kohut’s technique”: in Susan Quinn, “Oedipus v. Narcissus,” New York Times Magazine, 9 November 1980. Morris Ea gle, Re- cent Developments in Psychoanalysis (New York: McGraw Hill, 1984), 68, fi nds him guilty; Robert M. Galatzer- Levy, “Chapter 1: Heinz Kohut as Teacher and Supervisor,” Progress in Self Psychology 4 (1988): 3– 42, at 30, fi nds him innocent, writing that in his own experience, Kohut “was entirely ‘classical,’ in the sense that only interpretation was given to the patient. The difference was that demands for direct gratifi cation were not generally interpreted as resis- tances to insight but rather as attempts, often legitimate, to receive needed sup- plies from the analyst.” On Kohut and needs, see Anton O. Kris, “Helping Pa- tients by Analyzing Self- Criticism,” JAPA 38 (1990): 605–636, at 610– 616; and Lawrence Friedman, “Kohut: A Book Review Essay,” Psychoanalytic Quar- terly 49 (1980): 393–422, at 416. “Aloofness”: Morton Shane in Lois Timnick, 330 Notes to Pages 195–196

“Rift May Threaten Freudian Theory,” Los Angeles Times, 27 October 1979. “Pleasure- seeking infants”: Kohut to “E” (1981), in Search 4:702. “Have to as- similate”: Malcolm, Impossible Profession, 118. On the simultaneous ac cep- tance of Kohut’s technique and rejection of his theory, consider Kris’s statement that however much he disagreed “with some aspects of Kohut’s theories of the self,” he believed that Kohut “helped psychoanalysis embrace a more generally affi rmative analytic stance”: in Steven H. Cooper, “Modes of Infl uence in Psy- choanalysis,” JAPA 45 (1997): 217– 229, at 218. Kris, “Helping Patients,” at 611, argues that the analyst Michael Basch was “right in stating that there has been: ‘widespread, albeit tacit, ac cep tance of Kohut’s technique side by side with a very vocal rejection of the theoretical implications behind those same refreshingly effi cacious clinical recommendations.” Robert S. Wallerstein, “How Does Self Psychology Differ in Practice?” IJP 66 (1985): 391–404, argues, from the perspective of a sharp critic of self psychology, that it and classical analysis do not differ as much in practice as was often claimed and that classical ana- lysts all along had engaged in many of the maneuvers they saw as beyond the bounds of orthodox craft. 49. “Ideologies”: Lasch, The Culture of Narcissism: American Life in an Age of Diminishing Expectations (New York: Norton, 1978), 74. “Immediate gratifi cation”: Daniel Bell, The Cultural Contradiction of Capitalism (New York: Basic Books, 1978 [1976]), 81, “one thing” at 78, “economic system” at 37. “Economy”: Ernest Dichter, The Strategy of Desire (New Brunswick, NJ: Trans- action, 2011 [1960]), 169, “fi rst few minutes” at 171. 50. “Spoiled brats”: James L. Titchener, “The Day of a Psychoanalyst at Woodstock,” Psychoanalytic Study of Society, vol. 5, ed. Werner Muenster- berger and Aaron H. Esman (New York: International Universities Press, 1972), 153. “Needs”: Lasch, Culture of Narcissism, 162–163, “optimal frustration” at 171. Lasch’s tendentiousness can be glimpsed in his confi dent assertion that love of the child “came to be regarded not as a danger but as a positive duty” (162). On optimal frustration, see Kohut, The Analysis of the Self: A Systematic Approach to the Psychoanalytic Treatment of Narcissistic Personality Disorders (Madison, CT: International Universities Press, 2001 [1971]), 64. 51. “Picked-up generation”: William Braden, The Age of Aquarius: Technol- ogy and the Cultural Revolution (Chicago: Quandrangle Books, 1970), 22. “Unite one”: Jules Henry, Culture against Man (New York: Vintage, 1965), 84. “Seeking transcendence”: Nathan Adler, The Underground Stream: New Life Styles and the Antinomian Personality (New York: Harper and Row, 1972), 118 and 90; “The devouring of sensation is a characteristic hippie motivation,” Notes to Pages 197–199 331 writes Adler, at 118. “Family- like enclaves”: James V. Hamilton, “Some Cultural Determinants of Intrapsychic Structure and Psychopathology,” Psychoanalytic Review 58 (1971): 279– 294, at 289. Braden, Age of Aquarius, at 243, writes that “the hippies are clearly a contact species,” huddling together “like wal- ruses.” See also Henry Lowenfeld and Yela Lowenfeld, “Our Permissive Society and the Superego: Some Current Thoughts about Freud’s Cultural Concepts,” Psychoanalytic Quarterly 39 (1970): 590– 608. 52. “Most hippies”: Henry Malcolm, Generation of Narcissus (Boston: Little, Brown, 1971), 201. Robert D. Gillman, “Ge ne tic, Dynamic and Adaptive As- pects of Dissent,” JAPA 19 (1971): 122–130, esp. 128, reporting analysts’ com- ments at a panel discussion on the topic. “Big house”: Hamilton, “Cultural Determinants,” 282, citing a radio program aired in 1966. 53. Among the constitutive elements of “the analytic ideal,” according to Reuben Fine, were that “the pursuit of pleasure is a positive good” and that “sexual gratifi cation should be encouraged”; Fine argued that “the great major- ity of psychotherapists” privately encouraged “the desirability of sexual inter- course in adolescence”: “The Age of Awareness,” Psychoanalytic Review 59 (1972): 55–71, at 58–60. Fine’s was an idiosyncratic interpretation, cited only once (by himself) in the literature, and reads as a caricature of the analytic per- spective. “Apocalyptic fantasies”: Martin Wangh, “Some Unconscious Factors in the Psychogenesis of Recent Student Uprisings,” Psychoanalytic Quarterly 41 (1972): 207– 223, at 217. “Rehearsals for apocalypse”: Adler, Underground Stream, 69; Adler, caustic—if insightful—on almost every aspect of youth cul- ture, is unreservedly sympathetic to the young on the issue of growing up with the Bomb. Wangh, “Unconscious Factors,” 213, discusses parents’ inability to offer their children reassurance. “More demanding”: Bettelheim in Braden, Age of Aquarius, 74, “brightest kid” at 75. “Deferred infanticide”: Arnaldo Rascovsky in Alexander Mitscherlich and John J. Francis, “Panel on ‘Protest and Revolution,’ ” IJP 51 (1970): 211– 218, at 216. Mitscherlich, “Introduction to Panel on Protest and Revolution,” IJP 50 (1969): 103– 108, and various speakers in Mitscherlich and Francis, “Panel on Protest,” discussing parental hypocrisy. Aaron Stern, ME: The Narcissistic American (New York: Ballantine Books, 1979), 65, and Malcolm, Generation of Narcissus, 199, discuss parental abuse of alcohol and drugs. 54. Herbert S. Strean, “Social Change and the Proliferation of Regressive Therapies,” Psychoanalytic Review 58 (1971– 72): 581–594. 55. “Price of entry”: Philip Rieff, Freud: The Mind of the Moralist (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1979 [1959]), 372. “Non- satisfaction”: Freud, 332 Notes to Pages 200–204

Civilization and Its Discontents (1930), Standard Edition 21:98. “Institutional support”: Fabian X. Schupper and Roy C. Calogeras, “Psycho- Cultural Shifts in Ego Defenses,” American Imago 28 (1971): 53– 70, at 55, “self- discovery” at 60, “ ‘happiness’ ” at 67 (scare quotes in original). 56. “Establish the supremacy”: Max Schur, Freud: Living and Dying (New York: International Universities Press, 1972), 310, “source of gratifi cation” at 396, “plucked of my feathers” at 431, “but it is sad” at 411 (emphasis in origi- nal). “A good friend”: Wilhelm Stekel, “On the History of the Analytical Move- ment,” Psychoanalysis and History 7 (2005): 99– 130, at 104. 57. “Faithful to my habit”: Schur, Freud, 62, “relieve tension” at 412. “Slight narcosis”: Stekel, “History,” 103. “Single great habit”: Gay, Freud, 170. “Continuous sublimation”: Schur, Freud, 412. “Raucous conversation”: Stekel, “History of the Analytical Movement,” 104. “Logic of demand creation”: Lasch, Culture of Narcissism, 74.

8. Inaccessibility

1. “Quite specifi c”: Christopher Lasch, The Culture of Narcissism: Ameri- can Life in an Age of Diminishing Expectations (New York: Norton, 1978), 32, “tensions and anxieties” at 50. 2. “Anomic personalities”: David Riesman, Reuel Denny, and Nathan Glazer, The Lonely Crowd: A Study of the Changing American Character (New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 1950), 90. “So-called character neuroses”: Li- onel Trilling, Sincerity and Authenticity (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1971), 167. “Underlying structure”: Lasch, Culture of Narcissism, 50. 3. “Aloof and supercilious”: Leo Stone, “The Widening Scope of Psycho- analysis,” JAPA 2 (1954): 567–594, at 584–585. “Love hungry”: Jan Frank in Leo Rangell, “Panel Report— the Borderline Case,” Psychoanalytic Quarterly 3 (1955): 285–298, at 291. “Narcissistic supplies”: Ralph R. Greenson, “On Screen Defenses, Screen Hunger and Screen Identity,” JAPA 6 (1958): 242– 262, at 255. “More sophisticated”: Barbara Easser Ruth and Stanley R. Lesser, “Hysterical Personality: A Re- evaluation,” Psychoanalytic Quarterly 34 (1965): 390– 405, at 390. “This type”: Peter Giovacchini, Psychoanalysis of Character Disorders (Northvale, NJ: Jason Aronson, 1975), cited in Lasch, Culture of Narcissism, 42. 4. “Not indifferent”: Freud, “Some Character Types Met with in Psycho- Analytic Work” (1916), Standard Edition 14:315. “Our analytic art”: Freud to Eduardo Weiss, 22 May 1922, in Harald Leupold-Löwenthal, “A Discussion of Notes to Pages 204–205 333 the Paper by Anton O. Kris ‘On Wanting Too Much: The “Exceptions” Revis- ited,’ ” IJP 57 (1976): 97–99, at 99. On this patient as typical, consider Kris, “On Wanting Too Much: The ‘Exceptions’ Revisited,” IJP 57 (1976): 85– 95, at 85: “Today the ‘exceptions’ are very nearly the rule”; and Leupold- Löwenthal, “Discussion,” 99, on Weiss’s patient, “who would be a relatively common oc- currence in an analyst’s practice today.” 5. Karl Abraham, “A Par tic u lar Form of Neurotic Resis tance against the Psycho- Analytic Method” (1919), in Abraham, Selected Papers of Karl Abra- ham, trans. Douglas Bryan and Alix Strachey (London: Marsfi eld Library, 1988 [1927]), 303– 311; in this short paper, Abraham mentions these patients’ narcis- sism more than a dozen times. “Good tolerance”: Henry M. Bachrach and Louis A. Leaff, “ ‘Analyzability’: A Systematic Review of the Clinical and Quan- titative Literature,” JAPA 26 (1978): 881– 920, at 886. 6. Although some credit Kohut and some Kernberg with having coined the concept of the “narcissistic personality disorder,” in fact priority belongs to neither. Maxwell Gitelson delineated the concept in 1958 (or earlier), but his name is almost never associated with it. See Edward Glover, “Ego- Distortion,” IJP 39 (1958): 260–264, at 261, among other papers and panel reports; “Book Notices,” JAPA 22 (1974): 697– 706, at 701, notes the lack of proper attribu- tion. Throughout, I have stressed Kernberg’s role in formulating the narcissistic personality more than Kohut’s; his portrait of the narcissist is, to my mind, much more compelling and innovative than Kohut’s, in part because, coming from the object relations tradition, he homes right in on the contradictions be- tween external functioning (which may be quite good) and the pathologies in internal object relating that make the condition so confusing, paradoxical, and hard to pin down— if familiar. Stanley A. Leavy, “Against ‘Narcissism,’ ” Psy- choanalysis and Contemporary Thought 19 (1996): 403–424, writes, at 411, crediting Kernberg with delineating the term, that it “has the advantage of be- ing as good a label as any for a recognizable syndrome.” On Kernberg, see esp. his “Contrasting Viewpoints Regarding the Nature and Psychoanalytic Treat- ment of Narcissistic Personalities: A Preliminary Communication,” JAPA 22 (1974): 255– 267. “Improve dramatically”: Kernberg, Borderline Conditions and Pathological Narcissism (Northvale, NJ: Jason Aronson, 1985 [1975]), 243. “Pathological self-structure”: Kernberg, “Contrasting Viewpoints,” 258. On Kernberg and Kohut, consider Irwin Hirsch, “Toward a More Subjective View of Analyzability,” JAPA 44 (1984): 169– 182, at 180: “The analytic com- munity in the United States responded [to the work of Kernberg and Kohut] as if restraints were lifted.” On Kohut, see Kris, “Freud’s Treatment of a Narcissistic 334 Notes to Pages 206–208

Patient,” IJP 75 (1994): 649– 664, at 661, asking why “Freud’s attitude of sup- port” toward narcissistic patients “required rediscovery” by Kohut; and Charles K. Hofl ing and Robert W. Meyers, “Recent Discoveries in Psychoanalysis,”Ar- chives of General Psychiatry 26 (1972): 518– 523. Among surveys that regis- tered the predominance of narcissism and the character disorders are Norman D. Lazar, “Nature and Signifi cance of Changes in Patients in a Psychoanalytic Clinic,” Psychoanalytic Quarterly 42 (1973): 579–600; and Daniel S. Jaffee and Sydney E. Pulver, “Survey of Psychoanalytic Practice 1976: Some Trends and Implications,” JAPA 26 (1978): 615–631. “Like Aaron Green”: Janet Malcolm, Psychoanalysis: The Impossible Profession (New York: Knopf, 1981), 110 and 117. On the Kohutian analytic setting, consider what Kohut said in a seminar, circa 1974 (Seminars, 59), of his stance toward “people with acute disturbances” in body-temperature regulation, among them schizoid and narcissistic patients: “Sometimes a very simple remedy is to offer them a hot drink. I do not serve meals in sessions with my patients, but I have had some very ill people to whom I have said, ‘You’re feeling terrible today. Let us go down and have a cup of coffee.’ ” 7. “Biography of Jones”: Vincent Brome, Ernest Jones: Freud’s Alter Ego (New York: Norton, 1983), esp. chap. 12. On Riviere as patient, see also Kris, “Freud’s Treatment”; Lisa Appignanesi and John Forrrester, Freud’s Women (New York: Basic Books, 1992), 365; and Mary Jacobus, The Poetics of Psy- choanalysis: In the Wake of Klein (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2005), chap. 2. Riviere’s classic paper: Riviere, “A Contribution to the Analysis of the Negative Therapeutic Reaction,” IJP 17 (1936): 304–320. “Taking Freud to task”: Kris, “Freud’s Treatment,” 660. 8. Riviere, “Review of David Forsythe, The Technique of Psycho- Analysis” (1921– 22), in Riviere, The Inner World and Joan Riviere: Collected Papers: 1920– 1958, ed. Athol Hughes (London: Karnac Books, 1991), 69. 9. “That proud woman”: Freud to Abraham, 30 March 1922. “Long trag- edy”: Riviere to Jones, 25 October 1918, Joan Riviere collection, Archives of the British Psychoanalytical Society, P04- C-E- 06 (all letters cited below from Riviere to Jones are in the Riviere Collection, with the same reference number). “Worst failure”: Jones to Freud, 22 January 1922. “Not yet worked out”: Freud to Abraham, 30 March 1922. 10. “Narcissism and selfi shness”: Riviere to Jones, 28 December 1918. “Egocentric, asocial”: Riviere, “Negative Therapeutic Reaction,” 318. 11. “Underestimated”: Jones to Freud, 22 January 1922. “Intimate atti- tude”: Freud, “Recommendations to Physicians Practising Psycho-Analysis” Notes to Pages 209–213 335

(1912), Standard Edition 12:18, “emotional coldness” at 115. “Nowhere to go”: Jones to Freud, 22 January 1922. 12. “Fiendish sadist”: Jones to Freud, 22 January 1922. “Wounded profes- sional pride”: Riviere to Jones, n.d. [likely December 1917]; “too incompatible”: n.d. [likely 11 February 1918]. On the eroticized transference, see the com- ments of Hanna Segal: “I couldn’t believe it because she was such a contained fi gure of authority. . . . I just couldn’t put together in my mind, this woman of such austere bearing carry ing on in this hysterical eroticized transference”: Jo- seph Aguayo, “An Interview with Dr. Hanna Segal,” fort da 5, no. 1 (Spring 1999). 13. “So many virtues”; Riviere to Jones, n.d. [likely 11 February 1918]; “please remember”: n.d. [likely December 1917] (emphasis in original); “have to kill myself”: n.d. [likely 11 February 1918]. 14. “So often thought”: Riviere to Jones, 26 September 1918; “too extrava- gant”: 25 October 1918. “Agitation about analysis”: Riviere, 21 December 1918, Diary of Joan Riviere, Riviere collection, Archives of the British Psycho- analytical Society, P02- C-03. “Sense of external reality”: Riviere, “Negative Therapeutic Reaction,” 308. “I am always”: Riviere to Jones, 25 October 1918. 15. Riviere to Jones, 25 October 1918 (emphasis in original). 16. “Oust the analyst”: Riviere, “Negative Therapeutic Reaction,” 306. “Understanding everything”: Riviere to Jones, 4 November 1918 (emphasis in original); “long refused”: 31 October 1918. 17. “Woman in me”: Riviere to Jones, 20 December 1918 (emphasis in original). “Not the type”: Jones to Freud, 1 April 1922. “Masculinity complex”: Riviere, “The Private Character of Queen Elizabeth,” IJP 3 (1922): 256–259, at 259, writes of the queen’s “astonishing intellectual development” as part evi- dence of her masculinity complex. “What a pity”: Riviere to Jones, 20 Decem- ber 1918. 18. “Far reaching insight”: Jones to Freud, 22 January 1922; “bought for Freud”: 17 March 1919. 19. “Bodily pain”: Freud to Jones, 18 April 1919. ”Early attachment”: Jones to Freud, 28 June 1910; the tale appeared (disguised) in Jones, “Freud’s Theory of Dreams,” American Journal of Psychology 21 (1919b) and in the 1912 revision of Freud, The Psychopathology of Everyday Life: Forgetting, Slips of the Tongue, Bungled Actions, Superstitions and Errors (1901), Standard Edition 6:196– 197. 20. “Reached an impasse”: Kris, “Freud’s Treatment,” 651; Riviere also used the term impasse to describe her analytic plight in correspondence with 336 Notes to Pages 214–218

Jones: 10 September 1917. “Most colossal”: Jones to Freud, 22 January 1922. “Negotiating preliminaries”: Riviere to Freud, 1 December 1921, in Athol Hughes, “Letters from Sigmund Freud to Joan Riviere (1921–1939),” IJP 19 (1992): 265– 284. “Strongly positive”: Jones to Freud, 22 January 1922. “Scien- tifi c inquiry”: Riviere, “Review of Forsyth,” 64– 70. 21. “As an instrument”: Riviere, “An Intimate Impression,” Lancet, 20 Sep- tember 1939, quoted in Jones, Freud 2:451. “Same diffi culty”: Jones to Freud, 22 May 1922, also cited by Kris, “Freud’s Treatment,” 654. “Problems with the translations”: Aguayo, “Interview with Hanna Segal.” “Frustrated and de- prived”: Nina Bakman, “Thirty Years On: K. R. Eissler’s Interview with Joan Riviere (1953),” Psychoanalysis and History 15 (2013): 91– 104, at 100. 22. “Shewing”: Jones to Freud, 1 April 1922. “Pure myth”: Jones to Freud, 22 May 1922 “Mrs. R.”: Freud to Jones, 4 June 1922. “Intellectual judgment”: Jones to Freud, 10 June 1922. “Secondary analysis”: Freud to Jones, 25 June 1922. 23. On women as objects of exchange between men, see Judith Butler, Gen- der Trouble: Feminism and the Subversion of Identity (London: Routledge, 1990), esp. 38–43. “Uncommon combination”: Freud to Jones, 4 June 1922. “Absurd”: Jones to Freud, 10 June 1922. “Classic situation”: Jones, “Jealousy,” in Papers on Psycho-Analysis 5th ed. (London: Maresfi eld Reprints, 1967 [1948]), esp. 327–330. “Chided Jones”: Freud to Jones, 25 June 1922. See also Appigna- nesi and Forrester, Freud’s Women, 356. 24. “Spare no concessions”: Freud to Jones, 16 April 1922; “not to scratch too deeply”: 2 March 1922; “diplomacy”: 16 April 1922. “Substitute friendli- ness”: Riviere, “Negative Therapeutic Reaction,” 306. “Deliberately provoke”: Bakman, “Eissler’s Interview with Joan Riviere,” 101–102. Riviere told Eissler that this was a “mistake that Freud himself later admitted.” Bakman para- phrases: “Freud had expected her to be furious, but succeeded only in hurting her.” “Brilliant success”: Riviere, “Negative Therapeutic Reaction,” 319. “Real power”: Freud to Jones, 16 March 1922. 25. Freud, The Ego and the Id (1923), Standard Edition 19:50n.1. Kris, “Freud’s Narcissistic Patient,” 58, writes “it is hard to imagine that Riviere was far from” Freud’s thoughts in writing the note; Appignanesi and Forrester, Freud’s Women, 358, see Riviere as “a prime model” in conceptualizing rela- tions among the ego, id, and super ego. 26. “Hatred, vindictiveness”: Riviere, “Negative Therapeutic Reaction,” 318, “real capacity” at 314. “Endure any praise”: Freud, Ego and Id, 49 (also quoted by Riviere, 304. “Narcissistic problem”: Freud to Jones, 4 June 1922. Notes to Pages 218–224 337

“Pangs of conscience”: Freud, Ego and Id, 45, “abandoned love-relation” at 50n.1. 27. “Punishment”: Riviere to Jones, 28 December 1918 (emphasis in origi- nal). “Very keenly”: Kris, “Freud’s Treatment,” 654. On coproduction between analyst and analysand, see Bennett Simon’s subtle and suggestive paper, “The Imaginary Twins: The Case of Beckett and Bion,” International Review of Psycho- Analysis 15 (1988): 331– 352. 28. “Sometimes quite naïve”: Riviere, “A Character Trait of Freud’s,” in In- ner World, 352–353. “ ‘Agonistic’ disposition”: Freud to Riviere, in Hughes, “Letters from Freud to Riviere,” 13 March 1923; “suits you well”: 8 May 1923; “weakness”: 9 October 1927. “Falseness and deceit”: Riviere, “Negative Therapeutic Reaction,” 320. 29. Freud, “Some Psychical Consequences of the Anatomical Distinction between the Sexes” (1925), Standard Edition 19:254. 30. “Happy band”: Jones, Freud 2:185. “Absurd jealous egotism”: Jones to Freud, 18 December 1909; “personal complex”: 8 February 1911. “Impulses of jealousy”: Ferenczi to Freud, 5 October 1909. “Don’t be jealous”: Freud to Fe- renczi, 19 December 1910. “Childish ideas”: Ferenczi to Freud, 17 April 1910. 31. Riviere, “Jealousy as a Mechanism of Defense,” IJP 13 (1929): 414– 424 (emphasis in original). 32. Ibid. 33. Ibid. 34. “Ordinary men and women”: Riviere, “Hate, Greed and Aggression,” in Melanie Klein and Joan Riviere, Love, Hate and Reparation (London: Hogarth Press and Institute of Psycho-Analysis, 1937), 3, “capacity for initiative” at 31. On envy and the narcissistic incapacity for object relating, see Otto Kernberg, “Barriers to Falling and Remaining in Love,” JAPA 22 (1974): 486– 511. 35. Kris, “Freud’s Treatment,” 661– 663. “Depart from ordinary technique”: Kurt Eissler in Leonard Shengold and James T. McLaughlin, “Plenary Session on ‘Changes in Psychoanalytic Practice and Experience: Theoretical, Technical and Social Implications,’ ” IJP 57 (1976): 261– 274, at 272. “Analytic atmo- sphere”: Kohut, “Remarks on the Panel on ‘The Bipolar Self’ ” (1979), in Search 4:479.

9. Identity

1. Betty Friedan, The Feminine Mystique (New York: Norton, 2013 [1953]), 68. See Philip Gleason, “Identifying Identity: A Semantic History,” Journal of 338 Notes to Pages 225–228

American History 69 (1983): 910– 931, for a masterful survey of identity’s de- but and subsequent fate beyond psychoanalysis. 2. “Inward life”: William James, The Principles of Psychology, vol. 1 (New York: Dover, 1950 [1890]), 299, cited in Ian Miller, “William James and the Psychology of Consciousness: Beginnings of the American School,” Contempo- rary Psychoanalysis 23 (1981): 299– 313, at 308– 309. “Socio log i cal orienta- tion”: Edith Jacobson, The Self and the Object World (New York: International Universities Press, 1964), 25. 3. “Household word”: Robert A. Nisbet, “A Sense of Personal Sameness,” New York Times, 31 March 1968. “Cliché”: Robert Coles in Gleason, “Identi- fying Identity,” 913. “Rallying cry”: Robert S. Wallerstein, “Erikson’s Concept of Ego Identity Reconsidered,” JAPA 46 (1998): 229– 247, at 230. “Moral terms”: Kenneth Kenniston in Gleason, 913. “Identity crisis”: Dorothy Barclay, “After the First Year of College,” New York Times, 28 May 1961. “Growing pains”: June Bingham, “The Intelligent Square’s Guide to Hippieland,” New York Times, 24 September 1967. “Bellyachers”: Crane Brinton in Alden Whit- man, “Identity a Puzzle to Intellectuals,” New York Times, 1 April 1968. See Orrin E. Klapp, Collective Search for Identity (New York: Holt, Reinhart and Winston, 1969), for a report from the front lines of the identity revolution. 4. On social factors, see, for example, Norman Tabachnick, “Three Psycho- Analytic Views of Identity,” IJP 46 (1965): 467–473, at 471. “True clinician”: Daniel Yankelovich and William Barrett, Ego and Instinct: The Psychoanalytic View of Human Nature—Revised (New York: Random House, 1970), 143 (re- porting a conversation with Paul Myerson), “lived experience” at 152– 154. 5. Erikson, Childhood and Society (New York: Norton, 1978 [1950]), 279. 6. “Introspective honesty”: ibid., 282. “Life itself ”: D. W. Winnicott, “The Location of Cultural Experience” (1967), in Playing and Reality (London: Routledge, 1989 [1971]), 98 (emphasis in original). “Differ from Freud”: Win- nicott in , “My Experience of Analysis with Fairbairn and Win- nicott,” International Review of Psycho-Analysis 2 (1975): 145–156, at 153. For an instance of the subtlety of Erikson’s use of Freud to authorize his own “anti- Freudian” position, see his “Ego Development and Historical Change— Clinical Notes,” Psychoanalytic Study of the Child 2 (1946): 359– 396, where, at 380, he argues that “psychoanalysis came to emphasize the individual and regressive rather than the collective-supportive aspects” of Freud’s statements on self- esteem in “On Narcissism.” Absolving Freud, he lays blame instead on Freud’s followers, who were “concerned with only half the story,” going on to spell out a compelling argument for the potential of the environment to sustain Notes to Pages 228–230 339 infantile narcissism and self-esteem. See Ellen R. Peyser, “Classics Revisited: Erik Erikson’s Childhood and Society,” JAPA 46 (1998): 249–255, suggesting at 253 that “Erikson was more anti-Freudian than has been acknowledged” and that his “ideas were mutative without our noticing.” Peyser, and Waller- stein, “Erikson’s Concept of Ego Identity,” 245,n.5, both refer to Arnold Coo- per’s notion of Erikson’s “quiet revolution.” I am indebted in this chapter to Lawrence J. Friedman, Identity’s Architect: A Biography of Erik H. Erikson (New York: Scribner, 1999). 7. References to the self’s loss appear in many sources from the 1940s and 1950s; see, for example, Edwin E. Aubrey, Man’s Search for Himself (Nashville: Cokesbury Press, 1940). “Discovery”: T. F. James, “What It Means to Find Your Self,” Cosmopolitan, January, 1959. As one authority insisted in 1954 with re- spect to the search, man “must do so in order that he may be healthy and ad- justed”: Vincent V. Herr, “Integration and the Self- Ideal,” in The Human Per- son: An Approach to an Integral Theory of Personality, ed. Magda B. Arnold and John A Gasson (New York, 1954), 285. 8. “Malaise of our times”: Allen Wheelis, The Quest for Identity (New York: Norton, 1958), 9, “weary and skeptical” at 88, “hard inner core” at 18. 9. “Sense of personal sameness”: Erikson, Identity: Youth and Crisis (New York: Norton, 1968), 16–17. “Intelligent college students”: Lawrence E. Da- vies, “LSD Conference Opens on Coast,” New York Times, 14 June 1966. “Union- ized social workers”: Martin Tolchin, “Psyches Confl ict in Strike Parley,”New York Times, 9 March 1964. “Intellectuals without a cause”: Brinton in Whit- man, “Identity a Puzzle.” 10. “Psychoanalytic limbo”: Wallerstein, “Erikson’s Concept of Ego Iden- tity,” 230. “More than one sense”: Heinz Hartmann, Essays on Ego Psychol- ogy: Selected Problems in Psychoanalytic Theory (New York: International Universities Press, 1964), 287. For additional critiques, see Charles N. Sarlin, “Feminine Identity,” JAPA 11 (1963), 790–816, at 790; and Jacobson, Self and the Object World, 27. J. Laplance and J.- B. Pontalis, The Language of Psycho- analysis, trans. Donald Nicholson-Smith (London: Karnac, 1988 [1973]), s.v. “ego,” argue that the terminological confusion—the ego psychologists’ charge—is intrinsic to the concept: “The interplay between these two meanings”—“the ego as the person and the ego as a psychical agency”—“is the core of the prob- lematic of the ego” and is as such unresolvable. “Eissler”: Friedman, Identity’s Architect, 422. 11. “Freedom and enjoyment”: Erikson, Life History and the Historical Moment (New York: Norton, 1975), 39, “where they were going” at 44. 340 Notes to Pages 231–234

12. “Conceptual necessity”: Ibid., 18. See Friedman, Identity’s Architect, 29– 36, for the complexities of Erikson’s parentage. “Strangely adolescent”: Er- ikson, Life History, 44. 13. Erikson, Life History, 44. 14. “Heard talk”: Erikson, “Childhood and Tradition in Two Indian Tribes— a Comparative Abstract, with Conclusions,” Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 1 (1945): 319–350, at 348. “Mechanical apparatus”: Erikson, “Ego Development and Historical Change,” 390, “unqualifi ed” at 392, “ego- infl ating” at 393. “What is popularly called”: Erikson, “Childhood and Trad- tion,” 348,n.7. “Fashionable and vain”: Erikson, Childhood and Society, 294. “Reshape itself”: Peyser, “Classics Revisited,” 253. 15. “Unfathomable”: Erikson, Identity: Youth and Crisis, 9. “Faddish equa- tion”: Erikson, “Identity, Psychosocial,” in International Encyclopedia of the Social Sciences, ed. David L. Sills (New York: Macmillan Company and the Free Press, 1968), 62. “Deliberately confused”: Erikson, Identity: Youth and Crisis, 19. On distinctions among dimensions of identity, see Heinz Lichtenstein, “Identity and Sexuality: A Study of Their Interrelationship in Man,” JAPA 9 (1961): 179–260; and Lichtenstein, “The Dilemma of Human Identity: Notes on Self-Transformation, Self- Objectivation, and Metamorphosis,” JAPA, 11 (1963): 173–223. On another of the “the indispensable dun-gray words that pass without notice because they are too important,” see Donald Fleming, “Attitude: The His- tory of a Concept,” Perspectives in American History 1 (1967): 287– 365; atti- tude, like identity, has a technical as well as a popu lar history—Fleming, at 290, notes that it “made itself intuitively understood.” The opening sentence of David J. DeLevita, The Concept of Identity, trans. Ian Finley (Paris: Mouton, 1965), 1, registers the novelty of identity: “The term ‘identity’ that we meet so frequently in publications relating to the study of human behavior has had such a lightening career that it must be regarded as being a member of the ‘noveau riche.’ ” 16. “Almost without reference”: Louise E. Hoffman, “From Instinct to Iden- tity: Implications of Changing Psychoanalytic Concepts from Freud to Erik- son,” Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences 18 (1982): 130–146, at 139. “Essential nucleus”: Erich H. Fromm, Escape from Freedom (New York, 1994 [1941]), 276. 17. “Conceptual ancestors”: Erikson, Identity: Youth and Crisis, 19. “Ob- scure emotional forces”: Freud, “Address to the Society of the B’Nai B’Rith” (1926), Standard Edition 20:274. “Ethnic”: Erikson, Identity: Youth and Crisis, 21. “Timeless elite”: Erikson, Childhood and Society, 280. “Contemporary cri- ses”: Erikson, Identity: Youth and Crisis, 23– 24. Notes to Pages 235–237 341

18. “Actual identity”: Freud, “ ‘A Child is Being Beaten’: A Contribution to the Study of the Origin of Sexual Perversions” (1919), Standard Edition 17:185. “Original”: Freud, “Dreams and Telepathy” (1922), Standard Edition 18:214.“Do not know”: Erikson, “Ego Development and Historical Change,” 386– 387. 19. “Most deeply”: Erikson, Identity: Youth and Crisis, 19 (emphasis in original). James’s letter is in The Letters of William James, ed. Henry James (Boston: Atlantic Monthly Press, 1920), 199; the editor dates it to roughly the end of 1878. James associated the sense with a feeling of “deep enthusiastic bliss”(200). “Personal identity”: James, Principles of Psychology, vol. 1, 330. DeLevita, in The Concept of Identity, at 31, took note of James’s “good-natured carelessness, which sometimes drove the German lady who translated his works to despair,” in mixing together spiritualistic, associationalistic, and transcen- dental theories of the soul in his writings. “Exuberant awareness”: Erikson, “Identity, Psychosocial,” 61. 20. M. N. Banerjee, “Indian Psycho- Analytical Society,” Bulletin of the In- ternational Psycho-Analytical Association 12 (1931): 387– 392, at 388, report- ing that Bhattacharya’s lecture to the society in 1920 “approached the problem from many different standpoints and shewed the insuffi ciency of some of the existing theories on the subject. He also discussed the fi ndings of psycho-analysts relevant to the problem.” “Another Indian analyst”: G. Bose, “The Duration of Coitus,” IJP 18 (1937): 235–255, at 244. “Ego feeling”: Federn, “Some Varia- tions in Ego-Feeling,” IJP 7 (1926): 434– 444; and “Ego Feeling in Dreams,” Psychoanalytic Quarterly 1 (1932): 511– 542, at 511– 513. 21. “Joyful and exhilarating”: Robert E. Nixon, “How to Begin the Trea- sure Hunt for Your Real Self,” Seventeen, October 1966. “Real self”: Helen Merrell Lynd, “Who Are You?” Ma demoi selle, August 1960. “True self”: Mel- vin Tumin, “There Is No Real You,” Ma demoi selle, February 1971 (emphasis in original). Nixon was the staff psychiatrist at Vassar; Lynd and Tumin were both distinguished sociologists. “Found himself”: Bingham, “Hippieland.” “This or that”: Harold F. Searles, “Roles and Paradigms in Psychotherapy. Marie Cole- man Nelson (Ed.), Benjamin Nelson, Murray H. Sherman, and Herbert S. Strean,” Psychoanalytic Review 55 (1968– 1969): 597–700, at 699. 22. “Finding the Real Self: A Letter—with a Forward by Karen Horney,” American Journal of Psychoanalysis 9 (1949): 3– 7. The letter was written by a “Mrs. B.,” following thirty-eight hours of psychoanalytic treatment, to a sana- torium psychiatrist who had “helped her through the acute stages of her anguish.” 342 Notes to Pages 237–242

23. “Long journey”: Ibid. “Constituted out of”: Leston Havens, “A Theo- retical Basis for the Concepts of Self and Authentic Self,” JAPA 34 (1986): 363– 378, at 370. “Collect together”: Winnicott, The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment: Studies in the Theory of Emotional Development (London: Karnac, 1990 [1965]), 148. “Feeling real”: Winnicott, Playing and Reality, 117. 24. “Valid indications”: Ralph H. Turner, “The Real Self: From Institution to Impulse,” American Journal of Sociology 81 (1976): 989– 1016, at 997. 25. “Love-ins”: Ibid., 993. “Mastery of reality”: James F. Masterson, The Search for the Real Self: Unmasking the Personality Disorders of Our Age (New York: Free Press, 1988), 23. On Winnicott’s “true self,” see Adam Phillips, Winnicott (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1988), 127– 137. 26. “When a phi los o pher”: Moore in Clifford Geertz, “Common Sense as a Cultural System,” in Local Knowledge (New York: Basic Books, 1983), 84. “Talk a good game”: Riesman, Faces in the Crowd: Individual Studies in Char- acter and Politics (New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 1952), 700– 705, “talk of autonomy” at 680. 27. Riesman, Faces in the Crowd, 679– 680. 28. Jersild, In Search of Self: An Exploration of the Role of the School in Promoting Self- Understanding (New York: Bureau of Publication, Teachers College, Columbia University, 1952), 22– 36, appendix B. 29. “Psychologizing”: ibid., 30. 30. Ralph H. Turner, “Is There a Quest for Identity?” So cio log i cal Quarterly 16 (1975): 148– 161. “No Freud please”: John Forrester, Dispatches from the Freud Wars: Psychoanalysis and Its Passions (Cambridge, MA: Harvard Uni- versity Press, 1997), 252. On the view from Britain, consider the acid comment of Charles Rycroft, “On Shame and the Search for Identity,” IJP 41 (1960): 85– 86: “Of the use or misuse that American society may make of psycho- analytical concepts in its search for a philosophy of life, the present reviewer can have nothing to say.” “Anguished, frustrated”: Charles J. Rolo, “Are Americans Well Adjusted?” Atlantic Monthly, 1961, a review of Geral Gurin, Joseph Veroff, and Sheila Field, Americans View Their Mental Health: A Nationwide Inter- view Survey (New York, 1960). 31. “Judicial department”: Wheelis, Quest for Identity, 98. “Parents’ strict- ness”: Freud, New Introductory Lectures on Psycho-Analysis (1933), Standard Edition 22:62. 32. “Unquestioning accep tance:” Wheelis, Quest for Identity, 102. Writing from Britain, Charles Rycroft, “The Quest for Identity,” IJP 41 (1960): 86– 87, Notes to Pages 242–246 343 dissented from the notion that father deprivation was at the root of identity problems, noting that Winnicott’s work was demonstrating that the relation- ship with the preoedipal mother was of more signifi cance. 33. “Flock of sheep”: Jung to Freud, 8 November 1909. “Father ideal”: Freud (12 October 1910), Minutes 3:14. “Mother-complex”: Jung to Freud, 8 November 1909. “Petticoat government”: Freud, The Future of an Illusion (1927), Standard Edition 21:49. On Freud’s distaste for the United States, see Patrick J. Mahony, “Freud Overwhelmed,” Psychoanalysis and History 1 (1999): 56– 68. 34. “Mothers were dominant”: Rollo May, Man’s Search for Himself (New York: Norton, 1953), esp. 119–125. “Men waited on their wives”: Freida Fromm- Reichmann, “Notes on the Mother Rôle in the Family Group,” Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic 4 (1940): 132–148, at 133–134; she adds that such a mother was “more disastrous” for the child than the authoritarian father. 35. “Revengeful triumph”: Erikson, Childhood and Society, 289, “over- whelmingly bigger” at 313– 314. 36. “Reasonably good terms”: ibid., 312. “Rigidly vindictive”: Erikson, “The Problem of Ego Identity,” JAPA 4 (1956): 56– 121, at 103, “triumph of deprecia- tion” at 84. “Tastes and standards”: Freud (“An Outline of Psycho- Analysis,” IJP 21 [1940], 82) in Erikson, “Childhood and Tradition,” 346. “Man’s enslave- ment”: “Ego Development and Historical Change,” 395, “par tic u lar life style” at 360. See Bingham, “Hippieland,” for an instance of the sort of parental leni- ency that caught Erikson’s attention: “A clear difference between the parents of today and their parents is the reluctance to smite the young down.” The refugee analyst Christine Olden, in “Notes on Child Rearing in America,” Psychoana- lytic Study of the Child 7 (1952): 387–392, attempting, at 389, to understand why “the permissive aspects” of psychoanalysis “overshadowed all other as- pects” in the United States, noted that in the 1870s a visiting Scotsman, observ- ing how in de pen dent the American young were, wrote that “ ‘Parent, obey your children in all things,’ is the new commandment.” 37. Tibor Agoston, “Some Psychological Aspects of Prostitution: The Pseudo- Personality,” IJP 26 (1945): 62– 67. “Emergence”: Lichtenstein, “Iden- tity and Sexuality,” 216, “consummated body” at 225, “feminine surrender” at 228. 38. Lasch, The Culture of Narcissism: American Life in an Age of Diminish- ing Expectations (New York: Norton, 1978), 64– 65. 39. “Well liked”: Ibid., 64. “Master occupational change”: C. Wright Mills, “The Competitive Personality,” Partisan Review 13 (1946): 433– 447, at 437. 344 Notes to Pages 247–251

40. Friedan, Feminine Mystique, 126. 41. “So-called genital trauma”: Erikson, Identity: Youth and Crisis, 275– 279. “Cannot be”: Erikson, “Identity, Psychosocial,” 64. “Have an identity”: Erikson, Identity: Youth and Crisis, 283, “somatic tasks” at 289, “singular love- liness” at 283, “engineering” at 291. Feminists vehemently criticized Erikson’s notions of the gendered nature of “inner” and “outer” space (in Childhood and Society, 97–108); he argued, based on observations of children’s play, that boys built phallic objects and girls enclosures, and answered his critics in “Once More the Inner Space” (1963), in his Life History, 225– 247. 42. “Many good things”: Kohut, Seminars, 222– 225. “Structure that dips”: Kohut, Search 2:837. “Self ‘emerges’ ”: Kohut, The Analysis of the Self: A Sys- tematic Approach to the Psychoanalytic Treatment of Narcissistic Personality Disorders (Madison, CT: International Universities Press, 2001 [1971]), xiv–xv. “Blame psychoanalysis”: Kohut, Search 2:579 (emphasis in original). “Gossipy letter”: Kohut to Tilmann Moser, 11 April 1969, in Kohut, Curve, 328– 239. Contra Kohut, “identity” was the guest whom everyone implored to stay; see, from within the ego-psychological tradition, Heinz Lichtenstein, The Dilemma of Human Identity (New York: Jason Aronson, 1977). 43. “Simply tried”: Friedman, Identity’s Architect, 422. “Establish”: Kohut, Self Psychology and the Humanities: Refl ections on a New Psychoanalytic Ap- proach (New York: Norton, 1985), 217, “sense of continuity” at 237. “Mere fact”: Erikson, “Ego Development,” 363. “Group self”: Kohut, Search 2:837. “Group identity”: Erikson, “Ego Development and Historical Change,” 361. “Zest and joy”: Kohut, How Does Analysis Cure?, ed. Arnold Goldberg (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1984), 85. “Vital condition”: Erikson, “The Galilean Sayings and the Sense of ‘I’,” Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Thought 19 (1996): 291– 337, at 294. “No feeling of being alive”: Erikson, “Ego Development,” 367. 44. “Normal Intergenerational”: Kohut, “Introspection, Empathy, and the Semi- Circle of Mental Health,” IJP 63 (1982): 395–407, at 405. “Intergenera- tional themes”: Erikson, “On the Generational Cycle: An Address,” IJP 61 (1980): 213–223, at 217– 218. “Infl ated patriarchal claims”: Erikson, Child- hood and Society, 314. “Rejection and expulsion”: Erikson, “Generational Cycle,” 218. 45. Erikson, “Ego Development and Historical Change,” 380–382. “Aim- inhibited self-esteem”: Kohut, “Thoughts on Narcissism and Narcissistic Rage,” Psychoanalytic Study of the Child 27 (1972): 360– 400, at 388. 46. “Adequate sense of identity”: Otto Fenichel, “The Means of Education,” Psychoanalytic Study of the Child 1 (1945): 281– 292, at 284. “Hidden behind Notes to Pages 253–254 345 narcissism”: Joseph D. Lichtenberg, “The Dilemma of Human Identity,” in “Book Notices,” JAPA 28 (1980): 703–732, at 706. Roy Schafer, “Concepts of Self and Identity and the Experience of Separation- Individuation in Adoles- cence,” Psychoanalytic Quarterly 42 (1973): 42–59, discusses, at 55–56ff, the “ambiguity” of the terms self and identity, seeing both as responses to analysts’ dissatisfaction with ego psychology’s “remoteness, impersonality, and auster- ity,” and arguing that the discipline could only benefi t from the shift underway to concern “with specifi cally human phenomenology and concepts.” “Oblitera- ting”: Lasch, Culture of Narcissism, 86, “mass culture” at 91. “Problems of identity”: Philip Rieff, Freud: The Mind of the Moralist (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1979 [1959]), 13.

Conclusion: Narcissism Today

1. “Ego-addled”: Raina Kelley, “Generation Me,” Newsweek, 27 April 2009. “Best selling books”: Jean M. Twenge and W. Keith Campbell, The Nar- cissism Epidemic: Living in the Age of Entitlement (New York: Free Press, 2009); Drew Pinsky, The Mirror Effect: How Celebrity Narcissism Is Seducing America (New York: HarperCollins, 2009). “Articles”: Laura Bennett, “Genera- tion Whine,” The New Republic, 5 October 2012; Ross Douthat, “The Online Looking Glass,” New York Times, 12 June 2011. “Grandiosity is out of style”: David Brooks, “Temerity at the Top,” New York Times, 21 September 2012. 2. “Attract us”: Jan Hoffman, “Here’s Looking at Me, Kid,” New York Times, 20 July 2008. “Subtitle”: Scott Barry Kaufman, “How to Spot a Narcis- sist: Welcome to the Contradictory Universe of Narcissism,” Psychology Today, 27 June 2011. “Do we really fi nd”: Chris Yayomali, “Do We Really Find Selfi sh, Narcissistic Jerks More Attractive?” The Week 29 November 2102. “Narcissists as more likeable”: Daisy Grewal, “Psychology Uncovers Sex Appeal of Dark Personalities,” Scientifi c American, 27 November 2012. “Extroverted, confi - dent”: Elizabeth Bernstein, “Why Divas Need Make No Apology,” Wall Street Journal, 8 April 2013. “Hard to resist”: Grewal, “Sex Appeal.” 3. “Help you succeed”: Yolanda Reid Chassiakos, “Healthy Narcissism Can Help You Succeed,” Huffi ngton Post, 20 May 2010. “Healthy part of narcis- sism”: Prudence Gourguechon in Jan Hoffman, “Everyone’s a Narcissist, It Seems,” New York Times, 20 July 2008. “Fuels drive”: Emily Yoffe, “But Enough about You . . . What Is Narcissistic Personality Disorder and Why Does Every- one Seem to Have It?” slate .com, 18 March 2009. “Documented benefi ts”: Scott Barry Kaufman, “Why Is Narcissism Adaptive in Youth?” psychologytoday .com, 346 Notes to Pages 255–258

13 August 2011. “Makes you attractive”: Tracy Quan, “In Defence of Narcis- sism,” guardian.co.uk, 4 August 2008. “Infl ated sense of self”: Kaufmann, “Adaptive in youth.” “Life has meaning”: Yoffe, “Enough about You.” “Forms of public life”: Quan, “Defence of Narcissism.” 4. “Kohutian”: Manfred F.R. Kets de Vries, “Narcissism and Leadership: An Object Relations Perspective,” Human Relations 38 (1985): 583– 601, at 587. “Overcome”: Michael Maccoby, “Narcissistic Leaders: The Incredible Pros, The Inevitable Cons”; the article was originally published in Harvard Business Review, vol. 78, no. 1 (January 2000): 68–77, and is widely available on the Internet ( www .maccoby .com /Articles /NarLeaders.shtml: accessed 22 June 2013). See also Maccoby, The Productive Narcissist: The Promise and Peril of Vision- ary Leadership (New York: Broadway Books, 2003). 5. Maccoby, “Corporate Character Types: The Gamesman vs. Narcissus,” Psychology Today, October 1978. 6. Ernest Jones, “The God Complex: The Belief That One Is God, and the Resulting Character Traits” (1913), in Essays in Applied Psychoanalysis, vol. 2 (London: Hogarth Press and Institute of Psycho-Analysis, 1951), 244–265 (em- phasis in original). “Difference”: Maccoby, “Narcissistic Leaders,” 94; the quip is all over the Internet, and provides the title for Mike Wilson, The Difference between God and Larry Ellison: Inside Oracle Corporation (New York: Harp- erCollins, 2002). 7. “These are the doers”: Maccoby, “Gamesman vs. Narcissus,” 61. “People belonging”: Freud, “Libidinal Types” (1931), Standard Edition 21:218 (cited by Maccoby, “Narcissistic Leaders,” 93). “Absolutely narcissistic”: Freud, Group Psychology and the Analysis of the Ego (1921), Standard Edition 18:123– 124. 8. “Security and protection”: Christine Olden, “About the Fascinating Ef- fect of the Narcissistic Personality,” American Imago 2 (1941): 347– 355, at 353– 354. “Extreme submissiveness”: Annie Reich, “A Contribution to the Psy- choanalysis of Extreme Submissiveness in Women,” Psychoanalytic Quarterly 9 (1940): 470– 480. 9. Otto Fenichel, “Psychoanalytic Remarks on Fromm’s Book ‘Escape from Freedom,’ ” Psychoanalytic Review 31 (1944): 133– 152, reviews the literature on the longing to belong; see also his “Trophy and Triumph: A Clinical Study” (1939), Collected Papers, 2nd series (New York: W. W. Norton, 1954), 141– 162. “Limitless narcissism”: Freud, Civilization and Its Discontents (1930), Standard Edition 21:72. “Another person’s narcissism”: Freud, “On Narcis- sism: An Introduction” (1914), Standard Edition 14:89. Notes to Pages 258–260 347

10. “Personal Magnetism,” London Spectator, 34, no. 3, March 1903. Max Weber, The Theory of Social and Economic Or ga ni za tion, ed. Talcott Parsons, trans. A. M. Henderson and Talcott Parsons (New York: Free Press, 1947). On Weber, see Robert C. Tucker, “The Theory of Charismatic Leadership,” Daedalus 97 (1968): 731–756. “Attributions of specialness”: Charles Camic, “Charisma: Its Varieties, Preconditions, and Consequences,” So ciolog ical Inquiry 50 (1980): 5– 23, at 7. 11. “Into popu lar discourse”: Bell in Richard R. Lingeman, “The Greeks Had a Word for It—But What Does It Mean?” New York Times Magazine, 4 August 1968. Malcolm X: Albert B. Southwick, “Malcolm X: Charismatic Demagogue,” Christian Century 80 (1963): 740– 741. Wilson: “Britain: The Charisma Sweepstakes,” Newsweek, 15 June 1970. Scoop Jackson: “Nation: A Moment of Charisma,” Time, 15 March 1976. Connolly: “Mr. Charisma,” The Nation, 10 February 1979. Jackson: Nathaniel Sheppard, “Jesse Jackson: The Last Charismatic Leader?” Black Enterprise, March 1981. “Mysterious air”: Fredelle Maynard, “Charisma: Who Has It?” Seventeen, October 1968. Fran- cine du Plessix Gray, “Charisma: What It Is and How to Get It,” Made moi selle, December 1981; Doe Lang, “Charisma: Who Has It? How They Got It! And How You Can Get It Too!” Good House keeping, February 1982. 12. “Key trait”: Seth A. Rosenthal and Todd L. Pittinsky, “Narcissistic Lead- ership,” Leadership Quarterly 17 (2006): 617– 633, at 628. “Model of leader- ship”: Maccoby, Productive Narcissist, 11. “Bland, opaque”: Abraham Za- leznik, “Charismatic and Consensus Leaders: A Psychological Comparison,” Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic 38 (1974): 222– 238, at 233. Zaleznik was a psychoanalyst and professor of management at the Harvard Business School. For a popu lar notice of his work, see “The Ugly Side of Charisma,” Science Digest 80 (October 1976): 8– 9. 13. “Awe, devotion”: Jerome A. Winer, Thomas Jobe, and Carlton Ferrono, “Toward a Psychoanalytic Theory of the Charismatic Relationship,” Annual of Psychoanalysis 12 (1984): 155–175, at 163–165; here I am indebted to Camic, “Charisma.” “Uncanny ability”: Kohut in Daniel Sankowsky, “The Charismatic Leader as Narcissist: Understanding the Abuse of Power,” Or gan i za tion al Dy- namics 23, no. 4 (1995): 57–71, at 65. 14. “Seemingly unlimited”: Roderick M. Kramer, “The Harder They Fall,” Harvard Business Review 81, no. 10 (October 2003): 58–66, at 58. “Risky deci- sion making”: Amy B. Brunell et al., “Leader Emergence: The Case of the Narcis- sistic Leader,” Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin 34 (2008): 1663–1676, 348 Notes to Pages 260–262 at 1674. “Crash and burn”: Kramer, “Harder they Fall,” 58– 59. “Resource and hazard”: Zaleznik, “Management of Disappointment,” Harvard Business Re- view 45, no. 6 (November– December 1967): 59– 70, at 65– 66. 15. “Distributing authority”: Zaleznik, “Power and Politics in Or gan i za- tional Life,” Harvard Business Review 48, no. 3 (May– June 1970): 47– 60, at 48. 16. Maccoby, “The Narcissist-Visionary: How to Stop Worrying and Learn to Love Your Diffi cult Boss,” Forbes, 3 March 2003, www.maccoby.com / Articles/onmymind.shtml (accessed 23 September 2010). 17. For the numbers, widely quoted, see Jean M. Twenge and W. Keith Campbell, The Narcissism Epidemic: Living in an Age of Entitlement (New York: Free Press, 2009), 2; for example, “is not good”: Holly Brubach, “But Enough about You,” New York Times T Magazine, 19 February 2009; Raina Kelley, “Generation Me,” Newsweek, 27 April 2009; and Madeline Bunting, “The Narcissism of Consumer Society Has Left Women Unhappier than Ever,” Guardian, 26 July 2009. On prevalence, see Leonard C. Groopman and Arnold Cooper, “Narcissistic Personality Disorder,” at www .health .am /psy /narcissistic -personality -disorder/ (accessed 28 June 2013), reporting lifetime prevalence of 1 percent in the general population, 2– 16 percent in clinical populations, with 50– 75 percent male; and F. S. Stinson et al., “Prevalence, Correlates, Disability, and Comorbidity of DSM IV Narcissistic Personality Disorder: Results from the Wave 2 National Epidemiological Survey on Alcohol and Related Condi- tions,” Journal of Clinical Psychiatry 69 (2008): 1033–1045, reporting lifetime prevalence at 6.2 percent, in a sample of 34,653 adults: 7.7 percent for men, 4.8 percent for women. 18. The Narcissistic Personality Inventory can be found on the Internet at http:// psychcentral .com/quizzes /narcissistic.htm and in Pinsky Mirror Effect, 261– 267. Scores of 21 or higher are indicative of narcissism; according to Twenge and Campbell, Narcissism Epidemic, at 31, average scores have gone from c. 15.5 in 1980– 1984 to c. 17.5 in 2005– 2006. There is a substantial lit- erature and a good deal of controversy about what the test mea sures. Among critics’ articles are Seth A. Rosenthal and Jill M. Hooley, “Narcissism Assess- ment in Social- Personality Research: Does the Association between Narcissism and Psychological Health Result from a Confound with Self-Esteem?” Journal of Research in Personality 44 (2010): 453– 465; Rosenthal et al., “Further Evidence of the Narcissistic Personality Inventory’s Validity Problems: A Meta- Analytic Investigation— Response to Miller, Maples, and Campbell,” Journal of Research in Personality 45 (2100): 408–416; and Kali H. Trzesniewski et al., “Do Today’s Notes to Pages 262–264 349

Young People Really Think They Are So Extraordinary?” Psychological Science 19 (2008): 181– 188. 19. For a persuasive analysis of what the questions in fact measure, see Rosenthal and Hooley, “Narcissism Assessment,” 456. “An important person”: Twenge and Campbell, Narcissism Epidemic, 34. “Very, very important”: Twenge in Stephanie Rosenbloom, “Generation Me vs. You Revisited,” New York Times, 17 January 2008. 20. W. Keith Campbell, “Is Narcissism Really So Bad?” Psychological In- quiry 12 (2001): 214– 216. 21. “Eighty percent”: Mark Leary in Carl Vogel, “A Field Guide to Narcis- sism,” Psychology Today, January-February 2006. “Confi dence in success”: Freud, “A Childhood Recollection from Dichtung und Wahrheit” (1917), Stan- dard Edition 17:156. “Always confi dent”: Jake Halpern, “The New Me Gener- ation,” Boston Globe, 30 September 2007. “Not an increase”: Rosenthal and Hooley, “Narcissism Assessment,” 462. Elizabeth Gudrais, “Self-Esteem, Real and Phony,” Harvard Magazine, September/October 2005, quotes Seth Rosen- thal saying that “narcissism is not a kind of self- esteem. . . . Equating confi dent people with narcissistic people is like equating happy with manic and then say- ing, ‘Well, maybe happiness isn’t such a good thing after all.’ ” 22. “Every generation”: David Elkind in Susan Krauss Whitbourne, “Fulfi ll- ment at Any Age,” Psychology Today, 13 September 2011. The phrase also ap- pears in Brent W. Roberts, Grant Edmonds, and Emily Grijalva, “It is Develop- mental Me, Not Generation Me: Developmental Changes are More Important than Generational Changes in Narcissism— Commentary on Trzesniewski and Donnellan,” Perspectives in Psychological Science 5 (2010): 97–102. “Uniquely miserable”: Spencer Brown, “We Can’t Appease the Younger Generation,” New York Times, 27 November 1966. “Fatuous self- absorption”: Frank A. Johnson, “The Existential Psychotherapy of Alienated Persons,” in The Narcissistic Con- dition: A Fact of Our Lives and Times, ed. Marie Coleman Nelson (New York: Human Sciences Press, 1977), 128. “Absolutely hilarious”: Comment to “Stu- dents Not So Self-Obsessed, After All, Study Finds,” Chronicle of Higher Educa- tion News Blog, 17 January 2008. Pearsall Smith quoted in Brown, “Can’t Ap- pease.” For assessments, see, for example, Christine Rosen, “The Overpraised American,” Policy Review 133 (October/November, 2005); and Lori Gottlieb, “How to Land Your Kid in Therapy,” Atlantic, July/August 2011. “So selfi sh”: Joel Stein, “The New Greatest Generation: Why Millennials Will Save Us All,” Time, 20 May 2013. 350 Notes to Pages 265–267

23. “New study”: Eric Hoover, “New Study Finds ‘Most Narcissistic Gen- eration’ on Campuses, Watching You Tube,” Chronicle of Higher Education 28 February 2007. “Students Not So Self- Obsessed.” “Dire warnings”: Douglas Quenqua, “Seeing Narcissists Everywhere,” New York Times, 5 August 1913. Books: Linda Martinez-Lewis, Freeing Yourself from the Narcissist in Your Life (New York: Penguin, 2008); Cynthia Zayn and M.S. Kevin Dribble, Narcissistic Lovers: How to Cope, Recover and Move On (Far Hills, NJ: New Horizon Press, 2007); Nina W. Brown, Children of the Self- Absorbed: A Grown-Up’s Guide to Getting over Narcissistic Parents (Oakland, CA: New Harbinger Press, 2008). “Infuriating”: Nina W. Brown, Coping with Infuriating, Mean, Critical People: The Destructive Narcissistic Pattern (Westport, CT: Praeger, 2006). Cynthia Lechan Goodman and Barbara Leff, The Everything Guide to Narcissistic Personality Disorder (Avon, MA: Adams Media, 2012). 24. Rosenthal and Hooley, “Narcissism Assessment,” 461, discussing the psychologist’s take on healthy narcissism. I refer to research psychologists here to distinguish them from clinical psychologists. 25. For condemnation of advertiser’s exploitation of women, see Susan J. Douglas, Where The Girls Are: Growing Up Female with the Mass Media (New York: Three Rivers Press, 1994), chap. 11 (a critique of the notion of “Narcis- sism as Liberation”). “Infl ated sense”: Lucy Taylor, “The Ego Epidemic: How More and More of Us Women Have an Infl ated Sense of Our Own Fabulous- ness,” Mail Online,14 September 2009. Anne Hollander, Sex and Suits (New York: Knopf, 1994), writes, at 23, that “feelings of dismay about the whole of fashion have been expressed since its very beginning” and is especially pointed on the dour moralism of the antifashion position. 26. “Jealousy, petty triumph”: Flügel, The Psychology of Clothes (London: Hogarth Press, 1930), 114, “women dress,” at 214. “Highly ambivalent”: Adri- enne Harris in Irene Cairo- Chiarandini, “To Have and Have Not: Clinical Uses of Envy,” JAPA 49 (2001): 1391–1404, at 1399. “Way of displaying”: Arlene Kramer Richards, “Ladies of Fashion: Plea sure, Perversion or Paraphilia,” IJP 77 (1996): 337– 351, at 337. 27. “Generation Me’s lifetime”: Twenge, Generation Me: Why Today’s Young Americans Are More Confi dent, Assertive, Entitled— and More Misera- ble Than Ever Before (New York: Free Press, 2006), 17, “free to be” at 24–25, “satisfy their personal wants” at 221. “Fads” and “bodies” are items on the NPI, in Pinsky and Young, Mirror Effect, 264. “Vain and self-centered”: Twenge and Campbell, Narcissism Epidemic, 39. Stanley A. Leavy, “Against Narcis- sism,” Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Thought 19 (1996): 403– 424, notes, Notes to Pages 268–270 351 at 406, that “narcissism as the erotic plea sure of gazing at the refl ection of one’s own body” plays little role in analytic thinking and practice (though, as noted in the text, it fi gures importantly in the NPI). 28. Louis W. Flaccus, “Remarks on the Psychology of Clothes,” Pedagogical Seminary 13– 14 (1906– 1907): 61– 83, esp. 70– 75. 29. “Psychic distress”: Colin Campbell, “Shopaholics, Spendaholics, and the Question of Gender,” in I Shop, Therefore I Am: Compulsive Buying and the Search for Self, ed. April Lane Benson (Northvale, NJ: Jason Aronson, 2000), 58, “extended clothes-shopping” at 69. “Escape from psychic pain”: Ann- Marie N. Paley, “Growing Up in Chaos: The Dissociative Response,” American Jour- nal of Psychoanalysis 48 (1988): 72–83, at 75. “Flight from feminine identifi ca- tion”: Diana Diamond, “Gender-Specifi c Transference Reactions of Male and Female Patients to the Therapist’s Pregnancy,” Psychoanalytic Psychology 9 (1992): 319– 345, at 331. “Form of self- harm”: Lynda Chassler, “Traumatic At- tachments and Self- Harm Behaviors,” Psychoanalytic Social Work 15 (2008): 69– 74, at 70. “Deferred reaction”: Lauren Lawrence, “The of the Compulsive Female Shopper,” American Journal of Psychoanalysis 50 (1990): 67– 70, at 70. “Cast shopping”: Campbell, “Shopaholics.” 30. “Ungraceful descent”: Michelle Cottle, “How Men’s Magazines Are Making Guys as Neurotic, Insecure and Obsessive about Their Appearance as Women,” Washington Monthly, May 1998. “Tight, low-rise jeans”: Mark Lotto, “We’re Nude York, Nude York,” New York Observer, 26 June 2005. 31. “Shalt nots”: Philip Rieff, The Triumph of the Therapeutic: Uses of Faith after Freud (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1966), 14– 18. Ernest Dichter, The Strategy of Desire (New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction, 2011 [1960]), 85. 32. Rieff, Triumph of the Therapeutic, 17. ACKNOW LEDG MENTS

It is a pleasure to acknowledge the contributions of the many friends, colleagues, and family members that enabled me to write this book. I wish to thank Tony Broh, David Casey, Debbie Cooper, Lorraine Das- ton, Carolyn Dean, Stephanie Engel, Jennifer Hochschild, Dan Stern- berg, and Hedy Weinberg for their generous and unwavering support of me and for their inexhaustible interest in narcissism. I am deeply grateful to Jean-Christophe Agnew, David Alworth, Sarah Igo, and Barbara Taylor for their engagement with this project and for offering me informed and astute comments on various portions of it. A good deal of what I learned in conversations spanning many years with John Carson, John Forrester, Volney Gay, Peter Mandler, Andreas Mayer, and Louis Sass has made its way into this book in one form or another. Michael Bess, Jim Epstein, Leah Marcus, Mike Schoenfeld, Valerie Smith, and Frank Wcislo started as colleagues and became valued friends. With Angela Creager, Lorraine Daston, Susan March- and, Londa Schiebinger, and Norton Wise I have edited collections of essays, and have benefi ted from collaborating with them all. Former students Tammy Brown, Jamie Cohen-Cole, Rachel Goldstein, Chin Jou, and Laura Stark were always ready to talk about narcissism, and have sent a steady stream of articles on the topic my way. Joyce Selt- zer has been an ideal editor, supportive of my ambitions for the book; Donika Ross stepped in at the last minute to help with manuscript preparation. I have long enjoyed the friendship of Emily Martin, fel- low traveler in the realm of all things “psy”; her sustaining presence Acknow ledgments 353 has been critical through the years this book has been in the making. Michael Bernstein has given generously of his self and keen intelli- gence, for which I am exceedingly grateful. And, over the last several decades, Allan Brandt has proven the most steadfast of friends, a font of warmth and deeply appreciated wisdom on just about everything. I wish to acknowledge the psychiatrists and psychoanalysts— friends and colleagues—who have contributed in important ways to this book. Bennett Simon, friend and intellectual collaborator, has served as an invaluable sounding board on matters both personal and professional; I benefi tted enormously from his generous reading of the entire manuscript. In conversation with Humphrey Morris I have deepened my understanding of narcissism, of psychoanalysis, and of much else besides. In Boston, Steven Ablon, , Lois Choi- Kain, Shelly Greenfi eld, and Anton Kris have been espe- cially welcoming and supportive of my interests in the borderlands between the academy and psychoanalysis. I am also grateful to the many practitioners to whom I have presented my work for the in- formed and challenging feedback they have given me. In partic u lar, I thank Stanley Coen, Lawrence Friedman, George Makari, and Kerry Sulkowicz in New York and James Anderson in Chicago. Portions of chapter 4 originally appeared in “The Narcissistic Homosexual: Genealogy of a Myth,” History and Psyche: Culture, Psychoanalysis, and the Past, ed. Sally Alexander and Barbara Tay- lor (New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2012), reproduced with per- mission of Palgrave Macmillan. The full published version of this publication is available from: http:// www .palgraveconnect .com /pc /doifi nder /10 .1057 /9781137092427 .0004 . Brief portions of the Introduction and Chapter 1 originally ap- peared in “Narcissism: Social Critique in Me- Decade America,” Engineering Society: The Role of the Human and Social Sci- ences in Modern Societies, 1880-1980, ed. Kerstin Brückweh, Dirk Schumann, Richard F. Wetzell, and Benjamin Zieman (New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2012), reproduced with permission of Palgrave Macmillan. The full published version of this publication is avail- able from: http:// www .palgraveconnect .com /pc /doifi nder /10 .1057 /9781137284501 . 354 Acknow ledg ments

I wish to thank John Burnham for providing a platform to ex- plore the ideas discussed here in chapter 2, in After Freud Left: A Century of Psychoanalysis in America, ed. Burnham (Chicago: Uni- versity of Chicago Press, 2012). At an earlier stage in my research, I examined some of the issues in the same chapter in Histories of Sci- entifi c Observation, ed. Lorraine Daston and Elizabeth Lunbeck (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2011), and am grateful for the feedback I received. I would also like to thank Joanne Halford, Honorary Archivist of the British Psychoanalytical Society, London, and Casey Gibbs, Librarian of the Chicago Institute for Psycho- analysis, for permission to publish material from, respectively, the Joan Riviere Papers and the Heinz Kohut Papers. My greatest debts are to my family. The support of my parents has been unwavering, and so too has been the companionship of my sisters and brothers. Linda Gerstle and Isaac Franco were always ready to offer me a refuge from narcissism. My sons reached adult- hood listening to me talk of fi nishing this project. Dan has proven an invaluable interlocutor to the end, and his readings of the book improved it immeasurably. Sam has been endlessly and satisfyingly curious and, like his brother, always open to talking with me about it. Finally, I thank my husband Gary Gerstle for giving me sustained encouragement, support, and love— the “narcissistic supplies” that have made it all possible. INDEX

Abraham, Karl, 204, 207, 283n28, American superego, 241– 244 314n7, 333n5 Anal stage, 27 Abstinence, 174– 176, 182– 186, The Analysis of the Self (Kohut), 326n29 40, 54 Adler, Alfred, 50, 184 “Analysis Terminable and Intermi- Advertising: and affl uent society, nable” (Freud), 178 21– 22; and culture of narcissism, Analytic censorship, 177– 182 15; and needs vs. wants, 25; Apocalyptic fantasies, 198 sexualized, 22, 280n17; and Asceticism: and affl uent society, vanity, 163– 164 23; and gratifi cation, 166, Affl uence, 18– 23 176, 323n18; and in de pendence, The Affl uent Society (Galbraith), 136; Rieff on, 34; and vanity, 18– 19 160 Aggression: and developmental Austen Riggs Center, 231 stages, 27; and love, 73, 78; and Austerity, 166 malignant narcissism, 60, 61, 63, Autoeroticism, 83, 85, 98– 99 65, 80; and materialism, 160 Automobiles, symbolism of, Aichorn, August, 42 149– 150 Albieri, Donna, 87, 88 Avarice, 27, 30– 33 Alexander, Franz, 191 Altruism, 4, 39, 107 Bacon, Francis, 83, 200 Americanized Freud, 37– 58; and Balint, Alice, 116– 117 classical psychoanalysis, 49– 58; Balint, Michael, 118, 119, 192, narcissism in, 38– 49 306n6 American Psychoanalytic Associa- Basch, Michael, 330n48 tion, 40 Behling, Katya, 120, 121 356 Index

Bell, Daniel: on affl uence, 18, 20, Character Analysis (Reich), 233 22– 23; on charisma, 258; on Character neuroses, 203 gratifi cation, 167, 194, 195; on Charisma, 258– 259 modernity, 35, 46– 47; on needs vs. Child grandiosity, 44– 45 wants, 25; social criticism by, 2, 57 “A Child Is Being Beaten” Benjamin, Jessica, 323n15 (Freud), 234 Bernays, Minna, 119– 120, Civilization and Its Discontents 121– 122 (Freud), 48, 63, 116, 257 Bettelheim, Bruno, 198 Clark University, 91, 147 Bhattacharya, Haridas, 235 Classical psychoanalysis: and Birth control, 128 Americanized Freud, 49– 58; and Blanton, Smiley, 29, 178, 321n8 asceticism, 166; and gratifi cation, Bliss, Sylvia, 145, 147, 149 320n2; on in de pen dence, 132–135, Bonaparte, Marie, 95 136; Kohut’s revolution against, Boredom, 38 49– 58; on object- love, 84– 85. Bose, G., 235 See also Psychoanalysis Boston Globe on self- esteem, Clinical Diary (Ferenczi), 263 168– 169, 177 Boundary violations, 183 Clothes fetishism, 141, 313n6. See Bowling Alone (Putnam), 2 also Fashion and vanity Branden, Nathaniel, 109 Collins, Jim, 259 Breger, Louis, 94 Colossal narcissism, 213– 219, Breuer, Josef, 168, 323n15 256 Brierley, Marjorie, 322n12 Comfort, Alex, 76 Brill, Abraham, 99, 220 Competitiveness: and affl uence, 19; British Psycho- Analytical Society, and malignant narcissism, 63; and 98, 151, 154 vanity, 150 Brooks, David, 253, 254 “Confusion of Tongues between Butler, Judith, 152 Adults and the Child” (Ferenczi), 179– 180, 181, 325n226 California “Task Force to Promote Conspicuous consumption, 130 Self- Esteem,” 110 Consumerism: and affl uent society, Campbell, Keith, 261, 262, 348n18 22, 284n35; and culture of Capitalism: and affl uent society, 22, narcissism, 15, 70; and de pen- 23; and de pen den cy, 127; and den cy, 127; and narcissism, 261; gratifi cation, 195; and greed, 3, 30 and needs vs. wants, 26 Cars, symbolism of, 149–150 Consumption: and culture of Carter, Jimmy, 13 narcissism, 29, 32–33, 202; and Index 357

de penden cy, 127, 129– 130; and Ego: and culture of narcissism, 16; in de pen dence, 113; and vanity, and healthy narcissism, 104; and 268 identity, 229– 230; possessions as “A Contribution to the Analysis of portion of, 30 the Negative Therapeutic Reac- The Ego and the Id (Freud), 216 tion” (Riviere), 205– 206 “Ego Development and Historical Cosmopolitan on identity, 228 Change” (Erikson), 338n6 Counterculture, 3, 19– 20, 39, 78, Einfühlung, 171– 172 165, 195 Eissler, Kurt, 52, 230, 290n25, Countertransference, 66 327n32, 336n24 Covey, Stephen, 259 Eissler, Ruth, 40, 52 Creativity: of fashion, 148; and Elegance, 25 in de pen dence, 133; and malignant Ellis, Havelock, 83, 300n26 narcissism, 71, 80 Ellison, Larry, 256 The Cultural Contradictions of Emotional Intelligence (Goleman), Capitalism (Bell), 2, 18 259 Cultural personality, 226 “The Emotional Life of Civilized Culture against Man (Henry), 21 Men and Women” (Riviere), 157 Culture of narcissism, 13– 18 Empathy: and gratifi cation, 166, The Culture of Narcissism (Lasch), 2, 170, 186– 194; Kohut on, 56; and 12, 13, 16, 17, 68, 110, 132, 255 leadership, 259– 260 Cushman, Philip, 284n35 Envy, 145, 151, 160, 163, 222, 266 Democracy in America (Tocqueville), Erhard, Werner, 14 13 Erikson, Erik: framing of narcissism Dependence: as feminine trait, 86, by, 6–7; on Freud’s abstinence 119– 126; and homosexuality, 86, from smoking, 176; on identity, 96; and jealousy, 220; and Oedipus 56, 225– 237, 243, 247, 248– 251, complex, 308n17; as pathological 338n6; on self- esteem, 105 problem, 136– 137; and subordina- Escape from Freedom tion, 113; and vanity, 160. See also (Fromm), 233 In depen dence Essence magazine on self- love, 109 Developmental stages, 27– 28 The Everything Guide to Narcissistic Dichter, Ernest, 21, 22, 32, 195, 270, Personality Disorder (Goodman & 281n19 Leff), 265 “Dreams and Telepathy” Exhibitionism, 141, 142, 144– 145, (Freud), 234 149– 150, 163, 266 Drive theory, 59, 65 Extreme de pen den cy, 126 358 Index

Fairbairn, W. R. D., 126 Fliess, Ida, 93–97 The Fall of Public Man (Sennett), 18 Fliess, Wilhelm: on abstinence, Farnham, Marynia F., 131 174– 175, 176; Freud’s relationship Fashion and vanity, 140– 150, 158, with, 87, 93– 96, 122, 168 162, 266– 269, 316n19 Flügel, J. C., 101, 143– 146, 148–149, Federn, Paul, 104, 105, 235–236, 266– 267, 270, 316n19 252, 301n34 “Forms and Transformations of Female narcissism, 138, 266. See Narcissism” (Kohut), 107 also Vanity Fortune on charisma, 258 “Female Sexuality” (Freud), 116 Fraser, Nancy, 124 The Feminine Mystique (Friedan), Free association, 189 224, 246 Free love, 76. See also Sexual Femininity: and culture of narcissism, permissiveness 15; of dependence, 86, 119– 126; Freud, Anna, 40, 119, 184, 219, 231 and identity, 246– 247; of jealousy, Freud, Martha, 95, 120, 121 219; and vanity, 156– 157; of Freud, Martin, 307n10 vanity, 163; of wants, 25– 26 Freud, Oliver, 121 Feminism, 76, 78, 129, 224, 225 Freud, Sigmund: on aggression Fenichel, Otto, 28– 30, 102, 105–106, in relationships, 63; analytic 185, 250, 283n30 boundary violations by, 184; and Ferenczi, Sándor: analytic boundary censorship of Ferenczi, 179– 182; violations by, 183; on empathy, 56, on clothes fetishism, 313n6; on 186– 187, 188, 291n27, 321n8; empathy, 171– 172, 188; on female framing of narcissism by, 6–7; on narcissism, 11, 138; Ferenczi’s Freud’s break with Jung, 124; on relationship with, 90– 97, 119, Freud’s Leonardo, 86; Freud’s 167– 176; Fliess’s relationship relationship with, 90– 97, 119, with, 87, 93– 96, 122, 168; 167– 176; on gratifi cation, 166, framing of narcissism by, 6–7; 167– 176, 320n2; on homosexual- on gratifi cation, 48, 165– 166, ity, 100, 101; on in de pen dence, 168– 176; on heroic dependencies, 116, 119; on infantile grandiosity, 119– 126; on homo natura, 49; 44; jealousy of Jung, 220; on Jones, and homosexuality, 90– 103; 325n226; marginalization of, 50, on identity, 230, 233, 234; on 54– 55, 166, 177– 182; on self- love in de pen dence, 114, 119, 132–133, and object- love, 103–104 136; on infant narcissism, Fetishism, 141, 313n6 43– 44; Jones’s relationship with, Fine, Reuben, 331n53 213– 222; Jung’s relationship with, Flaccus, Louis W., 147, 157, 267– 268 122– 124, 297n5; Kohut infl uenced Index 359

by, 42– 43; on leadership qualities Good to Great (Collins), 259 of narcissists, 256– 257; on Gordon, Linda, 124 Leonardo da Vinci, 85–90; on Grandiose self, 45, 72, 163 narcissism as normal and patho- Grandiosity: child, 44– 45, 46; and logical, 4, 33– 34, 83– 84; on needs culture of narcissism, 11, 18, 33; and wants, 23; on primary and in de pen dence, 133; infant, 44; narcissism, 114, 115–119; Riviere in Kernberg’s narcissists, 4– 5; and as analysis subject of, 213– 219, leadership, 260; and malignant 336n24; on self- esteem, 105, narcissism, 61; and vanity, 161 302n36; on treatment of narcis- Gratifi cation, 165–201; and affl u- sism, 203– 204. See also specifi c ence, 20; and affl uent society, books and papers 22; and analytic censorship, 37, Freud, Sophie, 121 177–182; and culture of narcissism, Freud: The Mind of the Moralist 12, 15; and empathy, 186– 194; (Rieff), 24 instant and immediate, 194– 200; Friedan, Betty, 224, 246, 247 in Kohut’s framing of narcissism, Fromm, Erich, 136, 233, 313n5 37, 40; and love, 167– 176; as Fromm- Reichmann, Frieda, 242, 243 pathological problem, 136– 137; and privation in analytic setting, Galatzer- Levy, Robert M., 329n48 182– 186; society as antagonistic Galbraith, John Kenneth, 18–19, 24, to, 48; as target of Me De cade 25, 26 critics, 5 Gallantry, 75 Greed, 27, 30– 33, 194 Gates, Bill, 261 Green, Aaron, 191, 192, 193, Gay, Peter, 87, 95, 184, 323n18 194, 205 Gellner, Ernest, 62– 63 Groddeck, Georg, 92 Gender: and jealousy, 219– 220, 221; and vanity, 266– 271. See also Hallucinatory in de pen dence, 115– 119 Femininity; Feminism; Women Hartmann, Heinz, 52, 55, 230 Gender Trouble (Butler), 152 Haven in a Heartless World Generation Me, 261, 264, 267 (Lasch), 132 Generation Me (Twenge), 267 Healthy narcissism, 4, 85, 103–109, Generation of Narcissus 254, 262– 263 (Malcolm), 197 Hedonism, 20, 21, 79, 280n16, God- complex, 154, 256 281n19 Goleman, Daniel, 259 Henry, Jules, 21, 22, 280n17 Good House keeping: on charisma, Heterosexuality: as narcissistic, 103; 259; on self- love, 110 and self- love, 84, 100, 102, 108 360 Index

Hofstadter, Richard, 17 Indulgence, 166 Hollander, Anne, 316n19 Infancy: dependence in, 133; Home economics, 131 grandiosity in, 44; in depen dence Homosexuality: and dependence, in, 114, 115– 119; narcissism in, 86, 96; Freud’s work on, 85– 90; 43– 44, 70, 249 and identity, 225; of Leonardo da Infantile sexuality, 86 Vinci, 87– 88; narcissism connected Instant gratifi cation, 194– 200 to, 84, 107; and object love, 98; Interdependence, 20, 117, 119 and paranoia, 91– 92; and psycho- Internalized object relations, 61, 160 analysis, 98; and self- love, 84, International Journal of Psycho- 97– 103; and vanity, 139, 142 Analysis, 126, 181, 215 Horney, Karen, 184, 236, 237, 238 The Interpretation of Dreams House hold labor, 131 (Freud), 95 Hubbard, L. Ron, 14 Introductory Lectures on Psycho- Analysis (Freud), 212 Id, 16 “Introjection and Transference” Idealism, 197, 209 (Ferenczi), 104 Identity, 224– 251; and American “Introspection, Empathy, and superego, 241– 244; and culture Psychoanalysis” (Kohut), 186 of narcissism, 13; and healthy narcissism, 56; and minor Jackson, Jesse, 258 differences, 248– 251; pseudo- Jackson, Scoop, 258 personalities, 245; and realness, Jacobson, Edith, 52 237– 241; searching for, 228– 237; Jacoby, Russell, 281n19 women’s, 244– 247 James, William, 30, 225, 233– 235, Identity crisis, 229 302n36, 341n19 Imperial self, 47 Jealousy, 219– 222. See also Envy Impulse gratifi cation, 15, 66 Jersild, Arthur T., 240 In depen dence, 113– 136; and Jobs, Steve, 255, 261 affl uence, 19; and Freud’s heroic Johns Hopkins University, 64 dependencies, 119– 126; hallucina- Johnson, Virginia E., 74 tory, 115– 119; and leadership, Jokes and Their Relationship to the 260; and malignant narcissism, Unconscious (Freud), 171 62; phony, 132– 135; and self- Jones, Ernest: analytic boundary esteem, 106; and self- suffi ciency, violations by, 183; Ferenczi’s work 126– 132; and vanity, 143, 153, censored and suppressed by, 160. See also Dependence 54– 55, 181; framing of narcissism Individualism: and affl uence, 20, 22 by, 6–7; and Freud’s departure from Index 361

Germany, 42; on Freud’s disdain analysis, 5, 49– 58, 84, 191; on for dependence, 119, 122, 135; on empathy, 186– 194, 291n27; Freud’s family life, 119–120; on framing of narcissism by, 3, 6–7; Freud’s obsession with Leonardo Freud’s infl uence on, 42– 43; on da Vinci, 85– 86; Freud’s relation- gratifi cation, 166, 167; and ship with, 213– 222; on Freud’s healthy narcissism, 5, 106– 108; relationship with Fliess, 94–95, 96; on healthy narcissism, 161, on Freud’s relationship with Jung, 162– 163; on homosexuality and 123; on “God complex,” 154, 256; object- love, 99; on identity, 227, Riviere as analysis subject of, 248– 251; on in de pen dence, 205– 206, 207– 212; on women’s 113– 114, 132– 135, 136; on dependence on men, 125 narcissism, 38– 49; on narcissistic Jung, Carl: analytic boundary personality disorder, 204– 205; on violations by, 183; Freud’s treatment of narcissism, 72 relationship with, 122– 124, 168, Komik und Humor (Lipps), 171 297n5; on homosexuality, 100; Krafft- Ebing, Richard, 88, 141 marginalization of, 50; on women Kris, Anton, 206, 217, 218, 222 in U.S., 242 Kuhn, Thomas, 53, 55

Kann, Loe, 183 Lasch, Christopher: on character Kardiner, Abram, 324n20 neuroses, 203; on consumption, Kernberg, Otto: biographical 32– 33, 113, 132, 202, 268; on background, 64– 65; and classical culture of narcissism, 2, 12, 15, psychoanalysis, 5; on de pen den cy, 16– 17, 27, 36, 67, 263, 280n16, 135; framing of narcissism by, 3, 282n26; on de pen den cy, 126– 128, 6–7; on healthy narcissism, 312n35; on gratifi cation, 165, 195, 108– 109; on in de pen dence, 114; 196; on identity, 245– 246, 251; on on malignant narcissism, 57, in de pen dence, 115, 132– 133; on 160– 161; on materialism, 160; individualism, 2– 3; on Kernberg, narcissistic dystopia of, 59– 80; on 59; on malignant narcissism, narcissistic personality disorder, 68– 69; on needs vs. wants, 24, 204– 205; on self-esteem, 303n40; 25; on self- absorption, 47; on on treatment of narcissism, 72 self- esteem promotion, 110, Keynes, John Maynard, 26 330n50; on sexual antagonism, Klein, Melanie, 64, 118, 219 76– 77; social criticism by, 57; on Kohut, Heinz: Americanized Freud trivialization of personal relations, by, 37– 58; analytic pro cess of, 73; on vanity, 140, 313n5 329n48; and classical psycho- Latour, Bruno, 32 362 Index

Leadership, 254– 261 Marxism, 233 Leonardo da Vinci and a Memory Masculine ascendancy, 75 of His Childhood (Freud), 84, Maslow, Abraham, 35 85– 90, 98 Maslow’s hierarchy of needs, 23 Libido: and culture of narcissism, Masochism, 207 16; and healthy narcissism, 104; Masters, William H., 74 Kernberg on, 65 Materialism, 32– 33, 127, 157– 162, Life magazine on house hold 270 consumption, 131 Matriarchy, 242. See also Mother Lipps, Theodore, 171 attachment Loneliness, 38 May, Rollo, 242 The Lonely Crowd (Riesman), 2, Me De cade, 5, 11, 79, 194 16, 19 Media coverage: on malignant Love: and aggression, 73, 78; and narcissism, 57, 252, 264; narcis- gratifi cation, 167– 176; Kernberg’s sism equated with selfi shness in, theories on, 73– 74; ritualization 50. See also specifi c publications of, 74. See also Self- love Megalomania, 117, 207 Lundberg, Ferdinand, 131 Memoirs of My Ner vous Illness Lynd, Helen Merrell, 236, 237 (Schreber), 91 Menninger Foundation, 64 Maccoby, Michael, 255, 261 Merezhkovsky, Dmitry, 85 Ma de moi selle: on charisma, 259; on Miller, Perry, 34– 35 identity, 236 Mills, C. Wright, 246 The Making of a Counter Culture Modern Woman: The Lost Sex (Roszak), 19– 20 (Lundberg & Farnham), 131 Malcolm, Henry, 197 Moon, Sun Myung, 14 Malcolm, Janet, 190–191, 192 Moore, G. E., 238– 239 Malcolm X, 258 Morbid de pen den cy, 126 Malignant narcissism, 59– 80; and Morrow, Lance, 79 façade of normality, 64– 67; media Mother attachment: and homosexu- focus on, 57, 252; normal narcis- ality, 99; and identity, 242; and sism vs., 67– 71; and personal in de pen dence, 116, 119; and relationships, 60– 64; and sex and self- love, 89. See also Oedipus violence, 71– 79 complex Marcuse, Herbert, 48 Marin, Peter, 13– 14 Narcissism: and affl uent society, Marital fi delity, 77 18– 23; Americanized, 38– 49; Marriage, 74, 261 colossal, 213– 219, 256; culture of, Index 363

13– 18; elements of, 83–251; and Nightingale, Florence, 244 gratifi cation, 165– 201; healthy, 85, Normal narcissism, 71 103– 109; and identity, 224– 251; NPI (Narcissistic Personality and in de pen dence, 113– 136; and Inventory), 261– 262, 348n18 jealousy, 219– 222; and leadership, Nunberg, Herman, 102 254– 261; and me and mine, 30– 33; and needs and wants, Object love: in developmental stages, 23– 26; normalization of, 4; and 84– 85; and healthy narcissism, objects and things, 27– 30; and 103– 104; and homosexuality, 98, self- love, 83– 112; treatment of, 102; internalized, 61; and malig- 202– 223; and vanity, 138– 164 nant narcissism, 65; and self- love, The Narcissism Epidemic: Living in 44, 107, 117; and vanity, 139, the Age of Entitlement (Twenge & 153, 267 Campbell), 261 Objects and things: and narcissism, Narcissistic dystopia, 59– 80; and 27– 30; and vanity, 157– 162 façade of normality, 64– 67; normal “Observations on Transference-Love” vs. malignant narcissism, 67–71; (Freud), 173, 181 and personal relationships, 60– 64; Oedipus complex, 16, 43, 59, 80, and sex and violence, 71– 79 89, 125, 308n17 Narcissistic personality disorder, 4, Of Love and Lust (Reik), 162 204– 205, 333n6 Olden, Christine, 257 Narcissistic Personality Inventory Omnipotence, 62, 116, 118, 160, (NPI), 261– 262, 348n18 250, 256, 257 Narcissistic supplies, 28 “On Narcissism: An Introduction” Needs: and affl uence, 19; and (Freud), 1, 11, 84, 102– 103, 105, narcissism, 23– 26; as target of Me 114, 117, 138, 173, 258 De cade critics, 5; and vanity, 153 Optimal frustration, 54, 196 New Introductory Essays (Freud), Oral stage, 27, 28 151 The Or ga ni za tion Man (Whyte), 2, Newsweek: on culture of narcissism, 19, 21 12– 13, 16– 17; on dependence, The Origins of Love and Hate 135; on self- love, 110, 111 (Suttie), 126 New York Times: on affl uent society, 21; on Age of Narcissism, 2; on Pálos, Gizella, 183 culture of narcissism, 15; on Papers on Technique (Freud), 169, grandiosity, 253; on identity, 172, 173, 189 225– 226; Kohut’s obituary in, 43; Paranoia, 91– 92 on narcissism, 264, 276n2 Parasitism, 129– 130, 310nn25– 26 364 Index

Parental introjects, 15 Psychoanalysis: The Impossible Parenting: and disorders of self, Profession (Malcolm), 190 45– 46; permissive, 196. See also The Psychoanalytic Movement Mother attachment (Gellner), 62 Patriarchy, 74– 75, 242 The Psychoanalytic Situation Penis envy, 163, 222, 314n7 (Stone), 185 People: on Kohut, 39; on Lasch, 17, “The Psychological Basis of Personal 165 Identity” (Bhattacharya), 235 People of Plenty (Potter), 18 The Psychology of Clothes Permissive parenting, 196 (Flügel), 143 Phony in de pen dence, 132– 135 The Psychology of Self- Esteem Pinsky, Drew, 348n18 (Branden), 109 Plagiarism, 54, 290n26 Psychology Today on normalization Plentitude, 1, 62 of narcissism, 253 Po liti cal power, 6, 197 Psychopathia Sexualis (Krafft- Potter, David, 18, 310n26 Ebing), 88, 141 Primary narcissism, 114, 115– 119, The Psychopathology of Everyday 134– 135, 305n6 Life (Freud), 212 The Principles of Psychology The Pursuit of Loneliness (Slater), 14 (James), 30, 235 Putnam, Robert, 2 Privation in analytic setting, 1, 174, 182– 186 The Quest for Identity (Wheelis), 228 The Productive Narcissist (Maccoby), 255 Rádo, Sándor, 106 “Propaganda of commodities,” 15 Rage, 60 Prostitution, 245, 246 Rank, Otto, 138, 168 Pseudo- personalities, 245 Realness, 237– 241 Psychic equilibrium, 78 Reich, Annie, 105, 106, 257 Psychoanalysis: boundary violations Reich, Wilhelm, 233 in, 183; economic hypothesis in, Reik, Theodor, 162 23; and gratifi cation, 320n2; and The Restoration of the Self (Kohut), homosexuality, 98; on in depen- 40, 57 dence, 114; popularity of, 50; and Rieff, Philip: on gratifi cation, 48, 167, primary narcissism, 117– 118; 194, 199; on identity, 251; on needs privation in, 182– 186; technique vs. wants, 24, 34; social criticism of, 169– 171; treatment of narcis- by, 1, 57; on vanity, 270–271 sism with, 4– 5, 72, 202– 223. See Riesman, David: on capitalism, 22; also Classical psychoanalysis on Freud’s view of the child, 134; Index 365

on gratifi cation, 195– 196; on 105; and identity, 250; and identity, 228, 239; social criticism in de pen dence, 106, 133; and by, 2, 16, 35; on treatment of malignant narcissism, 62, 67– 68; narcissism, 202; on work ethic, narcissism as form of, 4; normal, 19, 20 71; and object love, 28; promotion Riviere, Joan, 207– 212; as analysis of, 109– 111, 330n50; and self- love, subject, 205– 206, 207– 219, 108– 109; as target of Me De cade 336n24; on female narcissism, critics, 5; in today’s society, 263, 150– 157; framing of narcissism 265; and vanity, 147, 159, by, 6–7; on jealousy, 220; on 161, 162 materialism, 158, 159; translation Self- expression, 146, 148 of Freud’s works by, 212 Self- gratifi cation, 201 Rocke fel ler University, 64 Self- indulgence, 1 Roszak, Theodore, 19– 20 Self- infl ation, 106 Rycroft, Charles, 342n32 Selfi shness: and culture of narcissism, 14; narcissism equated with, 50, Sadger, Isidor, 84, 111– 112 111 Sadism, 207, 217 Self- love, 83– 112; and healthy Sartre, Jean- Paul, 62 narcissism, 103–109; and homo- Scarcity of resources, 19, 23–24, 60 sexuality, 97– 103, 117; and Schizo phre nia, 16, 117 self- control, 90– 97 Schreber, Daniel Paul, 91, 92, 97 Selfobjects, 134, 135, 161 Schur, Max, 200 Self- observation, 171 Scientifi c American on normalization Self psychology, 50 of narcissism, 254 Self- realization, 5, 14, 22, 34, 68, 165 Scott, Joan, 156 Self- sovereignty, 90, 115, 270 Segal, Hanna, 335n12 Self- suffi ciency, 114, 126– 132. Self- absorption, 47 See also In depen dence Self- admiration, 142. See also Vanity Sennett, Richard, 18 Self- assurance, 104 The 7 Habits of Highly Effective Self- censorship, 177 People (Covey), 259 Self- confi dence, 62, 147 Seventeen: on charisma, 258– 259; Self- control, 1, 22, 90– 97, 200 on identity, 236 Self- criticism, 217 Sex and malignant narcissism, 71– 79 Self- esteem: and child grandiosity, Sexual abstinence, 175– 176, 183, 46; and culture of narcissism, 11; 326n29 defi ning, 302n36; and Generation Sexualized advertising, 22 Me, 261; and healthy narcissism, Sexual liberation, 77, 128, 228 366 Index

Sexual permissiveness, 70, 76 The Theory of the Leisure Class Sigmund Freud’s Mission (Veblen), 18, 130 (Fromm), 136 Therapeutic nihilism, 177 Sincerity and Authenticity (Trilling), Thompson, Clara Mabel, 328n39 202– 203 Three Essays on the Theory of Slater, Philip, 14, 20, 48, 280n15 Sexuality (Freud), 98 Smith, Adam, 129 Time: on affl uent society, 19; on Smith, Logan Pearsall, 264 culture of narcissism, 14; on Smoking, 176, 200–201 Generation Me, 264; on Me Social criticism, 57– 58, 252 De cade, 79; on narcissism, 276n2 Social facts, 28 Tocqueville, Alexis de, 13 Social relations, 60– 64 Transference, 66, 173, 181– 182, The Sociology of Religion 189, 205, 208, 213, 335n12 (Weber), 176 Trilling, Lionel, 16, 202– 203 Socrates, 107 The Triumph of the Therapeutic Sovereignty, 114 (Rieff), 24, 270 Spielrein, Sabina, 142, 183 Turner, Ralph, 238, 240– 241 Stekel, Wilhelm, 142 Twenge, Jean M., 261, 262, 267, Stoicism, 24, 30– 31 268, 348n18 Stone, Leo, 185– 186, 192, 203 “The Two Analyses of Mr. Z” Strachey, Alix, 172 (Kohut), 193 Strachey, James, 51, 172, 178, 322n15 The Strategy of Desire (Dichter), 21 Vanity, 138– 164; and fashion, Strean, Herbert, 198– 199 140– 150; gendered, 266– 271; and Strozier, Charles, 287n9 Generation Me, 261; and material The Structure of Scientifi c Revolu- me, 157– 162; as target of Me tions (Kuhn), 53 De cade critics, 5; and women, Subordination: and dependence, 150– 157 113; sexual, 75; and vanity, Veblen, Thorstein, 18, 151– 152 129– 130, 195 Sumptuary laws, 25 Victorianism, 1 Superego: American, 241– 244; and Vienna Psychoanalytic Society, 142 malignant narcissism, 64 Violence and malignant narcissism, Sutherland, Isabelle, 239 71– 79 Suttie, Ian, 26, 118, 126, 135– 136 Vischer, Robert, 171

“Task Force to Promote Self- Waelder, Robert, 52 Esteem” (California), 110 Wallerstein, Robert S., 289n21 Index 367

Wall Street Journal on normalization Wolfe, Tom, 13, 14, 79 of narcissism, 254 “Womanliness as a Masquerade” Wants: and affl uence, 19; and (Riviere), 152, 155 narcissism, 23– 26 Women: advertising to, 21; and Watson, Amey E., 130– 131 affl uent society, 21– 22; and The Wealth of Nations consumerism, 127– 128; Freud on (Smith), 129 female narcissism, 11; and identity, Weatherly, U. G., 130 244– 247; and in de pen dence, Weber, Max, 176, 258, 323n18 119– 126; parasitism by, 129– 130, Welch, Jack, 261 310nn25– 26; and sexual antago- Wheelis, Allen, 228, 241– 242 nism, 74– 75, 77– 78; subordina- Whyte, William H., Jr., 2, 19– 22, tion of, 75, 151–152; and vanity, 195– 196 140– 157. See also Femininity; Wilson, Harold, 258 Gender Winnicott, D. W.: framing of Work ethic, 19, 20, 79 narcissism by, 6–7; on identity, 225, 227, 237– 238; on material- Young, S. Mark, 348n18 ism, 31, 157, 158 Wittels, Fritz, 119 Zaleznik, Abraham, 260